FX35 (2013) - Car INFINITI - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL FX35 (2013) INFINITI

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2013 Infiniti FX Owner's Manual

INFINITI.

Foreword

YourINFINITIrepresentsanewwayof thinkingaboutvehicledesign.Itintegrates advancedengineeringandsuperiorcraftsmanshipwithasimple,refinedaesthetic sensitivityassociatedwithtraditionalJapaneseculture.

Theresultisadifferentnotionofluxury andbeauty. Thecaritselfisimportant, but soisthesenseofharmonythatthevehicle evokesinitsdriver, andthesenseof satisfactionyoufeelwiththeINFINITI—fromthewayitlooksanddrivestothehigh levelofretailerservice.

ToensurethatyouenjoyyourINFINITIto thefullest,weencourageyoutoreadthis Owner'sManualimmediately.Itexplains allofthefeatures,controlsandperformancecharacteristicsofyourINFINITI;it alsoprovidesimportantinstructionsand safetyinformation.

AseparateWarrantyInformationBooklet is included in your Owner's literature portfolio. The NFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all

warrantiescoveringthisvehicle,there- requirementstokeepthewarrantiesineffect aswellastheINFINITIRoadsideAssis- tanceprogram.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your state's lemon law.

Inadditiontofactoryinstalledoptions, yourvehiclemayalsobeequippedwith additionalaccessoriesinstalledbyINFINITI orbyyourINFINITIretailerpriortodelivery. Itisimportantthatyoufamiliarizeyourself withalldisclosures,warnings,cautions andinstructionsconcerningproperuse of suchaccessoriespriortooperatingthe vehicleand/oraccessory.SeeanINFINITI retailerfordetailsconcerningtheparticularaccessorieswithwhichyourvehicleis equipped.

READFIRST—THENDRIVESAFELY

Beforedrivingyourvehicle,readyour Owner'sManualcarefully.Thiswillensure familiaritywithcontrolsandmaintenance requirements,assistingyouinthesafe operationofyourvehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN- DERSFORSAFETY!

Followtheseimportantdrivingrulestohelp ensureasafeandcomfortabletripforyou andyourpassengers!

• NEVERdriveundertheinfluenceof alcoholordrugs.
• ALWAYSobservepostedspeedlimits and never drive too fast for conditions.
• ALWAYSgiveyourfullattentionto driving andavoidusingvehiclefeatures ortakingotheractionsthatcoulddis-tract you.

• ALWAYSuseyourseatbeltsandappropriatechildrestraintsystems.Pre-teen childrenshouldbeseatedintherear seat.

• ALWAYSprovideinformationaboutthe properuseofvehiclesafetyfeaturesto allooccupantsofthevehicle.

• ALWAYSreviewthisOwner'sManualfor importantsafetyinformation.

ON-PAVEMENTANDOFF-ROAD DRIVING

Thisvehiclewillhandleandmaneuver differentlyfromanordinarypassenger carbecauseithasahighercenterof gravityforoff-roaduse.Aswithother vehicleswithfeaturesofthistype,failure tooperatethisvehiclecorrectlymay resultinlossofcontroloranaccident.Be suretoread"On-pavementandoff-road drivingprecautions","Avoidingcollision and rollover"and"Drivingsafetyprecautions"inthe"5.Startinganddriving" sectionofthismanual.

MODIFICATIONOFYOURVEHICLE

This vehicles should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safetyordurability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damageor performance problems result

ingfrommodificationwillnotbecovered undertheINFINITIwarranties.

WHENREADINGTHEMANUAL

Thismanualincludesinformationforall optionsavailableonththismodel.Therefore, youmayfindsomeinformationthatdoes notapplytoyourvehicle.

Allinformation, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those effective at the time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to changes specifications or design at any time without notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THISMANUAL

Youwillseevarious symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

Thisisusedtoindicatethepresenceofa hazardthatcouldcausedeathorserious personalinjury.Toavoidorreducetherisk, theproceduresmustbefollowedprecisely.

CAUTION

Thisisusedtoindicatethepresenceofa hazardthatcouldcauseminorormoderate personalinjuryordamagetoyourvehicle. Toavoidorreducetherisk, theprocedures mustbefollowedcarefully.

Abstract geometric shape resembling an 'X' with diagonal lines, no text or symbols present

If you seethesymbol above, it means "Do not do this" or "Do not let this happen".

If you see easy symbols similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.

Arrowsinanillustrationthataresimilarto thoseaboveindicatemovementoration.

Arrowsinanillustrationthataresimilarto

thoseabovecallattentiontoaniteminthe illustration.

CALIFORNIAPROPOSITION65 WARNING

WARNING

EngineExhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or their chemical unknown to the State of Californiatocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain product of component wear contain or their chemical unknown to the State of Californiatocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIAPERCHLORATEADVI- SORY

Somevehicleparts,suchaslithium batteries,maycontainperchloratematerial.Thefollowingadvisoryisprovided: "PerchlorateMaterial-specialhandling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate."

Bluetooth

Bluetooth® isatrademark ownedbyBluetoothSIG,Inc. andlicensedtoVisteonCorporationandClarionCo.,Ltd.

Gracenote® isaregisteredtrademarkofGracenote,Inc.The Gracenotelogoandlogotype, andthe"PoweredbyGracenote" logoaretrademarksofGracenote.

SiriusXMSatelliteRadiorequires subscription,soldseparately. NotavailableinAlaska,Hawaii orGuam.Formoreinformation, visitwww.siriusxm.com.

INFINITI®

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your INFINITI retail can not assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions, please contact our INFINITI's Consumer Affairs Department usingourtoll-freenumber:

ForU.S.customers

1-800-662-6200

ForCanadiancustomers

1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:

-Yourname,address,andtelephone number
●Vehicleidentificationnumber(ondash panel)

- Dateofpurchase

●Currentodometerreading

-YourINFINITretailer'sname

-Yourcommentsorquestions

OR

YoucanwritetoINFINITIwiththeinformationontheleftat:

ForU.S.customers

INFINITIDivision

NissanNorthAmerica,Inc.

ConsumerAffairsDepartment

P.O.Box685003

Franklin,TN37068-5003

orviae-mailat:

[e-mail]

ForCanadiancustomers

INFINITIDivision

NissanCanadInc.

5290OrbitorDrive

Mississauga,OntarioL4W4Z5

orviae-mailat:

information.centre@nissancanada.

com

Ifyouperfer, visitusat:

www.infinitiUSA.com(forU.S.customers) or

www.infiniti.ca(forCanadiancustomers)

WeappreciateyourinterestinINFINITland thankyouforbuyingaqualityINFINITI vehicle.

Tableof Contents

Illustratedtableofcontents

Safety—Seats,seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraint system

Instrumentsandcontrols

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

Monitor,climate,audio,phoneandvoicerecognition systems

Startinganddriving

Incaseofemergency

Appearanceandcare

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself

Technicalandconsumerinformation

Index

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

0Illustratedtableofcontents

Seats,seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraint

system (SRS) 0-2

Exterior front 0-3

Exterior rear.... 0-4

Passengercompartment 0-5

Cockpit 0-6

Instrument panel.... 0-8

Metersandgauges 0-9

Enginecompartment 0-10

VQ37VHRengine 0-10

VK50VEengine 0-11

Warningandindicatorlights 0-12

SEATS, SEATBELTSANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM(SRS)

1 2 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 JVC0316X

1. Childrestraintanchorpoints(fortop tetherstrapchildrestraint)(Page 1-23, P.1-34)
2. Seatbelts(P.1-11)

3. Front-seatActiveHeadRestraint (P.1-6)

4. Roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rolloversupplementalairbags (P.1-37)

5. Supplementalfront-impactairbags (P.1-37)
   6.LATCH(LowerAnchorsandTethersfor

CHILDREN)system(P.1-22)

7.Reararmrest(P.1-10)
8.Rearseats(P.1-5)

—Childrestraints(P.1-20)

1. Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplementalairbags(P.1-37)
   10.Seatbeltpretensioner(P.1-50)
   11.Frontseats(P.1-3)

—Occupantclassificationsensors (weightsensors)(P.1-43)

12.Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight (P.1-45)

0-2 Illustratedtableofcontents

EXTERIORFRONT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 JVC0317X

1.Hood(P.3-18)

2.Headlightandturnsignal(P.2-37)

—Bulbreplacement(P.8-29)

—AdaptiveFrontlightingSystem

(AFS)(ifsoequipped)(P.2-41)

3.Windshieldwiperandwasher(P.2-33)

—Maintenance(P.8-22)

4.Moonroof(P.2-61)

5.Roofrack(ifsoequipped)(P.2-58)

6.Powerwindows(P.2-59)

1. Outsidemirrors(P.3-30)

—Sideviewcamera(ifsoequipped) (P.4-31)

—Welcomelight(P.2-63)

8.Doors

—Keys(P.3-2)

—Doorlocks(P.3-4)

—IntelligentKeysystem(P.3-6)

—Remotekeylessentrysystem (P.3-14)

9.Recoveryhook(P.6-16)

1. Frontviewcamera(ifsoequipped) (P.4-31)

11.Foglight(P.2-43)

12.Sonarsensor(ifsoequipped)

—AroundViewMonitor(P.4-31)

13.Tires

—Wheelandtires(P.8-32,P.9-9)

-Flattire(P.6-3)

—Tirepressuremonitoringsystem

(TPMS)(P.2-15,P.5-4)

EXTERIORREAR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SSI0446

1. Rearviewcamera(P.4-24, P.4-31)

2.Liftgate(P.3-18)

—IntelligentKeysystem(P.3-6)

—Remotekeylessentrysystem (P.3-14)

1. Rearwindowdefroster(P.2-36)

2. High-mounted stoplight (Bulbreplacement) (P.8-29)

3. Rearwindowwiperandwasher (P.2-36)

—Maintenance(P.8-24)

6.Antenna(P.4-92)

0-4 Illustratedtableofcontents

7.Sonarsensor(ifsoequipped)

—AroundViewMonitor(P.4-31)

1. Rearcombinationlight(Bulbreplacement)(P.8-29)

9.Fuel-fillerdoor(P.3-24)

—Fuelrecommendation(P.9-4)

1. Childsafetyreardoorlocks(P.3-6)

PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 JVC0315X

1. Coathooks(P.2-54)
2. Rearpersonallight(P.2-64)
   3.Powerwindowcontrols(P.2-59)
3. Automaticdrivepositionerswitch(if soequipped)(P.3-32)
   5.Sunvisors(P.3-28)

6.Moonroofswitch(P.2-61)
7. Maplight(P.2-63)
8.Sunglassesholder(P.2-51)
9. Insiderearviewmirror(P.3-29)
—HomeLink ^® (P.2-66)
—Compass(ifsoequipped)(P.2-9)

10.Cargocover(ifsoequipped)(P.2-56)
11.Rearcupholders(P.2-50)
12.Consolebox

—Poweroutlet(P.2-49)

—USBmemoryoperation(P.4-78)or

iPod® playeroperation(P.4-87)

13.Frontcupholders(P.2-50)

COCKPIT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 SIC4246

1. Outsidermirrorremotecontrolswitch (P.3-30)
2. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off switch (ifsoequipped) (P.2-48)

3. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-42)

4. Headlight, foglight and turnsignal switch (P.2-37)

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(left side)
   —Foraudiosystem(P.4-54)
   —ForBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhone

System(withnavigationsystem)

(P.4-94)

—ForBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhone

System(withoutnavigationsystem)

(P.4-104)

—ForINFINITIVoiceRecognitionSys-

tem(withnavigationsystem)

(P.4-119)

6.Tripcomputerswitch(P.2-28)

1. Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch (P.2-33)

2. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (rightside)

—Cruise control switches (if so equipped) (P.5-30)

—IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)

switches(ifsoequipped)(P.5-32)

—DynamicDriverAssistanceswitch

(ifsoequipped)(P.5-21,P.5-54)

1. Warning systemss switch (if so equipped)

—ForwardCollisionWarning(FCW)

(P.2-46,P.5-67)

—LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)

(P.2-46,P.5-21)

1. Headlightaiming control (if so equipped) (P.2-40)

0-6 Illustratedtableofcontents

1. VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)OFF switch(P.5-83)

2. IntelligentKeyport(P.5-13)

12.Powerliftgateswitch(P.3-18)

13.Powerliftgatemainswitch(P.3-18)

14.TRIP/RESETswitchfortwintripodometer(P.2-7)

1. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheellever(ifsoequipped)(P.3-27)

16.Manualtilting/telescopicsteering wheellever(ifsoequipped)(P.3-27)

1. Center-console-mounted controls —Climatecontrolledseatswitches (P.2-45) or Seatheaterswitches (P.2-43) —SNOWmodeswitch (P.2-47) —Continuous Damping Control mode select switch (ifsoequipped) (P.2-47, P.5-77)

INSTRUMENTPANEL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 JVC0209X

1. Sideventilator(P.4-48)
2. Paddleshifter(ifsoequipped)(P.5-17)
   3.Metersandgauges(P.2-6)
3. Centerventilator(P.4-48)
4. Centermulti-functioncontrol panel — Navigation system* (if so

equipped)

—Vehicleinformationandsetting buttons(P.4-9)

—Around View Monitor(ifso equipped)(P.4-31)

1. Centerdisplay(P.4-3)

0-8 Illustratedtableofcontents

1. Clock(P.2-49)
   8.Hazardwarningflasherswitch(P.6-2)
2. Frontpassengersupplementalairbag (P.1-37)
   10.Hoodreleasehandle(P.3-18)
   11.Fuseboxcover(P.8-25)
3. Parkingbrake(P.5-20)
4. Steeringwheel —Horn(P.2-43)
   —Driversupplementairbag(P.1-37)
   14.Push-buttonignitionswitch(P.5-11)
   15.Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight (P.1-43)
5. Rearwindowdefrosterswitch(P.2-36)
   17.Poweroutlet(P.2-49)
6. Automaticclimatecontrolsystem (P.4-48)
7. Audiosystem(P.4-54)
   20.Gloveboxlidreleasehandle(P.2-52)
   *:RefertotheseparateNavigationSystem Owner'sManual.

METERSANDGAUGES

1 2 3 4 2 5 2 6 SIC3825

1.Tachometer(P.2-7)
2. Warning/Indicatorlights(P.2-12)
3.Speedometer(P.2-6)
4. Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge (P.2-8)
5.Dotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay/

Odometer/twintripodometer

(P.2-21)

6.Fuelgauge(P.2-8)

ENGINECOMPARTMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 SDI2262

11.Coolantreservoir(P.8-9)

VQ37VHRENGINE

1.Fuse/fusiblelinkholder(P.8-25)
2.Battery(P.8-17)
3.Radiatorfillercap(P.8-9)
4. Engineoildipstick(P.8-11)
5.Engineoilfillercap(P.8-11)

6.Brakefluidreservoir(P.8-16)
7. Windowwasherfluidreservoir (P.8-16)
8.Powersteeringfluidreservoir(P.8-15)
9.Aircleaner(P.8-21)
10.Drivebelts(P.8-19)

0-10 Illustratedtableofcontents

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 SDI2264

11.Coolantreservoir(P.8-9)

VK50VEENGINE

1.Fuse/fusiblelinkholder(P.8-25)
2.Battery(P.8-17)
3. Engineoilfillercap(P.8-11)
4.Radiatorfillercap(P.8-9)
5. Engineoildipstick(P.8-11)

6.Brakefluidreservoir(P.8-16)
7. Windowwasherfluidreservoir (P.8-16)
8.Powersteeringfluidreservoir(P.8-15)
9.Aircleaner(P.8-21)
10. Drivebeltlocation(P.8-19)

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning light	NamePage
AWD	All-WheelDrive(AWD)warning light(AWDmodels)*	2-13
ABS(ABS)	Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS) warninglight	2-13
AT CHECK	AutomaticTransmissioncheck warninglight	2-13
BRAKE(1)	Brakewarninglight2-13
	Chargewarninglight2-14
CRUISE	DistanceControlAssist(DCA) systemwarninglight(orange)*	2-14
	Engineoilpressurewarning light	2-14
CRUISE	IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC) systemwarninglight(orange)*	2-15
	IntelligentKeywarninglight2-15
	Lanedeparturewarninglight (orange)*	2-15
	Lowtirepressurewarninglight2-15
	Masterwarninglight2-17
CRUISE	PreviewFunctionwarninglight (orange)*	2-17
RAS	RearActiveSteerwarninglight*2-17

Warning light	NamePage
	Seatbeltwarninglight2-17
	Supplementalairbagwarning light	2-17
	VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) warninglight	2-18

Indicator light	NamePage
	AdaptiveFrontlightingSystem (AFS)indicatorlight*	2-18
	AutomaticTransmissionpositionindicatorlight	2-18
	Exteriorlightindicator2-19
	Frontpassengerairbagstatus light	2-19
	Highbeamindicatorlight2-19
	IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)off indicatorlight*	2-19
	LaneDeparturePrevention (LDP)ON indicator light(green)*	2-19
	MalfunctionIndicatorLight (MIL)	2-19
	Securityindicatorlight	2-20
	SPORTmodeindicatorlight*	2-20
	Turnsignal/hazardindicator lights	2-20
	VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) offindicatorlight	2-20

*:ifsoequipped

1 Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplemental restraintsystem

Seats.... 1-2

Front seats.... 1-3

Rear seats.... 1-5

Head restraints.... 1-6

Armrest 1-10

Seat belts.... 1-11

Precautionsonseatbeltusage 1-11

Pregnantwomen 1-13

Injuredpersons 1-13

Pre-crashseatbeltswithcomfortfunction

(frontseats)(ifsoequipped) 1-13

Three-pointtypeseatbelt 1-14

Seatbeltextenders 1-17

Seatbeltmaintenance 1-17

Child safety 1-18

Infants.... 1-19

Smallchildren 1-19

Largerchildren 1-19

Child restraints.... 1-20

Precautionsonchildrestraints ....1-20

LowerAnchorsandTethersforChildren

(LATCH)System 1-22

Rear-facingchildrestraintinstallation

usingLATCH 1-24

Rear-facingchildrestraintinstallationusing

theseatbelts 1-26

Forward-facingchildrestraintinstallation

usingLATCH 1-28

Forward-facingchildrestraintinstallation

usingtheseatbelts 1-30

Installingtoptetherstrap 1-34

Boosterseats 1-34

Supplementalrestraintsystem 1-37

Precautionsonsupplemental

restraintsystem 1-37

INFINITIadvancedairbagsystem

(front seats).... 1-43

Frontseat-mountedside-impact

supplementalairbagandroof-mounted

curtainside-impactandrollover

supplementalairbagsystems 1-48

Seatbeltswithpretensioners(frontseats) ....1-50

Supplementalairbagwarninglabels .....1-51

Supplementalairbagwarninglight 1-51

Repairandreplacementprocedure ....1-52

SEATS

Line drawing of a person sitting in a car, showing seatbelt and dashboard (no text or symbols)

Diagram showing car seatbelt and cross-section of a person inside a vehicle (no text or symbols)

sits well back and straight up in the seat. If theseatback is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.

WARNING

• Donotrideinamovingvehiclewhenthe seatbackisreclined.Thiscanbedangerous.Theshoulderbeltwillnotbe againstyourbody.Inanaccident,you couldbethrownintoitandreceiveneck orotherseriousinjuries.Youcouldalso slideunderthelapbeltandreceive seriousinternalinjuries.
• Forthemosteeffectiveprotectionwhen thevehicleisinmotion,theseatshould beupright.Alwayssitwellbackinthe

seatwithbothfeetonthefloorand adjusttheseatbeltproperly.See"Precautionsonseatbeltusage"(P.1-11).

●Afteradjustment, gentlyrockintheseat tomakesureitissecurelylocked.
- Donotleavechildrenunattendedinside thevehicle.Theycouldunknowingly activateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencouldbecomeinvolved inseriousaccidents.
•Theseatbackshouldnotbereclinedany morethanneededforcomfort.Seatbelts aremosteffectivewhenthepassenger

FRONTSEATS

Frontpowerseatadjustment

Operatingtips:

• Thepowerseatmotorhasanauto-reset overloadprotectioncircuit.Ifthemotor stopsduringoperation,wait30seconds,thenreactivatetheswitch.
• Donotoperatethepowerseatswitch foralongperiodoftimewhenthe engineisoff. Thiswilldischarge the battery.

See "Automaticdrivepositioner" (P.3-32) fortheseatpositionmemoryfunction(ifso equipped).

CAUTION

When adjusting theseat positions, besure not to contact anymoving part to avoid possible injuries and ordamages.

① ② SSS1051

Forwardandbackward:

Movingtheswitch ① forwardorbackward willslidetheseatforwardorbackwardto thedesiredposition.

backcanbereclinedtoallowoccupantsto restwhenthevehicleisstoppedandthe transmissionisintheP(Park)position.

Reclining:

Movethereclineswitch ② backwarduntil thedesiredangleisobtained.Tobringthe seatbackforwardagain,movetheswitch ② forward.

Therecliningfeatureallowsadjustmentof theseatbackforoccupantsofdifferent sizesforaddedcomfortandtohelpobtain properseatbeltfit.(See"Precautionson seatbeltusage"(P.1-11).)Also,theseat-

SSS1052

Seatlifter:

Pushthefrontorrearendoftheswitchup ordowntoadjusttheangleorheightofthe seat.

SSS1053

Lumbarsupport:

Thelumbarsupportfeatureprovideslower backsupporttothedriver.

Pushthefrontorbackendoftheswitchto adjusttheseatbacklumbararea.

① ③ ② ④ ③ ④ ① ② SSS0685

Sidesupport(ifsoequipped):

Thesidesupportfeatureprovidesthigh andtorsosupports.Pushtheswitchinside ① oroutside ② toadjustthethigharea. Pushtheswitchinside ③ oroutside ④ to adjustthetorsoarea.

1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

① SSS0893

Thighextension(ifsoequipped):

Thefrontportionofthefrontseatscanbe extendedforwardforseatingcomfort.Pull upandholdthelever ① toextendthe frontportiontothedesiredposition.

REARSEATS

WARNING

●Neverallowanyonetorideinthecargo areaorontherearseatwhenitisinthe fold-downposition.Useoftheseareas bypassengerswithoutproperrestraints couldresultinseriousinjuryinan

accidentorsuddenstop.

- When returning these seat back to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the elatched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers maybe injured in an accidentors sudden stop.

•Properlysecureallcargotohelpprevent itfromslidingorshifting.Donotplace cargohigherthantheseatbacks.Ina suddenstoporcollision,unsecured cargocouldcausepersonalinjury.

SSS0894

Reclining

Pullthereclininglever Ⓐ andpositionthe seatbackatthedesiredangle.Releasethe recliningleverafterpositioningtheseatat thedesiredangle.

Toreturntheseatback, pullthelever.

Therecliningfeatureallowsadjustmentof theseatbackforoccupantsofdifferent sizestohelpobtainproperseatbeltft. (See"Precautionsonseatbeltusage"(P.1-11).)Theseatbackmayalsobereclinedto allowoccupantstorestwhenthevehicleis parked.

WARNING

• Donotrideinamovingvehiclewhenthe seatbackisreclined.Thiscanbedangerous.Theshoulderbeltwillnotbe againstyourbody.Inanaccident,you couldbethrownintoitandreceiveneck orotherseriousinjuries.Youcouldalso slideunderthelapbeltandreceive seriousinternalinjuries.
• Forthemosteeffectiveprotectionwhen thevehicleisinmotion,theseatshould beupright.Alwayssitwellbackinthe seatwithbothfeetonthefloorand adjusttheseatbeltproperly.See"Precautionsonseatbeltusage"(P.1-11).
  ●Afteradjustment,checktobesurethe seatissecurelylocked.

A B SSS0895

Folding

Beforefoldingtherearseats:

Removedrinkcontainersfromtherearcup holder.

Tofolddowntheseatbacks:

Pullthelever Ⓐ or Ⓑ andfoldthe seatback.

Returntherearseatbackmanuallyuntil securelylocksinposition.

HEADRESTRAINTS

WARNING

Headrestraintssupplementtheothervehiclesafetysystems.Theymayprovideadditional protection against injury in certain rearendcollisions.Adjusttheheadrestraintsproperly,asspecifiedinthissection.Checktheadjustmentaftersomeone elseusestheseat.Donotattachanything totheheadrestraintstalksorremovethe headrestraint.Donotusetheseatifthe headrestrainthasbeenremoved.Ifthe headrestraintwasremoved,reinstalland properlyadjusttheheadrestraintbeforean occupantusestheseatingposition.Failure tofollowtheseinstructionscanreducethe effectiveness of the head restraints. This mayincreasetheriskofseriousinjuryor deathinacollision.

Top-down line drawing of a car with four directional indicators on the side panel (no text or symbols)

The illustrations show these seating positions equipped with headrestraints and headrest. The headrestraints are adjustable.

▲ Indicate theseating position is equipped with a head restraint.
+indicates theseating position is equipped with aheadrest.

1 2 3 4 SSS0992

Components

1.Headrestraint
2. Adjustment notches
3.Lockknob
4.Stalks

Side profile illustration of a person seated in a car seat, showing head and torso positioning (no text or symbols)

Adjustment

Adjusttheheadrestraintsothecenteris levelwiththecenterofyourears.

Diagram of a car seat with an upward arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

Toraisetheheadrestraint, pullitup.

Diagram of a car seat with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Tolower, pushandholdthelockknoband pushtheheadrestraintdown.

Diagram of a car seatbelt mechanism with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Removal

Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints.

1. Pulltheheadrestraintuptothehighest position.
   2.Pushandholdthelockknob.
2. Removetheheadrestraintfromthe seat.
3. Storetheheadrestraintproperlyina secureplacesoitisnotlooseinthe vehicle.
4. Reinstallandproperlyadjustthehead restraintbeforeanoccupantusesthe

seatingposition.

① ② SSS0996

Install

1. Aligntheheadrestraintstalkswiththe holesintheseat.Makesurethatthe headrestraintisfacingthecorrect direction.Thestalkwiththeadjustment notches ① mustbeinstalledinthe holewiththelockknob ②.
2. Pushandholdthelockknobandpush theheadrestraintdown.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant use of these seating position.

Line drawing of a human head in profile with a hand holding a circular object, no text or symbols present

Front-seatActiveHeadRestraint

TheActiveHeadRestraintmovesforward utilizingtheforcethattheseatbackreceivesfromtheoccupantinarear-end collision. Themovementofthehead restrainthelpssupporttheoccupant's headbyreducingitsbackwardmovement andhelpingabsorbsomeoftheforcesthat mayleadtowhiplash-typeinjuries.

ActiveHeadRestraintsareeffectivefor collisionsatlowtomediumspeedsin whichitissaidthatwhiplashinjuryoccurs most.

ActiveHeadRestraintsoperateonlyin

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1-9

certainrear-endcollisions. After the collision, the head restraints return to their original position.

AdjusttheActiveHeadRestraintsproperly asdescribedearlierinthissection.

SSS0901

ARMREST

Reararmrest

Pullthetabanddrawthearmrestforward untilishorizontal.

1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

SEATBELTS

PRECAUTIONSONSEATBELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or these severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passenger to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes as supplemental airbag.

MostU.S.statesandCanadianprovinces orterritoriesspecifythatseatbeltsbe wornatalltimeswhenavehicleisbeing driven.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car, wearing a seatbelt and jacket (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a person sitting in a car with a cross-shaped barrier, no text or symbols present

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1-11

WARNING

• Everypersonwhodrivesorridesinthis vehicleshoulduseaseatbeltatall times. Childrenshouldbeproperlyrestrainedintherearseatand,ifappropriate,inachildrestraint.
• Theseatbeltshouldbeproperlyadjustedtoasnugfit.Failureretodosomay reducetheeffectivenessoftheentire restraintsystemandincreasethechance orseverityofinjuryinanaccident. Seriousinjuryordeathcanoccurifthe seatbeltisnotwornproperly.
  ●Alwaysroutetheshoulderbeltoveryour shoulderandacrossyourchest.Never putthebeltbehindyourback,under yourarmoracrossyourneck.Thebelt shouldbeawayfromyourfaceandneck, butnotfallingoffyourshoulder.
• Positionthelapbeltaslowandsnugas possibleAROUNDTHEHIPS,NOTTHE WAIST.Alapbeltworntoohighcould increasetheriskofinternalinjuriesinan accident.

• Besuretheseatbelttongueissecurely fastenedtotheproperbuckle.

• Donotweartheseatbeltinsideoutortwisted.Doingsomayreduceitseffectiveness.

• Donotallowmorethanonepersonto usethesameseatbelt.
  ●Nevercarrymorepeopleinthevehicle thanthereareseatbelts.
• Iftheseatbeltwarninglightglows continuouslywhiletheignitionisturned ONwithalldoorsclosedandallseat beltsfastened,itmayindicateamal-functioninthesystem.Havethesystem checkedbyanINFINITlretailer.
• Nochangesshouldbemadetotheseat beltsystem. Forexample, donotmodify theseatbelt, addmaterial, or install devices that may changetheseatbelt routingortension. Doings may affect the operation of theseatbeltsystem. Modifying ortampering with theseat beltsystem may result in serious personal injury.
• Oncea seatbelt pretensionerhas activated, it cannot be reused and must bereplaced together with the retractor. See an INFINIT retailer.
  ●Removalandinstallationofpretensioner systemcomponentsshouldbedoneby

anINFINITlretailer.

- Allseatbeltassemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after an incollision by an INFINIT retailer. INFINIT recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was minor and the belts shown on damage and continueto operate properly.

Seatbeltassembliesnotinuseduringa collisionsshouldalsobeinspectedand replacedifeitherdamageorimproper operationisnoted.

- Allchildrestraintsandattachinghard-wareshould beinspectedafterany collision.Alwaysfollowtherestraint manufacturer'sinspectioninstructions andreplacementrecommendations.The childrestraintsshouldbereplacedif theyaredamaged.

Diagram of car seatbelt and steering wheel assembly (no text or symbols)

PREGNANTWOMEN

INFINITrecommendsthatpregnantwomen useseatbelts.Theseatbeltshouldbe wornsnug,andalwayspositionthelap beltaslowaspossiblearoundthehips, notthewaist,andplacetheshoulderbelt overyourshoulderandacrossyourchest. Neverrunthelap/shoulderbeltoveryour abdominalarea.Contactyourdoctorfor specificrecommendations.

INJUREDPERSONS

INFINITIrecommendsthatinjuredpersons useseatbelts,dependingontheinjury. Checkwithyourdoctorforspecificrecommendations.

PRE-CRASHSEATBELTSWITHCOMFORTFUNCTION(frontseats)(ifso equipped)

Thepre-crashseatbelttightenstheseat beltwithamotortohelprestrainfrontseat occupants. Thishelpsreducetheriskof injuryinacollision.

Themotorretractstheseatbeltunderthe followingemergencyconditions:

●Duringemergencybraking

●Duringsuddensteeringmaneuvers

- ActivationoftheIntelligentBrakeAssist (IBA)system.(See“IntelligentBrake Assist(IBA)system”(P.5-70).)

Thepre-crashseatbeltwillnotbeactive when:

●theseatbeltisnotfastened

●thevehiclespeedisunder10MPH(15 km/h)duringemergencybraking

●thevehiclespeedisunder16MPH(30 km/h)duringsuddensteeringmaneuvers.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be active when the brake pedal is not depressed except when sudden steering maneuvers occur and the Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system activates.

Themotoralsoretractstheseatbeltwhen theseatbeltisfastenedorunfastened. Whentheseatbeltisfastened,themotor tightenstheseatbeltforasnugfit.When theseatbeltisunfastened,themotor retractstheseatbelt.Iftheseatbeltisnot fullyretracted,themotorretractstheseat beltwhenthedoorisopened.

Alwayswearyourseatbeltcorrectlyandsit uprightandwellback.

Ifthemotorcannotretracttheseatbelt whentheseatbeltisfastenedorunfas-

Line drawing of a person seated in a car with an X-shaped seatbelt (no text or symbols)

tened, it may indicate the pre-crash seat belts system has a malfunction. Have your INFINIT retailer check and repair the system.

When theseatbeltisretracted repeatedly inashortperiodoftime, themotormay notbeabletoretracttheseatbelt. After 30 seconds, themotorreactivatesandretracts theseatbelt. If theseatbeltstillcannot be retracted bythemotor, the pre-crashseat beltsystemhasamalfunction. Have your INFINITretailercheckandrepairthe system.

THREE-POINTTYPESEATBELT

WARNING

• Everypersonwhodrivesorridesinthis vehicleshoulduseaseatbeltatall times.

• Donotrideinamovingvehiclewhenthe seatbackisreclined.Thiscanbedangerous.Theshoulderbeltwillnotbe againstyourbody.Inanaccident,you couldbethrownintoitandreceiveneck orotherseriousinjuries.Youcouldalso slideunderthelapbeltandreceive seriousinternalinjuries.

• Forthemosteeffectiveprotectionwhen thevehicleisinmotion,theseatshould beupright.Alwayssitwellbackinthe seatwithbothfeetonthefloor and adjusttheseatbeltproperly.

• Donotallowchildrentoplaywiththe seatbelts. Mostseating positionsare equippedwithAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)modeseatbelts.Iftheseat beltbecomeswrappedaroundachild's neckwiththeALRmodeactivated,the childcanbeseriouslyinjuredorkilledif theseatbeltretractsandbecomestight. This canoccurevenifthevehicleis parked.Unbuckletheseatbelttorelease the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckledorisalreadyunbuckled, releasethechildbycuttingtheseatbelt withasuitabletool(suchasaknifeor scissors)toreleasetheseatbelt.

Line drawing of a person sitting in a car seatbelt, showing the seatbelt being adjusted for use (no text or symbols present)

Fasteningtheseatbelts

1. Adjusttheseat.(See“Seats”(P.1-2).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorandinsertthetongueintothe buckleuntilyouhearandfeelthelatch engage.

3. Theretractorisdesignedtolock duringasuddenstoporonimpact. Aslowpullingmotionpermitsthe belttomove, andallowsyousome freedomofmovementintheseat.

4. If theseatbelt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it.

Thensmoothlypullthebeltoutof theretractor.

Illustration of a person sitting in a car seatbelt, showing the seatbelt being lifted (no text or symbols present)

1. Positionthelapbeltportionlowand snugonthehipsasshown.
2. Pulltheshoulderbeltportiontoward theretractortotakeupextraslack. Be suretheshoulderbeltisroutedover yourshoulderandacrossyourchest.

Thefrontpassengerandrearpassenger seatingpositions'three-pointseatbelts havetwomodesofoperation:

●EmergencyLockingRetractor(ELR)
●AutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)

TheEmergencyLockingRetractor(ELR) modeallowstheseatbelttoextendand retracttoallowthedriverandpassengers

somefreedomofmovementintheseat. TheELRlockstheseatbeltwhenthe vehicleslowsdownrapidlyorduring impacts.

TheAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR) mode(childrestraintmode)lockstheseat beltforchildrestraintinstallation.

WhentheALRmodeisactivatedtheseat beltcannotbeextendedagainuntilthe seatbelttongueisdetachedfromthe buckleandfullyretracted.Theseatbelt returnstotheELRmodeaftertheseatbelt fullyretracts.Foradditionalinformation, see“Childrestraints”(P.1-20).

The ALR modes should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by apassenger, the ALR modes should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat beltension.

WARNING

When fastening these batbelts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accidentors sudden stop.

Illustration of a person's seatbelt being adjusted, showing a black arrow indicating the angle (no text or symbols present)

To increase your confidence in these seat belts, check the operation as follows:

●Grasptheshoulderbeltandpull forwardquickly.Theretractorshould lockandrestrictfurtherbeltmovement. Iftheretractordoesnotlockduringthis checkorifyouhaveanyquestionabout seatbeltoperation,seeanINFINITlretailer.

A SSS0896

Unfasteningtheseatbelts

Tounfastentheseatbelt, pushthebutton onthebuckle. Theseatbeltautomatically retracts.

Checkingseatbeltoperation

Seatbeltretractorsaredesignedtolock seatbeltmovementbytwoseparate methods:

- When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor.

- Whenthevehicleslowsdownrapidly.

Shoulderbeltheightadjustment (forfrontseats)

Theshoulderbeltanchorheightshouldbe adjustedtothepositionbestforyou.(See "Precautionsonseatbeltusage"(P.1-11).)

Toadjust, pushthebutton Ⓐ, and then movethe shoulder beltanchor tothe desiredposition, so that the beltpasses overthecenterof thes houlder. Thebelt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder beltanchor intoposition.

1-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

WARNING

●Afteradjustment, releasetheadjustment buttonandtrytomovetheshoulderbelt anchorupanddowntomakesureitis securelyfixedinposition.
- Theshoulderbeltanchorheightshould beadjustedtothepositionbestforyou. Failuretodosomayreducetheeffectivenessoftheentirerestraintsystem andincreasethechanceorseverityof injuryinanaccident.

Line drawing of a hand fastening a car seatbelt with a black arrow indicating the process (no text or symbols)

Rearcenterseatbelt

Thecenterseatbeltbuckleisidentified by theCENTERmark. Thecenterseatbelt tongue can be fastened only into the center seatbeltbuckle.

SEATBELTEXTENDERS

If, because of bodysize or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fastenit, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and maybe used for either the driver or front passenger seating

position.SeeanINFINITlretailerforassistancewithpurchasinganextenderifan extenderisrequired.

WARNING

• OnlyINFINITIseatbeltextenders, made bythesamecompanywhichmadethe originalequipmentseatbelts, shouldbe usedwiththeINFINITIseatbelts.
• Adultsandchildrenwhocanusethe standardseatbeltshouldnotusean extender.Suchunnecessaryusecould resultinseriouspersonalinjuryinthe eventofanaccident.
• Neveruseseatbeltextenderstoinstall childrestraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEATBELTMAINTENANCE

- Tocleantheseatbeltwebbing, apply a mild soapsolution or anysolution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then, wipewith cloth and allow theseat belt stodry in the shade. Donotallow theseat belt storetract

CHILDSAFETY

untiltheyarecompletelydry.

• Ifdirtbuildsupintheshoulderbelt guideoftheseatbeltanchors, theseat beltsmayretractslowly. Wipethe shoulderbeltguidewithaclean, dry cloth.
• Periodicallychecktoseethattheseat beltandthemetalcomponentssuchas buckles,tongues,retractors,flexible wiresandanchorsworkproperly.If looseparts,deterioration,cutsorother damageonthewebbingisfound,the entireseatbeltassemblyshouldbe replaced.

WARNING

Donotallowchildrentoplaywiththeseat belts.Mostseatingpositionsareequipped withAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR) modeseatbelts.Iftheseatbeltbecomes wrappedaroundachild'sneckwiththeALR modeactivated,thechildcanbeseriously injuredorkillediftheseatbeltretractsand becomestight.Thiscanoccurevenifthe vehicleisparked.Unbuckletheseatbeltto releasethechild.Iftheseatbeltcannotbe unbuckledorisalreadyunbuckled,release thechildbycuttingtheseatbeltwitha suitabletool(suchasaknifeorscissors)to releasetheseatbelt.

Childrenneedadultstohelpprotectthem.

Theyneedtobeproperlyrestrained.

In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many others sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, sobesureto learn the best way to transport your child. There are three basic types of child restraints systems:

●Rear-facingchildrestraint
●Forward-facingchildrestraint
- Boosterseat

Theproperrestraintdependsonthechild's size. Generally, infantsuptoabout1year andlessthan20lbs(9kg)shouldbe placedinrear-facingchildrestraints.Forward-facingchildrestraintsareavailable forchildrenwhooutgrowrear-facingchild restraintsandareatleast1yearold. Boosterseatsareusedtohelppositiona vehiclelap/shoulderbeltonachildwho cannolongeruseaforward-facingchild restraint.

WARNING

Infantsandchildrenneedspecialprotection. Thevehicle'sseatbeltsmaynotfitthem properly.Theshoulderbeltmaycometoo closetothefaceorneck.Thelapbeltmay notfitovertheirsmallhipbones.Inan accident,animproperlyfittingseatbelt couldcauseseriousorfatalinjury.Always useappropriatechildrestraints.

AllU.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small

children.See"Childrestraints"(P.1-20).

Achildrestraintmaybesecuredinthe vehiclebyusingeithertheLATCH(Lower AnchorandTethersforChildren)systemor withthevehicleseatbelt.See"Child restraints"(P.1-20)formoreinformation.

INFINITIrecommendsthatallpre-teens andchildrenberestrainedintherearseat. Studiesshowthatchildrenaresaferwhen properlyrestrainedintherearseatthanin thefrontseat.

Thisisespeciallyimportantbecauseyour vehiclehasasupplementalrestraintsystem(Airbagsystem)forthefrontpassenger.See“Supplementalrestraintsystem”(P.1-37).

INFANTS

Infantsuptoatleast1yearoldshouldbe placedinarear-facingchildrestraint. INFINITrecommendsthatinfantsbeplaced inchildrestraintthatcomplywithFederal MotorVehicleSafetyStandardsorCan- dianMotorVehicleSafetyStandards.You shouldchooseachildrestraintthatfits yourvehicleandalwaysfollowthemanu- facturer'sinstructionsforinstallationand use.

SMALLCHILDREN

Childrenthatareover1yearoldandweigh atleast20lbs(9kg)shouldremainina rear-facingchildrestraintaslongas possibleuptotheheightorweightlimit ofthechildrestraint.Childrenwhooutgrow theheightorweightlimitoftherear-facing childrestraintandareatleast1yearold shouldbesecuredinaforward-facingchild restraintwithaharness.Refertothe manufacturer'sinstructionsforminimum andmaximumweightandheightrecommendations.INFINITIrecommendsthat smallchildrenbeplacedinchildrestraints thatcomplywithFederalMotorVehicle SafetyStandardsorCanadianMotorVehicleSafetyStandards.Youshouldchoosea childrestraintthatfitsyourvehicleand alwaysfollowthemanufacturer'sinstruc-tionsforinstallationanduse.

LARGERCHILDREN

Childrenshouldremaininaforward-facing childrestraintwithaharnessuntilthey reachthemaximumheightorweightlimit allowedbythechildrestraintmanufacturer.

Onceachildoutgrowstheheightorweight limitoftheharness-equippedforward-

facingchildrestraint, INFINITI recommends that the child be placed in commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross these neck or face and should not falloff the shoulder. Thelap belt should lies snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.

Aboosterseatcanonlybeusedinseating positionsthathaveathree-pointtypeseat belt. Theboosterseatshouldfitthevehicle seatandhavealabelcertifyingthatit complieswithFederalMotorVehicleSafety StandardsorCanadianMotorVehicle SafetyStandards.Oncethechildhas grownsotheshoulderbeltisnolonger onornearthefaceandneck,andthelap beltcanbepositionedproperlyacrossthe lowerhipsorupperthighs,usetheseat beltwithouttheboosterseat.

CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

Neverletachildstandorkneelonanyseat anddonotallowachildinthecargoarea. Thechildcouldbeseriouslyinjuredorkilled inasuddenstoporcollision.

Diagram of a car interior showing two people seated with a car seatbelt crossed, no text or symbols present

Diagram of a person wearing a seatbelt inside a vehicle, with no visible text or symbols

PRECAUTIONSONCHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

●Failuretofollowthewarningsand instructionsforproperuseandinstallationofchildrestraintscouldresultin seriousinjuryordeathofachildorother passengersinasuddenstoporcollision:

— Thechildrestraintmustbeusedand installedproperly.Alwaysfollowall ofthechildrestraintmanufacturer's instructionsforinstallationanduse.
— Infantsandchildrenshouldneverbe heldonanyone'slap. Even the strongestadultcannotresistthe forcesofacollision.
— Donotputaseatbeltaroundbothachildandanotherpassenger.
— INFINITEIrecommendsthatallchild restraintsbeinstalledintherear seat.Studiesshowthatchildrenare saferwhenproperlyrestrainedinthe rearseatthaninthefrontseat.Ifyou mustinstallaforward-facingchild restraintinthefrontseat,see"For-

ward-facingchildrestraintinstallationusingtheseatbelts"(P.1-30).

— EvenwiththeINFINITIAadvancedAir BagSystem,neverinstallarear-facingchildrestraintinthefront seat.Aninflatingairbagcould seriouslyinjureorkillachild.A rear-facingchildrestraintmustonly beusedintherearseat.
— Besuretopurchaseachildrestraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.
— Childrestraintanchorpointsare designedtowithstandloadsfrom childrestraintsthatareproperly fitted.
— Neverusetheanchorpointsfor adultseatbeltsorharnesses.
— Achildrestraintwithatoptether strapshouldnotbeusedinthefront passengerseat.
— Keepseatbacksasuprightaspossibleafterfittingthechildrestraint.
— Infantsandchildrenshouldalways beplacedinanappropriatechild restraintwhileinthevehicle.

- When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose object scan injure occupants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

Achildrestraintinaclosedvehiclecan becomeveryhot. Checktheseatingsurface andbucklesbeforeplacingachildinthe childrestraint.

Thisvehicleisequippedwithauniversal childrestraintanchorsystem,referred to astheLATCH(LowerAnchorsandTethers forChildren) system.Somechildrestraints includerigidorwebbing-mountedattach-mentsthatcanbeconnectedtothese anchors.

Fordetails, see "LowerAnchors and TethersforChildren(LATCH)System" (P.1-22).

If you donothavea LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belt scan be used.

Severalmanufacturersofferchildrestraints

forinfantsandsmallchildrenofvarious sizes.Whenselectinganychildrestraint, keep thefollowingpointsinmind:

• Chooseonlyarestraintwithalabel certifyingthatitcomplieswithFederal MotorVehicleSafetyStandard213or CanadianMotorVehicleSafetyStandard213.
• Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobesureitiscompatiblewiththe vehicle'sseatandseatbeltsystem.
• If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustment to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose each child restraint that is designed for your child's height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.

AllU.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the toptether strapon front-facing child restraints to be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0904

LATCHsystemloweranchorlocations LowerAnchorsandTethersfor Children(LATCH)SYSTEM

Yourvehicleisequippedwithspecial anchorpointsthatareusedwiththeLATCH (LowerAnchorsandTethersforChildren) systemcompatiblechildrestraints.This systemmayalsobereferredtoasthe ISOFIXorISOFIXcompatiblesystem.With thissystem,youdonothavetousea vehicleseatbelttosecurethechild restraint.

The LATCHanchorpoints are provided to install child restraints in therear outboard seating positions only.

LATCHloweranchor

WARNING

Failuretofollowthewearningsandinstructionsforproperuseandinstallationofchildrestraintscouldresultinseriousinjuryordeathofachildorotherpassengersinasuddenstoporcollision:

• AttachLATCHsystemcompatiblechild restraintsonlyatthelocationsshownin theillustration.
• Donotsecureachildrestraintinthe centerrearseatingpositionusingthe LATCHloweranchors.Thechildrestraint willnotbesecuredproperly.
• Inspecttheloweranchorsbyinserting yourfingersintotheloweranchorarea. Feeltomakesuretherearenoobstructionsovertheanchorssuchasseatbelt webbingorseatcushionmaterial.The childrestraintwillnotbesecured properlyiftheloweranchorsareobstructed.

Line drawing of a hand holding a small object near a curved surface, with no visible text or symbols.

LATCHloweranchorlocation

LATCHloweranchorlocation

TheLATCHanchorsarelocatedattherear oftheseatkushionneartheseatback.A labelisattachedtotheseatbacktohelp youlocatetheLATCHanchors.

Line drawing of a car seat with a magnified inset showing hand positioning (no text or symbols)

LATCHwebbing-mountedattachment InstallingchildrestraintLATCH loweranchorattachments

LATCHcompatiblechildrestraintsinclude tworigidorwebbing-mountedattachments thatcanbeconnectedtotwoanchors locatedatcertainseatingpositionsinyour vehicle.Withthissystem,youdonothave tousevehicleseatbelttosecurethe childrestraint.Checkyourchildrestraint foralabelstatingthatitiscompatiblewith LATCH.Thisinformationmayalsobeinthe instructionsprovidedbythechildrestraint manufacturer.

Line drawing of a car seat assembly with an inset showing a close-up of the component (no text or symbols)

LATCHrigidattachment

Thechildrestrainttoptetherstrapmustbe usedwheninstallingthechildrestraint withtheLATCHloweranchorattachments orseatbelts.

When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.

SSS0902

Toptetheranchor

WARNING

- Ifthecargocover(ifsoequipped) contactsthetoptetherstrapwhenitis attachedtothetoptetheranchor, removethecargocoverfromthevehicle orsecureitonthecargofloorbelowits attachmentlocation.Ifthecargocoveris notremoved,itmaydamagethetop tetherstrapduringacollision.Yourchild couldbeseriouslyinjuredorkilledina collisionifthechildrestraintptether

strapisdamaged.

- Donotallowcargotocontactthetop tetherstrapwhenitisattachedtothe toptetheranchor.Properlysecurethe cargosoitdoesnotcontactthetop tetherstrap.Cargothatisnotproperly securedorcargothatcontactsthetop tetherstrapmaydamagethetoptether strapduringacollision.Yourchildcould beseriouslyinjuredorkilledina collisionifthechildrestrainttopether strapisdamaged.

ufacturer'sinstructions.

Toptetheranchorpointlocations:

Anchorpointsarelocatedonthebackof eachseatbackforallthreeseatingpositionsoftherearseatasshown.

REAR-FACINGCHILDRESTRAINTINSTALLATIONUSINGLATCH

RefertoallWarningsandCautionsinthe "Childsafety"(P.1-18)and"Childrestraints"(P.1-20)beforeinstallingachild restraint.

Followthesestepstoinstallarear-facing childrestraintusingtheLATCHsystem:

1. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the child restraint man-

1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Diagram showing car seatbelt mechanism with magnified inset highlighting a specific component (no text or symbols)

Rear-facingweb-mounted—step2

1. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checktomakesure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

Diagram showing car seatbelt adjustment with magnified detail view (no text or symbols)

Rear-facingrigid-mounted—step2

Illustration of a car seatbelt being adjusted for a person's seatbelt, showing two black arrows indicating the mechanism (no text or symbols present)

Rear-facing—step3

1. For child restraint that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat back while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt being lifted, showing hands and seatbelt (no text or symbols)

Rear-facing—step4

1. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the childinit. Push it from sidetosidewhile holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from sidetoside. Try to get forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment hold the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test again. You may need to try a different child restraint to try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if

Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem1-25

applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

1. Checktomakesurethechildrestraint isproperlysecuredpriortoeachuse. If thechildrestraintisloose,repeatsteps 1through4.

Diagram of a person wearing a seatbelt and standing on a vehicle, with no visible text or symbols

REAR-FACINGCHILDRESTRAINTIN- STALLATIONUSINGTHESEATBELTS

WARNING

Thethree-pointseatbeltwithAutomatic LockingRetractor(ALR)mustbeusedwhen installingachildrestraint.Failureretousethe ALRmodewillresultintheichildrestraint notbeingproperlysecured.Therestraint couldtipoverorbelooseandcauseinjury toachildinasuddenstoporcollision.

Diagram of a person sitting in a car with a seatbelt, showing no text or symbols

Rear-facing—step1

RefertoallWarningsandCautionsinthe "Childsafety"(P.1-18)and"Childrestraints"(P.1-20)beforeinstallingachild restraint.

Followthesestepstoinstallarear-facing childrestraintusingthevehicleseatbelts intherearseats:

1. Childrestraintsforinfantsmustbe usedintherear-facingdirectionand thereforemustnotbeusedinthefront seat.Positionthechildrestraintonthe seat.Alwaysfollowtherestraintmanufacturer'sinstructions.

1-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Line drawing of a car seatbelt buckle being adjusted for a person (no text or symbols)

Rear-facing—step2
2. Routetheseatbelttonguethroughthe childrestraintandinsertitintothe buckleuntilyouhearandfeelthelatch engage.Besuretofollowthechild restraintmanufacturer'sinstructions forbeltrouting.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt mechanism with a black arrow indicating the lever (no text or symbols present)

Rear-facing—step3
3. Pulltheshoulderbeltuntilthebeltis fullyextended. Atthistime, theseat beltretractorisintheAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)mode(childrestraint mode). ItrevertstotheEmergency LockingRetractor(ELR)modewhen theseatbeltisfullyretracted.

Diagram of a car interior showing steering wheel and gear shift mechanism (no text or symbols)

Rear-facing—step4
4. Allow these seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

Illustration of a car seatbelt being adjusted for a person's seatbelt, showing two arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols present)

Rear-facing—step5
5. Remove any addition of slack from the seat belt; press downward and forward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat back while pulling up on these seat belt.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with hands adjusting the seatbelt and a belt buckle (no text or symbols)

Rear-facing—step6
6. Afterattachingthechildrestraint, test itbeforeyouplacethechildinit.Pushitfromsidetosidewhileholdingthe childrestraintneartheseatbeltpath. Thechildrestraintshouldnotmove morethan1inch(25mm),fromsidetoside.Trytotugitforwardandcheckto seeifthebeltholdstherestraintin place.Iftherestraintisnotsecure, tightentheseatbeltasnecessary,or puttherestraintinanotherseatand testitagain.Youmayneedtotrya differentchildrestraint.Notallchild restraintsfitinalltypesofvehicles.

1. Checktomakesurethatthechild restraintisproperlysecuredpriorto eachuse.Iftheseatbeltisnotlocked, repeatsteps1through6.

Afterthechildrestraintisremovedandthe seatbeltfullyretracted,theALRmode (childrestraintmode)iscanceled.

FORWARD-FACINGCHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSINGLATCH

RefertoallWarningsandCautionsinthe "Childsafety"(P.1-18)and"Childrestraints"(P.1-20)beforeinstallingachild restraint.

Followthesestepstoinstallaforward-facingchildrestraintusingtheLATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on these seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

SSS0645

Forward-facingweb-mounted—step2

1. Secure the child restraint anchor attachment stothe LATCH lower anchors. Checktomakesure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, routethetoptether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See "Installing top tether strap" in this section. Donot install child restraint that require the use of toptether strap in seating position that donothave to optether anchor.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with a magnified inset showing the seatbelt buckle (no text or symbols)

Forward-facingrigid-mounted—step2

1. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat-back. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints" (P. 1-6) for head restraint adjustment information. If these seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper children

straintfit, tryanotherseatingposition oradifferentchildrestraint.

Car seatbelt buckle diagram showing hand placement and belt shift (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step4

1. For child restraint that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your kneetocompress the vehicle seat cushion and seat back while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

2. Tightenthetherstrapaccording to the manufacturer's instruction store-moveanyslack.

Line drawing of hands adjusting a car seatbelt with a belt buckle (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step6

1. Afterattachingthechildrestraint, test itbeforeyouplacethechildinit.Pushitfromsidetosidewhileholdingthe childrestraintneartheLATCHattach-mentpath.Thechildrestraintshould notmovemorethan1inch(25mm), fromsidetoside.Trytotugitforward andchecktoseeiftheLATCHattach-mentholdstherestraintinplace.Ifthe restraintisnotsecure,tightenthe LATCHattachmentasnecessary,or puttherestraintinanotherseatand testitagain.Youmayneedtotrya differentchildrestraint.Notallchild restraintsfitinalltypesofvehicles.

2. Checktomakesurethechildrestraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.

FORWARD-FACINGCHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSINGTHESEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to set the ALR modewill result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or lose and cause injury to action in sudden stop or collision.

1-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Line drawing of a car interior showing seat, rearview mirror, and side panel (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing(frontpassengerseat)—step1

RefertoallWarningsandCautionsinthe "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sectionsbeforeinstallingachildrestraint.

Followthesestepstoinstallaforward-facingchildrestraintusingthevehicleseat beltintherearseatsorinthefront passengerseat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in forward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to there are most position. Child restraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on these seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back.

Ifnecessary, adjustorremovethehead restrainttoobtainthecorrectchild restraintfit. Iftheheadrestraintis removed, storeitinasecureplace. Be suretoreinstalltheheadrestraint whenthechildrestraintisremoved.

See "Headrestraints" (P.1-6) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.

If theseatingpositiondoesnothavean adjustableheadrestraintanditis interferingwiththeproperchildrestraintfit,tryanotherseatingposition oradifferentchildrestraint.

Car seatbelt buckle diagram showing hand positioning and seatbelt insertion (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step3

1. Routetheseatbelttonguethroughthe childrestraintandinsertitintothe buckleuntilyouhearandfeelthelatch engage.Besuretofollowthechild restraintmanufacturer'sinstructions forbeltrouting.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, routethetoptether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rearseat installation only). See "Installing toptether strap" (P.1-34). Donot install child restraint that require the use of top tether strap in seating position that do not have to optether anchor.

Medical illustration of a car seatbelt buckle assembly (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step4
4. Pulltheshoulderbeltuntilthebeltis fullyextended. Atthistime, theseat beltretractorisintheAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)mode(childrestraint mode). ItrevertstoEmergencyLocking Retractor(ELR)modewhentheseatbelt isfullyretracted.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with arrows indicating movement or force (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step5
5. Allow these seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

Car seatbelt buckle diagram showing two black arrows indicating clockwise movement (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step6
6. Remove any addition of slack from the seat belt; press downward and forward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your kneet to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat back while pulling up on these seat belt.
7. Tightenthetherstrapaccording to the manufacturer's instruction store-moveanyslack.

1-32 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with hands adjusting the seat (no text or symbols)

Forward-facing—step8

1. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the childinit. Push it fromsidetosidewhileholding the childrestraint near these seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromsideto side. Try to get forward and check to see if the belthold st her restraint in place. If ther restraint is not secure, tight these seat belt as necessary, or put ther restraint in another seat and testit again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

2. Checktomakesurethechildrestraint is properly secured prior to each use. If these at belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

PASSENGER AIR BAG

SSS0676

Forward-facing—step10

1. If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, placethe ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated, see "Front passenger air bag and status light" in this section. Movethe child restraint to another seating position. Havethesystem checked by an INFINIT retailer. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0902

INSTALLINGTOPTETHERSTRAP

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rearout board seating positions only) or these seat belt, as applicable.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the head restraint top position the toptether strap over the top of these at back. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Besure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints" (P. 1-6) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.

2. Securethetoptetherstraptothetether anchorpointonthebackofseatback behindthechildrestraint.

3. Refertotheappropriatechildrestraint installationprocedurestepsinthis sectionbeforetighteningthetether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atoptetherstrap, consult your INFINITI retailer for details.

BOOSTERSEATS

Precautionsonboosterseats

WARNING

Ifaboosterseatandseatbeltarenotused properly,theriskofachildbeinginjuredin asuddenstoporcollisiongreatlyincreases:

- Makesuretheshoulderportionofthe beltisawayfromthechild'sfaceand neckandthelapportionofthebeltdoes notcrossthestomach.

Line drawing of two car seat compartments with numbered labels (1 and 2), no text or symbols present.

Boosterseatsofvariouszisesareoffered byseveralmanufacturers.Whenselecting anyboosterseat,keepthefollowingpoints inmind:

- Chooseonlyaboosterseatwithalabel certifyingthatitcomplieswithFederal MotorVehicleSafetyStandard213or CanadianMotorVehicleSafetyStandard213.

1-34 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Illustration of a person sitting in a car with a diagonal band crossing the seat, no text or symbols present.

• Checktheboosterseatinyourvehicle tobesureitiscompatiblewiththe vehicle'sseatandseatbeltsystem.
• Makesurethechild'sheadwillbe properlysupportedbytheboosterseat orvehicleseat.Theseatbackmustbeat orabovethecenterofthechild'sears. Forexample,ifalowbackboosterseat ① ischosen,thevehicleseatback mustbeatorabovethecenterofthe child'sears.Iftheseatbackislower thanthecenterofthechild'sears,a highbackboosterseat ② shouldbe used.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car seat, wearing a seatbelt and holding a belt (no text or symbols)

- If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustment to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.

AllU.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children were restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in there are seats or the front passenger seat.

Boosterseatinstallation

CAUTION

Donotusethelap/shoulderbeltAutomatic LockingRetractor(ALR)modewhenusinga boosterseatwiththeseatbelts.

Refertoallwarningsandcautionsinthe "Child safety" (P.1-18), "Child restraints" (P.1-20) and "Booster seats" (P.1-34) beforeinstallingaboosterseat.

Followthesestepstoinstallaboosterseat intherearseatorinthefrontpassenger seat:

Line drawing of a car interior showing the seat, rearview mirror, and side panel (no text or symbols)

1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, movethese at to there are most position.
2. Positiontheboosterseatontheseat. Onlyplaceitinaforward-facingdirection.Alwaysfollowtheboosterseat manufacturer'sinstructions.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car seat, wearing a seatbelt and holding a belt (no text or symbols)

Frontpassengerposition

1. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. See "Head restraints" (P. 1-6) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.

If theseating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat

fit, tryanotherseatingpositionora differentboosterseat.

1. Positionthelapportionoftheseatbelt lowandsnugonthechild'ships. Be suretofollowtheboosterseatmanufacturer'sinstructionsforadjustingthe seatbeltrouting.
2. Pulltheshoulderbeltportionofthe seatbelttowardtheretractortotakeup extraslack.Besuretheshoulderbeltis positionedacrosssthetop,middleportionofthechild'ssshoulder.Besureto followtheboosterseatmanufacturer's instructionsforadjustingtheseatbelt routing.
3. Followthewarnings, cautions and instructions for properly fasteninga seatbelt shown in the "Seatbelts" (P.1-11).

PASSENGER AIR BAG

SSS0676

1. If the booster seatis installed in the front passenger seat, push the ignition switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminated depending on the sizeof the child and the type of booster seat used. (See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P. 1-45).)

SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINTSYSTEM

PRECAUTIONSONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the following systems.

• Driverandpassengersupplemental front-impactairbag(INFINITIAadvanced AirBagSystem)
• Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplementalairbag
  ●Roof-mountedcurtainside-impact and rolloversupplementalairbag
• Seatbeltwithpretensioner

Supplementalfront-impactairbagsystem: TheINFINITIAadvancedAirBagSystemcan helpcushiontheimpactforcetothehead andchestofthedriverandfrontpassenger incertainfrontalcollisions.

Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplementalairbagsystem: This system can help cushion the impact force to each chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger uncertainties side impact collisions. Theside air bag is designed to inflate on the sidewhe the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mountedcurtainside-impact and rolloversupplementalairbagsystem: This systemcanhelpcushiontheimpactforce

totheheadofoccupantsinfrontandrear outboardseatingpositionsincertainside impactorrollovercollisions.Inaside impact,thecurtainandrolloverairbags aredesignedtoinflateonthesidewhere thevehicleisimpacted.Inarollover,the curtainandrolloverairbagsonbothsides aredesignedtoinflate.Underbothside-impactandrolloversituations,thecurtain airbagswillremaininflatedforashort periodoftime.

Thesesupplementalrestraintsystemsare designedtosupplementthecrashprotectionprovidedbythedriverandpassenger seatbeltsandarenotasubstitutefor them.Seatbeltsshouldalwaysbecorrectlywornandtheoccupantseateda suitabledistanceawayfromthesteering wheel,instrumentpanelandoorfinishers.(See“Seatbelts”(P.1-11)for instructionsandprecautionsonseatbelt usage.)

Thesupplementalairbagsoperateonly whentheignitionswitchisintheON position.

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarninglightilluminates.Thesupplementalair bagwarninglightwillturnoffafterabout

7secondsifthesystemsareoperational.

Line drawing of a person sitting in a car, showing seatbelt and dashboard (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a car seatbelt with diagonal crossed lines indicating no movement or safety (no text or symbols)

1-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

WARNING

●Thefrontairbagsordinarilywillnot inflateintheeventofasideimpact, rear impact, rollover, orlowerseverityfrontal collision. Alwayswearyourseatbeltsto helpreducetheriskorseverityofinjury invariouskindsofaccidents.
- Thefrontpassengerairbagwillnot inflateifthepassengerairbagstatus lightislitorifthefrontpassengerseat isunoccupied.See"Frontpassengerair bagandstatuslight"(P.1-45).
- Theseatbeltsandthefrontairbagsare mosteffectivewhenyouaresittingwell backanduprightintheseat.Thefront airbagsinflatewithgreatforce.Even withtheINFINITIAvancedAirBag System,ifyouareunrestrained,leaning forward,sittingsidewaysoroutof positioninanyway,youareatgreater riskofinjuryordeathinacrash.You mayalsoreceiveseriousorfatalinjuries fromthefrontairbagifyouareup againstitwhenitinflates.Alwayssit backagainsttheseatbackandasfarawayaspracticalfromthesteering wheelorinstrumentpanel.Alwaysuse

theseatbelts.

• The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensor that detect if these seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitor the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then in constant air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belt scan increase risk or severity of injury in an accident.
• Thefrontpassengerseatisequipped withoccupantclassificationsensors (weightsensors)thatturnthefront passengerairbagOFFundersome conditions. Thissensorisonlyusedin thisseat.Failuretobeproperlyseated andwearingtheseatbeltcanincrease theriskorseverityofinjuryinan accident.See"Frontpassengerairbag andstatuslight"(P.1-45).
• Keephandsontheoutsideofthe steeringwheel.Placingtheminsidethe steeringwheelrimcouldincreasethe riskofinjuryifthefrontairbaginflates.

Diagram of a person sitting on a chair facing a car seatbelt, with no visible text or symbols.

Diagram of a car interior showing a person sitting on the back with a cross-shaped barrier (no text or symbols)

Diagram showing a car's steering wheel and dashboard with no text or symbols

Diagram showing a car interior with a person and a child seated, crossed by a diagonal band indicating seatbelt (no text or symbols present)

Diagram of a car's seatbelt with diagonal crossed lines indicating no movement or restriction (no text or symbols present)

Illustration of a person sitting in a car with a seatbelt, showing no text or symbols on the diagram itself.

WARNING

●Neverletchildrenrideunrestrainedor extendtheirhandsorfaceoutofthe window.Donotattempttoholdthemin yourlaporarms.Someexamples of dangerousridingpositionsareshown in the illustrations.

●Childrenmaybeseverelyinjuredor killedwhenthefrontairbags,sideair bagsorcurtainandrolloverairbags inflateiftheyarenotproperlyrestrained.Pre-teensandchildrenshould beproperlyrestrainedintherearseat,if possible.

- EvenwiththeINFINITIAadvancedAirBag System,neverinstallarear-facingchild restraintinthefrontseat.Aninflating frontairbagcouldseriouslyinjureorkill yourchild.See"Childrestraints"(P.1-20)fordetails.

Do not lean against the doors or windows. SSS0832

Diagram of a car interior showing steering wheel and dashboard (no text or symbols)

Diagram showing a person seated in a car seatbelt with crossed safety stripes, no text or symbols present

Do not lean against the doors or windows. SSS0833

Illustration of a person sitting in a car seat with a cross-shaped band crossing the seat (no text or symbols)

WARNING

Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplementalairbagsandroof-mountedcurtainside-impactandrolloversupplementalairbags:

- Thesideairbagsandcurtainand rolloverairbagsordinarilywillnot inflateintheeventofafrontalimpact, rearimpactorlowerseveritysidecollision.Alwayswearyourseatbeltstohelp reducetheriskorseverityofinjuryin variouskindsofaccidents.

•Theseatbelts,thesideairbagsand

curtainandrolloverairbagsaremost effectivewhenyouaresittingwellback anduprightintheseat.Thesideairbags andcurtainandrolloverairbagsinflate withgreatforce.Donotallowanyoneto placetheirhand,legorfacenearthe sideairbagsonthesideoftheseatback ofthefrontseatornearthesideroof rails.Donotallowanyonesittinginthe frontseatsorrearoutboardseatsto extendtheirhandoutofthewindowor leanagainstthedoor.Someexamplesof dangerousridingpositionsareshownin thepreviousillustrations.

- Whensittingintherearseat, donot holdontotheseatbackofthefrontseat. Ifthesideairbagsinflates, youmaybe seriously injured. Beespecially careful with children, whoshouldalways be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

- Donotuseseatcoversonthefront seatbacks. They may interferewithside airbagsinflation.

1-42 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

1 2 3 4 5 3 6 7 8 9 10 SSS0903

1.Crashzonesensor
2. Supplementalfront-impactairbag modules
3. Frontseat-mountedside-impactsup- plementalairbagmodules
4. Occupant classification sensors (weightsensors)

1. Occupantdetectionsystemcontrol unit
   6.Roof-mountedcurtainside-impact and rolloversupplementalairbags
2. Roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rolloversupplementalairbag inflators

8.AirbagControlUnit(ACU)
9.Satellitesensors
10.Seatbeltpretensioners

INFINITIADVANCEDAIRBAGSYS-TEM(frontseats)

WARNING

Toensureproperoperationofthepassenger'sadvancedairbagsystem,please observethefollowingitems.

• Donotallowapassengerintherearseat topushorpullontheseatbackpocket.
• Donotplaceheavyloadsheavierthan9 lbs.(4kg)ontheseatback,headrestraintorintheseatbackpocket.
• Donotstoreluggagebehindtheseat thatcanpressintotheseatback.
• Confirmtheoperatingconditionwiththe frontpassengerairbagstatuslight.
• If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating in accordance with the above description, please take your vehicle to your INFINITI retail to check the passenger seat advanced air bags system.

- Until you have confirmed with your retailer that your passenger seat advanced air bag is working properly, position the occupants in there are seating positions.

ThisvehicleisequippedwiththeINFINITI AdvancedAirBagSystemforthedriverand frontpassengerseats.Thissystemis designedtomeetcertificationrequirementsunderU.S.regulations.Itisalso permittedinCanada.However,allofthe information,cautionsandwarningsinthis manualstillapplyandmustbefollowed.

The drivers supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The passengers supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel abovetheglovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collisiona similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of fit) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation.

TheINFINITIAadvancedAirBagSystemhas

dualstageairbaginflators.Thesystem monitorsinformationfromtheAirbag ControlUnit(ACU),seatbeltbucklesensorsandtheoccupantclassificationsensors(weightsensors).Inflatoroperationis basedontheseverityofacollisionand seatbeltusageforthedriver.Forthefront passenger,theoccupantclassification sensorsarealsomonitored.Basedon informationfromthesensors,onlyone frontairbagmayinflateinacrash, dependingonthecrashseverity and whetherthefrontoccupantsarebeltedor unbelted.Additionally,thefrontpassenger airbagmaybeautomaticallyturnedOFF undersomeconditions,dependingonthe informationprovidedbytheoccupant classificationsensors.IfthefrontpassengerairbagisOFF,thepassengerairbag statuslightwillbeilluminated(iftheseat isunoccupied,thelightwillnotbe illuminated,buttheairbagwillbeoff). (See“Frontpassengerairbagandstatus light” (P.1-45) for further details.) One front airbaginflatingdoesnotindicateimproper performanceofthesystem.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact INFINITloran INFINITI retailer. If you are considering modification

of your vehicle duetoadisability, you may also contact INFINITI. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner's Manual.

Whenafrontairbaginflates,afairlyloud noisemaybeheard,followedbyreleaseof smoke. Thissmokeisnotharmfulanddoes notindicateafire.Careshouldbetaken nottoinhaleit,asitmaycauseirritation andchoking.Thosewithahistoryofa breathingconditionshouldgetfreshair promptly.

Frontairbags, alongwiththeuseofseat belts, helptocushiontheimpactforceon theheadandchestofthefrontoccupants. Theycanhelpsavelivesandreduce seriousinjuries. However, aninflatingfront airbagmaycausefacialabrasorsorother injuries. Frontairbagsdonotprovide restrainttothelowerbody.

EvenwithINFINITIadvancedairbags,seat beltsshouldbecorrectlywornandthe driverandpassengerseateduprightasfar aspracticalawayfromthesteeringwheel orinstrumentpanel.Thefrontairbags inflatequicklyinordertohelpprotectthe frontoccupants.Becauseofthis,theforce ofthefrontairbaginflatingcanincrease theriskofinjuryiftheoccupantistoo

closeto, orisagainst, theairbagmodule duringinflation.

Thefrontairbagsdeflatequicklyaftera collision.

Thefrontairbagsoperateonlywhenthe ignitionswitchisintheONposition.

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarninglightilluminates.Thesupplementalair bagwarninglightwillturnoffafterabout 7secondsifthesystemisoperational.

PASSENGER AIR BAG

SSS0676

Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight Frontpassengerairbagandstatus light

WARNING

Thefrontpassengerairbagisdesignedto automaticallyturnOFFundersomeconditions.Readthissectioncarefullytolearn howitoperates.Properuseoftheseat,seat beltandchildrestraintsisnecessaryfor mosteffectiveprotection.Failureretofollow allinstructionsinthismanualconcerning theuseofseats,seatbeltsandchild restraintscanincreasetheriskorseverity

ofinjuryinanaccident.

Statuslight:

Thefrontpassengerairbagstatuslight islocatedundertheclimatecontrols. Aftertheignitionswitchisplacedinthe "ON"position,thefrontpassengerairbag statuslightontheinstrumentpanel illuminatesforabout7secondsandthen turnsofforilluminatesdependingonthe frontpassengerseatoccupiedstatus.The lightoperatesasfollows:

●Unoccupiedpassengerseat:The lightisOFFandthefrontpassengerair bagisOFFandwillnotinflateina crash.
- Passengerseatoccupiedbyasmall adult,childorchildrestraintasoutlinedinthissection:The light illuminatestoindicatethatthefront passengerairbagisOFFandwillnot inflateinacrash.
- Occupiedpassengerseatandthepassengermeetstheconditionsoutlinedin thissection:The lightisOFFto indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational.

Frontpassengerairbag:

Thefrontpassengerairbagisdesignedto automaticallyturnOFFwhenthevehicleis operatedundersomeconditionsasdescribedbelowaspermittedbyU.S.regulations.IfthefrontpassengerairbagisOFF, itwillnotinflateinacrash.Thedriverair bagandotherairbagsinyourvehicleare notpartofthissystem.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensors (weightsensors) are on these at cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant object on these. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag off in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the types specified in the regulations is on these, the occupant classifications sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Frontpassengerseatadultoccupantswho areproperlyseatedandusingtheseatbelt asoutlinedinthismanualshouldnot causethepassengerairbagtobeautomaticallyturnedOFF.Forsmalladultsit maybeturnedOFF,however,ifthe occupantdoesnotsitintheseatproperly (forexample,bynotsittingupright,by sittingonanedgeoftheseat,orby otherwisebeingoutofposition),thiscould causethesensortoturntheairbagOFF. Alwaysbesuretobeseatedandwearing theseatbeltproperlyforthemosteffective protectionbytheseatbeltandsupplementalairbag.

INFINITIrecommendsthatpre-teensand childrenbeproperlyrestrainedinarear seat.INFINITIalsorecommendsthatappropriatechildrestraintsandboosterseatsbe properlyinstalledinearseat.Ifthisis notpossible,theoccupantclassification sensorsaredesignedtooperateasdescribedabovetoturnthefrontpassenger airbagOFFforspecifiedchildrestraints. Failingtoproperlysecurechildrestrains andtousetheALRmodemayallowthe restrainttotipormoveinanaccidentor suddenstop.Thiscanalsoresultinthe passengerairbaginflatinginacrash

insteadofbeingOFF.(See "Childrestraints" (P.1-20) for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on these at could result in air bag inflation, because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensors. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on these at, or if two children are on these at, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always besure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned off with the seat occupied. Thelight will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied.

Ifanadultoccupantisintheseatbutthe passengerairbagstatuslightisilluminated(indicatingthattheairbagisOFF),it couldbethatthepersonisasmalladult, orisnotsittingontheseatproperly.

Ifachildrestraintmustbeusedinthefront seat, thepassengerairbagstatuslight

mayormaynotbeilluminated,depending onthesizeofthechildandthetype of childrestraint being used. If the passenger airbagstatuslightisnotilluminated (indicating that the airbag might inflate inacrash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Makesure that the child restraint is installed properly, these at belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the passenger airbag status light is still illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in are seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate event though you believe that the child restraint, these at belts and the occupant are properly positioned, the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is OFF). Your INFINIT retail can check that the system is OFF by using aspecial tool. However, until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in arearseat.

The INFINITIA Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few second store register change in the passenger seat status. However, if these at

becomesunoccupied, theairbagstatus lightwillremainoff.

Ifamalfunctionoccursinthefront passengerairbagsystem,thesupplementalairbagwarninglight ,locatedinthe meterandgaugesareawillblink.Havethe systemcheckedbyanINFINITlretailer.

Othersupplementalfront-impact airbagprecautions

WARNING

- Donotplaceanyobjectsonthesteering wheelpadorontheinstrumentpanel. Also, donotplaceanyobjectsbetween anyoccupantandthesteeringwheelor instrumentpanel. Suchobjectsmay becomedangerousprojectilesandcause injuryifthefrontairbagsinflate.

- Donotplaceobjectswithsharpedges ontheseat.Also,donotplaceheavy objectsontheseatthatwillleave permanentimpressionsintheseat.Such objectscandamagetheseatoroccupant classificationsensors(weightsensors). Thiscanaffecttheoperationoftheair bagsystemandresultinseriouspersonalinjury.

- Donotusewateroracidiccleaners(hot steamcleaners)ontheseat. This can damage theseator occupant classifica- tionsensors. This can also affect the operation of their bag system and result in serious personal injury.

- Immediatelyafterinflation,severalfront airbagsystemcomponentswillbehot. Donottouchthem;youmayseverely burnyourself.

- Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiringof thesupplementalairbagsystem. This is topreventaccidentalinflationofthe supplementalairbagordamagetothe supplementalairbagsystem.

- Donotmakeunauthorizedchangesto yourvehicle'selectricalsystem,suspensionsystemorfrontendstructure.This couldaffectproperoperationofthefront airbagsystem.

- Tamperingwiththeairbagsystemmay resultinseriouspersonalinjury.Tamperingincludeschanges tothesteering wheelandtheinstrumentpanelassemblybyplacingmaterialoverthesteering wheel padandabovetheinstrument panel orby installingadditional trim

materialaroundtheairbagsystem.

• Removingormodifyingthefrontpassengerseatmayaffectthefunctionof theairbagsystemandresultinserious personalinjury.
• Modifyingortamperingwiththefront passengerseatmayresultinserious personalinjury. Forexample, donot changethefront seatsbyplacing materialontheseatcushionorby installingadditionaltrimmaterial, such asseatcovers, ontheseatthatisnot specificallydesignedtoassureproper airbagoperation. Additionally, donot stowanyobjectsunderthefrontpassengerseatortheseatcushionand seatback. Suchobjectsmayinterfere withtheproperoperationoftheoccupantclassificationsensors.
• Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiringof theseatbeltsystem.Thismayaffectthe frontairbagsystem.Tamperingwiththe seatbeltsystemmayresultinserious personalinjury.
• Workonandaroundthefrontairbag systemshouldbedonebyanINFINITI retailer.Installationofelectricalequip-

mentshouldalsobedonebyanINFINITI retailer.The SupplementalRestraint System(SRS)wiringharnesses*should notbemodifiedordisconnected.Un-authorizedelectricaltestequipmentand probingdevicesshouldnotbeusedon theairbagsystem.

- Acrackedwindshieldshouldbereplaced immediatelybyaqualifiedrepairfacility. Acrackedwindshieldcouldaffectthe functionofthesupplementalairbag system.

* TheSRSwiringharnessconnectors are yellow and orange foreasy identification.

Whensellingyourvehicle, werequest that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guidethe buyer to the appropriates sections in this Owner's Manual.

Line drawing of a car interior showing seat compartments and seatbelt (no text or symbols)

FRONTSEAT-MOUNTEDSIDE-IMPACTSUPPLEMENTALAIRBAGAND ROOF-MOUNTEDCURTAINSIDE-IMPACTANDROLLOVERSUPPLEMENTALAIRBAGSYSTEMS

The side air bags are located in the outside oftheseatbackofthefrontseats.The curtainandrolloverairbagsarelocatedin thesideroofrails.Thesesystemsare designedtomeetvoluntaryguidelinesto helpreducetheriskofinjurytoout-of-positionoccupants.However,allofthe information,cautions andwarningsinthis manualstillapplyandmustbefollowed.

Thesideairbagsandcurtainandrollover airbagsaredesignedtoinflateinhigher severitysidecollisions,althoughtheymay inflateiftheforcesinanothertypeof collisionaresimilartothoseofahigher severitysideimpact.Theyaredesignedto inflateonthesidewherethevehicleis impacted.Theymaynotinflateincertain sidecollisionsonthesidewherethe vehicleisimpacted.Curtainandrollover airbagsarealsodesignedtoinflatein certaintypesofrollovercollisionsornear rollovers.

Vehicledamage(orlackofit)isnotalways anindicationofpropersideairbagand curtainandrolloverairbagoperation.

Whenthesideairbagsandcurtainand rolloverairbagsinflate,afairlyloudnoise maybeheard,followedbyreleaseof smoke.Thissmokeisnotharmfuland doesnotindicateafire.Careshouldbe takennottoinhaleit,asitmaycause irritationandchoking.Thosewithahistory ofabreathingconditionsshouldgetfresh airpromptly.

Sideairbags, alongwiththeuseofseat belts, helptocushiontheimpactforceon thechestandpelvicareaofthefront occupants. Curtainandrolloverairbags

helptocushiontheimpactforcetothe headofoccupantsinthefrontandrear outboardseatingpositions.Theycanhelp savelivesandreduceseriousinjuries. However,sideairbagsandcurtainand rolloverairbagsmaycauseabrasionsor otherinjuries.Sideairbagsandcurtain androlloverairbagsdonotprovide restrainttothelowerbody.

Theseatbeltsshouldbecorrectlyworn andthedriverandpassengerseated uprightasfaraspracticalawayfromthe sideairbags.Rearseatpassengersshould beseatedasfarawayaspracticalfromthe doorfinishersandsideroofrails.Theside airbagsandcurtainandrolloverairbags inflatequicklyinordertohelpprotectthe occupants.Becauseofthis,theforceofthe sideairbagsandcurtainandrolloverair bagsinflatingcanincreasetheriskof injuryiftheoccupantistooocloseto,oris against,theseairbagmodulesduring inflation.Inarollover,thecurtainand rolloverairbagsonbothsidesare designedtoinflate.Underbothside-impactandrolloversituations,thecurtain airbagswillremaininflatedforashort periodoftime.

Thesideairbagsandcurtainandrollover airbagsoperateonlywhentheignition switchisintheONposition.

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarninglightilluminates.Theairbagwarning lightwillturnoffafterabout7secondsif thesystemsareoperational.

WARNING

• Donotplaceanyobjectsnearthe seatbackofthefrontseats. Also, do notplaceanyobjects(anumbrella, bag, etc.) betweenthefrontdoorfinisherand thefrontseat. Suchobjectsmaybecome dangerousprojectilesandcauseinjuryif asideairbaginflates.
• Rightafterinflation,severalsideairbag andcurtainandrolloverairbagsystem componentswillbehot.Donottouch them;youmayseverelyburnyourself.
• Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiringof thesideairbagandcurtainandrollover airbags. Thisistopreventdamagetoor accidentalinflationofthesideairbag andcurtainandrolloverairbagsystems.

- Donotmakeunauthorizedchangesto yourvehicle'selectricalsystem,suspensionsystemorsidepanel.Thiscould affectproperoperationofthesideair bagandcurtainandrolloverairbag systems.

- Tamperingwiththesideairbagsystem mayresultinseriouspersonalinjury. For example, donotchangethefrontseatby placingmaterialneartheseatbackorby installingadditionaltrimmaterial,such asseatcovers,aroundthesideairbag.

●Workaroundandonthesideairbagand curtainandrolloverairbagsystems shouldbedonebyanINFINITIretailer. Installationofelectricalequipment shouldalsobedonebyanINFINITI retailer.TheSupplementalRestraint System(SRS)wiringharnesses*should notbe modified ordisconnected. Unauthorizedelectricaltestequipmentand probingdevicesesshouldnotbeusedon thesideairbagorcurtainandrollover airbagsystems.

* TheSRSwiringharnessconnectors are yellow and orange foreasy identification.

Whensellingyourvehicle, werequest that you inform the buyer about these side airbag and curtain and rollover air bags systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.

SEATBELTSWITHPRETENSIONERS (frontseats)

WARNING

• Thepretensioners cannot bereused after activation. They must bereplaced together with theretractor and buckleasa unit.
• If the vehicle becomes involved in collision but a pretensioner is not activated, besureto havethe pretensionersystem checked and, if necessary, replaced by an INFINIT retailer.
• Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiringof thepretensionersystem. Thisisto preventdamagetooraccidentalactivationofthepretensioners.Tampering withthepretensionersystemmayresult inseriouspersonalinjury.
  •Workaroundand on thepretensioner systemshouldbedonebyanINFINITI

retailer.Installationofelectricalequip-ment should alsobedonebyanINFINITI retailer.Unauthorizedelectricaltest equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensionersystem.

- If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact an INFINITI retailer. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

Thepretensionersystemmayactivatewith thesupplementalairbagsystemin certain typesofcollisions.Workingwiththeseat beltretractor,ithelpstightentheseatbelt whenthevehiclebecomesinvolved in certaintyesofcollisions,helping to restrainfrontseatoccupants.

Thepretensionerisencasedwiththeseat beltretractor. Theseseatbeltsareusedthe samewayasconventionalseatbelts.

Whenapretensioneractivates,smokeis releasedandaloudnoisemaybeheard. Thesmokeisnotharmful,anditdoesnot indicateafire.Careshouldbetakennotto inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking.Thosewithahistoryofabreath-

ingconditions should get fresh hair promptly. After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow these seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest.

Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight isusedtoindicatemalfunctionsinthe pretensionersystem.(See“Supplemental airbagwarninglight”(P.1-51)formore details.)Iftheoperationofthesupplementalairbagwarninglightindicates thereisamalfunction,havethesystem checkedbyanINFINITretailer.

Whensellingyourvehicle, werequestthat youinformthebuyeraboutthepretensionersystemandguidethebuyertothe appropriatesectionsinthisOwner'sManual.

① SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG WARNING LABELS

Warninglabelsaboutthesupplemental front-impactairbagsystemareplaced in thevehicleasshownintheillustration.

SRSairbag

Thewarninglabels ① arelocated on the surface of the sunvisors.

Silhouette of a person in motion with one arm raised, no text or symbols present

SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT

Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight, displaying intheinstrumentpanel, monitorsthecircuitsfortheairbag systems,pretensionersandallrelated wiring.

WhentheignitionswitchisintheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarning lightilluminatesforabout7secondsand thenturnsoff.Thismeansthesystemis operational.

Ifanyofthefollowingconditionsoccur,the frontairbag,sideairbag,curtainand

rolloverairbagandpretensionersystems needservicing:

• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight remainsonapproximately7seconds aftertheignitionswitchispushed to theONposition.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight flashes intermittently.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight doesnotcomeonatall.

Undertheseconditions, thefrontairbag, sideairbags, and curtain and rollover air bags or pretensionersystemsmay not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINIT retailer.

WARNING

If the supplemental airbag warning light is on, it could mean that the front airbag, side airbag, curtain and rollover airbag and/or pretensioners system will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself for others, have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible.

REPAIRANDREPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

Thefrontairbags,sideairbags,curtain androlloverairbagsandpretensionersare designedtoactivateonaone-time-only basis.Asareminder,unlessitisdamaged, thesupplementalairbagwarninglightwill remainilluminated afterinflation has occurred.Repairandreplacementofthese systemsshouldbedoneonlybyanINFINITI retailer.

When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain and rollover air bags, pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting them maintenance. Theignitions switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

- Onceafrontairbag, sideairbagor curtainandrolloverairbaghasinflated, theairbagmodulewillnotfunction againandmustbereplaced. Additionally, theactivatedpretensionersmust alsobereplaced. Theairbagmodule and

pretensionersshouldbereplacedbyan INFINITlretailer.Theairbagmoduleand pretensionersystemcannotberepaired.

• Thefrontairbag, sideairbag, curtain and rolloverairbag and the pretensioner should be inspected by an INFINITI retailer if there is any damage to the frontendorside portion of the vehicle.
• If you need to dispose of supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact an INFINITI retailer. Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system disposals procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposals procedures could cause personal injury.

2Instrumentsandcontrols

Cockpit 2-3

Instrument panel 2-5

Meters and gauges.... 2-6

Speedometerandodometer 2-6

Tachometer.... 2-7

Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge 2-8

Fuel gauge 2-8

Meter/ringilluminationandneedlesweep .....2-9

Compass(ifsoequipped) 2-9

Zonevariationchangeprocedure 2-11

Warning/indicatorlightsand

audible reminders 2-12

Checkingbulbs 2-12

Warninglights 2-13

Indicator lights 2-18

Audiblereminders 2-21

Dotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay 2-21

Indicatorsforoperation 2-24

Indicatorsformaintenance 2-26

Tripcomputer 2-28

Security systems 2-30

Vehiclesecuritysystem 2-30

INFINITlvehicleimmobilizersystem 2-32

Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch 2-33

Windshieldwiperandwasheroperation .....2-34

Rain-sensingautowipersystem(if

soequipped) 2-35

Rearwindowwiperandwasheroperation ....2-36

Rearwindowandoutsidemirror

defroster switch 2-36

Headlightandturnsignalswitch 2-37

Xenonheadlights 2-37

Headlightswitch 2-37

Turnsignalswitch 2-42

Foglightswitch 2-43

Horn 2-43

HeatedSeats(ifsoequipped) 2-43

Climatecontrolledseats(ifsoequipped) .....2-45

Warningsystemsswitch(ifsoequipped) .....2-46

Snowmodeswitch 2-47

Continuousdampingcontrolmodeselectswitch

(if so equipped) 2-47

Automode 2-47

Sportmode 2-47

IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)offswitch

(if so equipped) 2-48

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)offswitch .....2-48

Clock.... 2-49

Adjustingthetime 2-49

Power outlet 2-49

Storage 2-50

Cupholders 2-50

Sunglassesholder 2-51

Glove box.... 2-52

Consolebox 2-53

Card holder 2-54

Coat hooks.... 2-54

Cargohooks(ifsoequipped) 2-54

Cargonet(ifsoequipped) 2-55

Cargocover(ifsoequipped) 2-56

Roofrack(ifsoequipped) 2-58

Windows 2-59

Powerwindows 2-59

Moonroof.... 2-61

Automaticmoonroof 2-61

Welcome light.... 2-63

Batterysaversystem 2-63

Interior lights 2-63

Maplights 2-63

Personallights 2-64

Interiorlightcontrolswitch 2-64

Vanity mirror lights 2-65

Cargo light 2-65

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver 2-66

ProgrammingHomeLink ^® 2-66

ProgrammingHomeLink ^® forCanadian

customersandgateopeners 2-68

OperatingtheHomeLink ^®

UniversalTransceiver 2-68

Programmingtroubleshooting 2-69

Clearingtheprogrammedinformation .....2-69

Reprogrammingasing

HomeLink® button 2-69

Ifyourvehicleisstolen 2-69

COCKPIT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 SIC4246

1. Outsidemirrorremotecontrolswitch
2. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off switch (ifsoequipped)
3. Instrument brightness control switch

4. Headlight, foglight and turnsignal switch

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(left side)

—Foraudiosystem
—ForBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhone System(withnavigationsystem)
—ForBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhone

System(withoutnavigationsystem)

—ForINFINITIVoiceRecognitionSystem(withnavigationsystem)

6.Tripcomputerswitch
7.Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch
8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (rightside)

—Cruisecontrolswitches(ifso equipped)
—IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)
switches(ifsoequipped)
—DynamicDriverAssistanceswitch (ifsoequipped)

1. Warning system switch (if so equipped)

—ForwardCollisionWarning(FCW)
—LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)

1. Headlightaiming control (if so equipped)

2. VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)OFF switch
   11.IntelligentKeyport
   12.Powerliftgateswitch
   13.Powerliftgatemainswitch

3. TRIP/RESETswitchfortwintripodometer
4. Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheellever(ifsoequipped)

16.Manualtilting/telescopicsteering wheellever(ifsoequipped)
17. Center-console-mounted controls —Climatecontrolledseatswitchesor Seatheaterswitches —SNOWmodeswitch —ContinuousDampingControlmode selectswitch(ifsoequipped)

2-4 Instrumentsandcontrols

INSTRUMENTPANEL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 JVC0209X

1. Sideventilator

2.Paddleshifter(ifsoequipped)

3.Metersandgauges

1. Centerventilator

2. Centermulti-functioncontrol panel

- Navigation system* (if so

equipped)

—Vehicleinformationandsetting

buttons

—AroundViewMonitor(ifso

equipped)

1. Centerdisplay

2. Clock

8.Hazardwarningflasherswitch

9.Frontpassengersupplementalairbag

10.Hoodreleasehandle

11.Fuseboxcover

1. Parkingbrake

13.Steeringwheel

—Horn

—Driversupplementairbag

14.Push-buttonignitionswitch

15.Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight

1. Rearwindowdefrosterswitch

17.Poweroutlet

1. Automaticclimatecontrolsystem

19.Audiosystem

20.Gloveboxlidreleasehandle

*:RefertotheseparateNavigationSystem

Owner's Manual.

METERSANDGAUGES

1 2 3 4 2 5 2 6 SIC3825

1.Tachometer
2. Warning/Indicatorlights
3.Speedometer
4. Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge
5. Dotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay/Odometer/twintripodometer

6.Fuelgauge

Theneedleindicatorsinthespeedometer, tachometer, enginecoolanttemperature gaugeandfuelgaugemaymoveslightly aftertheignitionswitchispushedtothe OFFposition. Thisisnotamalfunction.

Circular gauge or dial with concentric rings and a pointer, no visible text or symbols

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETERANDODOMETER

Speedometer

Thespeedometer indicates vehiclespeed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour (km/h).

2-6 Instrumentsandcontrols

TRIP A/B RESET ③ ① ② SIC3259

Odometer/twintripodometer

Odometer/twintripodometer

Theodometer ① andtwintripodometer ② aredisplayedonthedotmatrixcrystal displaywhentheignitionswitchisinthe ONposition.

Theodometerrecordsthetotaldistance thevehiclehasbeendriven.

Thetwintripodometerrecordsthedistanceofindividualtrips.

Changingthedisplay:

PushingtheTRIPA/BRESETswitch ③ at thebottomleftofthecombinationmeter panelchangesthedisplayasfollows:

TRIPA→TRIPB→TRIPA

Resettingthetripodometer:

PushingtheTRIPA/BRESETswitch ③ for morethan1secondresetsthetrip odometertozero.

Averagefueleconomyanddistanceto emptyinformationisalsoavailable.(See "Dotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay"(P.2-21) and "HowtouseSTATUSbutton"(P.4-9).)

SIC3828

TACHOMETER

Thetachometerindicatesenginespeedin revolutionsperminute(RPM).Donotrev theengineintotheredzone ①.

Theredzonevarieswitheachmodels.

CAUTION

Whenenginespeedapproachesthered zone, shifttoahighergearorreduceengine speed. Operatingtheengineintheredzone maycauseseriousenginedamage.

H C ①

SIC3255

Thegaugeindicatestheenginecoolant temperature.

Theenginecoolanttemperatureiswithin thenormalrangewhenthegaugeneedle pointswithinthezone ① showninthe illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicles speed to decrease temperature. If gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine idle. If the engine is over heated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-12) for immediate action required.

R F E

SIC3256

FUEL GAUGE

Thegaugeindicates theapproximatefuel levelinthetank.

Thegaugemaymoveslightlyduring braking,turning,acceleration,orgoingup ordownhills.

ThegaugeneedlereturnstoE(Empty)after theignitionswitchispushedtotheOFF position.

Refillthefueltankbeforethegauge registers“E”(Empty).

Thelowfuelwarning 📄 appearson the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuellevelinthetankisgettinglow.Refuel

2-8 Instrumentsandcontrols

assoonasitisconvenient, preferably beforethegaugereaches "E". Therewillbe asmallreserveoffuelinthetankwhenthe fuelgaugeneedlereaches "E".

The ▶ indicate sthat the fuel - filler door is located on the passenger's side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

• If the vehiclerunsoutoffuel, the malfunction indicator light (MIL) may come on. Refuelassoonas possible.
  Afterafewdrivingtrips,the light shouldturnoff.Ifthelightremainson afterafewdrivingtrips,havethevehicle inspectedbyanINFINITlretailer.
• Foradditionalinformation,see"Mal-functionIndicatorLight(MIL)"(P.2-19).

METER/RINGILLUMINATION AND NEEDLESWEEP

Theringilluminationsurroundingmeters andgaugesilluminateswhenthedriver's doorisclosedaftergettingintothevehicle withthelIntelligentKeycarriedin.

Whentheengineisstarted, theindicator

needleswillsweepinthespeedometerand tachometerandtheringilluminationwill bebrightenedgradually. Thisfunctioncan beturnedoff.(See "Tripcomputer"(P.2-28).)

COMPASS (ifsoequipped)

SIC3181

When the ignitionswitchispushed tothe ON position, the compass display Ⓑ will indicate the direction of the vehicle's heading.

graph TD
    A["N (North)"] --> B["NE (Northeast)"]
    A --> C["E (East)"]
    A --> D["SE (Southeast)"]
    A --> E["S (South)"]
    A --> F["SW (Southwest)"]
    A --> G["W (West)"]
    A --> H["NW (Northwest)"]

Ifthedisplayreads"C", calibratethe compassbydrivingthevehiclein3 completecirclesatlessthan5MPH(8

km/h).Youcanalsocalibratethecompass bydrivingyourvehicleonyoureveryday route. Thecompasswillbecalibratedonce ithastracked3completecircles.

Toturnonandoffthecompassmanually, pushthe -N switch Ⓐ whiletheignition switchisintheONposition.

SIC0611B

Zonemap

2-10 Instrumentsandcontrols

ZONEVARIATIONCHANGEPROCE- DURE

The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance. In some areas, this difference can sometimes begreaten ought to cause false compass readings. Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens:

1. Push the switchformorethan3 seconds. The current zonenumber will appear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variance number on the zonemap.

NOTE: Usezonenumber5forHawaii.

1. Push the switch repeatedly until thenewzonenumberappearsinthe display, thenreleasetheswitch. After youreleasetheswitch, thedisplaywill showacompassdirectionwithinafew seconds.

- Ifthecompassdeviatesfromthe correctindicationsoonafterrepeatedadjustment,havethecompasscheckedatanINFINITlretailer.

- Thecompassmaynotindicate the correctcompasspointintunnelsor

whiledrivingupordownasteephill. (Thecompassreturnstothecorrect compasspointwhenthevehiclemoves toanareawherethegeomagnetismis stabilized.)

CAUTION

• Donotinstallaskirack, antenna, etc., which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet. They affect the operation of the compass.
• Whencleaningthemirror, useapaper towelorsimilarmaterialdampenedwith glasscleaner. Donotsprayglasscleaner directlyonthemirrorasitmaycausethe liquidcleanertoenterthemirrorhousing.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLEREMINDERS

AWD	All-WheelDrive(AWD)warninglight(AWD models)*		Lanedeparturewarninglight (orange)*		Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight
ABS	Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warning light		LowtirepressurewarninglightHighbeamindicatorlight
			Masterwarninglight		IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)offindicator light*
AT CHECK	AutomatictransmissioncheckwarninglightPreve		GROWTHATIONWARNINGLIGHT(Orange)*		LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)ONindica- torlight(green)*
BRAKE	Brakewarninglight		RARActiveSteerwarninglight*MalfunctionIndicatorLight(MIL)
			SeatbeltwarninglightSecurityindicatorlight
	ChargewarninglightSupplementalairbagwarninglightSPORTmodeindicatorlight*
CRUISE	DistanceControlAssist(DCA)systemwarn- inglight(Orange)*		VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)warninglightTurnsignal/hazardindicatorlights
	Engineoilpressurewarninglight		AdaptiveFrontlightingSystem(AFS)indi- catorlight*		VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)offindicator light
CRUISE	IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system warninglight(Orange)*		Automatictransmissionpositionindicator light	*:ifsoequipped
KEY	IntelligentKeywarninglightExteriorlightindicator

CHECKINGBULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine. The following lights will come on (if so equipped):

The following lights come on briefly and

thengooff (ifso equipped):

If any light does not come on, it may indicate a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system. Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer. Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display

between the speedometer and tachometer. (See "Dot matrix liquid crystal display" (P.2-21).)

2-12 Instrumentsandcontrols

WARNINGLIGHTS

AWD All-WheelDrive(AWD)warning light(AWDmodels)

The warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engine is started.

IftheAWDsystemmalfunctions,orthe diameterofthefrontandtherearwheels aredifferent,thewarninglightwilleither remainilluminatedorblink.(See"All-WheelDrive(AWD)("P.5-75).)

CAUTION

- If the warning light comes on while driving theremaybeam malfunction in the AWD system. Reducethe vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

- IftheAWDwarninglightblinksonwhen youaredriving:

— blinksrapidly(abouttwiceasecond):

Pullofftheroadinasafearea, and idletheengine. Thedrivingmodewill changeto2WDtopreventtheAWD systemfrommalfunctioning. If the

warninglightturnsoff,youcandrive again.

- blinksslowly(aboutonceevery2 seconds):

Pullofftheroadinasafearea, and idletheengine. Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn.

- If the warning light is still after the above operations, have your vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer as soon as possible.

ABS or (Anti) Anti-lockBraking System(ABS)warninglight

WhentheignitionswitchisintheON position,theAnti-lockBrakingSystem (ABS)warning lightilluminates and then turnsoff.ThisindicatestheABSisoperational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Havethesystem checked by an INFINIT retailer.

IfanABSmalfunctionoccurs, theanti-lock functionisturnedoff. Thebrakesystem

thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance. (See "Brakesystem" (P.5-78).)

AT CHECK Automatictransmissioncheck warninglight

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,thelightcomesonfor2 seconds.Ifthelightcomesonatanyother time, it may indicate the transmission is notfunctioningproperly.HaveyourINFINITI retailercheckandrepairthetransmission.

BRAKE or (1) Brakewarninglight

Thislightfunctionsforboththe parking brakeandthefootbrakesystems.

Parkingbrakeindicator:

WhentheignitionswitchisintheON position,thelightcomesonwhenthe parkingbrakeisapplied.

Lowbrakefluidwarninglight:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the light warn so falow brake fluid level. If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Checkthebrakefluidlevel.Ifbrake

fluidisnecessary, addfluid and have the system checked by your INFINIT retailer. (See "Brakefluid" (P.8-16).)

1. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warnings system checked by an INFINIT retailer.

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warning indicator:

Whentheparkingbrakeisreleasedand thebrakefluidlevelissufficient,ifboth thebrakewarninglightandtheAnti-lock BrakingSystem(ABS)warninglightilluminate,itmayindicatetheABSisnot functioningproperly.Havethebrakesystemchecked,andifnecessaryrepaired,by anINFINITretailerpromptly.(See“Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warninglight” (P.2-13).)

WARNING

-Yourbrakesystemmaynotbeworking properlyifthewarninglightison. Drivingcouldbedangerous.Ifyoujudge ittobesafe,drivecarefullytothe nearestservicestationfor repairs. Otherwise,haveyourvehicletowed becausedrivingitcouldbedangerous.

- Pressingthebrakepedalwith the enginestoppedand/orlowbrakefluid levelmayincreaseyourstoppingdistanceandbrakingwillrequiregreater pedaleffortaswellaspedaltravel.

- If the brake fluid level is below the minimumorMIN markon thebrake fluid reservoir, donotdriveuntilthebrake systemhasbeencheckedatanINFINITI retailer.

Chargewarninglight

Ifthelightcomesonwhiletheengineis running, it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly. Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or ifthelightremainson, see an INFINITI retailer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing.

CRUISE

DistanceControlAssist(DCA) mwarninglight(orange;ifsooped)

ThislightcomesonifthereisamalfunctionintheDistanceControlAssist(DCA) system.

If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and turn on the DCAsystemagain.

Ifitisnotpossibletoturnonthesystem orthe warninglightstays on,it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Althoughthevehicleisstilldriveable undernormalconditions,havethevehicle checkedatanINFINITlretailer.

Engineoilpressurewarning

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving, pullofftheroadinasafe area, stop the engine immediately and call an INFINIT retailer or other authorized repair shop.

Theengineoilpressurewarninglightis notdesignedtoindicatealowoillevel. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resum driving and set the CC system again.

Ifitisnotpossibletosetthesystemorthe indicatorstayson, itmayindicate that the systemismal functioning. Although the vehicle is still drive a unable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked at an INFINIT retailer.

KEY IntelligentKeywarninglight Aftertheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,thislightcomesonforabout 2secondsandthenturnsoff.

Thislightwarnsofamalfunctionwiththe IntelligentKeysystem.

Ifthelightcomesonwhiletheengineis stopped, it maybe impossible to start the engine. Ifthelightcomesonwhilethe engine is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in these cases, contact an INFINIT retailer for repair as soon as possible.

Lanedeparturewarninglight (orange;ifsoequipped)

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,thelightwillcomeonin orange,turngreen,andthenturnoff.This indicates that the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) systems are operational.

While the LD Wand/or LDP system is on, the light will blink in orange and awarning chimewills sound if the vehicle is traveling closet or either the left for the right of a traveling lanewith detectable lanemarkers.

Ifthelightcomesonin orange andremains on, itmayindicatethattheLDWandLDP systemsarenotfunctioningproperly. Althoughthevehicleisstilldriveable, have thesystemscheckedbyanINFINITlretailer.

See "LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system/LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)system" (P.5-21).

Lowtirepressurewarning light

YourvehicleisequippedwithaTire PressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)that monitorsthetirepressureofalltires exceptthespare.

Thelowtirepressurewarninglightwarns oflowtirepressureorindicatesthatthe TPMSisnotfunctioningproperly.

AftertheignitionswitchispushedON,this lightilluminatesforabout1secondand turnsoff.

Lowtirepressurewarning:

Ifthevehicleisbeingdrivenwithlowtire pressure,thewarninglightwillilluminate. ACHECKTIREPRESSUREwarningalso appearsonthedotmatrixliquidcrystal display.Ifyouselectthetirepressure informationinthedisplay,theLOWPRES-

SUREinformationwillbedisplayed. The tirepressureforeachitirewillalsobe displayed.

Whenthelowtirepressurewarninglight illuminates,youshouldstopandadjust the tirepressuretotherecommended COLDtirepressureshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabel.Thelowtire pressurewarninglightdoesnotautomaticallyturnoffwhenthetirepressureis adjusted.Afterthetireisinflatedtothe recommendedpressure,thevehiclemust bedrivenatspeedsabove16MPH(25 km/h)toactivatetheTPMSandturnoffthe lowtirepressurewarninglight.Useatire pressuregaugetocheckthetirepressure.

The CHECKTIREPRESSURE warning appears as achtimetheignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see "TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.5-4) and "TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.6-3). For the CHECKTI REPRESSURE warning, see "Dotmatrix liquid crystal display" (P.2-21).

TPMSmalfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Havethesystem checked by an INFINIT retailer. The CHECK TI REPRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminate to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see "TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.5-4).

WARNING

• Ifthelightdoesnotilluminatewiththe ignitionswitchpushedON,havethe vehiclechecked byanINFINITIretailer as soonaspossible.
• If the light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE informationisdisplayonthemonitor screenwhiledriving, avoid sudden steeringmaneuversorabruptbraking, reduce vehiclespeed, pullofftheroadto asafelocationandstopthevehicleas soonaspossible.Drivingwithunder-inflatedtiresmaypermanentlydamage thetiresandincreasethelikelihoodof

tirefailure.Seriousvehicledamage couldoccurandmayleadtoanaccident andcouldresultinseriouspersonal injury.Checkthetirepressureforall fourtires.Adjustthetirepressuretothe recommendedCOLDtirepressureshown ontheTireandLoadingInformation labeltoturnthelowtirepressure warninglightOFF.Ifthelightstill illuminateswhiledrivingafteradjusting the tirepressure,atiremaybeflat.If youhaveaflattire,replaceitwitha spare tireassoonaspossible.

• Whenasparetireismountedorawheel isreplaced, theTPMSwillnotfunction andthelowtirepressurewarninglight willflashforapproximately1minute. Thelightwillremainonafter1minute. ContactyourINFINITlretailerassoonas possiblefortirereplacementand/or systemresetting.

- Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINIT could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

●TheTPMSisnotasubstituteforthe regulartirepressurecheck.Besureto checkthetirepressureregularly.
- If the vehicle is being driven at speed of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.
- Besuretoinstallthespecifiedsizeof tirestothefourwheelscorrectly.

Masterwarninglight

WhentheignitionswitchisintheON position,themasterwarninglightilluminatesifanyofthefollowingaredisplayed onthedotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay:

• Nokeywarning
  ●Lowfuelwarning
  ●Lowwasherfluidwarning
  ●Parkingbrakereleasewarning
  ●Door/liftgateopenwarning
• Loosefuelcapwarning
• Checktirepressurewarning

See "Dotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay" (P.2-21).

CRUISE PreviewFunctionwarninglight (orange;ifsoequipped)

Thelightcomesonifthereisamalfunction intheBrakeAssist(withPreviewFunction) system.

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, then resumed driving.

IfitisnotpossibletosethelCCsystemor thePreviewFunctionwarninglightremainson,itmayindicatethatthesystem ismalfunctioning.Althoughthevehicleis stilldriveableundernormalconditions, havethevehiclecheckedatanINFINITI retailer.

RAS RearActiveSteerwarninglight (ifsoequipped)

Ifthelightcomesonwhiletheengineis running, it may indicate that there is a malfunction with the Rear Active Steer portion of the steeringsystem. Have the system checked by an INFINIT retailer. For further information about the Rear Active Steersystem, see "Rearactive steer system" (P. 5-85).

Ifamalfunctionoccursinthesystem,the RearActiveSteerfunctionwillceasebut

drivingcanbecontinued.

Ifthelightcomesonwhileyouaredriving, contactanINFINITIretailerforrepair.

Seatbeltwarninglightand e

Thelightandchimeremindyoutofasten seatbelts. Thelightilluminateswhenever theignitionswitchispushedtotheON position, andwillremainilluminateduntil thedriver'sseatbeltisfastened. Atthe sametime, thechimewillsoundforabout 6secondsunlessthedriver'sseatbeltis securelyfastened.

Theseatbeltwarninglightforthefront passengerwillilluminateiftheseatbeltis notfastenedwhenthefrontpassenger's seatisoccupied.Forabout5secondsafter theignitionswitchisintheONposition, thesystemdoesnotativatethewarning lightforthefrontpassenger.

See“Seatbelts”(P.1-11)forprecautions onseatbeltusage.

Supplementalairbagwarning

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarning lightwillilluminate.Thesupplementalair

bagwarninglightwillturnoffafterabout7 secondsifthefront-impactairbagand sideairbag,curtainairbagsystemsand/ orpretensionerseatbeltareoperational. Ifanyofthefollowingconditionsoccur,the frontairbag,sideairbag,curtainand rolloverairbagandpretensionersystems needsservicingandyourvehiclemustbe takentoyournearestINFINITlretailer.

• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight remainsonafterapproximately7seconds.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight flashes intermittently.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight doesnotcomeonatall.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental restraintsystem (airbagsystem) and/or the pretensioners may not function properly.

Foradditionalinformation,see"Supplementalrestraintsystem"(P.1-37).

WARNING

If the supplemental airbag warning light is on, it could mean that the front airbag, side airbag, curtain and rollover air bags systems

and/orpretensionersystemswillnotoperateinanaccident.Tohelpavoidinjuryto yourselforothers,haveyourvehicle checkedbyaretailerassoonaspossible.

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) warninglight

ThelightwillblinkwhentheVDCsystemor thetractioncontrolsystemisoperating, thusalertingthedriverthatthevehicleis nearingitstractionlimits.Theroadsurface maybeslippery.

Whenthevehicledynamiccontrolwarning lightilluminateswhenthevehicledynamic control system is turned on, this light alertsthedrivertothefactthatthevehicle dynamiccontrolsystem'sfail-safemodeis operating,forexamplethevehicledynamic control system may not be functioning properly.Havethesystemcheckedbyan INFINITretailer.Ifamalfunctionoccursin thesystem,thevehicledynamiccontrol systemfunctionwillbecanceledbutthe vehicle is still driveable. For additional information,see"VehicleDynamicControl (VDC)system"(P.5-83).

INDICATORLIGHTS

AFS (Off) AdaptiveFrontlightingSystem (AFS)indicatorlight(ifso equipped)

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the Adaptive Frontlighting System (AFS) indicator light will illuminate. The light will turn off about 1 second if the AFS is operational.

IftheAFSindicatorlightblinks, it may indicate the AFS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by an INFINIT retailer.

See“AdaptiveFrontlightingSystem(AFS)”(P.2-41).

P/1 Automatictransmissionpositionindicatorlight

When the ignition switch is pushed to the "ON" position, the indicator shows the automatic selector position.

Inthemanual shiftmode,whenthe transmissiondoesnotshifttotheselected gear dueto atransmissionprotection mode,theATpositionindicatorlightwill blinkandabuzzerwillsound.

See "Automatictransmission" (P.5-15) for

furtherdetails.

Exteriorlightindicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

positionandthefrontparkinglights, instrumentpanellights, taillights, license platelightsorheadlightsareon. The indicatorturnsoffwhentheselightsare turnedoff.

Frontpassengerairbagstatus

Thefrontpassengerairbagstatuslight (=7)willbelitandthepassengerfrontair bagwillbeOFFdependingonhowthefront passengerseatisbeingused.

Forfrontpassengerairbagstatuslight operation, see "INFINITIadvancedairbag system(frontseats)" (P.1-43) of this manual.

Highbeamindicatorlight

Thislightcomesonwhentheheadlight highbeamisonandgoesoutwhenthelow beamisselected.

IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA) dicatorlight(ifsoequipped)

ThelightilluminateswhentheIntelligent BrakeAssist(IBA)offswitchispushedto OFF. This indicates that the Intelligent BrakeAssist(IBA)systemisnotoperating.

WhentheIBAoffindicatorlightilluminates whilethesystemisturnedon(withoutthe warningchimesound), thislightindicates thatthesystemcontrolistemporarily unavailable.

WhentheIBAoffindicatorlightilluminates withthewarningchimesoundwhilethe IBAsystemisturnedon, thislightindicates thatthesystemmaynotbefunctioning properly. Parkthevehicleinasafeplace. Checktoseeifthelasersensorisclean. Turntheengineoff, then restartthe engine.

If the IBA offindicator light illuminates after following the procedures above, it may indicate that the system is misfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drive-able under normal conditions, has the vehicle checked at an INFINIT retailer. (See "Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system" (P. 5-70).)

LaneDeparturePrevention ONindicatorlight(green;if sooped)

ThelightcomesoningreenwhentheLane DeparturePrevention(LDP)systemis turnedon. Thelightturnsoffwhenthe systemisturnedoff.

NOTE:

Thislight is common with the lane departure warning light (orange). (See "Lanedeparture warning light" (P.2-15).)

Formoredetails, see "LaneDeparture Warning(LDW)system/LaneDeparture Prevention(LDP)system" (P.5-21).

MalfunctionIndicatorLight

Ifthemalfunctionindicatorlightcomeson steadyorblinkswhiletheengineis running, it may indicate apotentiallemissioncontrolmalfunction.

Themalfunctionindicatorlightmayalso comeonsteadyifthefuel-fillercapisloose ormissing,orifthevehiclerunsoutoffuel. Checktomakesurethefuel-fillercapis installedandclosedtightly,andthatthe vehiclehasatleast3USgallons(14liters) offuelinthefueltank.

Afterafewdrivingtrips, the shouldturnoffifnootherpotential emissioncontrolsystemmalfunctionexists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See "Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test" (P.9-31).)

Operation:

Themalfunctionindicatorlightwillcome oninoneoftwoways:

- Malfunctionindicatorlightonsteady—Anemissioncontrolsystemmalfunctionhasbeendetected.CheckthefuelfillercapiftheLOOSEFUELCAP warningappearsinthedotmatrix liquidcrystaldisplay.Ifthefuel-filler capislooseormissing,tightenor installthecapandcontinuetodrivethe vehicle.The lightshouldturnoff afterafewdrivingtrips.Ifthe light doesnotturnoffafterafewdriving trips,havethevehicleinspectedbyan INFINITlretailer.Youdonotneedto haveyourvehicletowedtotheretailer.

- Malfunctionindicatorlightblinking—Anenginemisfirehasbeendetected whichmaydamagetheemissioncontrolsystem. Toreduceoravoidemissioncontrol systemdamage: 1) Donotdriveatspeedsabove45 MPH(72km/h). 2) Avoidhardaccelerationordeceleration. 3) Avoidsteepuphillgrades. 4) Ifpossible, reducetheamountof cargobeinghauledortowed. Themalfunctionindicatorlightmay stopblinkingandremainon. Havethevehicleinspectedbyan INFINITretailer.Youdonotneedto haveyourvehicletowedtotheretailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and possible damage to the emission control system.

Securityindicatorlight

Thelightblinkswhentheignitionswitchis intheACC,OFFandLOCKposition.This functionindicatethesecuritysystem equippedonthevehicleisoperational.

If these security system is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position. For additional information, see "Security systems" (P.2-30).

SPORTmodeindicatorlight(if uipped)

TheSPORTmodeindicatorlightilluminates whentheSPORTmodeisturned"ON". (See"Continuousdampingcontrol"(P.5-77).)

Turnsignal/hazardindicator

Thelightflasheswhentheturnsignal switchleverorhazardswitchisturnedon.

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) dicatorlight

Thelightcomesonwhenthevehicle dynamiccontroloffswitchispushedto OFF. This indicates that the vehicle dynamic controlsystemandtractioncontrolsystem

arenotoperating.

AUDIBLEREMINDERS

Keyreminderchime

Achimewillsoundifthedriversidedooris openedwhiletheignitionswitchispushed totheACCpositionorpushedtotheOFFFor LOCKpositionwiththeIntelligentKeyleft intheIntelligentKeyport.Makesurethe ignitionswitchispushedtotheOFF position,andtakethelntelligentKeywith youwhenleavingthevehicle.

Lightreminderchime

Achimewillsoundwhenthedriverside doorisopenedwiththelightswitchinthe EDGE orpositionandtheignitionswitch intheACC,OFForLOCKposition.

Turnthelightswitchoffwhenyouleavethe vehicle.

Parkingbrakereminderchime

Thechimewillsoundifthevehicleisdriven atmorethan4MPH(7km/h)withthe parkingbrakeapplied.Stopthevehicle andreleasetheparkingbrake.

Brakepadwearwarning

Thediscbrakepadshaveaudiblewear warnings. When abrakepad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scrapings sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scrapings sound will first occur only when the brake padalis depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake padalis not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible if the warnings sound is heard.

Lanedeparturewarningchime(if soequipped)

When the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) or Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system is on, the chimesoundsifthevehicle is traveling closetoeithertheleftortheright ofatravelinglanewithdetectablelane markers.

See“LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system/LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)system”(P.5-21)formoredetails.

DOTMATRIXLIQUIDCRYSTALDISPLAY

SIC3827

Thedotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay ① is located between the tachometer and the speedometer, and it displays the automatic transmission position indicator, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (ifso equipped), the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (ifso equipped) information, the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information.

Fordetailedinformationabouteachsystem,seethefollowingsections:

• AutomaticTransmission(AT)

—“Warning/indicatorlightsandaudiblereminders”(P.2-12).

—“Drivingthevehicle”(P.5-15).

●IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system

—“IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system(FULLSPEEDRANGE)”(P.5-32).

●DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system

—“DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system”(P.5-54).

●IntelligentKeysystem

—“IntelligentKeysystem”(P.3-6).

—“Push-buttonignitionswitch”(P.5-11).

JVI0339X

INDICATORSFOROPERATION

1. Enginestartoperationindicator Thisindicatorappearswhentheselector leverisintheP(Park)position.

This indicatormeansthattheenginewill startbypushingtheignitionswitchwith thebrakepedaldepressed.

1. IntelligentKeyinsertionindicator ThisindicatorappearswhentheIntelligent KeyneedstobeinsertedintothelIntelligentKeyport.(Forexample,theIntelligent Keybatteryisdischarged.)

If this indicator appears, insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction. (See "Push-buttonignitions switch" (P. 5-11).)

1. IntelligentKeyremovalindicator Thisindicatorappearswhenthedriver's doorisopenedwiththeignitionswitchin theACC,OFForLOCKpositionandthe IntelligentKeyplacedinthelIntelligentKey port.Akeyreminderchimealsosounds. Ifthisindicatorappears,removethe IntelligentKeyfromthelIntelligentKeyport andtakeitwithyouwhenleavingthe vehicle.

4. NOKEYwarning

This warning appears neither of the following conditions.

NolntelligentKeyinsidethevehicle:

The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Keyleft outside the vehicle and the ignitions switch in the ACCorON position. Makes sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

UnregisteredIntelligentKey:

The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key. Use the registered Intelligent Key.

See "IntelligentKeysystem" (P.3-6) for more details.

5.SHIFT“P”warning

This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with these selector lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, mov the selector levertotheP(Park)position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

Aninsidewarningchimewillalsosound. (See "IntelligentKeysystem" (P.3-6).)

6. "PUSH" warning

This warning appears when these selector leverismoved to the Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT "P" warning appears.

TopushtheignitionswitchtotheOFF position, perform the following procedure:

SHIFT "P" warning → (Move the selector lever to "P") → PUSH warning → (Push the ignitionswitch → ignitionswitch position isturnedtoON) → PUSHwarning → (Push theignitionswitch → ignitionswitch positionisturnedtoOFF)

7. Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator

This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery with anewone. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-27).)

8. Parkingbrakereleasewarning

This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is applied.

9.Lowfuelwarning

This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereachesthe empty (E) position.

Thereisasmallreserveoffuelremaining inthetankwhenthefuelgaugereaches theempty(E)position.

10. Lowwasherfluidwarning

This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See "Windowwasher fluid" (P.8-16).)

11. Door/liftgateopenwarning (ignitionswitchisintheONposition)

This warning appears if any of the doors and/orthelift gate are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door orthelift gate is open on the display.

12. "Timetorest" indicator

This indicator appears when the time to rest "indicator activates. You can set the time for up to 6 hours. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-28).)

13. Loosefuelcapwarning

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. (See "Fuel-filler cap" (P.3-24).)

14. Checktirepressurewarning

This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in themeter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appearse such time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long astelow tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to there recommended Cold tire pressures shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See "Low tire pressure warning light" (P. 2-15) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P. 5-4).)

15. Lowoutsidetemperaturewarning

This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37^ F ( 3^ C). The warning can be set not to be displayed. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-28).)

16. Cruiseindicator(ifsoequipped)

Cruisemainswitchindicator:

The indicator is displayed when the cruise control mains switch is pushed. When the mains switch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed, the cruise control system is operational.

Cruisesetswitchindicator:

The indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system. If the indicator blinks while the engine running, it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly. Havethesystem checked by an INFINIT retailer.

See "Cruisecontrol" (P.5-30) fordetails.

17. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system MAIN switch indicator (ifso equipped)

Theindicatorisdisplayedwhentheln- telligentCruiseControl(ICC)systemmain switchispushed.Whenthemainswitchis pushedagain,theindicatordisappears. Whilethemainswitchindicatorisdis- played,theICCsystemisoperational.The cruisecontrolsetindicator(SET)isdis-

playedwhilethevehicleiscontrolledby theconventional(fixedspeed)cruisecontrolmodeoftheICCsystem.(See“IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system(FULL SPEEDRANGE)”(P.5-32).)

18. DistanceControlAssist(DCA) systemswitchindicator(ifso equipped)

The indicator is displayed when the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch is pushed on. Whentheswitch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. While the indicator is displayed, the DCAsystem is operational. (See "Distance Control Assist (DCA) system" (P. 5-54).)

MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL EXIT MAINTENANCE OIL FILTER EXIT MAINTENANCE TIRE EXIT MAINTENANCE OTHER EXIT

INDICATORSFORMAINTENANCE

1. Engineoilreplacementindicator Thisindicatorappearswhenthecustomer settimecomesforchangingtheengineoil. Youcansetorresetthedistancefor changingtheengineoil.(See“Tripcomputer”(P.2-28).)
2. Oilfilterreplacementindicator This indicator appears when the customer settime comes for replacing the oil filter. You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-28).)
3. Tirereplacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-28).)

WARNING

Thetirereplacementindicatorisnota substituteforregulartirechecks,including tirepressurechecks.See"Changingwheels andtires"(P.8-39).Manyfactorsincluding tireinflation,alignment,drivinghabitsand

roadconditionsaffecttirewearandwhen tiresshouldbereplaced.Settingthetire replacementindicatorforacertaindriving distancedoesnotmeanyourtireswilllast thatlong.Usethetirereplacementindicator asaguideonlyandalwaysperformregular tirechecks.Failureretoperformregulartire checks,includingtirepressurecheckscould resultintirefailure.Seriousvehicledamage couldoccurandmayleadtoacollision, whichcouldresultinseriouspersonalinjury ordeath.

4. "OTHER" indicator

This indicator appears when the sometime comes for replacing items other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-28).)

Moremaintenanceremindersarealso availableonthecenterdisplay.(See "HowtouseINFObutton"(P.4-9).)

SIC3846

A B SIC3829

TRIPCOMPUTER

Switchesforthetripcomputerarelocated ontherightsideofthecombinationmeter panel.Tooperatethetripcomputer,push theswitchesasshownabove.

Ⓐ switch
B ● switch

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,modesofthetripcomputer canbeselectedbypushingthe □ switch Ⓐ.

Eachtimethe □ switch Ⓐ ispushed, the displaywillchangeasfollows:

Currentfuelconsumption→Averagefuel

consumptionandspeed→Elapsedtime andtripodometer→Distancetoempty (dte)→Outsideairtemperature(ICY)→Setting→Warningcheck

1. Currentfuel consumption The current fuel consumption modes shows the current fuel consumption.
2. Average fuel consumption (MPG orl(liter)/100km) and speed (MPH orkm/h)

Fuelconsumption:

Theaveragefuelconsumptionmodeshows theaveragefuelconsumptionsincethe lastreset.Resettingisdonebypushingthe

● switch Ⓑ forlongerthan1second. (Theaveragespeedisalsoresetatthe sametime.)

Thedisplayisupdatedevery30seconds. Ataboutthefirst1/3mile(500m)aftera reset,thedisplayshows“——”.

Speed:

The averagespeed modeshowsthe averagevehiclespeedsincethelastreset. Resetting is done by pushing the

● switch Ⓑ forlongerthan1second. (Theaveragefuelconsumptionisalsoreset

atthesametime.)

Thedisplayisupdatedevery30seconds. Thefirst30secondsafterareset, the displayshows“——”.

1. Elapsed time and tripodometer (mlsorkm)

Elapsedtime:

Theelapsedtimemodeshowsthetime sincethelastreset. Thedisplayedtimecan beresetbypushingthe ● switch Ⓑ for longerthan1second.(Thetripodometeris alsoresetatthesametime.)

Tripodometer:

The tripodometer modeshowsthetotal distancethevehiclehasbeendrivensince the lastreset. Resettingisdonebypushing the ● switch Ⓑ forlongerthan1 second. (Theelapsedtimeisalsoresetat thesametime.)

1. Distancetoempty(dte—mlsor km)

Thedistancetoempty(dte)modeprovides youwithanestimationofthedistancethat canbedrivenbeforerefueling. Thedteis constantlybeingcalculated, basedonthe amountoffuelinthefueltankandthe

actualfuelconsumption.

Thedisplayisupdatedevery30seconds.

Thedtemodeincludesalowrangewarning feature.Ifthefuellevelislow,thewarning isdisplayedonthescreen.

Whenthefuelleveldropsevenlower,the dtedisplaywillchangeto“——”.

- If the amount off fuel added small, the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continuetobed displayed.

- Whendrivinguphillorroundingcurves, thefuelinthetankshifts, which may momentarilychangethedisplay.

1. Outside air temperature (ICY—°F or °C)

The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C in the range of -22 to 131°F (-30 to 55°C).

The outside air temperature mode includes alow temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37^ F ( 3^ C), the warning is displayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator. Thesensormaybe affected by roadorengine heat, wind

directionsandotherdrivingconditions. Thedisplaymaydifferfromtheactual outsidetemperatureorthetemperature displayedonvarioussignsorbillboards.

6. Setting

Settingcannotbemadewhiledriving.A message"Settingcanonlybeoperated whenstopped"isalsodisplayedonthe dotmatrixcrystaldisplay.

The □ switch Ⓐ andsvtch Ⓑ are usedinthesettingmodetoselectand decideamenu.

SKIP:

Pushtheswitch warningcheckmode. Ⓐ tomovetothe

Pushthe ● switch Ⓑ toselectother menus.

ALERT:

Thereare3submenusunderthealert menu.

- BACK

Selectthissubmenutoreturntothe top pageofthesettingmode.

•TIMETOREST

Selectthissubmenutospecifywhen the"TIMETOREST"indicatoractivates.

-ICY

Select this submenutodisplaythelow outsidetemperaturewarning.

MAINTENANCE:

Thereare5submenusunderthemaintenancemenu.

- BACK

Select this submenutoreturntothetop pageofthesettingmode.

●ENGINEOIL

Selectthissubmenutosetorresetthe distanceforchangingtheengineoil.

•OILFILTER

Selectthissubmenutosetorresetthe distanceforreplacingtheoilfilter.

•TIRE

Selectthissubmenutosetorresetthe distanceforreplacingtires.

- OTHER

Selectthisissubmenuandsetorreset thedistanceforreplacingitemsother thantheengineoil,oilfilterandtires.

CUSTOMIZE:

Thereare4submenusunderthedisplay menu.

SECURITYSYSTEMS

- BACK

Selectthissubmenutoreturntothetop pageofthesettingmode.

●LANGUAGE

Selectthissubmenutochooselanguagefordisplay.

UNIT

Selectthissubmenutochoosetheunit fromMPGorl/100km.

●METEREFFECT

Select this submenutoturnon and off themeter/ring illumination and needle sweep function when starting the engine.

7. Warningcheck

SKIP:

Pushthe ☐ switch Ⓐ tomovetothe warningcheckmode.

Pushthe ● switch Ⓑ toselectother menu.

DETAIL:

Thisitemisavailableonlywhenawarning isdisplayed.

Selectthismenutoseethedetailsof warnings.

Line drawing of a car with a circular component and directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

Yourvehiclehastwotypesofsecurity systems,asfollows:

●Vehiclesecuritysystem
- INFINITIVehicleImmobilizerSystem Theseurityconditionwillbeshownbythe securityindicatorlight.

VEHICLESECURITYSYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarms signals if someone opens the doors, hood, or lift gate when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection types system that activates when vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

Thesystemhelpsdetervehicletheftbut cannotpreventit, norcanitpreventthe theftofinteriororexteriorvehiclecomponentsinallsituations. Alwayssecure your vehicle even if parking for brief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in the vehicle, and always lock it when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and parkin secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Manydevicesofferingadditionalprotection,suchascomponentlocks,identificationmarkers,andtrackingsystems,are availableatautosupplystoresandspecialtyshops.YourINFINITlretailermayalso offersuchequipment.Checkwithyour insurancecompanytoseefiyoumaybe eligiblefordiscountsforvarioustheft protectionfeatures.

2-30 Instrumentsandcontrols

SIC2045

Howtoarmthevehiclesecurity system

1.Closeallwindows.
Thesystemcanbearmedevenifthe windowsareopen.
2. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFF position.
3. RemovethelIntelligentKeyfromthe vehicle.
4. Closealldoors, hoodandliftgate. Lock alldoors. Thedoorscanbelocked with the Intelligent Key, doorhandlerequest switch, powerdoorlockswitchor mechanical key.

1. Confirm that these security indicator light comes on. These security indicator light stay on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 second the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not arm.

Evenwhenthedriverand/orpassengers areinthevehicle,thesystemwillactivate withalldoors,hood,andliftgatelocked withtheignitionswitchintheLOCK position.Whenpushingtheignitionswitch totheACCorONposition,thesystemwill bereleased.

Vehiclesecuritysystemactivation

The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:

●Theheadlightsblinkandthehorn soundsintermittently.
●Thealarmautomaticallyturnsoffafter approximately50 seconds. However, thealarmreactivatesifthevehicleis

tamperedwithagain.

Thealarmisactivatedby:

• Unlockingthedoororopeningthelift gatewithoutusingthebuttononthe IntelligentKey, thedoorhandlerequest switchorthemechanicalkey. (Evenif thedoorisopenedbyreleasingthe doorinsidelockknob, thealarmwill activate.)
• Openingthehood.

Howtostopanactivatedalarm

Thealarmwillstopwhenadooris unlockedbypushingtheunlockbuttonor powerliftgatebuttonontheIntelligent Key,thedoorhandlerequestswitchor usingthemechanicalkey,orwhenthe ignitionswitchispushedtotheACCorON position.

If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked by an INFINIT retailer.

The INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key. Never leavethese keys in the vehicle.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:(1)Thisdevice maynotcauseharmfulinterference,and (2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethat maycauseundesiredoperation.

NOTE:

Changesormodificationsnotexpressly approvedbythepartyresponsiblefor compliancecouldvoidtheuser'sauthority tooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, including interference that may

causeundesiredoperationofthedevice.

Simple line drawing of a car silhouette with a key inside, no text or symbols present

Securityindicatorlight

Thesecurityindicatorlightislocatedon themeterpanel.Itindicatesthestatusof theINFINITIVehicleImmobilizerSystem.

Thelightblinksaftertheignitionswitch wasintheACC,OFFandLOCKposition. Thisfunctionindicatesthesecuritysystemsequippedonthevehicleareoperational.

If the INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position.

2-32 Instrumentsandcontrols

• Donotoperatethewashercontinuously formorethan30seconds.
• Donotoperatethewasherifthe reservoirtankisempty.
• Donotfillthewindowwasherreservoir tankwithwasherfluidconcentratesat fullstrength. Somemethylalcohol basedwasherfluidconcentratesmay permanentlystainthegrilleifspilled whilefillingthewindowwasherreservoirtank.
• Pre-mixwasherfluidconcentrateswith watertothemanufacturer'srecommendedlevelsbeforepouringthefluid intothewindowwasherreservoirtank. Donotusethewindowwasherreservoir

Ifthewindshieldwiperoperationisinterruptedbysnoworice,thewipermaystop movingtoprotectitsmotor.Ifthisoccurs, turnthewiperswitchtotheOFFposition andremovethesnoworicethatisonand aroundthewiperarms.Inapproximately1 minute,turntheswitchonagainto operatethewiper.

graph TD
    A["①"] --> B["OFF"]
    B --> C["INT ON"]
    C --> D["OFF"]
    D --> E["④"]
    E --> F["③"]
    F --> G["⑤"]
    G --> H["②"]
    H --> I["③"]
    I --> J["④"]
    J --> K["⑤"]
    K --> L["⑥"]
    L --> M["⑦"]
    M --> N["⑧"]
    N --> O["⑨"]
    O --> P["⑩"]
    P --> Q["⑪"]
    Q --> R["⑫"]
    R --> S["⑬"]
    S --> T["⑭"]
    T --> U["⑮"]
    U --> V["⑯"]
    V --> W["⑰"]
    W --> X["⑱"]
    X --> Y["⑲"]
    Y --> Z["⑳"]
    Z --> AA["⑴"]
    AA --> AB["⑤"]
    AB --> AC["⑥"]
    AC --> AD["⑦"]
    AD --> AE["⑧"]
    AE --> AF["⑨"]
    AF --> AG["⑩"]
    AG --> AH["⑪"]
    AH --> AI["⑫"]
    AI --> AJ["⑬"]
    AJ --> AK["⑭"]
    AK --> AL["⑮"]
    AL --> AM["⑯"]
    AM --> AN["⑰"]

Pushtheleverdowntooperatethewiper atthefollowingspeed:

① Intermittent—intermittentoperation Theintermittentoperationcanbe adjustedbyturningtheknobtoward Ⓐ (Slower)or Ⓑ (Faster)(ifso equipped).

TypeA MIST/OFF AUTO LD WI FRONT AUTO ADJ OFF INT ON 1 2 3 4 5 SIC4492

TypeB
2-34 Instrumentsandcontrols

Pushtheleverup ④ tohaveonesweep operationofthewiper.

Pullthelevertowardyou ⑤ tooperatethe washer.Thenthewiperwillalsooperate severaltimes.

MIST/6? OFF AUTO LO NO. FRONT AUTO ADJ OFF INT ON SIC4258

RAIN-SENSINGAUTOWIPERSYSTEM(ifsoequipped)

Therain-sensingautowipersystemcan automaticallyturnonthewipersand adjustthewiperspeeddependingonthe rainfallandthevehiclespeedbyusingthe rainsensorlocatedontheupperpartof thewindshield.

Tosettherain-sensingautowipersystem, pushtheleverdowntotheintermittent (INT)position ①. Thewiperwillsweep oncewhiletheignitionswitchisintheON position.

Therainsensorsensitivitylevelcanbe

adjustedbyturningtheknobtowardthe front ② (High)ortowardtherear ③ (Low).

●High—Highsensitiveoperation
●Low—Lowsensitiveoperation

Toturntherain-sensingautowipersystem off, pushupthelevertotheOFFposition, orpulldownthelevertotheLOorHI position.

CAUTION

• Donottouchtherainsensorandaround itwhenthewiperswitchisintheAUTO positionandtheignitionswitchisinthe ONposition. Thewipersmayoperate unexpectedlyandcausetoaninjuryora wiperdamage.
  ●Therain-sensingautowipersareintendedforuseduringrain.Iftheswitch isleftintheAUTOposition,thewipers mayoperateunexpectedlywhendirt, fingerprints,oilfilmorinsectsarestuck onoraroundthesensor.Thewipersmay alsooperate whenexhaust gas or moistureaffecttherainsensor.
• Whenthewindshieldglassiscoated withwaterrepellent,thespeedofthe

rain-sensingautowipersmaybehigher eventhoughtheamountoftherainfallis small.

• Besuretoturnofftherain-sensingauto wipersystemwhenyouuseacarwash.
  ●Therain-sensingautowipersmaynot operateifraindoesnothittherain sensorevenifitisraining.
• Usinggenuinewiperbladesisrecommendedforproperoperationoftherainsensingautowipersystem.(See "Windshieldwiperblades"(P.8-22)forwiperbladereplacement.)

MUST OFF INT LO VS RIGHT INT TIME OFF INT ON ③ ① ② SIC3627

TypeA MIST/C OFF AUTO LO HI PROH AUTO ADJ OFF INT ON ① ② SIC4259

① Intermittent(INT)—intermittentoperation(notadjustable)

② Low(ON)—continuouslowspeed operation

Pushtheswitchforward ③ tooperatethe washer.Thenthewiperwillalsooperate severaltimes.

REARWINDOWANDOUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTERSWITCH

① ② SIC3239

Todefog/defrosttherearwindowglass andoutsidemirrors,starttheengineand pushtheswitch ① on.Theindicatorlight ② willcomeon.Pushtheswitchagainto turnthedefrosteroff.

Itwillautomaticallyturnoffinapproximately15minutes.

CAUTION

Whencleaningtheinnersideoftherear window, be carefulnottoscratchordamage therearwindowdefroster.

2-36 Instrumentsandcontrols

HEADLIGHTANDTURNSIGNALSWITCH

XENONHEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGHVOLTAGE

• When xenonheadlights are on, they produce a high voltage. Topreventan electric shock, never attempt to modify or disassemble. Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINIT retailer.
• Xenonheadlightsprovideconsiderably morelightthanconventionalheadlights. Iftheyarenotcorrectlyaimed,they mighttemporarilyblindanoncoming driverorthedriveraheadofyouand causeaseriousaccident.Ifheadlights arenotaimedcorrectly,immediately takeyourvehicletoanINFINITretailer andhavetheheadlightsadjustedcor-rectly.

Whenthexenonheadlightisinitially turnedon,itsbrightnessorcolorvaries slightly.However,thecolorandbrightness will soon stabilize.

- Thelifeofxenonheadlightswillbe shortenedbyfrequenton-offoperation.

Itisgenerallydesirablenottoturnoff theheadlightsforshortintervals(for example,whenthevehiclestopsata trafficsignal).Evenwhenthedaytime runninglightsareactive(Canadaonly), thexenonheadlightsdonotturnon. Thiswaythelifeofthexenonheadlightsisnotreduced.

- Ifthexenonheadlightbulbiscloseto burningout, the brightness will drastically decrease, the light will start blinking, or the color of the light will be comered dish. If one or more of the abovesigns appear, contact an INFINITI retailer.

EDDE ① ② AUTO AUTO SIC3267

HEADLIGHTSWITCH

Lighting

① Turntheswitchtothe :position: Thefrontparking,sidemarker,tail, licenseplateandinstrumentlights willcomeon.
② Turntheswitchtothe Position: Headlightswillcomeonandallthe otherlightsremainon.

AUTO SIC3268 ID SIC3268

Theautolightsystemcanturnonthe headlightsautomaticallywhenitisdark andturnofftheheadlightswhenitislight. IftheignitionswitchispushedtotheOFF positionandoneofthedoorsisopened andthisconditioniscontinued,thehead- lightsremainonforaspecifiedperiodof time.

A SIC2941

Autolightsystem

Theautolightsystemallowstheheadlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically.

Tosettheautolightsystem:

1. Makesuretheheadlightswitchisinthe AUTOposition ①.
2. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position.
3. The autolightsystem automatically turnstheheadlightson and off.

Toturntheautolightsystemoff, turnthe switchtotheOFF, orposition.

2-38 Instrumentsandcontrols

Besurenottoputanythingontopofthe photosensor locatedonthetopofthe instrumentpanel.Thephotosensorcontrolstheautolight;ifitiscovered,the photosensorreactsasifitisdarkandthe headlightswillilluminate.

Automaticheadlightsoffdelay:

Youcankeeptheheadlightsonforupto 180secondsafteryoupushtheignition switchtoOFFandopenanydoorthenclose allthedoors.

Youcanadjusttheperiodoftheautomatic headlightsoffdelayfrom0seconds(OFF) to180seconds.Thefactorydefaultsetting is45seconds.

Forautomaticheadlightsoffdelaysetting, see“Comfortsettings”(P.4-20).

OFF AUTO SOD ACD ① ② ③ SIC3269

Headlightbeamselect

① Toselectthelowbeam, putthelever intheneutralpositionasshown.
② Toselectthehighbeam, push the leverforwardwhiletheswitchisin the position. Pullitbacktoselect the lowbeam.
③ Pullingthelevertowardyouwillflash theheadlighthighbeamevenwhen theheadlightswitchisintheOFF position.

Batterysaversystem

Achimewillsoundwhenthedriverside doorisopenedwiththelightswitchinthe edge or positionandtheignitionswitch intheACC,OFForLOCKposition.

Whentheheadlightswitchisinthe EDGE or

positionwhiletheignitionswitchisin theONposition,thelightswillautomaticallyturnoffwithinaperiodoftimeafter theignitionswitchhasbeenpushedtothe OFFposition.

When the headlight switch remains in the EDGE or position after the lights automatically turn off, the light will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.

CAUTION

- Whenyouturnontheheadlightswitch againafterthelightsautomaticallyturn off,thelightswillnotturnoffautomatically. Be sure to turn the light switchtotheOFFpositionwhenyou leavethevehicleforextendedperiodsof time, otherwisethebattery willbe discharged.

- Neverleavethelightswitchonwhenthe engineisnotrunningforextended periodsoftimeeveniftheheadlights turnoffautomatically.

SIC2275

Headlightaimingcontrol(ifso equipped)

Dependingonthenumberofoccupantsin thevehicleandtheloaditiscarrying,the headlightaxismaybehigherthandesired. Ifthevehicleistravelingonahillyroad, theheadlightsmaydirectlyhittherearview mirrorofthevehicleaheadorthewind-shieldoftheoncomingvehicle.Thelight axiscanbeloweredwiththeoperationof theswitch.

Thelargerthenumberdesignatedonthe switch,thelowertheaxis.

Whentravelingwithnoheavyloaderona

flatroad, selectposition0.

WARNING

Xenonheadlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights. If the xenonheadlight shittherear view mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind shield of oncoming vehicle, the driver of these vehicles may have difficulty driving because of the brightness. Usethe headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis. See "Xenonheadlights" (P.2-37) for additional information.

Daytimerunninglightsystem(Ca-nadaonly)

The daytimerunninglights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brakereleased. The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the position. Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the day timer running lights do not illuminate. The daytime

EDD

runninglightsilluminateoncetheparking brakeisreleased. Thedaytimerunning lightswillremainonuntiltheignition switchispushedtotheOFFposition.

WARNING

Whenthedaytimerunninglightsystemis active,taillightsonyourvehiclearenoton. Itisnecessaryatdusktoturnonyour headlights.Failureretodosocouldcausean accidentinjuringyourselfandothers.

AdaptiveFrontlightingSystem (AFS)(ifsoequipped)

TheAdaptiveFrontlightingSystem(AFS) will automatically adjust the headlights (low beam) toward the turning direction to improvethedriver's view. When the headlight switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in aturn, the AFS system will be activated.

TheAFSwilloperate:

• whentheheadlightswitchisON.
• whentheselectorleverisinany positionotherthanP(Park)orR (Reverse).

- whenthevehicleisdrivenatabove16 MPH(25km/h)fortheleft-sideheadlight. Notethattheright-sidelowbeam headlightwillswivelbuttheleftside willnotswivelwhenthevehicleisata stopandthesteeringwheelisturned. Thevehiclemustattinaspeedabove 16MPH(25km/h)beforeAFSactivates theleft-sideheadlight.

AFSwillalsoadjusttheheadlighttoa properaxisautomatically,depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle, the loadthevehicleiscarryingandtheroad conditions.

IftheAFSOFFindicatorlightblinksafter theignitionswitch hasbeenpushedtothe ONposition, thismayindicate thattheAFS isnotfunctioningproperly.Havethe systemcheckedbyanINFINITretailer. Whentheengineisstarted,theheadlights willvibratetocheckthesystemcondition. Thisisnotamalfunction.

graph TD
    A["BRIGHTNESS MAX"] --> B["BRIGHTNESS"]
    B --> C["BRIGHTNESS MIN"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

A B G SIC3830

tothe-side.Whenreachingtheminimum brightness,"MIN"appearsonthedisplay ③. However, "MIN" doesnotappear duringthenighttime.

The dot matrix liquid crystal display return stothenormal display under the following conditions:

- whentheinstrumentbrightnesscontrol switchisnotoperatedformorethan5 seconds.

-whenthe orsvchontheright sideofthecombinationmeterpanelis pushed.

① ② OFF AUTO SO2 ① ② OFF AO SIC3271

Instrumentbrightnesscontrol

The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the dot matrix liquid crystal displays switch the brightness adjustment mode.

Pushtheupperswitch Ⓐ tobrightenthe instrumentpanellights.Thebar ① moves tothe+side.Whenreachingthemaximum brightness,"MAX"appearsonthedisplay ②.

Pushthelowerswitch Ⓑ todimthe instrumentpanellights.Thebar ① moves

TURNSIGNALSWITCH

① Turnsignal

Movetheleverupordowntosignalthe turningdirection. Whentheturniscompleted, theturnsignalscancelautomatically.

② Lanechangesignal

Toindicatealanechange, movethelever upordowntothepointwherelightsbegin flashing.

2-42 Instrumentsandcontrols

AUTO SIC3272

FOGLIGHTSWITCH

Toturnthefoglightson,turntheheadlight switchtothe ○ position,thenturnthe switchtothe #0 position.Toturnthem off,turntheswitchtotheOFFposition.

Theheadlightsmustbeonforthefog lightstöoperate.

HORN

Diagram of a circular mechanical or biological structure with internal components and an arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Tosoundthehorn, pushthecenterpad area of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Donotdisassemblethehorn.Doingso could affect proper operation of the supplemental frontair bagsystem.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bagsystem may result in serious personal injury.

HEATEDSEATS(ifsoequipped)

WARNING

Donotuseorallowoccupantstousethe seatheaterifyouortheoccupantscannot monitorelevatedseattemperaturesorhave aninabilitytofeelpaininbodypartsthat contacttheseat.Useoftheseatheaterby suchpeoplecouldresultinseriousinjury.

CAUTION

• The battery could rundown if these at heater is operated while the engine is not running.
• Donotusetheseatheaterforextended periodsorwhennooneisusingthe seat.
• Donotputanythingontheseatwhich insulatesheat,suchasablanket, cushion,seatcover,etc.Otherwise,the seatmaybeomeoverheated.

• Donotplaceanythinghardorheavyon theseatorpierceitwithapinorsimilar object. Thismayresultindamagetothe heater.

• Anyliquidspilledontheheatedseat shouldberemovedimmediatelywitha drycloth.

• Whencleaningtheseat,neveruse gasoline,thinner,oranysimilarmaterials.
• Ifanymalfunctionsarefoundorthe heatedseatdoesnotoperate,turnthe switchoffandhavethesystemchecked byanINFINITretailer.

① ② ③ A B SSS0911

Thefrontseatsarewarmedbybuilt-in heaters. Theswitcheslocatedonthecenter consolecanbeoperatedindependently of eachother.

1.Starttheengine.

2.Turnthecontrolknob Ⓐ totheright ① andselectthedesiredheatrange.

• Forhighheat,turntheknobtothe right ①.
• Forlowheat,turntheknobtotheleft ②.
• Theindicatorlight Ⓑ willilluminate whentheheaterison.

3.Toturnofftheheater,returntheknob

totheOFFposition ③. Makesurethat theindicatorlightturnsoff.

Theheateriscontrolledbyathermistor, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will remain on as long astheswitchison.

Whenthevehicle'sinterioriswarmed, orbeforeyouleavethevehicle,besure toturnofftheswitch.

CLIMATECONTROLLEDSEATS(ifso equipped)

B ① A ②

SSS0905

Theclimatecontrolledseatwarmsupor coolsdownthefrontseatsbyblowing warmorcoolairfromthesurfaceofthe seat. Theswitcheslocatedonthecenter consolecanbeoperatedindependently of eachother.

1. Starttheengine.

2.Turnthecontrolknob ① totheH (Heat)side ②. The indicator light ③ on the controlknobwillilluminate.

1. Adjust the desired amount of the air using the control knob ①. The climate controlled seat blower

remainsonlowspeedforapproximately60secondsafterturningthe switchonorselectingthedesired temperature.

1. Whenthevehicle'sinterioriswarmed orcooled, and/orbeforeyouleavethe vehicle, besuretoturnthecontrol knobtotheOFFposition(center). The indicatorlight ⑧ onthecontrolknob goesoffattheOFFposition. Tochecktheairfilterfortheclimate controlledseat, contactanINFINITI retailer.

WARNING

Donotuseorallowoccupantstousethe climatecontrolseatsifyouortheoccupants cannotmonitorseattemperaturesorhave aninabilitytofeelpaininthosebodyparts incontactwiththeseat.Useoftheclimate controlseatsbysuchpeoplecouldresultin seriousinjury.

CAUTION

- The battery could rundown if the climate controlled seatisoperated while the engine is not running.

- Donotusetheclimatecontrolledseat forextendedperiodsorwhennooneis usingtheseat.

- Donotputanythingontheseatwhich insulatesheat,suchasablanket, cushion,seatcover,etc. Otherwise,the seatmaybecomeoverheated.

- Donotplaceanythinghardorheavyon theseatorpierceitwithapinorsimilar object. Thismayresultindamagetothe climatecontrolledseat.

- Anyliquidspilledontheseatshouldbe removedimmediatelywithadrycloth.

- Theclimatecontrolledseathasanair filter.Donotoperateclimatecontrolled seatwithoutanairfilter. Thismayresult indamagetothesystem.

- When cleaning theseat, never use gasoline, thinner, or anysimilar materials.

- Ifanymalfunctionsarefoundorthe climatecontrolled seatdoesnotoperate,

WARNINGSYSTEMSSWITCH(ifso equipped)

turntheswitchoffandhavethesystem checkedbyanINFINITlretailer.

SSD1156

Thewarningsystemsswitchwillturnon andofftheLaneDepartureWarning(LDW) systemandtheForwardCollisionWarning (FCW)systematthesametime.

TheLDWsystemwillsoundawarning chimeandblinkthelanedeparturewarninglight(orange)toalertthedriverifthe vehicleistravelingclosetoeithertheleft ortherightofatravelinglanewith detectablelanemarkers.(See“LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system/LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)system”(P.5-21).)

TheFCWsystemwillsoundawarning chimeandthevehicleaheaddetection indicatorlightblinkstoalertthedriverif

thevehicleistravelingclosetothevehicle ahead.(See“ForwardCollisionWarning (FCW)system”(P.5-67).)

Thewarningsystemsswitchisautomatically turned on when the engine is started, and the warnings systems ON indicator on the switch illuminates.

Tocancelthewarningsystems, pushthe warningsystemsswitchtoturnoffthe system. ThewarningsystemsONindicator willturnoff.

NOTE:

If you continuetopush the warning system switch from off to on for over 4 seconds, achimewillsound. This will chan get hedefaut status of the LDW and FCW system to OFF so that these systems will not automatically turn on when the engine is started. If this procedure is repeated, the default status will return to ON.

SNOWMODESWITCH

OFF SNOW ON ① SIC3602

Fordrivingorstartingthevehicleonsnowy roadsorslipperyareas,turnontheSNOW modeswitch.Theindicatorlight ① onthe switchwillilluminate.WhentheSNOW modeisactivated,engineoutputiscontrolledtoavoidwheelspin.

TurnofftheSNOWmodefornormal driving.

CONTINUOUSDAMPINGCONTROLMODE SELECT SWITCH(ifsoequipped)

AUTO SPORT A B SIC3848

TheContinuousDampingControloptimizes thedampingforceandhelpsminimizethe movementofthevehiclebody.lthelps stabledrivingwhenthevehiclemovesup anddownonlargerollingroadsorwhen thevehiclebodyleansduringcornering withahighcentrifugalforce.

Thedampingforcewillautomaticallyadjustaccordingtotheroadsurfaceand drivingconditions.

The dampingforceoftheshockabsorbers can be adjusted to the level you desire. Set the switch to the position you desire while the ignition switch is ON.

AUTOMODE

PushtheswitchtotheAUTOposition forasmoothride.

SPORTMODE

PushtheswitchtotheSPORTposition whenyoudesireaquickresponseallthe time.

TheSPORTmodeindicatorlightwillilluminate.

INTELLIGENTBRAKEASSIST(IBA)OFF SWITCH(ifsoequipped)

IBA OFF SIC3844

The vehicles should be driven with the Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system on for most driving conditions.

The Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system will soundawarningchimetoalert the driverwhenthevehicleistravelingtoo closetothevehicleaheadandwillapply thebrakecontrolifnecessary.

Toturnoffthesystem, pushthelBAOFF switch. The IBA indicator willilluminate.

TheIBAsystemwillremaininthelastON orOFFstateitwasleftinuntilitis manuallychangedbypushingtheIBAOFF switch.

VEHICLEDYNAMICCONTROL(VDC)OFF SWITCH

OFF JVS0033X

The vehicles should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driving conditions.

Ifthevehicleisstuckinmudorsnow,the VDCsystemreducestheengineoutputto reducewheelspin.Theenginespeedwill bereducedeveniftheacceleratoris depressedtothefloor.Ifmaximumengine powerisneededtofreeastuckvehicle, turntheVDCsystemoff.

ToturnofftheVDCsystem, pushtheVDC OFFswitch. The indicatorwillilluminate.

PushtheVDCOFFswitchagainorrestart

theenginetoturnonthesystem.(See "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system" (P.5-83).)

CLOCKPOWEROUTLET

SIC3325

Ifthepowersupplyisdisconnected,the clockwillnotindicatethecorrecttime. Readjustthetime.

ADJUSTINGTHETIME

1. Tosettheclockforward, pushthe button ①.
   2.Tosettheclockbackward,pushthe button ②.
2. Tomoveforwardorbackwardfaster, pushandholdthebuttonmorethan5 seconds.

Fordetailsaboutdisplayclockadjustment (ifsoequipped), see "HowtouseSETTING button" (P.4-15).

Line drawing of a car air intake section with a knob and control panel (no text or symbols)

Front SIC4274

Centerconsole

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with a door and valve, no text or symbols present

Rearconsole SIC3836

Cargoarea

Instrumentsandcontrols2-49

The power outlet is used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones.

CAUTION

●Theoutletandplugmaybehotduringor immediatelyafteruse.
- Donotusewithaccessoriesthatexceed a12volt,120W(10A)powerdraw.Do notusedoubleadaptersormorethan oneelectricalaccessory.
- Usepoweroutletwiththeengine runningtoavoiddischargingthevehicle battery.
- Avoidusingpoweroutletwhentheair conditioner,headlightsorrrearwindow defrosterison.
- Thispoweroutletisnotdesignedforuse withacigarettelighterunit.
- Pushthepluginasfarasitwillgo. If goodcontactisnotmade, theplugmay overheatortheinternaltemperature fuse may blow.
- Beforeinsertingordisconnectingaplug, besuretheelectricalaccessorybeing usedisturnedOFF.

- When not in use, besuretoclosethe cap. Donotallowwateroranyother liquid to contact the outlet.

STORAGE

CUPHOLDERS

CAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cupholder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is shot, it cans caldy our your passenger.
• Useonlysoftcupsinthecupholder. Hardobjectscaninjureyouinan accident.
• Donotreclinetherearseatbackwhen youusethecupholdersontherear armrest.Doingsomaycausethebeveragestospillover,andiftheyarehot, theymayscaldthepassengers.

① ② SIC3118

Front

Toopenthecupholder, pushthelid ①.

Theflapwillbefoldeddownwheninsertingalargecontainer.

Toclose, lowerthecupholderlidandpush itdownlightly.

Tocleanthefrontcupholder,pullupthe insidetray ② andremoveit.

Thecupholderisnotdesignedtostore personaleffects.

Line drawing of a mechanical component with no visible text or symbols

Rear

Thecupholdersforrearpassengersare locatedontherearcenterarmrest.

SIC3246

SUNGLASSESHOLDER

WARNING

Keepthesunglassesholderclosedwhile drivingtopreventanaccident.

Toopenthesunglassesholder, push

①.

CAUTION

- Donotuseforanythingotherthan glasses.

Instrumentsandcontrols2-51

- Donotleaveglassesinthesunglasses holderwhileparkingindirectsunlight. Theheatmaydamagetheglasses.

① ③ ② SIC3838

GLOVEBOX

WARNING

Keepgloveboxlidclosedwhiledrivingto helppreventinjuryinanaccidentora suddenstop.

Toopentheglovebox,pullthehandle ①. Toclose,pushthelidinuntilthelock latches.

Tolock ②/unlock ③ theglovebox, use themechanicalkey. For themechanicalkey usage, see "Keys" (P.3-2).

2-52 Instrumentsandcontrols

A B SIC3839

Front

Diagram of a car seatbelt mechanism with directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

CONSOLEBOX

Front

Whenthelever Ⓐ (frontpassenger'sseat side)ispulled,theuppercaseisavailable forstoringsomesmallitems.Whenthe lever Ⓑ (driver'sseatside)ispulled,the bottomcaseisavailableforstoringsome largerones.

Rear

Toopenthelid, pushthebutton pullupthelid.

Ⓐ and

Toclose, pushtheliddownuntilthelock latches.

SIC3663

CARDHOLDER

Pullthesunvisordown ① andslideacard inthecardholder Ⓐ.

Line drawing of a car interior showing a handle, seat, and door (no text or symbols)

COATHOOKS

Thecoathooksareequippedbesidethe rearpersonallights.

CAUTION

Donotplaceitemswhicharemorethan2lb (1kg)onthehook.

Technical line drawing of a vehicle rear panel with connector and mounting points (no text or symbols)

CARGOHOOKS(ifsoequipped)

WARNING

●Alwaysmakesurethatthecargois properlysecured. Use the suitable or proper hooks and hooks.
●Unsecuredcargocanbecomedangerous inanaccidentorsuddenstop.

CAUTION

Donotapplyatotalloadofmorethan22lb (10kg)toasinglehook.

Technical line drawing of a car interior panel with mesh pattern and control buttons (no text or symbols)

- Besuretosecureallfourhooksintothe retainers. The cargorestrainedinthenet mustnotexceed30lb(13.6kg)orthe netmaynotstaysecured.

CARGONET(ifsoequipped)

Thecargonethelpskeeppackagesinthe cargoareafrommovingaroundwhileyour vehicleisdriven.

Toinstallthecargonet, attachthehooksto theretainers.

WARNING

•Properlysecureallcargotohelpprevent itfromslidingorshifting.Donotplace cargohigherthantheseatbacks.Ina suddenstoporcollision,unsecured cargocouldcausepersonalinjury.

Diagram of a car interior showing the backrest and dashboard with a directional arrow indicating movement (no text or symbols present)

CARGOCOVER(ifsoequipped)

Thecargocoverkeepsthecontentsinthe cargoareahiddenfromtheoutside.

Tousethecargocover, unfoldtheflapas illustrated.

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ SIC3842

Toremovethecargocover,

1. Return therearseatback to the full upright position.

2.Foldtheflap ①.

1. Liftuptherearsideofthecargocover ② tounlatchtherearsideofthecargo cover A fromthehangerbars.

2. Then, tiltupthecargocover and slightlyslideitforward ③ tounhook thefrontsideofthecargocover ⑥ fromthehangerbars.

3. Inclinethecargocoverabovethe hangerbarstowardsthefrontofthe vehicle ④ andlowerthecargocover.

6.Pulleithersideofthecargocoverand removethecargocover ⑤.

When attaching the cargocover, besureto return therearseatback to the upright position and makes sure that the cargo cover is latched securely.

① ② SIC3865

Therearcargocover fromtheliftgate.

① canberemoved

Toremovetherearcargocover, openthe liftgatethenremovetheclips ② witha suitabletool.

WARNING

• Neverputanythingonthecargocover, nomatterhowsmall.Anyobjectonit couldcauseaninjuryinanaccidentor suddenstop.
• Donotleavethecargocoverinthe vehiclewithitdisengagedfromthe

holder.

•Properlysecureallcargowithropesor strapstohelppreventitfromslidingor shifting.Donotplacecargohigherthan theseatbacks.Inasuddenstopor collision,unsecuredcargocouldcause personalinjury.
- If the cargocover contact sthetoptether strap whenitis attached to the top tether anchor, removethecagocover from the vehicle secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the cargocover is not removed, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.
- Donotallowcargotocontactthetop tetherstrapwhenitisattachedtothe toptetheranchor.Properlysecurethe cargosoitdoesnotcontactthetop tetherstrap.Cargothatisnotproperly securedorcargothatcontactsthetop tetherstrapmaydamagethetoptether strapduringacollision.Yourchildcould beseriouslyinjuredorkilledina collisionifthechildrestrainttopether strapisdamaged.

• Donotleavethecargocoverinthe vehiclewiththerearhalfoftheflap foldedupwhiledriving.Youmaynotbe abletoseeouttherearwindow,which maycauseanaccident.
• Donotusethecargocoveriftherear seatsarefoldeddown.

Line drawing of a car side profile with no text or symbols

ROOFRACK(ifsoequipped)

Alwaysdistributetheluggageevenlyon theroofrack.Donotloadmorethan99lb (45kg)ontheroofrails.Observethe maximumloadlimitshownonthecrossbarsorroofcarrierswhenyouattachthem ontheroofrails.ContactanINFINITI retailerforcrossbarorotherequipment information.

Becarefulthatyourvehicledoesnot exceedtheGrossVehicleWeightRating (GVWR)oritsGrossAxleWeightRating (GAWRfrontandrear).TheGVWRand GAWRarelocatedontheF.M.V.S.S.orC.V. M.S.S.certificationlabel(locatedonthe

2-58 Instrumentsandcontrols

driver'sdoorpillar). Formoreinformation regarding GVWRandGAWR, see "Vehicle loadinginformation" (P.9-15).

WARNING

• Driveextracarefullywhenthevehicleis loadedatornearthecargocarrying capacity,especiallyifthesignificant portionofthatloadiscarriedonthe roofrack.
  ●Heavyloadingoftheroofrackhasthe potentialtoaffectthevehiclestability andhandlingduringsuddenorunusual handlingmaneuvers.
  ●Roofrackloadshouldbeevenlydistributed.
• Donotexceedmaximumroofrackload weightcapacity.
  •Properlysecureallcargowithropesor strapstohelppreventitfromslidingor shifting.Inasuddenstoporcollision, unsecuredcargocouldcausepersonal injury.

CAUTION

Usecarewhenplacingorremovingitems fromtheroofrack.Ifyoucannotcomfortably lifttheitemsontotheroofrackfromthe ground,usealadderorstool.

WINDOWS

POWERWINDOWS

WARNING

• Makesurethatallpassengershavetheir hands,etc.insidethevehiclewhileitis inmotionandbeforeclosingthewindows.Usethewindowlockswitchto preventunexpecteduseofthepower windows.
• Donotleavechildrenunattendedinside thevehicle. Theycouldunknowingly activateswitchesorcontrolsandbecometrappedinthewindow. Unattendedchildrencouldbecomeinvolved inseriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the driver's front passenger's door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, powerto the window is canceled.

1 2 3 4 5 A B C SIC3640

1. Driversidewindow
   2.Frontpassengersidewindow
2. Rearleftpassengersidewindow
3. Rearrightpassengersidewindow
4. Windowlockbutton

Mainpowerwindowswitch(driver's side)

Toopenorclosethewindow, pushdown Ⓐ orpullup Ⓑ theswitchandholdit. Themainswitch(driversideswitches) will openorcloseallthewindows.

Lockingpassengers'windows

Whenthelockbutton © ispushedin, only theriversidewindowcanbeopenedor closed. Pushitinagaintocancel.

SIC3241

Passengersidepowerwindow switch

Thepassengersideswitchwillopenor closeonlythecorrespondingwindow.To openorclosethewindow,pushdownor pulluptheswitchandholdit.

SIC3285

Automaticoperation

Theautomaticfunctionisavailableforthe switchthathasan A markonitssurface.

Tofullyopenorclosethewindow,com- pletelypushdownorpulluptheswitch andreleaseit;itneednotbeheld.The windowwillautomaticallyopenorcloseall theway.Tostopthewindow,justpushor liftheswitchintheoppositedirection.

Alightpushorpullontheswitchwillcause thewindowtoopenorcloseuntilthe switchisreleased.

Autoreversefunction

WARNING

Therearesomesmalldistancesimmediately beforetheclosedpositionwhichcannot be detected.Makesurethatallpassengers havetheirhands,etc.,insidethevehicle beforeclosingthewindow.

If the control unit detect something caught in the window was it disclosing, the window will be immediately lowered.

The autoreverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

Dependingontheenvironmentordriving conditions,theautoreversefunctionmay beactivatedifanimpactorloadsimilarto somethingbeingcaughtinthewindow occurs.

MOONROOF

Ifthewindowsdonotcloseautomatically

If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the power windowsystem.

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position.
   2.Closethedoor.
2. Openthewindowcompletelybyoperatingthepowerwindowswitch.
3. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.
4. Releasethepowerwindowswitch. Operatethewindowbytheautomatic functiontoconfirmtheinitializationis complete.
5. Performsteps2 through 5 above for other windows.

If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer.

WARNING

●Inanaccidentyoucouldbethrownfrom thevehiclethroughanopenmoonroof. Alwaysuseseatbeltsandchildrestraints.
- Donotallowanyonetostandupor extendanyportionoftheirbodyoutof themoonroofopeningwhilethevehicle isinmotionorwhilethemoonroofis closing.

CAUTION

-Removewaterdrops, snow, iceorsand from themoonroof before opening.
- Donotplaceanyheavyobjectonthe moonrooforsurroundingarea.

AUTOMATICMOONROOF

Themoonroofonlyoperateswhenthe ignitionswitchisintheONposition.

Theautomaticmoonroofisoperationalfor about45seconds,eveniftheignition switchispushedtotheOFFposition.Ifthe driver'sdoororthepassenger'sdooris openedduringthisperiodofabout45 seconds,powertothemoonroofiscanceled.

ON DOOR OFF ② ① SIC3243

Sunshade

Thesunshadewillopenautomatically whenthemoonroofisopened. However, itmustbeclosedmanually.

Tiltingthemoonroof

Totiltup,firstclosethemoonroof,then pushtheUP ① sideofthemoonroof switchandreleaseit;itneednotbeheld. Totiltdownthemoonroof,pushtheDOWN ② side.

Slidingthemoonroof

Tofullyopenorclosethemoonroof, push theOPEN ② orCLOSE ① sideofthe moonroofswitchchandreleaseit; itneednot beheld. Theroofwillautomaticallyopenor closealltheway. Tostoptheroof, pushthe switchchoncemorewhileitisopeningor closing.

Autoreversefunction

WARNING

Therearesomesmalldistancesimmediately beforetheclosedpositionwhichcannotbe detected.Makesurethatallpassengers havetheirhands,etc.,insidethevehicle beforeclosingthemoonroof.

If the control unit detect something caught in themoonroof when it is closing, themoonroof will be immediately opened.

The autoreverse function can be activated when the moon roof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

Ifthemoonroofcannotbeclosedautomaticallywhentheautoreversefunction activatesduetoamalfunction,pushand holdtheCLOSE ① sideofthemoonroof switch.

Dependingontheenvironmentordriving conditions,theautoreversefunctionmay beactivatedifanimpactorloadsimilarto somethingbeingcaughtinthemoonroof occurs.

Ifthemoonroofdoesnotoperate

Ifthemoonroofdoesnotoperateproperly, performthefollowingproceduretinitializethemoonroofoperationsystem.

1. Ifthemoonroofisopen, closeitfully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE ① side ofthemoonroof switch.
   2.PushandholdtheCLOSE ① sideof themoonroofswitchtotiltthemoon-roofup.
2. Releasethemoonroofswitchafterthe moonroofmovesslightlyupanddown.
   4.PushandholdtheOPEN ② sideofthe moonroofswitchtofullytiltthemoon-roofdown.
3. Checkifthemoonroofswitchoperates normally.

Ifthemoonroofdoesnotoperateproperly afterperformingtheprocedureabove,have yourvehiclecheckedbyanINFINITIretailer.

WELCOMELIGHTINTERIORLIGHTS

A SIC3642

Toactivateordeactivatethewelcomelight function, performthefollowingprocedure.

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position.
2. Openthedriver'ssidedoor.
3. Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitchon thedriver'ssidedoorhandleformore than5secondswiththedriver'sdoor open.
4. Achimesoundswhenthesettingis completed.

Oncethewelcomelightfunctionisactive, thepuddelight Ⓐ andthepassenger cabinilluminationwillilluminatewhenyou

approachthevehiclewiththelntelligent Key(withinapproximately3.3feet(1m)of theantennabuiltinsidethedoorhandles) andthefollowingconditionsaremet.

●Alldoorsareclosedandlocked.
●TheignitionswitchisintheLOCKorOFF position.
●The Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
●Thepuddelightoperateswithinaset duration.

BATTERYSAVERSYSTEM

Thewelcomelightfunctionwillbedeactivatedautomaticallytopreventbattery dischargeunderthefollowingconditions.

• If the welcomelight function does not operate within a set duration. Not that the duration is set to 14 days as the factory default setting. To activate the welcomelight function again, start the engine.
• Ifthewelcomelightfunctionisactivated15consecutivetimeswhenyou approachandleavethevehiclewiththe IntelligentKeywithoutthedoorsbeing unlocked.Toactivatethewelcomelight functionagain,unlockanydoor.

Diagram of a car interior showing door, seat, and window with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

MAPLIGHTS

Pushthebuttonasillustratedtoturnthe lightonoroff.

Simple line drawing of a device with a circular button and arrow, no text or symbols present

PERSONALLIGHTS

Rear

Pushthebuttonasillustratedtoturnthe lightonoroff.

① ON DOOR OFF ON DOOR OFF 0 0 SIC3251

INTERIORLIGHTCONTROL SWITCH

Theinteriorlightcontrolswitchhasthree positions:ON,DOORandOFF.

ONposition

WhentheswitchisintheONposition themaplightsandrearpersonallightswill illuminate. ①

DOORposition

WhentheswitchisintheDOORposition ②, themaplightsandrearpersonallights willilluminateforaperiodoftimeunder thefollowingconditions:

-ignitionswitchisswitchedtotheLOCK position
- doorsareunlockedbypushingthe UNLOCKbuttonontheIntelligentKey ordoorhandlerequestswitchwiththe ignitionswitchintheLOCKposition
-anydoorisopenedandthenclosed withtheignitionswitchintheLOCK position
●anydoorisopenedwiththeignition switchintheACCorONposition —remainonwhilethedoorisopened. Whenthedorisclosed,thelights gooff.

Thelightswillalsoturnoffafteraperiod oftimewhentheignitionswitchhasbeen pushedtotheOFForLOCKpositionto preventthebatteryfrombecomingdischarged.

Whentheautointeriorilluminationisset totheOFFposition(see"Vehicleinformationandsettings"(P.4-9)),thelightswill illuminateunderthefollowingcondition:

-anydoorisopenedwiththeignition switchinanyposition —remainonwhilethedoorisopened. Whenthedoorisclosed,thelights gooff.

VANITYMIRRORLIGHTSCARGOLIGHT

OFFposition

WhentheswitchisintheOFFposition ③, thelightswillnotilluminate,regardless of thecondition.

CAUTION

Donotuseforextendedperiodsoftimewith theenginestopped.Thiscouldresultina dischargedbattery.

Diagram of a car's rearview door with directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

Thelightonthevanitymirrorwillturnon whenthecoveronthevanitymirroris opened.

Whenthecoverisclosed, the lightwillturn off.

Thelightswillalsoturnoffafteraperiod oftimewhenthelightsremainilluminated topreventthebatteryfrombecoming discharged.

B A B SIC2925

WhentheswitchisintheDOORposition Ⓐ, the lightilluminateswhiletheliftgate isopened. Whenthelftgateisclosed, the lightwillturnoff.

WhentheswitchisintheOFFposition thelightwillturnoff.

B，

Thelightwillturnoffafteraperiodoftime whenthelightsremainilluminatedto preventthebatteryfrombecomingdischarged.

HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER

TheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverprovidesaconvenientwaytoconsolidatethe functionsofuptothreeindividualhand-heldtransmittersintoonebuilt-indevice. HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver:

- WilloperatemostRadioFrequency(RF) devicesuchasgaragedoors, gates, homeandofficelighting,entrydoor locksandsecuritysystems. - lspoweredbyyourvehicle'sbattery.No separatebatteriesarerequired.Ifthe vehicle'sbatteryisdischargedoris disconnected,HomeLink® willretainall programming.

WhentheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverisprogrammed, retaintheoriginal transmitterforfutureprogrammingprocedures (Example:newvehiclepurchases). Uponsaleofthevehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverbuttons shouldbeerasedforsecuritypurposes. Foradditionalinformation, referto“ProgrammingHomeLink”(P.2-66).

WARNING

- DonotusetheHomeLink ^® Universal Transceiverwithanygaragedooropener that lacks safety stop and reverse

2-66 Instrumentsandcontrols

featuresasrequiredbyfederalsafety standards.(These standardsbecame effectiveforopenermodelsmanufacturedafterApril1,1982).Agaragedoor openerwhichcannotdetectanobjectin thepathofaclosinggaragedoorand thenautomaticallystopandreverse, doesnotmeetcurrentfederalsafety standards.Usingagaragedoropener withoutthesefeaturesincreases therisk ofseriousinjuryordeath.

• During the programming procedure your garagedoor security gate will open and close (if the transmitter is within range). Makes sure that people or objects are clear of the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you are programming.
• Yourvehicle'sengineshouldbeturned offwhileprogrammingtheHomeLink UniversalTransceiver.Donotbreathe exhaustgases;theycontaincolorless andodorlesscarbonmonoxide.Carbon monoxideisdangerous.Itcancause unconsciousnessordeath.

PROGRAMMINGHomeLink®

If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, referto the HomeLink website at: www.homelink.comorcall1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Itisalsorecommendedthatanewbattery beplacedinthehand-heldtransmitterof the device being programmed to HomeLink® forquickerprogrammingand accuratetransmission oftheradio-frequency.

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the Home Link ^ surface, keeping the Home Link ^ indicator light ^① in view.

① JVI0428X

1. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release until the HomeLink ^® indicator light ① flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both button may be released. (Therapid flashing indicate successful programming.)

NOTE:

Somedevicestobeprogrammedmay requireyoutoreplaceStep2withthe cyclingprocedurenotedinthe"ProgrammingHomeLink® forCanadian

customersandgateopeners"(P.2-68).

① JVI0429X

1. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button and observethe indicatorlight.

- Iftheindicatorlight ① issolid/continuous,programmingiscompleteandyourdevicesshouldactivatewhentheHomeLink ^® buttonispressedandreleased.

- Iftheindicatorlight ① blinks rapidlyfortwosecondsandthen turnstoasolid/continuouslight, continuewithSteps4-6forarolling codedevice.Asecondpersonmay makethefollowingstepseasier.Use aladderorotherdevice.Donot

Instrumentsandcontrols2-67

standonyourvehicletoperformthe nextsteps.

1. Atthereceiverlocatedonthegarage dooropenermotorinthegarage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button (the nameandcolorofthebuttonmayvary bymanufacturerbutitisusually locatednearwherethehangingantennawireisattachedtotheunit). If there isdifficultylocatingthebutton, referencethegaragedooropener'smanual.

2. Pressandreleasethe "learn" or "smart" button.

NOTE: Oncethebuttonispressed, you have approximately 30 secondstoinitiate then next step.

1. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for two seconds sand release. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence up to 3 times to complete the programming process. HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device.

2. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refertothe

HomeLink® website at: www.homelink.comorcall1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMINGHomeLink ^® FOR CANADIANCUSTOMERSANDGATE OPENERS

Canadianradio-frequencylawsrequire transmittersignalsto“time-out”(orquit) afterseveralsecondsoftransmission—which may not belongenough for HomeLink® topickupthesignalduring programming.SimilartothisCanadian law,someU.S.gateoperators are designed to “time-out” inthesamemanner. IfyouliveinCanadaoryouarehaving difficultiesprogrammingagateoperatoror garagedooropenerbyusingthe“ProgrammingHomeLink ®”procedures, replace“ProgrammingHomeLink ®”Step2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programmingagaragedooropener, etc., unplugthedeviceduringthe "cycling" processtopreventpossibledamage tothegaragedooropenercomponents.

Step2: Usingbothhands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter

button.Duringprogramming,yourhand-heldtransmittermayautomaticallystop transmitting.Continuetopressandhold thedesiredHomeLink ^ buttonwhileyou pressandre-press("cycle")yourhand-heldtransmittereverytwosecondsuntil thefrequencysignalhasbeenlearned. The HomeLink ^ indicatorlightwillflashslowly andthenrapidlyafterseveralseconds uponsuccessful programming.DONOT releaseuntiltheHomeLink ^ indicatorlight flashesslowlyandthenrapidly.Whenthe indicator lightflashesrapidly, bothbuttons maybereleased.Therapidflashing indicatessuccessfulprogramming.

Proceedwith"ProgrammingHomeLink®" step3tocomplete.

Remembertoplugthedevicebackinwhen programmingiscompleted.

OPERATINGTHEHomeLink ^® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER

TheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammeddevice. Tooperate, simply press and releasetheappropriate programmedHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver button. Theamberindicatorlightwill illuminate while the signal is being trans-

2-68 Instrumentsandcontrols

mitted.

Forconvenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMINGTROUBLESHOOTING

IftheHomeLink ^® doesnotquicklylearn thehand-heldtransmitterinformation:

- replacethehand-heldtransmitterbatterieswithnewbatteries.

- positionthehand-heldtransmitterwith itsbatteryareafacingawayfromthe HomeLink® surface.

- pressandholdboththeHomeLink andhand-heldtransmitterbuttons withoutinterruption.

- positionthehand-heldtransmitter1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink ^® surface.Holdthetransmitterinthatpositionforupto15 seconds.IfHomeLink ^® isnotprogrammedwithinthattime,tryholding thetransmitterinanotherposition-keepingtheindicatorlightinviewatall times.

If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink ^ buttons, referto the HomeLink ^ website at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARINGTHEPROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

The following procedure clear the programmed information from both buttons. Individual buttonscannot be cleared. However, individual buttonscanbereprogrammed, see "Reprogrammingasing HomeLink ^® button" (P.2-69).

Toclearallprogramming

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Donothold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Releasebothbuttons.

HomeLink ^® isnowintheprogramming modeandcanbeprogrammedatanytime beginningwith“ProgrammingHomeLink ^® ”-Step1.

REPROGRAMMINGASINGLE HomeLink® BUTTON

ToreprogramaHomeLink ^® Universal Transceiverbutton, completethefollowing.

1. PressandholdthedesiredHomeLink button.DONOTreleasethebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink ^® button, proceed with "ProgrammingHomeLink ^® "-Step1.

Forquestions orcomments, contact HomeLink® at:www.homelink.comor1-800-355-3515.

TheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverbuttonhasnowbeenreprogrammed. Thenew devicecanbeactivatedbypushingthe HomeLink ^® buttonthatwasjustprogrammed. Thisprocedurewillnotaffect anyotherprogrammedHomeLink ^® buttons.

IFYOURVEHICLEISSTOLEN

If your vehicle is unstolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling coded device that has been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the Owner's Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information.

Whenyourvehicleisrecovered,youwill needtoreprogramtheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverwithyournewtransmitterinformation.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:(1)Thisdevice maynotcauseharmfulinterference,and (2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethat maycauseundesiredoperation.

NOTE:

Changesormodificationsnotexpressly approvedbythepartyresponsiblefor compliancecouldvoidtheuser'sauthority tooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

2-70 Instrumentsandcontrols

3Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

Keys 3-2

Intelligent Key 3-2

Valet hand-off.... 3-3

Doors 3-4

Lockingwithmechanicalkey 3-4

Opening and closing windows with the mechanical key 3-4

Lockingwithinsidelockknob 3-5

Lockingwithpowerdoorlockswitch ....3-5

Automaticdoorlocks 3-5

Childsafetyreardoorlock 3-6

Intelligent Key system 3-6

IntelligentKeyoperatingrange 3-8

Doorlocks/unlocksprecaution 3-9

IntelligentKeyoperation 3-9

Batterysaversystem 3-12

Warningsignals 3-12

Troubleshootingguide 3-13

Remotekeylessentrysystem 3-14

Howtouseremotekeylessentrysystem .....3-14

Hood 3-18

Lift gate 3-18

Operatingpowerliftgate 3-19

Autoclosure 3-23

Liftgatereleaselever 3-24

Openingthefuel-fillerdoor 3-24

Fuel-filler cap.... 3-24

Tilt/telescopic steering.... 3-27

Manualoperation(ifsoequipped) ....3-27

Electricoperation(ifsoequipped) ....3-27

Sun visors.... 3-28

Mirrors.... 3-29

Insidemirror 3-29

Outsidemirrors 3-30

Vanitymirror 3-32

Automaticdrivepositioner(ifsoequipped) .....3-32

Entry/exitfunction 3-32

Seatsynchronizationfunction 3-33

Memorystorage 3-34

Systemoperation 3-35

KEYS

Akeynumberplateissuppliedwithyour keys.Recordthekeynumberandkeepitin asafeplace(suchasyourwallet),notin thevehicle.Ifyouloseyourkeys,seen INFINITlretailerforduplicatesbyusingthe keynumber.INFINITldoesnotrecordany keynumberssoitisveryimportanttokeep trackofyourkeynumberplate.

Akeynumberisonlynecessarywhenyou havelostallkeysanddonothaveoneto duplicatefrom.Ifyoustillhaveakey,this keycanbeduplicatedbyanINFINITI retailer.

1 2 3 XXXXX SPA2431

1. IntelligentKey(2)
2. Mechanicalkey(inside IntelligentKey) (2)
   3.Keynumberplate(1)

INTELLIGENTKEY

Yourvehiclecanonlybedrivenwiththe IntelligentKeyswhichareregisteredto yourvehicle'sIntelligentKeysystemcomponentsandINFINITIVehicleImmobilizer Systemcomponents.Asmanyas4IntelligentKeyscanberegisteredandusedwith onevehicle. Thenewkeysmustbe registeredbyanINFINITIretailerpriorto usewiththeIntelligentKeysystemand

INFINITIVehicleImmobilizerSystemofyour vehicle.Sincetheregistrationprocess requireserasingallmemoryinthIntelligentKeycomponentswhenregistering newkeys,besuretotakeallIntelligent KeysthatyouhavetotheINFINITIretailer.

CAUTION

- BesuretocarrythelIntelligentKeywith you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precisiondevicewithabuilt-intransmitter.Toavoiddamagingit,pleasenote thefollowing.

— The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
— Donotbend, droporstrikeit againstanotherobject.
— Iftheoutsidetemperatureisbelow 14^ F( -10^ C)degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Keymaynotfunction properly.
— Donotplaceth Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140^ F ( 60^ C).

— Donotchangeormodifytheln-telligentKey.
— Donotuseamagnetkeyholder.
— DonotplacethelIntelligentKeynear anelectricappliancesuchasa televisionsetorpersonalcomputer.
— DonotallowtheIntelligentKeyto comeintocontactwithwaterorsalt water, and donotwashitina washingmachine. This could affect the system function.

-IfanIntelligentKeyislostorstolen, INFINITIrecommendserasingtheIDcode ofthatIntelligentKey.Thiswillprevent theIntelligentKeyfromunauthorized usetounlockthevehicle.Forinformationregardingtheerasingprocedure, pleasecontactanINFINITIretailer.

SPA2033

Mechanicalkey

Toremovethemechanicalkey, releasethe lockknobatthebackoftheIntelligentKey.

Toinstallthemechanicalkey, firmlyinsert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob return to the lock position.

Usethemechanicalkeytolockorunlock thedoorsandthegloveboxiftheyare equippedwithakeycylinder.

See "Doors" (P.3-4) and "Storage" (P.2-50).

CAUTION

Alwayscarrythemechanicalkeyinstalledin theIntelligentKey.

VALETHAND-OFF

Whenyouhavetoleaveakeywithavalet, givethemtheIntelligentKeyitselfand keepthemechanicalkeywithyouto protectyourbelongings.

Topreventthegloveboxfrombeing openedduringvalethand-off,followthe proceduresbelow.

1. Removethemechanicalkeyfromthe IntelligentKey.
2. Lockthegloveboxwiththemechanical key.
3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping themechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle.

See"Storage"(P.2-50).

DOORS

WARNING

●Alwayshavethedoorslockedwhile driving. Alongwiththeuseofseatbelts, thisprovidesgreatersafetyintheevent ofanaccidentbyhelpingtoprevent personsfrombeingthrownfromthe vehicle. Thisalsohelpskeepchildren andothersfromunintentionallyopening thedoors, andwillhelpkeepout intruders.
- Beforeopeninganydoor,alwayslookfor andavoidoncomingtraffic.
- Donotleavechildrenunattendedinside thevehicle.Theycouldunknowingly activateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencouldbecomeinvolved inseriousaccidents.

① ③ ② SPA2457B

LOCKINGWITHMECHANICALKEY

Thepowerdoorlocksystemallowsyouto lockorunlockalldoorssimultaneously usingthemechanicalkey.

• Turningthedriver'sdoorkeycylinderto thefrontofthevehicle ① willlockall doors.
• Turningthedriver'sdoorkeycylinder oncetotherearofthevehicle ② will unlockthedriver'sdoor. Afterreturning thekeytotheneutralposition ③, turningittotherearagainwithin60 secondswillunlockalldoors.

- Youcanswitchthelocksystemtothe modethatallowsyoutoopenallthe doorswhenthekeyisturnedonce. (See "HowtouseSETTINGbutton" (P.4-15).)

OPENINGANDCLOSINGWINDOWS WITHTHEMECHANICALKEY

The driver's door key operational also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open/close function. (See "Powerwindows" (P.2-59)).

Toopenthewindow,turnthedriver'sdoor keycylindertotherearofthevehiclefor longerthan1second. Thedooris unlocked andthewindowkeepsopeningwhile turningthekey.

This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key. (See "Remote key less entry system" (P.3-14).)

Toclosethewindow,turnthedriver'sdoor keycylindertothefrontofthevehiclefor longerthan1second. Thedoorislocked andthewindowkeepsclosingwhileturningthekey.

① ② SPA1814

LOCKINGWITHINSIDELOCKKNOB

Tolockthedoorindividually,movethe insidelockknobtothelockposition ①.

Tounlock, movetheinsidelockknobtothe unlockposition ②.

BesurenottoleavethIntelligentKey insidethevehicle.

① ② ① ② SPA2300

LOCKINGWITHPOWERDOORLOCK SWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors. Theswitches are located on the driver's sandfront passenger's door arm rests.

Tolockthedoors, pushthepowerdoor lockswitchtothelockposition ①.

BesurenottoleavethelIntelligentKey insidethevehicle.

Tounlockthedoorsincludingthefuel-filler door, pushthepowerdoorlockswitchto theunlockposition ②.

Lockoutprotection

Whenthepowerdoorlockswitch(driveror frontpassenger)ismovedtothelock positionwiththeIntelligentKeyintheport andanydooropen,alldoorswilllockand unlockautomatically.WiththeIntelligent Keyleftinthevehicle(notinthelntelligent Keyport)andanydooropen,alldoorswill unlockautomaticallyandachimewill soundafterthedoorisclosed.

ThesefunctionshelptopreventtheIn-telligentKeyfrombeingaccidentally lockedinsidethevehicle.

AUTOMATICDOORLOCKS

• Alldoorswillbelockedautomatically whenthevehiclespeedreaches15 MPH(24km/h).
• Alldoorswillbeunlockedautomatically whentheignitionswitchisplaced in theOFFposition.

The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated. Todeactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system, perform the following procedure:

1.Closealldoors.
2. PlacetheignitionswitchintheON position.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-5

1. Within 20 second of performing Step 2, push and hold the power door lock switch to the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5 seconds.
2. When activated, the hazard indicator will flashtwice. Whendeactivated, the hazard indicator will flashonce.
3. Theignitionswitchmustbeplaced in theOFFandONpositionagainbetween eachsettingchange.

When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated, the doors donot unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. Tounlock the oormanually, use the insidelock knob or the power door lock switch (driver's or front passenger's side).

① ← ② ← LOCK SPA2528

CHILDSAFETYREARDOORLOCK

Childsafetyreardoorlockshelpprevent doorsfrombeingopenedaccidentally, especiallywhensmallchildrenareinthe vehicle.

Whentheleversareinthelockposition ①, thereardoorscanbeopenedonly fromtheoutside.

Todisengage, movetheleverstothe unlockposition ②.

INTELLIGENTKEYSYSTEM

WARNING

●Radiowaves could adversely affect electric medicalequipment. Those who use apacemakers should contact the electric medicalequipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
●The Intelligent Keytransmits radio waveswhenthebuttonsarepushed. The FAAadvisesthattheradiowaves may affect aircraft navigation and communications systems. Donotoperatethe Intelligent Keywhileonanairplane. Makesurethebuttonsarenotoperated unintentionallywhentheunitisstored duringaflight.

The Intelligent Keysystem can operate all doors and the lift gate using theremote controller function or pushing therequest switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Keysystem operation.

Besuretoreadthefollowingbeforeusing theIntelligentKeysystem.

CAUTION

• BesuretocarrytheIntelligentKeywith youwhenoperatingthevehicle.
  ●NeverleavethIntelligentKeyinthe vehiclewhenyouleavethevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Keysystem transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Keysystem under the following operating conditions.

• Whenoperatingnearalocationwhere strongradiowavesaretransmitted, suchasaTVtower,powerstationand broadcastingstation.
• Wheninpossessionofwirelessequipment, suchasacellulartelephone, transceiver,andCBradio.
• WhentheIntelligentKeyisincontact withorcoveredbymetallicmaterials.
• Whenanytypeofradiowaveremote controlisusednearby.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliances such as aperso-

nalcomputer.

- Whenthevehicleisparkedneara parkingmeter.

Insuchcases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or usethemechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery's life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with anewone.

WhentheIntelligentKeybatteryisalmost discharged,inserttheIntelligentKeyinto theIntelligentKeyporttostarttheengine. Replacethedischargedbatterywithanew oneassoonaspossible.Formoredetails, see"Push-buttonignitionswitch"(P.5-11).

SincetheIntelligentKeyiscontinuously receivingradiowaves,ifthekeyisleftnear equipmentwhichtransmitsstrongradio waves,suchassignalsfromaTVand personalcomputer,thebatterylifemay becomeshorter.

Forinformationregardingreplacementofa battery,see“IntelligentKeybatteryreplacement”(P.8-27).

Asmanyas4IntelligentKeyscanbe registeredandusedwithonevehicle.For

informationaboutthepurchaseanduseof additionalIntelligentKeys,contactan INFINITretailer.

CAUTION

• DonotallowtheIntelligentKey, which containselectricalcomponents,tocome intocontactwithwaterorsaltwater. Thiscouldaffectthesystemfunction.
• DonotdroptheIntelligentKey.
• Donotstriketh Intelligent Key sharply against another object.
• DonotchangeormodifytheIntelligent Key.
• WettingmaydamagetheIntelligentKey. IftheIntelligentKeygetswet,immediatelywipeuntilitiscompletelydry.
• If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.
• Donotplaceth Intelligent Keyforan extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
• DonotattachtheIntelligentKeywitha keyholderthatcontainsamagnet.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

- Donotplaceth Intelligent Keynear equipment that produces electromagnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers.

IfanIntelligentKeyislostorstolen, INFINITIrecommendserasingtheIDcode ofthatIntelligentKeyfromthevehicle.This maypreventtheunauthorizeduseofthe IntelligentKeytooperatethevehicle.For informationregardingtheerasingprocedure,contactanINFINITIretailer.

Technical diagram of a car with labeled parts, showing top and side views with numbered annotations.

SPA2074

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from therequest switch ①.

WhentheIntelligentKeybatteryisdis- chargedorstrongradiowavesarepresent neartheoperating location,theIntelligent Keysystem'soperatingrangebecomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

Theoperatingrangeiswithin31.50in(80 cm)fromeachrequestswitch ①.

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handleorrearbumpertherequest switchesmaynot function.

WhentheIntelligentKeyiswithinthe operatingrange, itispossiblefor anyone whodoesnotcarrytheIntelligentKeyto pushtherequestswitchtolock/unlockthe doors,includingthelift gate.

3-8Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

Diagram of a hand holding a tool with intersecting diagonal stripes, no text or symbols present

DOORLOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

• Donotpushthedoorhandlerequest switchwiththeIntelligentKeyheldin yourhandasillustrated. The close distancetothedorhandlewillcause the IntelligentKeysystemto have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Keyisoutsidethevehicle.
  ●Afterlockingwiththedoorhandle requestswitch,verifythedoorsare securelylockedbytestingthem.
• TopreventtheIntelligentKeyfrom beingleftinsidethevehicle,makesure

youcarrythekeywithyouandthen lockthedoors.

• Donotpullthedoorhandlebefore pushingthedoorhandlerequest switch. Thedoorwillbeunlockedbut willnotopen. Releasethedorhandle onceandpullitagaintoopenthedor.
• The Intelligent Keysystem(opening/closingdoorswiththedoorhandlerequestswitch)canbesettoremaininactive.(See"Vehicleinformationandsettings"(P.4-9).)

Line drawing of a car being tested with a person nearby (no text or symbols)

Youcanlockorunlockthedoorswithout takingthekeyoutfromyourpocketorbag.

SPA2779

WhenyoucarrytheIntelligentKeywith you,youcanlockorunlockalldoorsby pushingthedoorhandlerequestswitch (driver'sorfrontpassenger's) Ⓐ orthelift gaterequestswitch Ⓑ withintherangeof operation.

Whenyoulockorunlockthedoorsorthe liftgate,thehazardindicatorwillflashand thehorn(ortheoutsidechime)willsound asaconfirmation.Fordetails,see"Setting hazardindicatorandhornmode"(P.3-16).

Lockingdoorsandfuel-fillerdoor

1.MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position, pushtheignitionswitchtothe OFFpositionandmakesureyoucarry theIntelligentKeywithyou.*1

2.Closeallthedoors.*2

1. Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitch (driver'sorfrontpassenger's) A orthe liftgaterequestswitch B while carryingtheIntelligentKeywithyou.*3

2. Allthedoorsandfuel-fillerdoorwill lock.

3. The hazard indicator flashest twice and the outside chimesound twice.

*1: DoorswilllockwiththeIntelligentKey whiletheignitionswitchisintheACC

orONposition.

*2: DoorswillnotlockwiththeIntelligent Keywhileanydoor(includingthelift gate)isopen.

*3: Doorswillnotlockbypushingthe doorhandlerequestswitchwiththe IntelligentKeyinsidethevehicle. However,whenanIntelligentKeyis insidethevehicle,doorscanbe lockedwithanotherregisteredIntelligentKey.

CAUTION

- Afterlockingthedoorsusingtherequest switch, makesurethatthedoorshave beensecurelylockedbyoperatingthe doorhandles.

- When locking the doors using the requestswitch, makesuretohavethe IntelligentKeyinyourpossessionbefore operatingtherequestswitchtoprevent theIntelligentKeyfrombeingleftinthe vehicle.

- The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Keyhas been detected by the Intelligent Keysystem.

C B SPA2780

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Lockoutprotection:

TopreventtheIntelligentKeyfrombeing accidentallylockedinthevehicle,lockout protectionisequippedwiththeIntelligent Keysystem.

Whenthedriver'ssidedoorisopen,the doorsarelocked,andthentheIntelligent Keyisputinsidethevehicleandallthe doorsareclosed;thelockwillautomaticallyunlockandthedoorbuzzersounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelligent Key is in the same hand that is operating there requests switch to lock the door. Put the Intelligent Key in apurse, pocketory our other hand.

CAUTION

Thelockoutprotectionmaynotfunction underthefollowingconditions:

• WhentheIntelligentKeyisplacedontop oftheinstrumentpanel.
• WhentheIntelligentKeyisplacedinside thegloveboxorastoragebin.
• WhentheIntelligentKeyisplacedinside thedoorpockets.

- WhentheIntelligentKeyisplacedinside ornearmetallicmaterials.

Unlockingdoorsandfuel-fillerdoor

1. Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitch (driver'sorfrontpassenger's) Ⓐ orthe liftgaterequestswitch Ⓑ oncewhile carryingtheIntelligentKeywithyou.
   When you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key, the puddle light and the passenger cabin illumination will illuminate and stay on for a short period of time. (See “Welcomelight” (P.2-63).)
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chimes sounds once. The corresponding door will unlock.
   Thefuel-fillerdoorwillalsounlock whenthedriver'sdoorhandlerequest switchispushed.
3. Pushthedoorhandlerequestorthelift gaterequestswitchagainwithin60 seconds.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chimes sounds once again. All the doors will unlock.

Thefuel-fillerdoorwillalsounlock

whenthefrontpassenger'sdoorhandleorliftgaterequestswitchis pushed.

Theliftgate can be unlocked and opened by pushing the lift gate openers switch. See "Lift gate" (P.3-18).

Alldoorswillbelockedautomatically unlessoneofthefollowingoperationsis performedwithin1minuteafterpushing therequestswitchwhilethedoorsare locked.Ifduringthis1-minutetimeperiod, therequestswitchispushed,alldoorswill belockedautomaticallyafteranother1 minute.

• Openinganydoor(includingthelift gate)
• Pushingtheignitionswitch

Powerliftgateopen

1. CarrytheIntelligentKey.
2. Pushthepowerliftgateopenerswitch ©.
3. Theliftgatewillunlockandautomaticallyopen.
4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chimes sounds.

Toclosetheliftgate, pushthepowerlift gatebuttononthekeyorpowerliftgate

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

switchontheinstrumentpanelorlower partoftheliftgate.See"Liftgate"(P.3-18).

BATTERYSAVERSYSTEM

When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the batteriesaver system will cutoff the powers supply to prevent battery discharge.

●Theignitionswitch isinthe ACC position,and
●Alldoorsareclosed, and
- TheselectorleverisintheP(Park) position.

WARNINGSIGNALS

Tohelppreventthevehiclefrommoving unexpectedlybyerroneousoperationof theIntelligentKeylistedonthefollowing chartortohelppreventthevehiclefrom beingstolen,chimeorbeepsoundsinside andoutsidethevehicleandawarning displaysinthedotmatrixliquidcrystal display.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warningdisplays,besuretocheckthe vehicleandIntelligentKey.

See "Troubleshootingguide" (P.3-13) and "Dot matrix liquid crystal display" (P.2-21).

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

SymptomPossiblecauseActiontotake
Whenpushingtheignitionswitch tostoptheengine	TheSHIFTPwarningappearsonthedisplay andtheinsidewarningchimesoundscontinuouslyorforafewseconds.	TheselectorleverisnotintheP(Park) position.	ShifttheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position.
Whenshiftingtheselectorlever totheP(Park)position.	Theinsidewarningchimesoundscontinuously.	TheignitionswitchisintheACCorON position.	PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition.
Whenopeningthedriver'sdoorto getoutofthevehicle	Theinsidewarningchimesoundscontinuously.	TheignitionswitchisintheACC position.TheIntelligentKeyisinthelntelligent Keyport.	PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition.RemovethelntelligentKeyfromthelntelligentKeyport.
Whenclosingthedooraftergettingoutofthevehicle	TheNOKEYwarningappearsonthedisplay, theoutsidechimesounds3timesandthe insidewarningchimesoundsforafew seconds.	TheignitionswitchisintheACCorON position.	PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition.
	TheSHIFTPwarningappearsonthedisplay andtheoutsidechimesoundscontinuously.	TheignitionswitchisintheACCorOFF positionandtheselectorleverisnotin theP(Park)position.	MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) positionandpushtheignitionswitchtothe OFFposition.
Whenclosingthedoorwiththe insidelockknobturnedtoLOCK	Theoutsidechimesoundsforafewseconds andallthedoorsunlock.	TheIntelligentKeyisinsidethevehicle orcargoarea.	CarrytheIntelligentKeywithyou.
Whenpushingtherequestswitch ortheLOCK buttononthe IntelligentKeytolockthedoor	Theoutsidechimesoundsforafewseconds.	TheIntelligentKeyisinsidethevehicle orcargoarea.	CarrytheIntelligentKeywithyou.
		Adoorisnotclosedsecurely.Closethedoorsecurely.
Whenpushingtheignitionswitch tostarttheengine	ThelntelligentKeysystemwarninglightinthemeterblinksingreen.	Thebatterychargeislow.	Replacethebatterywithanewone.(See “Battery”(P.8-17).)
	ThelntelligentKeysystemwarninglightinthemeterblinksinyellowandtheinsidewarning chimesoundsforafewseconds.	TheIntelligentKeyisnotinthevehicle.CarrytheIntelligentKeywithyou.
	ThelntelligentKeysystemwarninglightinthemeterilluminatesinyellow.	Itwarnsofamalfunctionwiththe IntelligentKeysystem.	ContactanINFINITlretailer.

REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that radiowaves may affect aircraft navigation and communications systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while an airplane. Makes sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight.

Itispossibletolock/unlockalldoors,the liftgate,fuel-fillerdoor,activatethepanic alarmandopenthewindowsbypushing thebuttonsonthelIntelligentKeyfrom outsidethevehicle.

Beforelockingthedoors, makesurethe IntelligentKeyisnotleftinthevehicle.

TheLOCK/UNLOCKbuttononthelIntelligentKeycanoperateatadistanceof approximately 33ft(10m)fromthe vehicle.(Theeffectivedistancedepends upontheconditionsaroundthevehicle.)

Asmanyas4IntelligentKeyscanbeused withonevehicle.Forinformationconcerningthepurchaseanduseofadditional IntelligentKeys,contactanINFINITlretailer.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

The lock and unlock button on the Intelligent Key will not operate when:

●thedistancebetweentheIntelligentKey andthevehicleisover33ft(10m).

●theIntelligentKeybatteryrunsdown.

Afterlockingwiththeremotekeylessentry function, pullthedoorhandletomake sure thedoorsaresecurelylocked.

TheLOCK/UNLOCKoperatingrangevaries dependingontheenvironment. Tosecurely operatethelockandunlockbuttons, approachthevehicletoabout3ft(1m) fromthedoor.

graph TD
    A["Lock"] --> B["Lock"]
    B --> C["Car"]
    C --> D["Play Button"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

SPA2436

① LOCKbutton

② UNLOCKbutton

③ Powerliftgatebutton

④ PANICbutton

HOWTO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Whenyoulockorunlockthedooror the liftgate, the hazardindicatorwillflashand thehorn(ortheoutsidechime)willsound asaconfirmation. Fordetails, see "Setting hazardindicatorandhornmode" (P.3-16).

Lockingdoorsandfuel-fillerdoor

1. MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position, pushtheignitionswitchtothe OFFpositionandmakesureyoucarry theIntelligentKeywithyou.*
2. Closeallthedoorsandtheliftgate.
3. Push the LOCK Intelligent Key. button ① on the
4. Allthedoors, the liftgate and fuel-filler door will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashestwice and the hornchirpsonce.
   *: DoorswilllockwiththeIntelligentKey whiletheignitionswitchisintheACCor ONposition.

Unlockingdoorsandfuel-fillerdoor

1. Push the UNLOCK button Intelligent Keyonce. ② on the
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driver's door and fuel - filler door will unlock.

The puddlelightandthepassenger cabinilluminationwillilluminateand stayonforashortperiodoftime.

1. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 sec

onds.

1. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All the doors will unlock.

Alldoorswillbelockedautomatically unlessoneofthefollowingoperationsis performedwithin1 minuteafterpushing theUNLOCKbuttononthelIntelligentKey whilethedoorsarelocked.lfduringthis1- minutetimeperiod,theUNLOCKbuttonon theIntelligentKeyispushed,alldoorswill belockedautomaticallyafteranother1 minute.

• Openinganydoor
• Pushingtheignitionswitch

Openingwindows(ifsoequipped)

TheUNLOCK 🔒 button ② operationalso allowsyoutoopenawindowthatis equippedwiththeautomaticopenfunction.Thisfunctionwillnotoperatewhile thewindowtimerisactivatedorthe windowsneedtobeinitialized.(See "Powerwindows"(P.2-59).)

Toopenthewindows, pushtheUNLOCK button ② ontheIntelligentKeyfor about3secondsafterthedoorisunlocked.

Tostopopening, releasetheUNLOCK button.

Ifthewindowopenoperationisstopped onthewaywhilepushingtheUNLOCK button,releaseandpushtheUNLOCK buttonagainuntilthewindowopens completely.

Windowcannotbeclosedusingtheln- telligentKey.

The door window can also be operated by turning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See "Doors" (P.3-4).)

Opening/closingliftgate

Opening:

1. Pushthepowerliftgatebutton ③ formorethan1second.
2. Theliftgatewillautomaticallyopen.

Thehazardindicatorflashes4timesand theoutsidechimesoundsforapproximately3seconds.

Closing:

1. Pushthepowerliftgatebutton ③.
2. Theliftgatewillautomatically close.

If the button ③ is pushed while the lift gate is being opened or closed, the lift gate will reverse.

Thepowerliftgatebutton

cannot

beoperatedwhentheignitionswitchisin theONposition.

Usingpanicalarm

If you are necessary your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC ➕ button ④ on the Intelligent Key form more than 1 second.

2. Thetheftwarningalarmandheadlights willstayonfor25seconds.

3. Thepanicalarmstopswhen:

4. Ithasrunfor25seconds,or

5. Anyofthebuttonsonthelntelligent Keyispushed.(Note:Panicbutton shouldbepushedformorethan1 second.)

Settinghazardindicatorandhorn mode

Thisvehicleissetinhazardindicatorand hornmodewhenyoufirstreceivethe vehicle.

Inhazardindicatorandhornmode,when theLOCK 🔒 button ① ispushed,the hazardindicatorflashestwiceandthehorn chirpsonce.WhentheUNLOCK 🔒 button ② ispushed,thehazardindicatorflashes once.

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Ifhornsarenotnecessary,thesystemcan beswitchedtothehazardindicatormode.

Inhazardindicatormode,whentheLOCK buttonispushed,thehazardindicator

flashestwice.WhentheUNLOCK buttonispushed,neitherthehazard indicatornorthehornoperates.

Hazardindicatorandhornmode:

	DOORLOCKDOORUNLOCK
IntelligentKeysystem(Usingdoorhandleorliftgaterequest switch)	HAZARD-twiceOUTSIDECHIME-twice	HAZARD-onceOUTSIDECHIME-once
Remotekeylessentrysystem(Using 🔒 ,on button)	HAZARD-twiceHORN-once	HAZARD-onceHORN-none

Hazardindicatormode:

	DOORLOCKDOORUNLOCK
IntelligentKeysystem(Usingdoorhandleorliftgaterequest switch)	HAZARD-twiceOUTSIDECHIME-twice	HAZARD-noneOUTSIDECHIME-once
Remotekeylessentrysystem(Using 🔒 ,onbutton)	HAZARD-twiceHORN-none	HAZARD-noneHORN-none

Switchingprocedure:

Toswitchthehazardindicatorandhorn (chime)operation,pushtheLOCK ① andUNLOCK ② buttonsontheln- telligentKeysimultaneouslyformorethan 2seconds.

• When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
• Whenthehazardindicatorandhorn modeisset, thehazardindicator flashesonceandthehornchirpsonce.

graph TD
    A["HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE"] --> B["Push (🔒) for more than 2 sec."]
    B --> C["• HAZARD - once"]
    B --> D["• HORN - once"]
    A --> E["• HAZARD - 3 times"]
    E --> F["Push (🔒) for more than 2 sec."]
    F --> G["HAZARD INDICATOR MODE"]
    G --> H["End"]

HOODLIFTGATE

① ② JVP0103X

1. Pullthehoodlockreleasehandle locatedbelowtheinstrumentpanel; thehoodwillthenspringupslightly.
2. Pullthelever ② upatthefrontofthe hoodwithyourfingertipsandraisethe hood.
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the hood downtolatch both theright and left locks. Push the hood downto lock the hood securely into place.

①

WARNING

• Makesurethehoodiscompletelyclosed andlatchedbeforedriving.Failuretodo socouldcausethehoodtoflyopenand resultinanaccident.
• If you este steamorsmoke coming from the engine compartment, to avoid injury donotopenthehood.

WARNING

●Alwaysbesuretheliftgatehasbeen closedsecurelytopreventitfromopeningwhiledriving.
- Donotdrivewiththeliftgateopen. This couldallowdangerousexhaustgasesto bedrawnintothevehicle.See"Exhaust gas(carbonmonoxide)"(P.5-3)ofthis manual.
- Donotleavechildrenunattendedinside thevehicle.Theycouldunknowingly activateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencouldbecomeinvolved inseriousaccidents.
●Alwaysbesurethathandsandfeetare clearofthedoorframetoavoidinjury whileclosingtheliftgate.

3-18Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

Tooperatethepowerliftgate, theselector levermustbeintheP(Park)position.

Thepowerliftgatewillnotoperateifthe batteryvoltageisunderapproximately 11V.

ON POWER DOOR OFF SPA2547

Powerliftgatemainswitch

Thepowerliftgateoperationcanbeturned onoroffbythepowerliftgatemainswitch ontheinstrumentpanel.

Whenthepowerliftgatemainswitchis pushedtothe"OFF"position,thepower operationisnotavailablebythepowerlift gateswitchontheliftgateandliftgate openerswitch.

① SPA2843

Powerliftgateswitch—Instrumentpanel

B SPA2877

Liftgateopenerswitch

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-19

SPA2463

Powerliftgatebutton—IntelligentKey

① SPA2440

Powerliftgateswitch—Liftgate

Poweropen

Whenthelfitgateisfullyclosed,thelift gatewillfullyopenautomatically by performingoneofthefollowingoperations:

• Pushingthepowerliftgateswitch ontheinstrumentpanel.
  ●Pushingtheliftgateopenerswitch
• Pushingthepowerliftgatebutton ontheIntelligentKeyformorethan1 second.

Thehazardflashes4timesandtheoutside chimesoundswhentheliftgatestarts opening.

NOTE:

Theliftgatecanbeopenedbythepower liftgateswitch A, thepowerliftgate openerswitch B orthepowerliftgate button C eveniftheliftgateis locked. Theliftgatewillindividually unlockandopen.

Powerclose

Whenthelfitgateisfullyopened,thelfit gatewillfullycloseautomatically by performingoneofthefollowingoperations:

• Pushingthepowerliftgateswitch ontheinstrumentpanel.
• Pushingthepowerliftgatebutton ontheIntelligentKeyformorethan1 second.
• Pushingthepowerliftgateswitch onthelowerpartoftheliftgate.

Thehazardflashes4timesandtheoutside chimesoundswhenthelfsgatestarts closing.

NOTE:

Whenthelfitgateisclosed, itremains unlocked. Manuallylockthelfitgate.

Reversefunction

Thepowerliftgatewillreverseimmediately ifoneofthefollowingactionsisperformed duringpoweropenorpowerclose.

• pushingthepowerliftgateswitch ontheinstrumentpanel A
• pushingthepowerliftgatebutton © ontheIntelligentKey
• pushingthepowerliftgateswitch onthelowerpartoftheliftgate Theoutsidechimesoundswhenthelift gatestartstoreverse.

Thepowerliftgatebutton 📄 © onthe IntelligentKeycannotbeoperatedwhen

theignitionswitchisintheONposition.

Autoreversefunction

Theauto-reversefunctionenablesthelift gatetoautomaticallyreversewhensomethingiscaughttheliftgateasitis openingorclosing. Whenthecontrolunit detectsanobstacle, theliftgatewill reverseandreturntothefulopenorfull closeposition.

Ifasecondobstacleisdetected,thelift gatemotionwillstopandthedrivemotor willdisengage.Theliftgatewillenterthe manualmode.

Apinchsensorismountedoneachsideof theliftgate.Ifanobstacleisdetectedby thepinchsensorduringpowerclose,the liftgatewillreverseandreturntothefull openpositionimmediately.

NOTE:

If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed, the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

Thereisasmalldistanceimmediatelybefore theclosedpositionthatcannotbedetected.

Makesurethatallpassengerskeeptheir hands,etc.,clearfromtheliftgateopening beforeclosingtheliftgate.

Technical diagram showing front and rear views of a car with labeled components and a parking icon.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-21

③④ SPA2880

① Liftgateopenerswitch
② Powerliftgateswitch—Liftgate
③ Powerliftgateswitch—Instrument panel
④ Powerliftgatemainswitch

Middlestopfunction

Thepowerliftgatecanbesettostopata mid-openrange.Toactivatethesystem, performthefollowingprocedures.

1. Pressthepowerliftgatemainswitch totheONpositionontheinstrument panel. ④
2. Pushtheliftgate openerswitch ① to openorclosetheliftgate.

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

1. Pushliftgateopenerswitchagain. The liftgatewillstopatuserselected positionwhenliftgateisopeningor closing.
2. Theliftgate will fully open when the lift gate openerswitch ① is pressed again.
3. Theliftgate will fully close when the lift gates switch ② on the lower part of the lift gate is pressed.

Garagemodesystem

Thegaragemodesystemallowsthelift gatetoopentoauserselectedposition.To setthegaragemodesystem,performthe followingprocedures:

1. PuttheselectorleverintheP(Park) position.

2. Makesuretheliftgateisfullyclosed.
   3.Pressthepowerliftgatemainswitch totheONpositionontheinstrument panel. ④
   4.Pushtheliftgateopenerswitch ①.
   5.Movetheliftgatemanuallyoroperate thepowerliftgatefromthefullyclosed positiontotheuserselectedopen positionyouwanttosetthesystem.

3. Pushandholdthepowerliftgate switch ② onthelowerpartofthelift gatefor3secondstosettheuser selectedopenposition.Achimewill soundwhensettingissuccessful.

4. Fullyclosetheliftgate.

Theliftgatewillopenandstopattheuser selectedposition.

CAUTION

• Donotleanagainstapartiallyopened liftgate. Theliftgatemaycloseun-expectedlyandmayresultinpersonal injury.
• Ifthevehiclewasdrivenbyanother person, confirmthegaragemodefunctionbeforeopeningtheliftgateina locationwithlowclearance. Theliftgate canbedamagedifthepreviousdriver changedorcanceledthesetting.
• If the switch is pressed twice times quickly (1 second or less) when opening the lift gate from the fully closed position, the system may not recognize these second switch press. Thelift gate will continue to open. This is normal operation and does not indicate amal

function. However, this may result in minor personal injury if someone is behind the vehicle when these switch is activated, ordamagetheliftgate.

NOTE:

• To avoid damaging the lift gates system, donot manually for epithelift gateto open or close when the lift gate is moving. When manually operating the lift gate from the full close or full open position, donot use excessive force. Using excessive force may damage the system.
• Donotinstallaccessoriessuchasbike racksontotheliftgate. The additional weightoftheseaccessoriesmaycause theliftgatetooperateslowlyortonot opencompletely. This is an normal operation and does not indicate a malfunction. Theliftgate will operate normally when the accessory is removed.

• Iftheliftgateisopenedwhenthe vehicleisparkedonasteepslope,the liftgatemaynotopentotheexpected position.Thisisanormaloperation anddoesnotindicateamalfunction.

• If the automatic lift gate is operated continuously for approximately 180 seconds, the system automatically turn soft to prevent overheating. The lift gate cannot be opened using the switches. The system resets and operation return on normal after approximately 180 seconds. This is an normal operation and does not indicate a malfunction.

• Theliftgatemayautomaticallyreverse directioniftheliftgateisoperating andpassengersenter/exitthevehicle. Thisisanormaloperationanddoes notindicateamalfunction.
• Theliftgatemustbeoperatedmanually ifthebatteryisdisconnectedor discharged.
• Iftheliftgateisnotactivatedduetoa lowvoltage(lessthanapproximately 11V),operatetheliftgatewiththe engineerunning.

Manualmode

Ifpoweroperationisnotavailable,thelift gatecan be operatedmanually. Power operationmaynotbeavailableifmultiple obstacleshavebeendetectedinasingle powercycleorifthebatteryvoltageislow.

Whenthepowerliftgatemainswitchisin the OFFposition,the liftgatecan be openedmanuallybypushingtheliftgate openerswitch.Ifthepowerliftgateopener switchispushedduringpoweropenor close,thepoweroperationwillbecanceled andtheliftgatecanbeoperatedmanually.

AUTOCLOSURE

Iftheliftgateispulleddowntoapartly openposition,theliftgatewillpullitselfto theclosedposition.

Donotapplyexcessiveforcewhenthe autoclosureisoperating.Excessiveforce appliedmaycause themechanism to malfunction.

CAUTION

• The lift gate will automatically close fromapartlyopenposition.Toavoid pinching,keephandsandfingersaway fromliftgateopening.
• Donotletchildrenoperatetheliftgate.

FUEL-FILLERDOOR

graph TD
    A["A"] --> B["B"]
    B --> C["SPA2522"]

LIFTGATERELEASELEVER

Iftheliftgatecannotbeopenedwiththe doorlockswitchduetoadischarged battery,followthesesteps.

1. Removethecover Ⓐ insideofthelift gateusingasuitabletool.
   2.Movethelever openthelfitgate. Ⓑ asillustratedto

ContactanINFINITIretailerassoonas possibleforrepair.

Simple diagram with a square, arrow, and curved lines, no text or symbols present

OPENINGTHEFUEL-FILLERDOOR

Toopenthefuel-fillerdoor, unlock the fuel-fillerdoor by using one of the following operations, then push the left side of the door.

• Pushthedriver'sdoorhandlerequest switchwiththelntelligentKeycarried withyou.
• Pushthepassenger'sdoorhandle requestswitchorliftgaterequest switchtwicewiththeIntelligentKey carriedwithyou.

• PushtheUNLOCKbuttonontheIntelligentKey.

• Insertthemechanicalkeyintothedoor lockcylinderandturnittotherearof thevehicle.

• Pushthepowerdoorlockswitchtothe UNLOCKposition.

Tolock, closethefuel-fillerdoorsecurely andlockalldoorsbyoperatingthedoor handlerequestswitch, theLOCKbuttonon theIntelligentKey, themechanicalkeyor thepowerdoorlockswitch.

FUEL-FILLERCAP

WARNING

• Gasolineisextremelyflammable and highlyexplosiveunder certain conditions.Youcouldbeburnedorseriously injuredifitismisusedormishandled. Alwaysstopengineanddonotsmokeor allow open flames or sparks near the vehiclewhenrefueling.
• Donotattempttotopoffthefueltank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
• Use only an original equipment type fuel-fillercapasareplacement.Ithasa

built-insafetyvalveneededforproper operationofthefuelsystemandemissioncontrolsystem.Anincorrectcapcan resultinaseriousmalfunctionand possibleinjury.Itcouldalsocausethe malfunctionindicatorlighttocomeon.

●Neverpourfuelintothethrottlebodyto attempttostartyourvehicle.

- Donotfillaportablefuelcontainerin thevehicleortrailer.Staticelectricity cancauseanexplosionofflammable liquid,vapororgasinanyvehicleor trailer.Toreducetheriskofserious injuryordeathwhenfillingportablefuel containers:

— Alwaysplacethecontaineronthe groundwhenfilling.
— Donotuseelectronicdeviceswhen filling.
— Keepthepumpnozzleincontact withthecontainerwhileyouare fillingit.
— Useonlyapprovedportablefuel containersforflammableliquid.

CAUTION

• Iffuelisspilledonthevehiclebody, flushitawaywithwatertoavoidpaint damage.
• Insertthecapstraightintothefuel-filler tube, thentightenuntilasingleclickis heard. Failuretotightenthefuel-filler capproperlymaycausethe mal-functionindicatorlight(MIL)toillumi-
  nate.Ifthe lightilluminates becausethefuel-fillercapislooseor missing,tightenorinstallthecapand continuetodrivethevehicle.The lightshouldturnoffafterafewdriving trips.Ifthe lightdoesnotturnoff afterafewdrivingtrips,havethevehicle inspectedbyanINFINITretailer.

Foradditionalinformation,see"Mal-functionIndicatorLight(MIL)"(P.2-19).

●TheLOOSEFUELCAPwarningwillappear ifthefuel-fillercapisnotproperly tightened.Itmaytakeafewdriving tripsforthemessagetobedisplayed. Failuretotightenthefuel-fillercap properlyaftertheLOOSEFUELCAP warningappearsmaycausethe

MalfunctionIndicatorLight(MIL)to illuminate.

SPA2524

Toremovethefuel-fillercap:

1. Turnthefuel-fillercapcounterclockwise toremove.
2. Putthefuel-fillercaponthecapholder Ⓐ whilerefueling.

Toinstallthefuel-fillercap:

1. Insert the fuel-fillercap straight into the fuel-fillertube.
2. Turnthefuel-fillercapclockwiseuntila singleclickisheard.

WARNING LOOSE FUEL CAP EXIT RESET SPA2831

LOOSEFUELCAPwarning

TheLOOSEFUELCAPwarningappearson thedotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplaywhen thefuel-fillercapisnottightenedcorrectly afterthevehiclehasbeenrefueled.Itmay takeafewdrivingtripsforthemessageto bedisplayed.Toturnoffthewarning, performthefollowingsteps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-fillercapas soon as possible. (See "FUEL-FILLER CAP".)

2. Tightenthefuel-fillercapuntilasingingle clickisheard.

3. Pushtheresetswitch Ⓐ ontheright sideofthecombinationmeterforabout 1secondtoturnofftheLOOSEFUEL CAPwarningaftertighteningthefuel cap.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

TILT/TELESCOPICSTEERING

WARNING

• Donotadjustthesteeringwheelwhile driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
• Donotadjustthesteeringwheelany closertoyouthanisnecessaryfor propersteeringoperationandcomfort. Thedriver'sairbaginflateswithgreat force.Ifyouareunrestrained,leaning forward,sittingsidewaysoroutof positioninanyway,youareatgreater riskofinjuryordeathinacrash.You mayalsoreceiveseriosorfatalinjuries fromtheairbagifyouareupagainstit whenitinflates.Alwayssitbackagainst theseatbackandasfarawayaspractical fromthesteeringwheel.Alwaysusethe seatbelts.

① SPA2468

Diagram of a car steering wheel with directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

Entry/Exitfunctionoperation:

The automatic drive positionersystemwill makethesteeringwheelmoveupautomaticallywhenthedriver'sdoorisopened with the ignitionswitchintheLOCK position. Thisletsthedrivergetintoand outoftheseatmoreeasily.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-27

SUNVISORS

Formoreinformation,see"Automaticdrive positioner"(P.3-32).

graph TD
    A["Step ①: Rear Seat"] --> B["Step ②: Rear Seat"]
    B --> C["Step ③: Rear Seat"]

1. Toblockglarefromthefront, swing downthemainsunvisor ①.

2. Toblockglarefromtheside, remove themainsunvisorfromthecenter mountandswingthevisortotheside ②.

3.Slidethesunvisor needed. ③ inoroutas

3-28Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

MIRRORS

Diagram of a car wheel with bidirectional arrows indicating clockwise motion (no text or symbols)

INSIDEMIRROR

Adjusttheheightandtheangleofthe insidemirrortothedesiredposition.

SPA2422A

TypeA E A E D C SPA2450

TypeB

Automaticanti-glaretype

Theinsidemirrorisdesignedsothatit automaticallychangesreflectionaccording totheintensityoftheheadlightsofthe followingvehicle.

Theanti-glaresystemwillbeautomatically turnedonwhentheignitionswitchis pushedtotheONposition.

Whentheanti-glaresystemisturnedon, theindicatorlight Ⓐ willilluminate and excessiveglarefromtheheadlightsofthe vehiclebehindyouwillbereduced.

TypeA:Pushthe ⏻ switch Ⓑ tomakethe insiderearviewmirroroperatenormally andtheindicatorlightwillturnoff.Push the ⏻ switchagaintoturnthesystemon.

TypeB:Pushthe“○”switch Ⓒ tomake theinsiderearviewmirroroperatenormally.Theindicatorlightwillturnoff.Push the“I”switch Ⓓ toturnthesystemon.

Donotallowanyobjecttocoverthe sensors Ⓔ orapplyglasscleaneron them.Doingsowillreducethesensitivity ofthesensor,resultinginimproper operation.

Forthecompass(ifsoequipped)operation,see"Compass"(P.2-9).

FortheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver operation, see "HomeLink ^® Universal Transceiver"(P.2-66).

graph TD
    A["①"] --> B["②"]
    B --> C["③"]
    C --> D["④"]
    D --> A
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

OUTSIDEMIRRORS

WARNING

Objectsviewedintheoutsidemirroronthe passengersidearecloserthantheyappear. Becarefulwhenmovingtotheright. Using onlythismirrorcouldcauseanaccident. Usetheinsidemirrororglanceoveryour shouldertoproperlyjudgedistance to otherobjects.

Adjustingoutsidemirrors

Theoutsidemirrorcontrolswitchislocated atthelowerpartoftheinstrumentpanel.

Theoutsidemirrorwilloperateonlywhen theignitionswitchisintheACCorON position.

Movetheswitchright ① or left ② to selecttherightorleftsidemirror, then adjust ③ usingthecontrolswitch.

Defrostingoutsidemirrors

Theoutsidemirrorswillbeheatedwhen therearwindowdefrosterswitchisoperated.(See“Rearwindowandoutside mirrordefrosterswitch”(P.2-36).)

OPEN CLOSE ② ① SPA1732A

Foldableoutsidemirrors

CAUTION

• Donottouchthemirrorswhiletheyare moving.Yourhandmaybepinched,and themirrormaymalfunction.
• Donotdrivewiththemirrorsstored.You willbeunabletoseebehindthevehicle.
• Ifthemirrorswerefoldedorunfoldedby hand, thereisachancethatthemirror willmoveforwardorbackwardduring driving. Ifthemirrorswerefoldedor unfoldedbyhand, besuretoadjust

themagainelectricallybeforedriving.

Theoutsiderearviewmirrorremotecontrol operateswhentheignitionswitchisinthe "ACC" or "ON" position.

Tofoldtheoutsiderearviewmirrors, push theoutsiderearviewmirrorfoldingswitch tothe"CLOSE"position ①.Tounfold, pushtothe"OPEN"position ②. Ifmirrors are manually operated or bumped, themirrorbodycanbecome looseatthepivotpoint. Tocorrectelectronicmirroroperation, cyclemirrors by pushingthe"CLOSE"switchuntilclosed, thepush"OPEN"untilmirrorisintheopen position.

Reversetilt-downfeature(ifso equipped)

Whenbackingupthevehicle,therightor leftoutsidemirrorwillturndownward automaticallytoprovidebetterrearvisibility.

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position.
   2.MovetheselectorlevertotheR (Reverse)position.

2. Selecttherightor leftsidemirrorby operatingtheoutsidemirrorcontrol switch.

3. Theselectedoutsidemirrorsurface movesdownward.

Whenoneofthefollowingconditionshas occurred, theselectedoutsidemirrorsurfacewillreturntoitsoriginalposition.

• Theselectorleverismovedtoany positionotherthanR(Reverse).
• Theoutsidemirrorcontrolswitchisset tothecenterposition.
• TheignitionswitchispushedtotheOFF position.

Diagram of a car door handle with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

VANITYMIRROR

Tousethefrontvanitymirror,pulldown thesunvisorandpullupthecover.

AUTOMATICDRIVEPOSITIONER(ifso equipped)

Theautomaticdrivepositionersystemhas threefeatures:

-Entry/exitfunction
- Seatsynchronizationfunction
●Memorystorage

ENTRY/EXITFUNCTION

Thisystemisdesignedsothatthedriver's seatandsteeringcolumnwillautomaticallymovewhentheautomatictransmissionselectorleverisintheP(Park) position. Thisallowsthedrivertogetinto andoutofthedriver'sseatmoreeasily. Thedriver'sseatwillslidebackward and thesteeringwheelwillmoveupwhenthe driver'sdoorisopenedwiththeignition switchintheOFFposition.

The driver's seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when none of the following is operated:

• Whentheignitionswitchispushed to theACCpositionafterthedriver'sdoor isclosed.
• Whentheignitionswitchispushed to theONposition.

The driver's seat will not return to the previous positions if theseator steering adjusting switch is operated when theseat is at the exit position.

Canceloractivateentry/exitfunction

TheselectorlevermustbeintheP(Park) positionwiththeignitionswitchintheOFF position.

Theentry/exitfunctioncanbeactivatedor canceledbypressingandholdingtheSET switchformorethan10seconds.

The indicator lights on the memory switches(1 and 2) will blink once when the function is canceled, and the indicator light will blink twice when the function is activated. Not that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch. This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to astored memory position. Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry/exit function.

Theentry/exitfunctioncanalsobeeactivatedorcanceledifthe"LiftSteering WheelonExit"keyor"SlideDriverSeat BackonExit"keyisturnedtoONorOFFin the"Comfort"settings.(See"Vehicle informationandsettings"(P.4-9).)

Initializeentry/exitfunction

If the batterycable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, the entry / exit function will not work though this function was set on before. Ins such a case, after connecting the battery or replacing with anewfuse, open and closed the driver's doormorethant two times after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the LOCK position. The entry / exit function will be activated.

SET 1 2 SPA2525

SEATSYNCHRONIZATIONFUNCTION

Theseatsynchronizationfunctionautomaticallyadjuststhepositionsofthesteering wheelandoutsidemirrorswhenteseatis adjustedusingthepowerseatswitches. However, thesteeringwheelandoutside mirrorswillnotmoveiftheseatisadjusted overthemaximumthresholds. Thesystem considersthatthesteeringwheel and outside mirroradjustmentsarenotnecessary because theseatmaynotbeadjusted forthedrivingposition. Notethathe functionissettodisabledasthefactory defaultsetting.

Theseatsynchronizationfunctionoperates underthefollowingconditions:

●TheignitionswitchisintheONposition.
- TheselectorleverisintheP(Park) position.

Iftheoutsidemirrorsorthesteeringwheel reachesitsmaximumadjustment,the functionisautomaticallydisabled.Restart thefunctionbyselectingapreviously storedseat memoryposition using the memoryswitches(1or2).AnIntelligent Keythatwaspreviouslylinkedtothe storedseatmemorycanalsobeusedto restartthefunction.

Ifaseatpositionwasnotpreviouslystored intheseatmemory,restartthefunctionby adjustingthesteeringwheelandoutside mirrorsmanuallyforyourbestdriving positionandthendrivethevehicleabove 4MPH(7km/h).

Canceloractivateseatsynchronizationfunction

TheselectorlevermustbeintheP(Park) positionwiththeignitionswitchintheACC position.

Theseatsynchronizationfunctioncanbe activatedorcanceledbypushingand

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

holdingtheSETswitchformorethan10 secondswhiletheignitionswitchisinthe ACCposition.

The indicator lights on the memory switches (1 and 2) will blink once when the function is canceled, and the indicator light will blink twice when the function is activated. Not that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch. This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to astored memory position. Keep the SET switch pushed more than 10 second to turn on or off these seats synchronization function.

MEMORYSTORAGE

Twopositionsforthedriver'sseat, steering columnandoutsidemirrorscanbestored intheautomaticdrivepositionermemory. Followtheseprocedurestousethememorysystem.

1. MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position.
2. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position.
3. Adjustthedriver'sseat, steeringcolumnandoutsidemirrorstothedesired positionsbymanuallyoperatingeach
   3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

adjustingswitch. For additional information, see "Seatbelts" (P.1-11) and "Tilt/telescopicsteering" (P.3-27) and "Outsidemirrors" (P.3-30).

1. Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds, push thememory switch (1 or 2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.

If memory is stored in the same memory switch, the previous memory will be deleted.

LinkingIntelligentKeytoastored memoryposition

The Intelligent Keycan belinked to a stored memory position with the following procedure.

1. Followthestepsforstoringamemory position.
2. While the indicator light forthememory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds, push the button on the Intelligent Key. If the indicator light blinks, the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting.

PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition,andthenpushthe buttononthe IntelligentKey.Thedriver'sseat,steering wheelandoutsidemirrorswillmoveto the memorizedpositionortotheexitposition whentheentry/exitfunctionissetto active.

Confirmingmemorystorage

• PushtheignitionswitchtotheON positionandpushtheSETswitch.If themainmemoryhasnotbeenstored, the indicator light will come on for approximately0.5second.Whenthe memory hasstored inposition, the indicatorlightwillstayonforapproximately5seconds.
• If the batterycable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, thememory will be canceled. In this case, reset the desired position using the previous procedure.
• IfoptionallIntelligentKeysareaddedto yourvehicle,thememorystorageproceduretoswitch1or2andlinking IntelligentKeyproceduretoastored memorypositionsshouldbeperformed againforeachIntelligentKey. For additionalIntelligentKeyinformation, see"Keys"(P.3-2).

Selectingthememorizedposition

1. MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position.

2. Use one of the following method to movethedriver's seat, the outside mirrors and the steering wheel.

3. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position and pushthememory switch(1or2)fullyforatleast1 second.

4. Within45secondsofopeningthe driver'sdoor, pushthememory switch(1or2)fullyforatleast1 second.

Thedriver'sseat, steeringcolumn and outsidemirrorswillmovetothemem- orizedpositionortotheexitposition whentheentry/exitfunctionissetto activewiththeindicatorlightflashing, andthenthelightwillstayonfor approximately5seconds.

SYSTEMOPERATION

The automatic drive positionersystem will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions:

- Whenthevehiclespeedisabove4MPH (7km/h).

• When the headjustingswitch for the driver's seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating.
• Whenthememoryswitch1or2isnot pushedforatleast1second.
• Whentheseat,steeringcolumnand outsidemirrorshavealreadybeen movedtothememorizedposition.
• Whennopositionisstoredinthe memoryswitch.
• When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner.
• When the AT selector lever is moved from the P (Park) position to any other position. (However, it will not be canceled if these switch is pushed while these at and steering column are returning to the previous positions (entry/exit function).)
• Whenthedriver'sdoorremainsopen formorethan45secondsandthe ignitionswitchisnotintheONposition.
• Theseatsynchronizationfunctionis automaticallydisablediftheoutside mirrorsorsteeringwheelreachesits maximumadjustment.

- Theseatsynchronizationfunctionwill notoperateiftheseatisadjustedover oneofthefollowingmaximumthresholds:

—Seatsliding:3.0in(76mm)
—Seatbackreclining:9.1degrees
—Seatlifter(rearside):0.8in(20mm)

MEMO

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4Monitor,climate,audio,phoneandvoicerecognitionsystems

Safety note.... 4-3

Centermulti-functioncontrolpanel 4-3

HowtouseINFINITIcontroller 4-5

Howtousetouchscreen(modelswith

navigationsystem) 4-5

Menuoptions(modelswith

navigationsystem) 4-7

Howtoselectmenusonthescreen 4-8

Vehicleinformationandsettings 4-9

HowtouseSTATUSbutton 4-9

Howtousebrightnesscontrolanddisplay

ON/OFFbutton 4-9

HowtouseINFObutton 4-9

HowtouseSETTINGbutton 4-15

RearViewmonitor(modelswithout

navigation system) 4-24

Howtoreaddisplayedlines 4-25

Howtoparkwithpredictivecourselines .....4-26

Differencebetweenpredictive and

actualdistances 4-27

Predictivecourselinesettings ....4-29

Howtoadjustscreen 4-30

Operatingtips 4-30

AroundView ^TM Monitor(AVM)(modelswith

navigation system) 4-31

Howtoswitchthedisplay 4-33

Howtoseeeachview 4-34

Differencebetweenpredictive and

actualdistances 4-39

Cameraaidingcornersonarfunction .....4-40

MovingObjectDetection(MOD) 4-42

Howtoadjustthescreenview 4-44

Aroundviewmonitorsettings 4-45

Operatingtips 4-47

Ventilators 4-48

Automaticclimatecontrol 4-48

Automaticclimatecontrol 4-51

Operatingtips 4-53

In-cabinmicrofilter 4-54

Servicingclimatecontrol 4-54

Audio system 4-54

Audiooperationprecautions 4-54

FM-AM-SATradiowithCompactDisc

(CD) player.... 4-70

DVD(DigitalVersatileDisc)playeroperation

(modelswithnavigationsystem) 4-74

USBmemoryoperation 4-78

Bluetooth ^® streamingaudio(modelswith

navigationsystem) 4-83

iPod ^® playeroperation 4-87

CD/DVD/USBmemorycareandcleaning .....4-90

Steering-wheel-mountedcontrolsforaudio ....4-91

Antenna 4-92

CarphoneorCBradio 4-93

Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem

(modelswithnavigationsystem) 4-94

Regulatoryinformation 4-95

Voicecommands 4-95

Controlbuttons 4-96

Connectingprocedure 4-96

Phoneselection 4-97

Vehiclephonebook 4-97

Makingacall 4-99

Receivingacall 4-100

Duringacall 4-101

Phonesetting 4-102

Troubleshootingguide 4-103

Bluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystem

(modelswithoutnavigationsystem) .....4-104

Regulatoryinformation 4-105

Controlbuttons 4-106

VoiceRecognitionSystem 4-106

Pairingprocedure 4-111

Phonebookregistration 4-112

Makingacall 4-113

Receivingacall 4-113

Duringacall 4-113

Phoneoperation 4-114

Speakeradaptationmode 4-117

INFINITIVoiceRecognitionSystem(modelswith

navigationsystem) 4-119

INFINITIVoiceRecognition

StandardMode 4-119

Usingthesystem 4-122

INFINITIVoiceRecognitionAlternate

CommandMode 4-131

Usingthesystem 4-140

Troubleshootingguide 4-146

SAFETYNOTE

WARNING

• Donotdisassembleormodifythis system.Ifyoudo,itmayresultin accidents,fire,orelectricshock.
• Donotusethissystemifyounoticeany abnormality,suchasafrozenscreenor lackofsound.Continueduseofthe systemmayresultinaccident,fireor electricshock.
• Incaseyounoticeanyforeignobjectin thesystemhardware,spillliquidonit, ornoticesmokeorsmellcomingfromit, stopusingthesystemimmediately and contactyournearestINFINITIretailer. Ignoringsuchconditionsmayleadto accidents,fire,orelectricshock.
• Parkthevehicleinasafelocationand applytheparkingbraketoviewthe imagesonthefrontcenterdisplay screen.

Donotattempttooperatethesystemin extremetemperatureconditions[below -4°F (-20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)]. Operatingthissystemunderthesecondi- tionsmayresultinsystemmalfunctions.

CENTERMULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROLPANEL

1 2 3 4 5 CAMERA DEST STATUS + ZOOM OUT ROUTE INFO OFF ZOOM IN MAP ENTER SETTING - AM+FM SAT+ DISC AUX BACK VOICE 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

SAA1836

Modelswithnavigationsystem

1. "CAMERA"AroundViewMonitordisplaybutton(P.4-31)
   2,6,7,10,11. Fornavigationsystemcontrolbuttons (RefertotheseparateNavigation SystemOwner'sManual.)

3.INFINITIcontroller(P.4-5)

1. "STATUS" status display button (P.4-9)

5." OFF" brightnesscontrol and displayON/OFFbutton(P.4-9)

1. "AM-FM-SAT" band selector button (P.4-54)

2. "DISC·AUX" selectorbutton(P.4-54)

3. "INFO" vehicle and navigation information button (P.4-9)

4. "SETTING" button(P.4-15)

1 2 3 4 5 RADIO AM+FM AUX ENTER OFF INFO DISC SETTING STATUS BACK BACK 6 7 8

SAA1524

① ② ③ ④ EWEA ⑤ BACK VOICE

SAA1541

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

1."AUX"button(P.4-54)

1. "RADIOAM-FM" bandselectorbutton (P.4-54)

3.INFINITIcontroller(P.4-5)

4." OFF" brightnesscontrol and displayON/OFFbutton(P.4-9)

1. "INFO" vehicleinformationbutton (P.4-9)

6."DISC"selectorbutton(P.4-54)

1. "STATUS" status display button (P.4-9)

2. "SETTING" button(P.4-15)

Whenyouusethissystem,makesurethe engineisrunning.

4-4Monitor,climate,audio,phoneandvoicerecognitionsystems

Ifyouusethesystemwiththeenginenot running(ignitionONorACC)foralong time,itwilluseupallthebatterypower, andtheenginewillnotstart.

Modelswithnavigationsystem

① ② GATEX ③ BACK ④ SAA1508

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Chooseanitemonthedisplayusingthe maindirectionalbuttons ② (oradditional directionalbuttons ⑥ modelswithnavigationsystem)orcenterdial ③,andpush theENTERbutton ① foroperation.

IfyoupushtheBACKbutton ④ before the setupiscompleted,thesetupwillbe canceled/orthedisplaywillreturn to thepreviousscreen.Thisbuttoncanalso beusedtodeletecharactersthathave beeninput.

Afterthesetupiscompleted, pushthe BACKbutton ④ and return to the previous screen.

FortheVOICEbutton ⑤ functions, refer to theseparateNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.

HOWTOUSETOUCHSCREEN (modelswithnavigationsystem)

CAUTION

- Theglassscreenontheliquidcrystal displaymaybreakifitishitwithahard orsharpobject.Iftheglassscreen breaks, donottouchit.Doingsocould

resultinaninjury.

- Tocleanthedisplay, useasoft, dry cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, useasmallamountofneutraldetergent withasoftcloth. Never usearough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinnerorany kind of solvent or papertowel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratchordeterioratethepanel.

- Donotsplashanyliquidsuchaswater orcarfragranceonthedisplay.Contact withliquidwillcausethesystemto malfunction.

Toensuresafedriving, somefunctions cannotbeoperatedwhiledriving.

Theon-screenfunctionsthatarenot availablewhiledrivingwillbe"grayed out"ormuted.

Parkthevehicleinasafelocationandthen operatethenavigationsystem.

WARNING

- ALWAYSgiveyourfullattentionto driving.

●Avoidusingvehiclefeaturesthatcould

distractyou.Ifdistracted,youcouldlose controlofyourvehicleandcausean accident.

Settings Navigation Audio Phone Bluetooth Volume & Beeps Display Clock Others ② SAA2473

Example

Touchscreenoperation

Withthissystem,thesameoperationsas thosefortheINFINITcontrollerarepossibleusingthetouchscreenoperation.

Selectingtheitem:

Touchanitemtoselectit.Toselectthe "Audio" settings, touch the "Audio" area ① onthescreen.

TouchtheBACK ② buttonotreturntothe previousscreen.

Settings ▶ Volume & Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback 1/7 SAA2474

Example

Adjustinganitem:

Touchthe+ ① or- ② buttontoadjust thesettings.

Touchthe Ⓧ ③ or ⏰ ④ buttonto movetothepreviousornnextitem.

Touchthe ⑤ or ⑥ buttonto movetothepreviousornextpage.

Phone ▶ Phonebook 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O ① Q R S T U V W X Y Z ' - & _ Delete Symbols Space Lowercase OK SAA2475

Example

Inputtingcharacters:

Touchtheletterornumber ①.

Therearesomeoptionsavailablewhen inputtingcharacters.

•Uppercase:

Showsuppercasecharacters.

- Lowercase:

Showslowercasecharacters.

Symbols:

Showssymbolssuchasthequestion mark(?).

•Space:

Insertsaspace.

Delete:

Delete the last character that has been input with one touch. Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters.

•OK:

Completescharacterinputs.

Touchscreenmaintenance

If you clean the displays screen, use a dry, soft cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth. Neverspray the screen with water or detergent. Dampenthe cloth first, and then wipe the screen.

COLINCE ENTER - + - SAA2143

MENUOPTIONS(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Thestartmenucanbedisplayedusingthe menucontrolswitchonthesteering-wheel-mountedcontrols.

1. While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed, push and hold them menu control switch until the "Menu Options" screen appears.
2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down, and then push themenu control switch to select it.

Menu Options Destination Route Info Settings 1/4 SAA2476

Availableitems

Destination/Route:

Theseitemsareforthenavigationsystem. SeetheseparateNavigationSystemOwner'sManualfordetails.

Info:

Displays the information screen. It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button.

Settings:

Displaysthesettingsscreen.Itisthesame screenthatappearswhenyoupushthe SETTINGbutton.

Settings ▶ Comfort Auto Interior Illumination Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay 0 sec Speed Sensing Wiper Interval ON Selective Door Unlock ON 3/7 Adjust head lamp on time after shut-off 5 4 SAA2477

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Settings > Comfort Auto Interior Illumination ON Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay 45s + Speed Sensing Wiper Interval ON Selective Door Unlock ON 1/9 DOWN Cabin lighting when unlocking doors JVH0179M

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Showstheoptionstochoosewithin thatmenuscreen.

3.UP/DOWNMovementindicator:

ShowsthattheINFINITIcontrollermay beusedtomoveUP/DOWNonthe screenandselectmoreoptions.

1. MenultemsCounter:

Showsthetotalnumberofitemslisted acrossallpagesforthecurrentmenu.

1. Footer/InformationLine:

Providesmoreinformation(ifavailable)

aboutthemenuselectioncurrently highlighted.

4-8Monitor,climate,audio,phoneandvoicerecognitionsystems

VEHICLEINFORMATIONANDSETTINGS

HOWTOUSESTATUSBUTTON

Youcancheckinformationrelatedtothe audio,climatecontrolsystem,fuelconsumptionandnavigationsystem(ifso equipped)bypassingtheSTATUSbutton repeatedly.

HOWTOUSEBRIGHTNESSCONTROLANDDISPLAY/OFFBUTTON

Pushthe“ * / OFF”buttontoswitchthe displaybrightnesstothedaytimemodeor thenighttimemode, andtoadjustthe displaybrightnessusingtheINFINITlcontrollerwhiletheindicatorisdisplayedat thebottomofthescreen.

Pushandholdthe“ 🚙️/ OFF”buttonfor morethan2secondstoturnthedisplay off.Pushthebuttonagaintoturnthe displayon.

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Thedisplaybrightnesscanalsobead- justedusingthebrightnessUPbutton(+) orbrightnessDOWNbutton(-).

HOWTOUSEINFOBUTTON

Thedisplayscreenshowsvehicleand navigation(ifsoequipped)information foryourconvenience.

Theinformationshownonthescreen shouldbeaguidetodeterminethe conditionofthevehicle.Seethefollowing fordetails.

graph TD
    A["Fuel Economy"] --> B["Tire Pressure"]
    B --> C["Maintenance"]
    C --> D["Where am I?"]
    E["Traffic Info"] --> F["Weather Info"]
    F --> G["Map Update"]
    G --> H["Others"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

Modelswithnavigationsystem

graph TD
    A["Information"] --> B["Fuel Economy"]
    B --> C["Tire Pressure"]
    C --> D["Maintenance"]
    D --> E["Feedback Loop"]
    E --> F["SAA2145"]

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems4-9

Vehicleinformationdisplay

1. PushtheINFObuttononthecontrol panel.
2. SelectanitemfromtheINFOmenu.
3. Afterviewingoradjustingtheinformationonthefollowingscreens, pushtheBACKbuttontoreturntotheINFO menu.

SeetheseparateNavigationSystemOwner'sManualforthefollowingitems:

• Whereaml?
• TrafficInfo
  -WeatherInfo
  -MapUpdate
  ●NavigationVersion

Information ► Fuel Economy Distance to Empty **** mile Avg Fuel Econ 26.0 MPG Fuel Econ 32 MPG 10 10 0 Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Eco History SAA2479

Information > Fuel Economy Distance to Empty 34 miles Average Fuel Economy 0 10 20 30mpa Reset Fuel Economy 30 Fuel Economy 0 10 20 30mpa Reset Fuel Economy 20 Fuel Eco History View 10 0 MPa JVH0180M

Modelswithnavigationsystem
Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

4-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

FuelEconomyinformation

Theapproximatedistancetoempty, averagefueleconomyandcurrentfueleconomywillbedisplayedforreference.

Toresettheaveragefueleconomy(Avg FuelEcon),selectthe"ResetFuelEco"or "Reset"key.

If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key is selected, the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between "US" and "Metric". (See "Howtouse SETTING button" (P.4-15).)

Thefueleconomyinformationmaydiffer fromtheinformationdisplayonthedot matrixliquidcrystaldisplay.Thisisdueto thetimingdifferenceinupdatingthe informationanddoesnotindicateamal-function.

graph TD
    A["Front L\n*** psi"] --> B["Car"]
    C["Rear L\n*** psi"] --> B
    D["Front R\n*** psi"] --> B
    E["Rear R\n*** psi"] --> B
    F["Select Units"] --> B

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Information > Tire Pressure Front Left ★★★ psi Front Right ★★★ psi Rear Left ★★★ psi Rear Right ★★★ psi JVH0249X

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

TIREPRESSUREinformation

WARNING

- Whenasparetireismountedorawheel isreplaced, tire pressurewillnot be indicated, the TPMSwillnotfunction andthelowtirepressurewarninglight willflashforapproximately1minute. Thelightwillremainonafter1minute. ContactyourINFINITretailerassoonas possiblefortire replacementand/or systemresetting.

●Replacing tires with thosenotoriginally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

The tire pressure will be displayed for reference.

The pressure indication “***kPa” or “*** psi” on the screen means that the pressure is being measured. After a few driving trips, the pressure foreachtire will be displayed.

The unit can be converted in the LANGUAGE &UNITSsettingsdisplay. (See "Howtouse SETTINGbutton"(P.4-15)fordetails.)

Tochangethemeasurementunits,select

the"SelectUnits"key(modelswithnavigationsystem)withtheINFINITIcontroller andpushtheENTERbutton.

Incaseoflowtirepressure,LOWPRES-SUREinformationwillbedisplayedonthe screen.Checkthepressureofalltires.

Tirepressurerisesandfallsdependingon theheatcausedbythevehicle'straveling conditionandthetemperature.

Aftertirerotationisperformed, tirepressurewillnotbedisplayedintheactualtire position. Drivethevehicleatover40km/h (25MPH)forapproximately10minutesto resetthedisplay.

FormoredetailsabouttheTirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS),see“TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)”(P.5-4).

Information > Maintenance Engine Oil Oil Filter Tire Other Reminder 1/4 0 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2481

Information ► Engine Oil Interval - 3000 miles + Reminder ON Reset Distance 1/3 0 6000 12000 18000 0 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2482

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Information > Maintenance Engine Oil Oil Filter Tire Other Reminder 0 6000 12000 18000 miles JVH0183M

Information > Engine Oil Reset Distance Interval 0 mile + Reminder ON 0 6000 12000 18000 0 6000 12000 18000 miles JVH0184M

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

4-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

Maintenanceinformation

button"(P.4-15).)

Themaintenanceintervalscanbedisplayedfortheengineoil,oilfilter,tire andotherreminders.

Tosetamaintenanceinterval, selecta preferreditemfromthelist.

Youcanalsosettodisplayamessageto remindyouthatthemaintenanceneedsto beperformed.

The following examples show what to set the engine oil maintenance information. Use the same step to set the other maintenance information.

1. Settheinterval(mileage)ofthemain- tenanceschedule.Todeterminethe recommendedmaintenanceinterval, refertoyour“INFINITIServiceand MaintenanceGuide”.

2. Todisplaythereminderautomatically whenthedesireddistanceisreached, selectthe"Reminder"key.

3. Resetthedrivingdistancetothenew maintenanceschedule.

4. Toreturntothepreviousscreen, push theBACKbutton.

The unit can be converted between "US" and "Metric". (See "HowtouseSETTING

Maintenance Engine Oil Maintenance due for: Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting. OK SAA3003

Example

TheReminderwillbeautomaticallydis- playedwhenthespecifieddistancehas beendrivenandeverytimetheignition switchispushedtotheACCorONposition. Thereminderwillnotappearwhiledriving.

Selectthe"OK"keytohidethereminder fortherestofthecurrentdrive.

Tostophereminderfromappearing, performoneofthefollowingactions:

• Select the "Reset Distance".
• Deactivate the "Reminder".
• Increase the "Interval" distance to be more than the current distance being tracked.

Information > Others Navigation Version GPS Position Voice Recognition 1/3 Shows navigation software version SAA3145

GPSPosition:

Forthedetailsofthisitem,seethe separateNavigationSystemOwner'sManual.

VoiceRecognition:

Forthedetailsofthisitem,see“INFINITI VoiceRecognitionSystem(modelswith navigationsystem)”(P.4-119).

graph TD
    A["Settings"] --> B["Navigation"]
    A --> C["Audio"]
    A --> D["Phone"]
    A --> E["Bluetooth"]
    A --> F["Volume & Beeps"]
    A --> G["Display"]
    A --> H["Clock"]
    A --> I["Others"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

Othersinformation(modelswith navigationsystem)

The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the "Others" key.

NavigationVersion:

Forthedetailsofthisitem,seethe separateNavigationSystemOwner'sManual.

Whentheignitionswitchisintheignition position,the"NavigationVersion"keyis displayedafterpushingtheINFObutton.

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Settings Audio Display Button Beeps Camera Language SAA2604

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

4-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

HOWTOUSESETTINGBUTTON

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen theSETTINGbuttonispushed.

Designsanditemsdisplayedonthescreen may vary depending on themodels.

Fornavigationsettings, refertotheseparateNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.

Settings ▶ Audio Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol. 1/7 SAA2485

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Settings > Audio Up Bass - + . Treble - + . Balance L R Fader R F Driver's Audio Stage ON 1/8 Down SAA2618

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Audiosettings

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselecting the"Audio"key.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:

Toadjustthespeakertonequality and sound balance, select the "Bass", "Treble", "Balance" or "Fade" key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.

Theseitemscanalsobeadjustedby pushingandturningtheAUDIOknob.

SpeedSensitiveVol.:

The audiosystem's volume is increased with the vehicles speed. Select the "Speed Sensitive Vol." and adjust the effect level with the INFINIT controller. The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF. Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicles speed.

Driver'sAudioStage(ifsoequipped):

WhenthisfeatureisturnedtoON,better soundwillbeprovidedtothedriver's position.Thedrivercanenjoyamorecrisp andclearsoundthatisspecializedforthe driver'sposition.Theeffectofthisfeature dependsonthetypeofmusicthatis

played.Forsomemusic,itmaybedifficult torealizetheeffectofthisfeature.

DivX® RegistrationCode(modelswith navigationsystem):

Theregistrationcodeforadevicethatis usedtodownloadDivX ^ fileswillbe displayedonthescreen.Ifadiscisloaded oraUSBmemoryisconnectedtotheaudio system,thisfunctionwillnotbeactivated.

DisplayAlbumCoverArt(modelswith navigationsystem):

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,thealbum coverimageisdisplayedwhenplaying compressedmusicfilesthroughaCD,DVD orUSBdevice.Whentheimageisnot properlyembeddedinthefileordevice, theimagewillnotbedisplayed.

Phonesettings(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Fordetailsofthe"Phone"settings,see "Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem (modelswithnavigationsystem)"(P.4-94).

Bluetoothsettings(modelswith navigationsystem)

Fordetailsofthe"Bluetooth"settings,see "Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem

(modelswithnavigationsystem)"(P.4-94).

Settings ▶ Volume & Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call 1/7 Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2554

VolumeandBeepssettings(models withnavigationsystem)

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbutton,selectingthe"Volume&Beeps"key.

AudioVolume:

Toincreaseordecreasetheaudiovolume, selectthe"AudioVolume" and adjustit with the INFINITI controller. You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob.

4-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

GuidanceVolume:

Toadjusttheguidancevoicevolume,select the"GuidanceVolume"andadjustitwith theINFINITIcontroller.

Youcanalsoadjusttheguidancevoice volumebyturningtheVOLUMEcontrol knobwhilevoiceguidanceisbeingannounced.

Ringtone/IncomingCall/OutgoingCall:

Forthedetailsoftheseitems,see"Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem(models withnavigationsystem")(P.4-94).

SwitchBeeps:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youwill hearabeepsoundwhenyouuseabutton.

GuidanceVoice:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON, you will hear voice guidance in thenavigation operation or in other operations.

NOTE:

Whenthevoiceguidanceisbeingannouncedduringaudioplayback,turning thevolumeknobdoesnotadjustthe musiclevel;itadjuststheguidance volumelevel.Ifvoiceguidanceisnot beingheard,pleasechecktheGuidance Volumelevel.

Settings > Switch Beeps Switch Beeps ON JVH0176M

SwitchBeepssettings(models withoutnavigationsystem)

The "SwitchBeeps" screenwillappear whenpushingtheSETTINGbutton,selectingthe "SwitchBeeps" keywiththe INFINITcontrollerandpushingtheENTER button.

SwitchBeeps:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youwill hearabeepsoundwhenyouuseabutton.

Settings ▶ Display Display Adjustment Color Theme Black 1/2 SAA2486

Displaysettings(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselecting the"Display"key.

DisplayAdjustment:

Toadjustthedisplaysettings,selectthe "DisplayAdjustment"key.Thefollowing settingsareavailable.

- Display

Toturnoffthescreen, pushtheENTER buttonandturnthe"Display"indicatoroff. Theothermethodistopushandholdthe "✿/ OFF"buttonformorethan2seconds.

When anymodebutton is pushed with the screenoff, the screenturnson for further operation. Thescreenwillturnoff automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished.

Toturnonthescreen,setthisitemtothe ONposition,orpushandholdthe" OFF"button.

- Brightness/Contrast/BackgroundColor Toadjustthebrightnessandcontrastof thescreen,selectthe"Brightness"or "Contrast"key.

Youcanthenadjustthebrightness and contrastusingtheINFINITIcontroller. Forinformationonthe"BackgroundColor" key, refertotheseparateNavigation SystemOwner'sManual.

ColorTheme:

Choosethethemecolorofthemenu screen.

Settings > Display (Auto Day) Display ON Brightness Contrast Background Color SAA2115

DISPLAYsettings(modelswithout navigationsystem)

The "Display" screenwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbutton,selecting "Display" keywiththeINFINITIcontroller andpushingtheENTERbutton.

Display:

Toturnoffthescreen, pushtheENTER buttonandturnthe"ON"indicatoroff.

When anymodebutton is pushed with the screenoff, the screenturnson for further operation. Thescreenwillturnoff automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished.

Toturnonthescreen, setthisitemtothe "ON" positionorpushthe "OFF" button.

Brightness/Contrast/BackgroundColor:

Toadjustthebrightness,contrastand backgroundcolorofthescreen,selectthe appropriate "Brightness", "Contrast" or "BackgroundColor"keyandpushthe ENTERbutton.

Youcanthenadjustthebrightness and contrastusingtheINFINITIcontroller. Switchthebackgroundcolortotheday-timemodeorthenighttimemodeby pushingtheENTERbutton.

Settings ▶ Clock ON-screen Clock ON Clock Format (24h) ON Offset (hour) 0 hr Offset (min) 0 min Daylight Savings Time ON Time Zone Eastern 1/6 SAA2487

Clocksettings(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselecting the"Others"key,andthenselectingthe "Clock"key.

Theclocksettingsdisplaycannotbe operatedwhiledriving.Stopthevehicle inasafeplaceandapplytheparkingbrake beforesettingtheclock.

On-screenClock:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,aclockis alwaysdisplayedintheupperrightcorner ofthescreen.

Thisclockwillindicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system (model with navigation system).

ClockFormat(24h):

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,the24-hourclockisdisplayed.Whenthisitemis notturnedtoON,the12-hourclockis displayed.

Offset(hour)/(min):

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute.

DaylightSavingTime:

TurnthisitemtoONfordaylightsaving timeapplication.

TimeZone:

Choosethetimezonefromthefollowing

●Pacific

●Mountain

- Central

- Eastern

- Atlantic

●Newfoundland

●Hawaii

•Alaska

CAMERAsettings

The "CAMERA" screenwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbutton,selectingthe "Camera" keywiththeINFINITIcontroller andpushingtheENTERbutton.

Forthedetailsaboutthecamerasystem operation,see“RearViewmonitor(models withoutnavigationsystem)”(P.4-24)or “AroundView ^TM Monitor(AVM)(models withnavigationsystem)”(P.4-31).

DriverAssistancesettings(ifso equipped)

Forthedetailsofthe"DriverAssistance" settings,seethefollowingitems:

●“LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)system”(P.5-24).

- "DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system" (P.5-54).

Settings ▶ Others Comfort Language & Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer 1/4 Adjust comfort & convenience settings SAA2489

Example

Otherssettings(modelswithnavigationsystem)

TheOtherssettingsdisplaywillappear whenpushingtheSETTINGbuttonand selectingthe"Others"key.

The following items are available:

• Comfort
• Clock
  ●Language&Units
  ●VoiceRecognition
• Camera
  -ImageViewer

Settings ▶ Comfort Auto Interior Illumination ○ ON Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay 180 sec Speed Sensing Wiper Interval ○ ON Selective Door Unlock ○ ON Cabin lighting when unlocking doors 1/7 SAA2488

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Comfortsettings

Thedisplayillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbutton,selectingthe

"Others"keyandthenselectingthe "Comfort"key.Thiskeydoesnotappe onthedisplayuntiltheignitionswitchi pushedtotheONposition.

Settings > Comfort Auto Interior Illumination ○ ON Light: Sensitivity ○ Light: Off Delay ○ 45s + Speed Sensing W/per Interval ○ ON Selective Door Unlock ○ ON 1/9 DOWN JVH0292M

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Thedisplayillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselecting the"Comfort"key. Thiskeydoesnot appearonthedisplayuntiltheignition switchispushedtotheONposition.

AutoInteriorIllumination:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,theinterior lightswillilluminateifanydoorisun- locked.

LightSensitivity:

Adjustthesensitivityoftheautomatic headlightshigher(right)orlower(left).

LiftSteeringWheelonExit(ifso equipped):

Whenthisitemisturnedon, thesteering wheelmovesupwardforeasyexitifthe ignitionswitchisintheLOCKpositionand thedriver'sdoorisopened. Aftergetting intothevehicleandpushingtheignition switchtotheACCposition, thesteering wheelmovestothepreviousposition.

SlideDriverSeatBackonExit(ifso equipped):

Whenthisitemisturnedon,thedriver's seatmovesbackwardforeasyexitifthe ignitionswitchisintheOFFpositionand thedriver'sdoorisopened.Aftergetting intothevehicleandpushingtheignition switchtotheACCposition,thedriver'sseat movestothepreviousposition.

LightOffDelay:

Choosethedurationoftheautomatic headlightofftimerfrom0,30,45,60,90,120,150and180secondperiods.

SpeedSensingWiperInterval(ifso equipped):

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,thewiper intervalisadjustedautomaticallyaccordingtothevehiclespeed.

SelectiveDoorUnlock:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,onlythe driver'sdoorisunlockedfirstafterthedoor unlockoperation.Whenthedorhandle requestswitchonthedriver'sorfront passenger'ssidedoorispushedtobe unlocked,onlythecorrespondingdooris unlockedfirst.Allthedoorscan be unlockedifthedoorunlockoperationis performedagainwithin60seconds.

WhenthisitemisturnedtoOFF, allthe doorswillbeunlockedafterthedoor unlockoperationisperformedonce.

IntelligentKeyLock/Unlock:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,doorlock/unlockfunctionbypushingthedoorhandlerequestswitchwillbeactivated.

ReturnAllSettingstoDefault:

Selectthisitemandthenselect"YES" to returnallsettingstothedefault.

Settings ► Language & Units BACK Select Language English Select Units US Select Units (Tire pressure) psi 1/3 SAA3007

Modelswithnavigationsystem

Language&Unitssettings

Thedisplayillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbutton,selectingthe "Others"keyandthenselectingthe "Language&Units"key.

Settings > Language & Units Select Language Select Units Select Units (Tire Pressure) JVH0252X

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Thedisplayillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselecting the"Language&Units"key.

SelectLanguage:

Selectthe“SelectLanguage”key.Choose “English”, “Français” or “Español” for your favoritedisplayappearance.

If you select the "Français" key, the French language will be displayed, so please use the French Owner's Manual. To obtain a French Owner's Manual, see "Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information" (P.9-32).

SelectUnits:

Select the "Select Units" key. Choose "US" (Mile, °F, MPG) or "Metric" (km, °C, L/100 km)foryourfavoritedisplayappearance.

SelectUnits(TirePressure):

Choosethe"SelectUnits(TirePressure)" keyandpushtheENTERbutton.Fromthe following display, select "kPa" or "psi".

*WhentheignitionswitchisintheACC position,the"SelectUnits(TirePressure)" keyisnotdisplayed.

VoiceRecognitionsettings(models withnavigationsystem)

Fordetailsaboutthe"VoiceRecognition" settings, see "INFINITIVoiceRecognition System(modelswithnavigationsystem)" (P.4-119).

Settings • Image Viewer 1 Image_1.jpg 2 Image_2.jpg 3 Image_3.jpg 4 Image_4.jpg 5 Image_5.jpg 6 Image_6.jpg 1/8 BACK Full Screen Display SAA2491

ImageViewer(modelswithnavigationsystem)

The imagefilesintheUSBmemorywillbe displayed. TodisplaythImageViewer, pushtheSETTINGbutton, selectthe "Other" keyandthenselectthe "Image Viewer" key. The imageoftheselectedfile is displayed on the right side of the screen.

When anumberoffolders are included in the USB memory, select a folder from the list to display the file list.

Imageswillnotbeshownonthedisplay whilethevehicleisinanydrivepositionto reducedriverdistraction.Toviewimages,

4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

stopthevehicleinasafelocationand applytheparkingbrake.

BACK ▶ ■ ▶ ▶ Settings SAA2492

FullScreenDisplay:

Thefullscreendisplaywillappearwhen selectingthe"FullScreenDisplay"key.

TooperatetheImageViewerortochange thesettings, selectthedesiredkeyusing theINFINITIcontroller.

• ▶ (Start)
Selectthe“ ▶”keytostartplaying theslideshow.
- (Stop)
Selectthe" ■ "keytostopthe slideshow.
• Next
Selectthe“ □”keytodisplaythenext

file.

• M (Previous)

Selectthe“ ”keytodisplaythe previousfile.

SettingthelmageViewer:

TheImageViewersettingdisplaywill appearwhenselectingthe"Settings"key onthefullscreendisplay.Thefollowing settingsareavailableforthefullscreen display.

- SlideshowSpeed

Selectthe“SlideshowSpeed”key. From the following display, select the changing time from 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds or “NoAutoChange”.

- SlideshowOrder

Selectthe“SlideshowOrder”key.From thefollowingdisplay,select“Random” or “Order List”. For “Order List”, the imageorderistheorderofthefilesas storedontheUSBmemory.

Operatingtips:

- Onlyfilesthatmeetthefollowing conditionswillbedisplayed.

—Imagetype:JPEG

—FileExtensions:*.jpg,*jpeg

REARVIEWMONITOR(modelswithout navigationsystem)

—MaximumResolution:2048 × 1536 pixels
—MaximumSize:2-MB
—Colors:32768(15-bit)
—MaximumFileNamelengths:253-Bytes
—MaximumFolders:500
—MaximumImagesperFolder:1024

• Ifanelectronic device(suchasadigital camera)isdirectlyconnectedtothe vehicleusingaUSBcable,noimage willbedisplayedonthescreen.
• If the filename is istoolong, some file names may not be entirely displayed.
• Whenthetotalnumberofcharactersin thefilenameexceeds100orif1file nameinadirectoryexceeds100 characters,allfileswillshowashortened8-characterversion.Theimage willstillbedisplayedwhenselected.

Thesystemisdesignedasanaidtothe driverinsituationssuchasslotparkingor paralleelparking.

WhentheselectorleverisshiftedintotheR (Reverse)position,themonitordisplay showstheviewtotherearofthevehicle.

WARNING

●TheRearViewcameraisaconvenience butitisnotasubstitutetocheckbehind thevehiclewhenbackingup.
- The driver is always responsible for safetyduringparking andother maneuvers.
- ObjectsviewedintheRearViewMonitor differfromactualdistancebecausea wide-anglelensisused.
- ObjectsintheRearView Monitorwill appearvisuallyoppositelikeones viewedintheinsideandoutsidemirrors.
- Make sure that the lift gate is securely closed when backing up.
●Underneaththebumperandthecorner areasofthebumpercannotbeviewedon the rearviewmonitorbecause of its monitoringrangelimitation.

• Donotputanythingontherearview camera.Therearviewcameraisinstalled abovethelicenseplate.
• When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, besurenottospray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, malfunction, fireoranelectric shock.
• Donotstrikethecamera.Itisaprecision instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

CAUTION

Donot scratchthecamera lenswhen cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

①②③④ ⑤⑥ A SAA1896

HOWTOREADDISPLAYEDLINES

Guidinglineswhichindicatethevehicle widthanddistanceoobjectswithreferencetothebumperline Ⓐ aredisplayonthemonitor.

Distanceguidelines:

Indicated distances from the bumper.

●Redline ①:approx.1.5ft(0.5m)

●Yellowline ②:approx.3ft(1m)

●Greenline ③:approx.7ft(2m)

●Greenline ④:approx.10ft(3m)

Vehiclewidthguidelines ⑤:

Indicatethevehiclewidthwhenbacking

up.

Predictivecourselines ⑥:

Indicatethepredictivecoursewhenbackingup.Thepredictivecourselineswillbe displayedonthemonitorwhentheselector leverisintheR(Reverse)positionandthe steeringwheelisturned.Thepredictive courselineswillmoveddependingonhow muchthesteeringwheelisturnedandwill notbedisplayedwhilethesteeringwheel isintheneutralposition.

Thevehiclewidthguidelinesandthewidth ofthepredictivecourselinesarewider thantheactualwidthandcourse.

WARNING

• Alwaysturnandcheckthatitissafeto parkyourcarbeforebackingup.Always backupslowly.
• If the tires are replaced with different sizes, the predictive course line may not be displayed correctly.

• Onasnow-coveredorslipperyroad, theremaybeadifferencebetweenthe predictivecourselineandtheactual courseline.

• Thedisplayedlineswillappearslightly offtotherightbecausetherearview camerasisnotinstalledintherearcenter ofthevehicle.

• Thedistanceguidelineandthevehicle widthguidelineshouldbeusedasa referenceonlywhenthevehicleisona levelpavedsurface. Thedistanceviewed onthemonitorisforreferenceonly and maybedifferentthantheactualdistance betweenthevehicleanddisplayedobjects.
• Whenbackingupthevehicleupahill, objectsviewedinthemonitorarefurther thantheyappear. Whenbackingupthe vehicledownahill, objectsviewedinthe monitorarecloserthantheyappear. Use theinsidemirrororglanceoveryour shouldertoproperlyjudgeddistancesto otherobjects.

Diagram showing a car under two different scenarios: top-down view with a circular symbol and bottom-down view of a curved road (no text or labels)

theselectorleverismovedtotheR (Reverse)position.

B C D B C SAA1898

HOWTOPARKWITHPREDICTIVE COURSELINES

1. Visually check that the parkingspace is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. Therearviewofthevehicleisdisplayed onthescreen Ⓐ asillustratedwhen

4-26Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

3.Slowlybackupthevehicleadjusting thesteeringwheelsothatthepredictivecourselines Ⓑ entertheparking space Ⓒ.
4. Whenthebackofthevehicleenterthe parkingspace Ⓒ,maneuverthesteeringwheeltomakethevehiclewidth

guidelines ⑭ paralleltotheparking space ⑤.

1. Whenthevehicleisparkedinthespace completely, movetheselectorleverto the "P"(Park)positionandapplythe parkingbrake.

A B A B SAA1978

actualdistance. Forexample, the display shows 3ft(1m) to the place A, but the actual 3ft(1m) distance on the hillisthe place B. Not that any object on the hillis further than it appears on the monitor.

DIFFERENCEBETWEENPREDICTIVE ANDACTUALDISTANCES

Backinguponasteepuphill

Whenbackingupthevehicleupahill, the distanceguidelinesandthevehiclewidth guidelinesareshowncloserthanthe

A B SAA1979

istheplace Ⓑ. Notethatanyobjecton thehilliscloserthanitappearsonthe monitor.

A SAA1923

Backinguponasteepdownhill

Whenbackingupthevehicledownahill, thedistanceguidelinesandthevehicle widthguidelinesareshownfurtherthan theactualdistance. Forexample, the displayshows3ft(1m)totheplace buttheactual3ft(1m)distanceonthehill

Backingupnearaprojectingobject

Thepredictivecourselines ① donot touchtheobjectinthedisplay. However, thevehiclemayhittheobjectifitprojects overtheactualbackingupcourse.

4-28Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

C B A C A B SAA1980

mayhittheobjectwhenbackinguptothe position Ⓐ iftheobjectprojectsoverthe actualbackingupcourse.

Backingupbehindaprojecting object

Theposition © isshownfurtherthanthe position Ⓑ inthedisplay.However,the position © isactuallyatthesame distanceastheposition Ⓐ.Thevehicle

Settings > Camera Predictive Course Lines ON SAA2606

PREDICTIVECOURSELINESETTINGS

ToturnONorOFFthepredictivecourseline display, pushtheSETTINGbutton, select the"Camera"keyandpushtheENTER button.

PredictiveCourseLines:

Whenthisitemisturnedon, the predictive courselineswillbedisplayedonthe monitorwhentheselectorleverisinthe R(Reverse)position.

HOWTOADJUSTSCREEN

ToadjusttheDisplayON/OFF,Brightness, Tint,Color,ContrastandBlackLevelofthe rearviewmonitor,pushtheSETTINGbutton withtherearviewmonitoron,selectthe

"Display" keyonthescreenandselectthe itemkeyandadjustthelevelusingthe INFINITIcontroller.

DonotadjusttheBrightness, Tint, Color, ContrastandBlackLeveloftherearview monitorwhilethevehicleismoving. Make suretheparkingbrakeisfirmlyapplied.

OPERATINGTIPS

• When these selector lever is shifted to the R(Reverse) position, the monitor screen automatically changest to the Rear Viewmonitormode. However, the radiocanbe heard.
• When the view is switched, the display images on the screen may be displayed with some delay.
• Whenthetemperatureisextremelyhigh orlow,thescreenmaynotclearly displayobjects.Thisisnotamalfunction.
• Whenstronglightisdirectlycomingon thecamera,objectsmaynotbedisplayedclearly.Thisisnotamalfunc-

tion.

• Verticallinesmaybeseeninobjectson thescreen. Thisisduetostrong reflectedlightfromthebumper. This isnotamalfunction.
• Thescreenmayflickerunderfluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.
• ThecolorsofobjectsontheRearView monitormaydiffersomewhatfromthe actualcolorofobjects.Thisisnota malfunction.
• Objectsonthemonitormaynotbeclear inadarkenvironment. This is not a malfunction.
• Ifdirt, rainorsnow accumulates on the camera, the Rear Viewmonitorm may not display object clearly. Cleanthecamera.
• Donotusealcohol, benzineorthinner toclean thecamera. This will cause discoloration. Tocleanthecamera, wipewithaclothdampened with dilutedmildcleaningagentandthen wipewithadrycloth.
• Donotdamagethecameraasthe monitorscreenmaybeadverselyaffected.
• Donotusewaxonthecamerawindow. Wipeoffanywaxwithacleancloth

dampenedwithmilddetergentdiluted withwater.

AROUNDVIEW ^TM MONITOR(AVM)(models withnavigationsystem)

When you push the CAMERA button or shift these selector lever into the R (Reverse) position while the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Around View Monitor operates. The monitor displays various view of the position of the vehicle.

Availableviews:

●Bird-EyeView

Thesurroundingviewofthevehicle.

- Front-SideView

The viewaroundandaheadofthefront passenger'ssidewheel.

- FrontView

Anapproximately150-degreeviewof thefrontofthevehicle.

- Front-WideView

Anapproximately180-degreeviewof thefrontofthevehicle.

●RearView

Anapproximately150-degreeviewof therearofthevehicle.

●Rear-WideView

Anapproximately180-degreeviewof therearofthevehicle.

Thesystemisdesignedasanaidtothe driverinsituationssuchasslotparkingor paralleelparking.

① ② SAA2148

Therearesomeareaswherethesystem willnotshowobjects.Wheninthefrontor therearviewdisplay,anobjectbelowthe bumperoronthegroundmaynotbe viewed ①. Wheninthebird-eyeview,a tallobjectneartheseamofthecamera viewingareaswillnotappearinthe

monitor ②.

WARNING

• TheAroundViewMonitorisaconvenient featurebutilitisnotasubstitutefor propervehicleoperationbecauseithas areaswhereobjectscannotbeviewed. Alwayslookoutthewindowsandcheck mirrorstobesurethatitissafetomove. Thedriverisalwaysresponsiblefor safetyduringparkingandothermaneuvers.
• DonotusetheAroundViewMonitorwith theoutsidemirrorinthestoredposition, andmakesurethatheliftgateis securelyclosedwhenoperatingthe vehicleusingtheAroundViewMonitor.
• Thedistancebetweenobjectsviewedon theAroundViewMonitordiffersfromthe actualdistance.
• Thecamerasareinstalledabovethe frontgrille, theoutsidemirrorsand abovetherearlicenseplate. Donotput anythingonthecameras.
• When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, besurenottospray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water

mayenterthecameraunitcausingwater condensationonthelens,amalfunction, fireoranelectricshock.

- Donotstrikethecameras. They are precision instruments. Doings could cause malfunction or caused damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

CAUTION

Donotscratchthelenswhencleaningdirt orsnowfromthefrontofthecamera.

graph TD
    A["Vehicle Inspection"] --> B["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    B --> C{Check turnstresses for safety}
    C --> D["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    D --> E["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    E --> F["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    F --> G["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    G --> H["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    H --> I["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    I --> J["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    J --> K["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    K --> L["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    L --> M["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    M --> N["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    N --> O["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    O --> P["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    P --> Q["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    Q --> R["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    R --> S["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    S --> T["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    T --> U["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    U --> V["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    V --> W["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    W --> X["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    X --> Y["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    Y --> Z["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    Z --> AA["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AA --> AB["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AB --> AC["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AC --> AD["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AD --> AE["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AE --> AF["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AF --> AG["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AG --> AH["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AH --> AI["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AI --> AJ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AJ --> AK["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AK --> AL["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AL --> AM["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AM --> AN["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AN --> AO["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AO --> AP["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AP --> AQ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AQ --> AR["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AR --> AS["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AS --> AT["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AT --> AU["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AU --> AV["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AV --> AW["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AW --> AX["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AX --> AY["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AY --> AZ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    AZ --> BA["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BA --> BB["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BB --> BC["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BC --> BD["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BD --> BE["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BE --> BF["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BF --> BG["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BG --> BH["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BH --> BI["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BI --> BJ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BJ --> BK["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BK --> BL["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BL --> BM["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BM --> BN["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BN --> BO["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BO --> BP["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BP --> BQ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BQ --> BR["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BR --> BS["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BS --> BT["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BT --> BU["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BU --> BV["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BV --> BW["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BW --> BX["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BX --> BY["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BY --> BZ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    BZ --> CA["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CA --> CB["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CB --> CC["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CC --> CD["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CD --> CE["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CE --> CF["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CF --> CG["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CG --> CH["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CH --> CI["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CI --> CJ["Check turnstresses for safety"]
    CJ --> CK["Check turnstresses for safety"]

4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

:Shifttheselectorlever

:Selectthe"ChangeView"keyonthe screen

:PushtheCAMERAbutton

Ⓐ :OriginalscreenbeforetheAround ViewMonitorisoperated

⑧:Rearview/bird-eyewiewscreen

©:Rearview/front-sideviewscreen

(D):Rear-wideviewscreen

E: Frontview/bird-eyeviewscreen

(F):Frontview/front-sideviewscreen

⑥:Front-wideviewscreen

HOWTOSWITCHTHEDISPLAY

TheAroundViewMonitordisplayconsists oftheleftandtherightscreens.Youcan seeacombinationofdifferentviewsonthe screensasillustrated.

- Withtheignitionswitchinthe"ON" position,presstheCAMERButtonor movetheselectorlevertotheR (Reverse)positiontooperatethe AroundViewMonitor.

- WhentheselectorleverisintheD (Drive)positionandthemonitordoes notdisplayAroundViewMonitorand thesonardetectiondistanceisbecomingshort, themonitordisplaysFrontview/bird-eyeview.Inthatcasewhen

theCAMERButtonispressedorwhen thesonardoesnotdetectanyobjects, themonitorwilldisplaytheprevious screen.

- WhentheselectorleverisnotintheR (Reverse)positionandthevehicle speedincreaseaboveapproximately 6MPH(10km/h),themonitorchanges fromAroundViewMonitorscreentothe previousscreen.

Startingwiththeselectorlever operation

- When theselectorleverisshifted into the R(Reverse) position ① while another screen A is displayed, Around ViewMonitoroperatesandtherear viewandbird-eyeview B aredisplayed. The Around View Monitorscreen switchestothepreviousscreenwhen theselectorisshiftedoutoftheR (Reverse)position ②.

●Theviewonthescreenonthepassenger'ssideswitchestothefront-side view ③ whentheCAMERAbuttonis pushed ③. WhentheCAMERAbutton ispushedagain ⑤, therear-wideview ⑥ isdisplayed. WhentheCAMERA

buttonispushedagain ⑦,therear-wideviewscreenswitchesthothescreen withthebird-eyeview ⑧.

Thepassenger'ssidescreenreturnsto anotherbyoperatingthesameproce- duresagain.

Whenselectingthe“ChangeView”key onthescreen,theviewonthe screen willswitchbetweentheavailableviews ④/ ⑥/ ⑧.

- The view on the driver's side orthewide view can be changed to the front view by shifting these selector lever out of the R(Reverse) position ⑭/⑯/⑱.

Startingwith theCAMERA button operation

- When the CAMER A button is pushed ⑨ while another screen Ⓐ is displayed, Around View Monitor operates and the front view and bird-eye view Ⓔ are displayed.

●Theviewonthepassenger'sside switchchestothefront-sideview ⑤ when theCAMERAbuttonispushed ⑩. WhentheCAMERabuttonispushed again ⑫ ,thefront-wideview ⑥ is displayed. WhentheCAMERAbuttonis pushedagain ㉑,screen ④ isdis-

played.

• Whenselectingthe“ChangeView”key onthescreen, theviewonthescreen willswitchbetweentheavailableviews ⑪/⑬/⑳.
• Theviewonthedriver'ssideorthewide view switches to the rear view B / C / D whentheselectorleveris shiftedintotheR(Reverse)position 15 / 17 / 19 .Theviewonthedriver's sideorthewideviewreturnstothe frontview E / F / G whentheselectorleverisshiftedoutoftheR(Reverse) position 14 / 16 / 18 .
• Pushanotherbuttononthecontrol paneltoquittheAroundViewMonitor.

HOWTOSEEEACHVIEW

WARNING

- Thedistanceguidelineandthevehicle widthlineshouldbeusedasareference onlywhenthevicleisonapaved, levelsurface.Thedistanceviewedonthe monitorisforreferenceonlyandmaybe differentthantheactualdistancebetweenthevehicleanddisplayedobjects.

• Usethedisplayedlinesandthebird-eye viewasareference.Thelinesandthe bird-eyewiewaregreatlyaffectedbythe numberofoccupants,fuellevel,vehicle position,roadconditionandroadgrade.
• If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course line and the bird-eye view may be displayed incorrectly.
• Whendrivingthevehicleupahill, objectsviewedinthemonitorarefurther thantheyappear. Whendrivingthe vehicledownahill,objectsviewedin themonitorarecloserthantheyappear. Usethemirrorsoractually look to properlyjudgedistancetootherobjects.
  ●Thevehiclewidthandpredictivecourse linesarewiderthantheactualwidthand course.
• Thedistancebetweenobjectsviewedin therearviewdiffersfromactualdistance becauseawide-angle lensis used. Objectsin therearview willappear visuallyoppositethanwhenviewedin therearviewandoutsidemirrors.
  ●Onasnow-covered orslipperyroad, theremaybeadifferencebetweenthe

predictive course line and the actual courseline.

- Thedisplayedlinesontherearviewwill appearslightlyofftotherightbecause therearviewcameraisnotinstalledin therearcenterofthevehicle.

⑥ ④③②① A SAA1840

Frontview

①②③④ ⑤⑥ A SAA1896

Rearview

Frontandrearview

Guidinglines, which indicate the vehicle width and distance to objects with reference to the vehicle body line ①, are displayed on the monitor.

Distanceguidelines:

Indicated distances from the vehicle body.

●Redline ①:approx.1.5ft(0.5m)

●Yellowline ②:approx.3ft(1m)

●Greenline ③:approx.7ft(2m)

●Greenline ④:approx.10ft(3m)

Vehiclewidthguidelines ⑤:

Indicatethevehiclewidthwhenbacking up.

Predictivecourselines ⑥:

Indicatethepredictivecoursewhenoperatingthevehicle. Thepredictivecourse lineswillbedisplayedonthemonitor whenthesteeringwheelisturned. The predictivecourselineswillmoveddependingonhowmuchthesteeringwheelis turnedandwillnotbedisplayedwhilethe steeringwheelisintheneutralposition. Thefrontviewwillnotbedisplayedwhen thevehiclespeedisabove6MPH(10 km/h).

NOTE:

Whenthemonitordisplaysthefrontview andthesteeringwheelturnsabout90 degreesorlessfromtheneutralposition, boththerightandleftpredictivecourse lines ⑥ aredisplayed.Whenthesteering wheelturnsabout90degreesormore,a lineisdisplayedonlyontheoppositeside oftheturn.

Bird-eyeview

WARNING

• Objectsinthebird-eyeviewwillappear furtherthantheactualdistancebecause thebird-eyeviewisapseudewith that isprocessedbycombiningtheviews fromthecamerasontheoutsidemirrors, thefrontandtherearofthevehicle.
• Tallobjects, such as acurbor vehicle, may bemisaligned or not displayed at these am of the views.

• Objectsthatareabovethecamera cannotbedisplayed.
  ●Theviewforthebird-eyeviewmaybe misalignedwhenthecameraposition alters.

• Alineonthegroundmaybemisaligned andisnotseenasbeingstraightatthe seamoftheviews. Themisalignmentwill increaseasthelineproceedsawayfrom thevehicle.

• Tireangledisplaydoesnotindicate the actualtireangle

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ① ② ③ JVH0265X

Thebird-eyewiewshowstheoverheadview ofthevehicle,whichhelpsconfirmthe vehiclepositionandthepredictedcourse toaparkingspace.

Thevehicleicon ① show the position of the vehicle. Not that the size of the vehicle icon on the bird-eye view may differs somewhat from the actual vehicle.

Theareasthatthecameras cannotcover areindicated in black. Thenon-viewable area ② is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the bird-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is placed in the "ON" position.

Whenthecornerofthevehiclemoves closerto anobject, the cornersonar indicators ③ appears.

The driver can check the direction and angle of the tire on the display by tire icon ④ when driving the vehicle forward or backward.

Predictivecourselines( ⑤ and ⑥) indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predictive courses will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position.

Whenthemonitordisplaysthefrontview andthesteeringwheelturnsabout90 degreesorlessfromtheneutralposition, thetwogreenpredictivecourselines areshowninfrontofthevehicle.

Whenthesteeringwheelturnsabout90 degreesormore,onegreenpredictive courseline ⑥ isshowninfrontofthe vehicleandtheothergreenpredictive courseline ⑥ isshownatsideofthe vehicle.

Whenthemonitordisplaystherearview,

thepredictivecourselinesareshownat backofthevehicle.

① ② ③ ④ SAA1842

whenacornerofthevehiclemovescloser toanobject.

Thecornersonarindicator ④ can be turnedoff. See "Aroundviewmonitor settings" (P.4-45).

CAUTION

Theturnsignallightmaylooklikewiththe side-of-vehicleline.Thisisnotamalfunction.

Front-sideview

Guidinglines:

Guidinglinesthatindicatethewidthand thefrontendofthevehiclearedisplayed onthemonitor.

Thefront-of-vehicleline ① showsthefront partofthevehicle.

Theside-of-vehicleline ② shows the vehiclewidth including the outsidemirror.

Theextensions ③ of both the front ① and side ② lines areshown with a green dotted line.

Thecornersonarindicator ④ willappear

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ JVH0322X

Front-wide/rear-wideview

Thefront-wide/rear-wideviewshowsa widerareaontheentirescreenandallows thecheckingoftheblindcornersonthe righttandleftsides. Thefront-wide/rear-wideviewdisplaysanapproximately180-degreeareawhilethefrontviewandthe rearviewdisplayanapproximately150-degreearea. Thepredictivecourselinesare notdisplayedonthefront-wide/rear-wide view.

Distanceguidelines:

Indicates distances from the vehicle body.

●Redline ①:approx.1.5ft(0.5m)
●Yellowline ②:approx.3ft(1m)
●Greenline ③:approx.7ft(2m)
●Greenline ④:approx.10ft(3m)

Vehiclewidthguidelines ⑤:

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Cornersonarindicator ⑥:

Thecornersonarindicator ⑥ willappear whenacornerofthevehiclemovescloser toanobject.

A B A B SAA1978

4-38Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

DIFFERENCEBETWEENPREDICTIVE ANDACTUALDISTANCES

Movingtoasteepuphill

Whenmovingthevehicleupahill, the distanceguidelinesandthevehiclewidth guidelinesareshowncloserthanthe actualdistance. Forexample, the display shows3ft(1m) to theplace A, but the actual3ft(1m) distanceonthehillisthe place B. Notethatanyobjectonthehillis viewedinthemonitorfurtherthanit appears.

A B SAA1979

place Ⓑ. Notethatanyobjectonthehillis viewedinthemonitorcloserthanit appears.

Movingtoasteepdownhill

Whenmovingthevehicledownahill,the distanceguidelinesandthevehiclewidth guidelinesareshownfurtherthanthe actualdistance.Forexample,thedisplay shows3ft(1m)totheplace A ,butthe actual3ft(1m)distanceonthehillisthe

A SAA1923

Movingnearaprojectingobject

Thepredictivecourselines ① donot touchtheobjectinthedisplay. However, thevehiclemayhittheobjectifitprojects overtheactualmovingcourse.

C B A C A B SAA1980

Movingclosertoaprojectingobject

Theposition © is shown further than the position Ⓑ in the display. However, the position © is actually at the same distance as the position Ⓐ. The vehicle may hit the object when moving toward the position Ⓔ if the object project so over the

actualmovingcourse.

CAMERAAIDINGCORNERSONAR FUNCTION

Whenthecornerofthevehiclemoves closertotheobjectwhiletheAroundView Monitorisdisplayed,anindicatoris displayedandatoneissoundedbythe cornersonarfunctiontowarnthedriver.

WARNING

• Thesonarisaconveniencefeature.Itis notasubstituteforproperparking.
  ● Thedriverisalwaysresponsiblefor safetyduringparkingandothermaneuvers.
  ●Alwayslookaroundandcheckthatitis safetomovebeforeparking.
• Readandunderstandthelimitations of thesonarascontainedinthissection.
• Thecolorsofthesonarindicatorsand thedistanceguidelinesinthefront, front-wide, rearandrear-wideviews indicatedifferentdistancestotheobject.
• InclementweatherorUltrasonicsources suchasanautomaticcarwash,atruck's

compressed-airbrakesorapneumatic drillmayaffectthefunctionofthe system;thismayincludereducedperformanceorafalseactivation.

• Thisfunctionisdesignedasanaidto thedriverindetectinglargestationary objectstohelpavoiddamagingthe vehicle.
• Thesystemisnotdesignedtoprevent contactwithsmallormovingobjects.
• Thesystemwillnotdetectsmalobjects belowthebumper,andmaynotdetect objectsclosetothebumperoronthe ground.
• Thesystemmaynotdetectthefollowing objects:

— Fluffyobjectssuchassnow,cloth, cotton,glassorwool.
— Thinobjectssuchasrope, wireor chain.
— Wedge-shapedobjects.

- If your vehicles sustain damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned for bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing in accurate measurement of objects or false alarms.

CAUTION

• Excessivenoise(suchasaudiosystem volumeoranopenvehiclewindow)will interferewiththetoneanditmaynotbe heard.
• Keepthesurfaceofthesonarsensors (locatedonthefrontandrearbumper fascia)freefromaccumulationsofsnow, iceanddirt.Donotscratchthesurfaceof thesonarsensorswhencleaning.Ifthe sensorsarecovered,theaccuracyofthe sonarfunctionwillbediminished.

Thesystemgivesthetoneforfrontobjects whentheselectorleverisintheD(Drive) positionandbothfrontandrearobjects whentheselectorleverisintheR(Reverse) position.

Whenthecameraimageisshownonthe display, thesystemshowsthesonar indicatorregardlessoftheselectorlever position.

Thesystemisdeactivatedatspeedsabove 6MPH(10km/h).Itisreactivatedatlower speeds.

Whentheobjectsaredetected, theindi-

cator(green)appearsandblinksandthe tonesoundsintermittently.Whenthe vehiclemovesclosertotheobject,the coloroftheindicatorturnsyellowandthe rateoftheblinkingandtherateofthetone increase.Whenthevehicleisverycloseto theobject,theindicatorstopsblinkingand turnsred,andthetonesoundscontinuously.

Theintermittenttonewillstopafterthree secondswhenanobjectisdetectedby onlythecornersonarandthedistance doesnotchange.

Thetonewillstopwhentheobjectgets awayfromthevehicle.

Check surroundings for safety. MOD Proof Pep - MOD Change View ② ① JVH0266X

Whenthe“” (Fig. 13) ① isselected, the indicator ② willturnoffandthesonar willbeturnedofftemporarily. The Moving ObjectDetection(MOD) systemwillalsobe turnedoffatthesametime. (See“Moving ObjectDetection(MOD)”(P.4-42).) When the switchisselectedagain, theindicator willturnonandthesonarwillturnbackon. Inthebelowcases, thesonarwillbe turnedbackonautomatically:

• WhentheselectorleverisintheR (Reverse)position.

• When the CAMER A button is pressed and as screen other than the camera view is shown on the display.

• When vehiclespeeddecreases below approximately 6MPH (10km/h).

• Whentheignitionswitchisplaced in the "OFF" position and turned back to the "ON" position again.
• Whentheswitchisselected, theMOD functionwillalsobeturnedoff.

Topreventthesonarsystemfromactivatingaltogether, usethe"CameraSettings" menu. Formoreinformation, see "Around viewmonitorsettings"(P.4-45) in this section.

MOVINGOBJECTDETECTION(MOD)

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system can inform the driver of themoving objects surrounding the vehicle which driving out of garages, maneuvering into parking lots and in others such instances.

TheMODsystemdetectsmovingobjectsby usingimageprocessingtechnologyonthe imageshownonthedisplay.

TheMODsystemoperatesinthefollowing conditionswhenthecameraviewis displayed:

- When the selector lever is in the P(Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system detects themoving objects in the bird-eye view.

TheMODsystemwillnotoperateifthe outsidemirrorismovinginoroutorif eitherdoorisopened.

• WhentheselectorleverisintheD (Drive)positionandthevehiclespeed isbelowapproximately5MPH(8 km/h),theMODsystemdetectsmoving objectsinthefrontvieworfront-wide view.
• WhentheselectorleverisintheR (Reverse)positionandthevehicle speedisbelowapproximately5MPH (8km/h),theMODsystemdetects movingobjectsintherearvieworrearwideview.TheMODsystemwillnot operateiftheliftgateisopen.

TheMODsystemdoesnotdetectmoving objectsinthefront-sideview.TheMOD iconisnotdisplayedonthescreenwhenin thisview.

WARNING

- TheMODsystemisnotasubstitutefor propervehicleoperationandisnot designedtopreventcontactwiththe objectssurroundingthevehicle.When maneuvering,alwaysusetheoutside mirrorandrearviewmirrorandturnand

checkthesurroundingtoensureitis safetomaneuver.

- TheMODsystemdoesnothavethe functiontodetectthesurroundingstationaryobjects.

Check surroundings for safety. MOD MOV 1 5 4 Pea - MOD Change View JVH0289X

Check surroundings for safety. MOD Bear Paa - MOD Change View JVH0291X

Bird-eyeview

Check surroundings for safety. MOD MOD Pea - MOD Change View JVH0290X

Frontview/rearview

Front-wideview/rear-wideview

WhentheMODsystemdetectsamoving objectsurroundingthevehicle,theyellow framewillbedisplayedonthewhwhere theobjectsaredetectedandachimewill soundonce.WhiletheMODsystemcontinuestodetectmovingobjects,theyellow framecontinuestobedisplayed.

Inthebird-eyeview, they yellowframe is displayed one each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected.

Theyellowframe ② isdisplayedoneach viewinthefrontview,front-wideview,rear viewandrear-wideviewmodes.

While the sonaris beeping, the MOD system does not chime.

AblueMODicon ③ isdisplayedinthe viewwheretheMODsystemisoperative.A grayMODicon ③ isdisplayedintheview wheretheMODsystemisnotoperative.

Whenthe“MOD”key ④ isselected,the MODsystemwillturnofftemporarily and the indicator ⑤ willturnoff.Atthesame timeacamera-aidingsonarwillalsobe turnedOFF.Whenthe“MOD”keyis selectedagain,theindicatorwillturnon andtheMODsystemwillturnbackon. IftheMODsystemisturnedoff,theMOD icon ③ isnotdisplayed.

The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions:

• WhentheselectorleverisintheR (Reverse)position.
• When the CAMERA button is pushed to switch from a different screen to the cameraviewon the display.
• When vehiclespeeddecreases below approximately 5MPH(8km/h).
• Whentheignitionswitchisplaced in the "OFF" position and then back to the "ON" position.

TosettheMODsystemsothatitremains offatalltimes, usethecamerasettings menu. See "Aroundviewmonitorsettings" (P.4-45) form more information.

WARNING

• DonotusetheMODsystemwhen towingatrailer.Thesystemmaynot functionproperly.
• Excessivenoise(forexample, audio systemvolumeoropenvehiclewindow) willinterferewiththechimesound, and itmaynotbeheard.
• TheMODsystemperformancewillbe limitedaccordingtoenvironmentalconditionsandsurroundingobjectssuchas:
  — Whenthereislowcontrastbetween backgroundandthemovingobjects.
  — Whenthereisblinkingsourceof light.
  — When strong lights such as another vehicle's headlightors sunlight is present.
  — Whencameraorientationisnotin itsusualposition,suchaswhen mirrorisfolded.

— Whenthereisdirt,waterdropsor snowonthecameralens.
— Whenthepositionofthemoving objectsin the displayis notchanged.

• TheMODsystemmightdetectsomethinglikeflowingwaterdropletsonthe cameralens,whitesmokefromthe muffler,movingshadows,etc.
• TheMODsystemmaynotfunction properlydependingonthespeed,direction,distanceorshapeofthemoving objects.
• If your vehicles sustain damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly.

HOWTOADJUSTTHESCREENVIEW

ToadjusttheDisplayON/OFF,Brightness, Tint,Color,ContrastandBlackLeveloftheAroundViewMonitor,pushtheSETTING buttonwiththeAroundViewMonitoron, selecttheitemkeyandadjustthelevel usingtheINFINITIcontroller.

DonotadjusttheBrightness, Tint, Color, ContrastandBlackLeveloftheAround

ViewMonitorwhilethevehicleismoving. Makesuretheparkingbrakeisfirmly applied.

Settings ▶ Setting Predictive Course Lines ○ ON Camera View Priority Non-viewable Area Reminder ○ ON Buzzer Volume ← |---| + Moving Object! Detection (MOD) ○ ON 1/9 Displays the vehicle path when showing the rear camera view JVH0323M

AROUNDVIEWMONITORSETTINGS

TosetuptheAroundViewMonitortoyour preferredsettings, pushtheSETTINGbutton, select the "Other" key and then select the "Camera" key.

PredictiveCourseLines:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON, the predictivecourselineisdisplayedinthe frontandtherearviewandbird-eyeview.

CameraViewPriority:

The view shown on the screen at the beginning of around view monitor operation can be selected in order of priority.

Non-viewableAreaReminder:

WiththisitemturnedtoON,thenon-viewableareaishlightedinyellowfor severalsecondsafterthebird-eyeviews displayed.Itwillbeshownonlythefirst timeaftertheignitionswitchisinthe"ON" position.

BuzzerVolume:

Adjustthevolumeofthebuzzer.

CornerSonarSensitivity:

Adjustthesensitivitylevelofthecorner sonarhigher(right)orlower(left).

Check surroundings for safety. MOD ① MOD Front O Pe - MOD Change View ③ ② JVH0269X

MovingObjectDetection(MOD):

ActivateordeactivatetheMovingObject Detection(MOD)system.

WhenthisitemissettoON,theMODis activated.WhenthisitemisturnedtoOFF (indicatorturnsoff),theMODsystemis deactivated."MOD" ② willdisappearon the ③ andtheicon ① willdisappear aswell.WhenthesonaristurnedOFFon thesettingmenuaswell,the ③ will disappear.

Sonar:

WhenthisitemisturnedON, thefrontand rearsonarisactivated. Whenthisitemis

turnedtoOFF(indicatorturnsoff),thefront andrearsonarisdeactivated.Theamber markersaredisplayedatthecornersofthe vehicleiconandthesonariconwill disappearonthe WhentheMODis turnedOFFonthesettingmenuaswell,the "MOD"willdisappear.Thenexttimethe ignitionswitchisplacedinthe"ON" position,"SonarisOFF"isdisplayed briefly.

TowingMode:

WhenthisitemisturnedON,onlytherear sonarisOFF.Theambermarkersare displayedattherearcornersofthevehicle icon.

ShowCamerawhenSonarActivate:

WhenthisitemisturnedON, thecamera viewisautomatically shown on the display in the case that the distance to the objects measured by the sonar is becoming short.

SonarSensitivity:

Adjustthesensitivitylevelofthecorner sonarhigher(right)orlower(left).

Check surroundings for safety Pe-MODE Change View JVH0270X

Viewmalfunction

Whenthe“!”iconisdisplayedonthe screen,therewillbeabnormalconditions inthearoundviewmonitor.Thiswillnot hinder normal driving operation but the systemshouldbeinspectedbyanINFINITI retailer.

Check surroundings for safety Front ○ Pre-MODE Change View JVH0271X

Whenthe“[X]”iconisdisplayedonthe screen, thecameraimagemaybereceiving temporaryelectronicdisturbancesfrom surroundingdevices. This will nothinder normaldrivingoperationbutthesystem should be inspected by an INFINIT retailer if it occurs frequently.

OPERATINGTIPS

- ThescreendisplayedontheAround ViewMonitorwillautomaticallyreturn tothepreviousscreen3minutesafter theCAMERAbuttonhasbeenpushed whiletheselectorleverisinaposition otherthantheR(Reverse)position.

• Whentheviewisswitched, the display imagesonthescreenmaybedisplayed withsomedelay.
• When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.
• When strong light is directly coming on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. This is not a malfunction.
• Thescreenmayflickerunderfluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.
• ThecolorsofobjectsontheAround ViewMonitormaydiffersomewhat fromtheactualcolorofobjects.This isnotamalfunction.
• Objectsonthemonitormaynotbeclear andthecoloroftheobjectmaydifferin adarkenvironment. Thisisnota malfunction.
• Theremaybe differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird-eyeview.

• Ifdirt, rainorsnow accumulates on the camera, the AroundView Monitormay not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.

• Donotusealcohol, benzineorthinner tocleanthecamera. This will cause discoloration. Tocleanthecamera, wipewith a cloth that has been dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipewith adrycloth.

• Donotdamagethecamerabecause the monitorscreenmaybeadverselyaffected.
• Donotusewaxonthecameralens. Wipeoffanywaxwithacleancloththat has been dampened with a mild detergentdilutedwithwater.

VENTILATORS

SAA2149

Centerventilators

SAA2150

Sideventilators

graph TD
    A["Left Lane"] --> B["Upward Arrow"]
    A --> C["Downward Arrow"]
    D["Right Lane"] --> E["Upward Arrow"]
    D --> F["Downward Arrow"]
    G["Crossed Path"] --> H["Upward Arrow"]
    G --> I["Downward Arrow"]

Rearventilators

Openorclose, and adjust the airflow direction of ventilators.

☒: Thissymbolindicates that the ventilators are closed.
≡: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open.

AUTOMATICCLIMATECONTROL

WARNING

●Theairconditionercoolingfunction operatesonlywhentheengineisrunning.
- Donotleavechildrenoradultswho wouldnormallyrequirethesupportof othersaloneinyourvehicle.Petsshould notbeleftaloneeither.Onhot,sunny days,temperaturesinaclosedvehicle couldquicklybecomehighenoughto causesevereorpossiblyfatalinjuriesto peopleoranimals.
- Donotusethere circulation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior airtobecomestale and the window to fogup.

Starttheengineandoperatetheautomatic climatecontrolsystem.

When the "STATUS" button is pushed, the automatic climate control status screen will appear. (See "Howtouse STATUS button" (P.4-9).)

Status ▶ Audio off 0:00 75°F DUAL AUTO 75°F SAA2723

Youcanindividuallysetthedriverandfront passengersidetemperatureusingeach temperaturecontrolbutton.

Modelswithnavigationsystem Status Audio OFF Driver Passenger 75 °F AUTO DUAL 75 °F SAA1520

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

1 2 3 4 5 6 A/C MODE OFF - 7 8 9 10 PUSH AUTO PUSH DUAL SAA1527

WithoutAdvancedClimateControlSystem(ACCS)

1 2 3 4 5 6 A/C MODE OFF AUTO PUSH AUTO 7 8 9 11 PUSH DUAL SAA2153

WithAdvancedClimateControlSystem(ACCS)
4-50Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

1. "AUTO" automaticclimatecontrolON button/Temperaturecontroldial(dri-verside)
2. "A/C" airconditionerON/OFFbutton
   3." + "fanspeedincreasebutton
   4." "frontdefrosterbutton
3. "MODE" manual airflow control button
4. "DUAL" zonecontrolON/OFFbutton/Temperaturecontroldial(passenger side)
5. "OFF" button for climate control system
   8." - "fanspeeddecreasebutton
   9." "rearwindowdefrosterbutton (See"Rearwindowandoutsidemirror defrosterswitch"(P.2-36).)
   10." "intakeaircontrolbutton
   11.“ AUTO ”auto-recirculationbutton/ intakeaircontrolbutton

AUTOMATICCLIMATECONTROL

Automaticoperation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO):

Thismodemaybeusedallyearround. The systemworksautomaticallytocontrolthe insidetemperature, airflowdistribution andfanspeedafterthepreferredtemperatureissetmanually.

1. Push the "AUTO" button on. (The indicator on the button willilluminate and AUTO will bed displayed.)

2. Turnthetemperaturecontroldial(driverside) to set the desired temperature.

3. Thetemperaturecanbesetwithin thefollowingrange.
   —ForU.S.:60to90°F
   —ForCanada:18to32°C

4. Thetemperatureofthepassenger compartmentwillbemaintained automatically.Airflowdistribution andfanspeedwillalsobecontrolled automatically.

5. You can individually set driver and front passengers at temperature using each temperature control button. When the

"DUAL" button is pushed orthepassengersidetemperaturecontrol button isturned, the DUAL indicator will come on. Toturnoff the passengerside temperature control, push the "DUAL" button.

1. Toturnofftheclimatecontrolsystem, pushthe"OFF"button.

Avisiblemistmaybeseencomingfromthe ventilatorsinhot,humidconditionsasthe airiscooledrapidly.Thisdoesnotindicate amalfunction.

Heating(A/COFF):

Theairconditionerdoesnotactivateinthis mode.Whenyouneedtoheatonly,use thismode.

1. Push the "AUTO" button on.

2. Push the "A/C" button. (The A/C indicator will turn off.)

3. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtoset thedesiredtemperature.

- The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.

• Donotsetthetemperaturelowerthan theoutsideairtemperature. Otherwise thesystemmaynotworkproperly.
• Notrecommendedifwindowsfogup.

Dehumidifieddefrostingordefogging:

1. Pushthe“”frontdefrosterbutton. (Theindicatorlightonthebuttonwill illuminate.)
2. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtoset thedesiredtemperature.
3. To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows, push the fan speed increase button “♣+” and set it to the maximum position.
4. As soon as possible after the wind-shield disclean, push the "AUTO" button to return to the automode.
5. Whenthe" "frontdefrosterbutton ispushed, theairconditionerwill automaticallybeturnedonatoutside temperatures above 23^(-5^) to defogthewindshield, and theair recirculatemodewillautomaticallybe turnedoff.

Outsideairisdrawnintothepassenger compartmenttoimprovethedefogging performance.

Manualoperation

Fanspeedcontrol:

Pushthefanspeedincrease""or decrease" - "buttonstomanuallycontrolthefanspeed.

Pushthe"AUTO"buttontoreturnto automaticcontrolofthefanspeed.

Temperaturecontrol:

Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.

- Thetemperaturecanbesetwithinthe followingrange. - ForU.S.:60to90°F(16to32°C) - ForCanada:64to90°F(18to32°C)

Airrecirculation:

Pushtheintakeaircontrolbuttonto recirculateinteriorairinsidethevehicle. Theindicatorlightonthe" "sidewill illuminate.

Theairrecirculationmodecannot be activatedwhentheairconditionerisin thefrontdefrostingmode“ 📁 ”.

Outsideaircirculation:

Pushtheintakeaircontrolbuttontodraw outsideairintothe passengercompartment.Theindicatorlightonthe" "side

willturnoffand" "(ifsoequipped)will illuminate.

Automaticintakeaircontrol:

IntheAUTOmode,theintakeairwillbe controlledautomatically.Tomanuallycontrol theintakeair,pushtheintakeair controlbutton.

●WithoutAdvancedClimateControlSystem(ACCS):

Toreturntotheautomaticcontrol mode, push the intake air control button for about 2 seconds. The indicator lights (bothair recirculation "") and outside airc circulation ("") sides) will flash twice, and then the intake air will be controlled automatically.

- WithAdvancedClimateControlSystem (ACCS):

Toreturntotheautomaticcontrol mode, pushtheintakeaircontrol buttonuntiltheindicatorlightonthe "AUTO" sideilluminates. The Advanced ClimateControlSystem(ACCS)turnson and the intakeairwillbecontrolled automatically.

Airflowcontrol:

Pushingthe"MODE"manualairflow controlbuttonselectstheairoutletto:

:Airflowsfromcenterandsideventilators.
Airflowsfromcenterandsideventilatorsand footoutlets.
Airflowsmainlyfromfootoutlets.
Airflowsfromdefrosterandfootoutlets.

Toturnthesystemoff

Pushthe"OFF"button.

AdvancedClimateControlSystem (ACCS)(ifsoequipped)

The Advanced Climate Control System (ACCS) keep the air inside of the vehicle clean, using the ion control and the automatic air intake control without outside odor and exhaust gas detectings sensor.

Status ▶ Audio off 0:00 75°F DUAL AUTO QUICK CLEAN 75°F SAA2734

loncontrol:

Thisunitgenerateshighlyconcentrated Plasmacluster ^® ionsintotheairblown fromtheventilatorsandreducesodors absorbedintotheinteriortrim.

Thehigh-densityPlasmacluster ^ ions generated in the air conditioner's airstream not only suppress airborne bacteria and reduce head adherence of odor to the interiortrim, but also have aprovenskin moisture preserving effect.

When the air conditioneristurnedon, the system generates Plasmacluster ^ ions automatically.

TheamountofPlasmacluster ^ ionsin-creasesaccordingtotheamountofair flow.Whentheairflowishigh," is displayedonthescreenandwhentheair flowislow,theindicationinthescreen changesto".

Plasmacluster ^® and Plasmacluster ^® ion areregisteredtrademarksofSharpCor- poration.

Outsideodorandexhaustgasdetection sensor:

This vehicle is equipped with an outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor. When the automatic intake air control is ON, the sensor detects odors and exhaust gases, and the the system automatically changes from the outside air circulation modetothere circulation mode.

When the intake air control button is pushed under the following conditions, the indicator light on the "AUTO" sidewill illuminate and the outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor will turn on.

- The airflow control is not in the front defroster mode (the indicator lighton the “ ” front defroster button is turned off).

• Theoutsidetemperatureisabout32°F (0°C)ormore.
  ●The outside odor and exhaust gas detections sensor detects industrial odor such as pulpor chemicals, and exhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel.

When the automatic intake air control is ON, for the first 5 minutes, there circulation mode is selected to prevent dust, dirt and pollen from entering the vehicle and clean the air inside of the vehicle with positive and negative ion that are emitted from the ventilator.

Afterthe5minutes,thesensordetects outsideodorsandexhaustgases and automaticallyalternatesbetweenthere-circulationmodeandoutsideaircirculationmode.

OPERATINGTIPS

Whentheenginecoolanttemperatureand outsideairtemperaturearelow, theair flowfromthefootoutletsmaynotoperate. Thisisnotamalfunction. Afterthecoolant temperaturewarmsup, airwillflownormallyfromthefootoutlets.

A SAA1983

Thesunloadsensor Ⓐ ontheinstrument panelhelpsmaintainaconstanttemperature.Donotputanythingonoraroundthis sensor.

IN-CABINMICROFILTER

Tomakesurethattheairconditioner heats, defogsandventilatesefficiently, replacethefilteraccordingthespecified maintenanceintervalslistedintheINFINITServiceandMaintenanceGuide. Toreplace thefilter, contactanINFINITlretailer.

Thefiltershoubereplacediftheairflow decreasessignificantlyorifwindowsfog upeasilywhenoperatingtheheaterorair conditioner.Anaturalgrapeseedpolyphenolfilter(ifsoequipped)collectsand neutralizesdirt,pollen,dust,etc.

SERVICINGCLIMATECONTROL

TheclimatecontrolsysteminyourINFINITI ischargedwitharefrigerantdesignedwith theenvironmentinmind.Thisrefrigerant willnotharmtheearth'sozonelayer. However, specialchargingequipment and lubricantarerequiredwhenservicingyour INFINITlairconditioner. Usingimproper refrigerantsorlubricantswillcausesevere damagetoyourclimatecontrolsystem. (See "Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/ lubricants"(P.9-2)forclimatecontrolsys- temrefrigerantandlubricantrecommendations.)

YourINFINITIretailerwillbeabletoservice yourenvironmentallyfriendlyclimatecontrolsystem.

WARNING

Thesystemcontainsrefrigerantunderhigh pressure.Toavoidpersonalinjury,anyair conditionerservicesshouldbedoneonly by anexperiencedtechnicianwiththeproper equipment.

AUDIOSYSTEM

AUDIOOPERATIONPRECAUTIONS

Radio

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON positionandpushtheradiobandselect buttontoturnontheradio.Ifyoulistento theradiowiththeenginenotrunning,the ignitionswitchshouldbepushedtothe ACCposition.

Radioreceptionisaffectedbystation signalstrength,distancefromradiotransmitter,buildings,bridges,mountainsand otherexternalinfluences.Intermittent changesinreceptionqualitynormallyare causedbytheseexternalinfluences.

Usingacellularphoneinornearthe vehiclemayinfluenceradioreception quality.

Radioreception:

YourINFINITiradiosystemisequippedwith state-of-the-artelectroniccircuits toenhanceradioreception. Theseecircuits are designedtoextendreceptionrange,andto enhancethequalityofthatreception.

HowevertherearesomegeneralcharacteristicsofbothFMandAMradiosignalsthat canaffectradioreceptionqualityina movingvehicle,evenwhenthefinest

equipmentisused. These characteristics are completely normal in given reception area, and donotindicate anymalfunction in your INFINITI radiosystem.

Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, signal distance and interference from other vehicle scan work against ideal reception. Described below a some of the factor that can affect your radioreception.

Somecellularphonesorotherdevicesmay causeinterferenceorabuzzingnoiseto comefromtheaudiosystemspeakers. Storingthedeviceinadifferentlocation mayreduceoreliminatethenoise.

MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES • FM 25 to 30 miles (40 to 48 km) • AM 60 to 130 miles (97 to 209 km) SAA0306

FMradioreception:

Range:FMrangeisnormallylimitedto25 to30miles(40to48km),withmonaural (singlechannel)FMhavingslightlymore rangethanstereoFM.Externalinfluences maysometimesinterferewithFMstation receptioneveniftheFMstationiswithin 25miles(40km).ThestrengthoftheFM signalisdirectlyrelatedtothedistance betweenthetransmitterandreceiver.FM signalsfollowaline-of-sightpath,exhibitingmanyofthesamecharacteristicssas light.Forexampletheywillreflectoff objects.

Fadeanddrift: As your vehicle moves away

fromastationtransmitter, thesignalswill tendtofadeand/ordrift.

Staticandflutter: Duringsignalinterferencefrombuildings, largehillsordueto antennaposition, usuallyinconjunction withincreaseddistancefromthestation transmitter, staticorfluttercanbeheard. Thiscanbereducedbyloweringthetreble settingtoreducethetrebleresponse.

Multipathreception: Because of the reflective characteristics of FMsignals, direct and reflected signals reach thereceiver at the sametime. Thesignals may cancel each other, resulting in momentary flutter or lossofsound.

AMradioreception:

AMsignals, because of their low frequency, can bendaround objects and skip along the ground. In addition, the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference at they travel from transmitter to receiver. Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings. It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obsta

clesexist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical powerlines, electric signs and event traffic lights.

Satelliteradioreception:

Whenthesatelliteradioisusedforthefirst timeorthebatteryhasbeenreplaced,the satelliteradiomaynotworkproperly.This isnotamalfunction.Waitmorethan10 minuteswiththesatelliteradioONandthe vehicleoutsideofanymetalorlarge buildingforthesatelliteradiotoreceive allofthenecessarydata.

Thesatelliteradiomoderequiresanactive SiriusXMSatelliteRadiosubscription. The satelliteradioisnotavailableinAlaska, HawaiiandGuam.

Thesatelliteradioperformancemaybe affectedifcargocarriedontheroofblocks thesatelliteradiosignal.

If possible, donotputcargonearthe satelliteantenna.

Abuildupoficeonthesatelliteradio antennacanaffectsatelliteradioperformance.Removetheicetorestoresatellite radioreception.

COMPACT DISC DIGITAL AUDIO SAA0480

CompactDisc(CD)player

- DonotforceacompactdiscintotheCD insertslot. This could damage the CD and/or CDchanger/player.

●TryingtoloadaCDwiththeCDdoor closedcoulddamagetheCDand/orCD

changer.

- Duringcoldweatherorrainydays, the playermaymalfunctionduetothe humidity. If this occurs, removes the CDanddehumidifyorventilatethe playercompletely.

●Theplayermayskipwhiledrivingon roughroads.

●TheCDplayersometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decreased the temperature before use.

- Onlyusehighquality4.7in(12cm) rounddiscsthathavethe"COMPACT discDIGITALAUDIO"logoonthediscor packaging.

- DonotexposetheCDtodirectsunlight.

- CDsthatareofpoorquality, dirty, scratched, coveredwithfingerprints, orthathavepinholesmaynotwork properly.

- The following CDsmaynotwork properly: - Copycontrolcompactdiscs(CCCD) - Recordablecompactdiscs(CD-R) - Rewritablecompactdiscs(CD-RW)

- DonotusethefollowingCDsasthey maycausethe CD playertomalfunc-

tion.

-3.1in(8cm)discs

—CDsthatarenotround

—CDswithapaperlabel

—CDsthatarewarped, scratched, or haveabnormaledges

• This audiosystem can only play pre-recorded CDs. Ithas nocapabilitiesto recordorburn CDs.
• If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed. CHECKDISC:
• Confirm that the CD inserted correctly (thelabelsideisfacingup, etc.).
• Confirm that the CD is not bentor warped and it is free of scratches. PUSHEJECT:

Thisisanerrorduetothetemperature insidetheplayeristoohigh.Removethe CDbypushingtheEJECTbutton,andafter ashorttimereinserttheCD.TheCDcanbe playedwhenthetemperatureoftheplayer returnstonormal.

UNPLAYABLE:

Thefileisunplayableinthisaudiosystem (onlyMP3, WMAorAACCD).

Gracenote:

NOTE:

- TheinformationcontainedintheGrace-noteDatabaseisnotfullyguaranteed.

- TheserviceoftheGracenoteDatabase ontheInternetmaybestoppedwithoutpriornoticeformaintenance.

End-UserLicenseAgreement USEOFTHISPRODUCTIMPLIESACCEPTANCEOFTHETERMSBELOW.

Gracenote® MusicIDTermsofUse

ThisapplicationordevicecontainssoftwarefromGracenote,Inc.ofEmeryville, California("Gracenote").Thesoftwarefrom Gracenote(the"GracenoteSoftware")enablethisapplicationtoperformdiscand/orfileidentificationandobtainmusic-relatedinformation,includingname,artist, track,andtitleinformation("Gracenote Data")fromonlineserversorembedded databases(collectively,"GracenoteServers")andtoperformotherfunctions.You mayuseGracenoteDataonlybymeansof theintendedEnd-Userfunctionsofthis

applicationordevice.Youagreethatyou willuseGracenoteData,theGracenote Software,andGracenoteServersforyour ownpersonalnon-commercialuseonly. Youagreenottoassign,copy,transferor transmittheGracenoteSoftwareorany GracenoteDatatoanythirdparty.YOU AGREENOTTOUSEOREXPLOITGRACE-NOTEDATA,THEGRACENOTESOFTWARE, ORGRACENOTESERVERS,EXCEPTASEX-PRESSLYPERMITTEDHEREIN.

Youagreethatyournon-exclusivelicense tousetheGracenoteData,theGracenote Software,andGracenoteServerswillter- minateifyouviolatetheserestrictions.If yourlicenseterminates,youagreetocease anyandalluseoftheGracenoteData,the GracenoteSoftware,andGracenoteSew- ers.Gracenotereservesall rightsin GracenoteData,theGracenoteSoftware, andtheGracenoteServers,includingall ownershiprights.Undernocircumstances willGracenote becomeliablefor any paymenttoyouforanyinformationthat youprovide.

YouagreethatGracenote,Inc.mayenforce itsrightsunderthisAgreementagainstyou directlyinitsownname.

TheGracenoteserviceuses aunique

identifiertotrackqueriesforstatistical purposes. The purpose of randomly assigned numeric identifier to allow the Gracenoteservicetocountqueries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, seethewebpage for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service.

TheGracenoteSoftwareandeachitemof GracenoteDataarelicensedtoyou“AS IS.”“Gracenotemakesnorepresentations or warranties, expressorimplied, regardingtheaccuracyofanyGracenoteData fromintheGracenoteServers.Gracenote reservestherighttodeletedatafromthe GracenoteServersortochangedata categoriesforanycausethatGracenote deemssufficient.Nowarrantyismadethat theGracenoteSoftwareorGracenoteServerasareerror-freeorthatfunctioningof GracenoteSoftwareorGracenoteServers willbeuninterrupted.Gracenoteisnot obligatedtoprovideyouwithnewenhancedoradditionaldatatypesorcategoriesthatGracenotemayprovideinthe futureandisfreetodiscontinueits servicesatanytime.

GRACENOTEDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIES EXPRESSORIMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUTNOT

LIMITEDTO, IMPLIEDWARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTEDOES NOT WARRANT THERESULTSTHAT WILL BEOBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THEGRACENOTESOFTWARE OR ANYGRACENOTESERVER.INNOCASE WILL GRACENOTEBELIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANYLOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.

Copyright:

Musicrecognitiontechnologyandrelated dataareprovidedbyGracenote®.Gracenoteistheindustrystandardinmusic recognitiontechnologyandrelatedcontent delivery.Formoreinformation,pleasevisit www.gracenote.com.

CDandmusic-relateddatafromGracenote, Inc., copyright©2000-2009Gracenote. GracenoteSoftware, copyright© 2000-2009Gracenote.Thisproductandservice maypracticeoneormoreofthefollowing U.S. Patents: #5,987,525;#6,061,680; #6,154,773, #6,161,132,#6,230,192, #6,230,207,#6,240,459,#6,330,593, andotherpatentsissuedorpending.Some servicessuppliedunderlicensefromOpen Globe,Inc.forU.S.Patent:#6,304,523.

Gracenote and CDDBareregistered trademarksof Gracenote. The Gracenotelogo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo are trademarksof Gracenote.

A B LHA0484

DVD(DigitalVersatileDisc)player (modelswithnavigationsystem)

• Donotforceacompactdiscintothe CD/DVDinsertslot. This could damage the CD/DVDplayer.
• Duringcoldweatherorrainydays,the playermaymalfunctionduetohumid-

ity.Ifthisoccurs,removetheCD/DVD anddehumidifyorventilatetheplayer completely.

●Theplayermayskipwhiledrivingon roughroads.
●TheCD/DVDplayersometimes cannot functionwhenthepassengercompartmenttemperatureisextremelyhigh. Decreasethetemperaturebeforeuse.
- Onlyusehighquality4.7in(12cm) rounddiscsthathavethe"COMPACT discDIGITALAUDIO"or"DVDVideo" logoonthediscorpackaging.
- DonotexposetheCD/DVDtodirect sunlight.
- CD/DVDsthatarefpoorquality, dirty, scratched, coveredwithfingerprints, or thatavepinholesmaynotwork properly.
●ThefollowingCD/DVDsarenotguaranteedtoplay:

—Copycontrolcompactdiscs(CCCD)

—Recordablecompactdiscs(CD-R)
—Rewritablecompactdiscs(CD-RW)
—RecordableDVDs(DVD±R,DVD±R DL)
—RewritableDVDs(DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL)

- DonotusethefollowingCD/DVDsas theymaycausetheCD/DVDplayerto malfunction.

-3.1in(8cm)discs
—CD/DVDsthatarenotround
—CD/DVDswithapaperlabel
—CD/DVDsthatarewarped, scratched orhaveabnormaledges
—This audiosystem can only play prerecorded CD/DVDs. Ithasno capabilities to record or burn CD/DVDs.

- If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed.

DiscReadError:

• Confirm that the CD/DVD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.).
• Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bentor warped and its free of scratches.
  PleaseEjectDisc:
• This maybe an error dueto the temperature insidethe player being too high. Removethe CD/DVD by pushing the ELECT button, and after a short timere insert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD can be played when the

temperatureoftheplayerreturnsto normal.Iftheerrorpersistence,consult yourlocalretailership.

UnplayableFile:

●Thefilemaybecopyprotected.

- ThefileisnotMP3, WMA, AAC, M4Aor DivX® type.

RegionInvalid:

●TheDVDisnotforregion1orall regions.UseDVDswitharegioncode "1", "ALL" or "1 included" for your DVD entertainmentsystem.(Theregioncode A isdisplayedasasmallsymbol printedonthetopoftheDVD B.)This vehicle-installedDVDplayercannot playDVDswitharegioncodeother than "1" or "ALL".

Copyrightandtrademark:

●ThetechnologyprotectedbytheU.S. patentandotherintellectualproperty rightsownedbyMacrovisionCorporationandotherrightholdersisadopted forthissystem.

- Thiscopyrightprotectedtechnology cannotbeusedwithoutapermitfrom MacrovisionCorporation.Itislimitedto bepersonaluse,etc.,aslongasthe permitfromMacrovisionCorporationis

notissued.

• Modifyingordisassemblingisprohibited.
  ●Dolbydigitalismanufacturedunder licensefromDolbyLaboratories,Inc.
  ●DolbyandthedoubleDmark“ are trademarksofDolbyLaboratories, Inc.
• DTSandDTSDigitalSurround“ https”are registeredtrademarksofDigitalTheater Systems, Inc.

Parentallevel(parentalcontrol):

DVDswiththeparentalcontrolsettingcan beplayedwiththissystem.Pleaseuse yourownjudgementtosettheparental controlwiththesystem.

Discselection:

The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive.

•DVD-VIDEO
•VIDEO-CD
- CD-DA(ConventionalCompactDisc)
•DTS-CD

USB(UniversalSerialBus)

WARNING

Donotconnectordisconnect the USB device while driving. Doingsocanbeadistraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

• DonotforcetheUSBdeviceintotheUSB port.InsertingtheUSBdevicetiltedor up-side-downintotheportmaydamage theUSBdeviceandtheport.Makesure thattheUSBdeviceisconnectedcor- rectlyintotheUSBport.
• DonotgrabtheUSBportcover(ifso equipped)whenpullingtheUSBdevice outoftheport.Thiscoulddamagethe portandthecover.
• DonotleavetheUSBcableinaplace whereitcanbepulledunintentionally. Pullingthecablemaybreakthewire, USBdeviceortheport.

- To avoid damage and lossoff function when using a USB device, not the following precautions.

— Donotbendthecableexcessively (1.6in(40mm)radiusminimum).
— Donottwistthecableexcessively (morethan180degrees).
— Donotpullordropthecable.
— DonothitorpresstheUSBportor USBdevicewithhands,feet,or objects.
— Donotstoreobjectswithsharp edgesinthestorageareawherethe cableisstored.
— DonotleavetheUSBdeviceand attacheddevicesinthevehiclecompartment. When not in use for extended period soft time, store the cable and USB device in clean, dust free environment at room temperature and without direct sun exposure.
— Donotusethecableforanyother purposeesthanitsintendeduseinthe vehicle.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB device should be purchased separately as necessary.

ThissystemcannotbeusedtoformatUSB devices.ToformataUSBdevice,usea personalcomputer.

Insomestates/area,theUSBdeviceforthe frontseatsplaysonlysoundwithout imagesforregulatoryreasons,evenwhen thevehicleisparked.

This system supports various USB memory devices, USB hard drives and iPod players. Some USB devices may not be supported by this system.

- PartitionedUSBdevicesmaynot be playedcorrectly.

- Somecharactersusedinotherlanguages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are notdisplayedproperlyondisplay. Using English language characters with aUSB device is recommended.

GeneralnotesforUSBuse:

●TheUSBdevicemaynotfunctionwhen thepassengercompartmenttemperatureisextremelyhigh. Lowerthe temperaturebeforeuse.
- Duringcoldweatherorrainydays, the playermaymalfunctionduetohumid-

ity.Ifthisoccurs,removetheUSB deviceanddehumidifyorventilatethe USBplayercompletely.

• DonotconnectaUSBdeviceifa connector,cableorUSBportiswet. Allowtheconnector,cable,andUSB porttodrycompletelybeforeconnectingtheUSBdevice.(Waitfor24hours ormoreuntilisdry.)Iftheconnector and USB port are exposed to fluids otherthanwater,evaporativeresidue maycauseashortcircuitbetween the connectorpinsandUSBport.Inthis case,replacethecableandUSBport. OtherwisedamagetotheUSBdevice andalossoffunctionmayoccur.
• If the cable is damaged (insulation cut, connectors cracked, contamination such as liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), donotusethecable. Replacetheable with anewone.
• DonotputaUSBdeviceinalocation wherestaticelectricityoccurs,electrical noiseisgeneratedorhotairfromthe airconditionerblowsdirectlyonit. Doingsomaycausethedatastoredon theUSBdevicetobecorrupted.

NotesforiPod ^® use:

iPod ^® isattrademarkofAppleInc., registeredintheU.S.andothercountries.

- ImproperlypluggingintheiPod ^ may causeacheckmarktobedisplayedon andoff(flickering).Alwaysmakesure thattheiPod ^ isconnectedproperly.

- AniPodnano ^ (1stGeneration) may remain infastforward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation. In this case, please manually reset theiPod ^ .

- AniPodnano ^ (2ndGeneration) will continuetofast-forwardorrewindifit is disconnected during a seek operation.

- Anincorrectsongtitlemayappearwhen thePlayModeischangedwhileusing aniPodnano ^® (2ndGeneration)

- Audiobooksmaynotplayinthesame orderastheyappearonaniPod ^® .

- Largevideofilescauseslowresponses inaniPod ^ .Thevehiclecenterdisplay maymomentarilyblackout,butwill soonrecover.

- IfaniPod ^ automaticallyselectslarge videofileswhileintheshufflemode, thevehiclecenterdisplaymaymomen-

tarilyblackout, but will soon recover.

CompressedAudioFiles(MP3/WMA/AAC/ATRAC3)

Explanationofterms:

- MP3—MP3isshortforMovingPictures ExpertsGroupAudioLayer3.MP3is themostwell knowncompressed digitalaudiofileformat.This format allowsfornear“CDquality”sound,but atafractionofthesizeofnormalaudio files.MP3conversionofanaudiotrack canreducethefilesizebyapproximatelya10:1ratio(Sampling:44.1 kHz,Bitrate:128kbps)withvirtually noperceptible loss inquality.The compressionreduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people.

●WMA—WindowsMediaAudio(WMA)is acompressedaudioformatcreatedby MicrosoftasanalternativetoMP3. The WMAcodeoffersgreaterfilecompression than the MP3 codec, enabling storageofmoredigitalaudiotracksin thesameamountof spacewhen comparedtoMP3satthesamelevel ofquality.

- AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is a lossy audio compression format. Audiofiles that have been encoded with AACaregenerally smaller insize and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3.

- Bitrate—Bitratedenotesthenumber of bits per second used by a digital music file. The size and quality of a compresseddigitalaudiofileisdeterminedby thebitrateusedwhen encodingthefile.

- Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency is therate at which the samples of asignal are converted from analog to digital (A/D conversion) per second.

- Multisession—Multisessionisoneof themethodsforwritingdatatomedia. Writingdataoncetothemediaiscalled asinglesession,andwritingmorethan onceiscalledamultisession.

- ID3/WMATag—TheID3/WMAtagisthe partoftheencodedMP3orWMAfile that contains information about the digital music file such as song title, artist, albumtitle, encoding bitrate, tracktimeduration,etc.ID3taginformationisdisplayontheAlbum/ Artist/Tracktitlelineonthedisplay.

4-62 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

*Windows ^® and WindowsMedia ^® are registered trademarksortrademarksof MicrosoftCorporationintheUnitedStates of Americaand/orothercountries.

graph TD
    A["ROOT FOLDER"] --> B["1"]
    A --> C["2"]
    A --> D["3"]
    A --> E["4"]
    A --> F["5"]
    A --> G["6"]
    A --> H["7"]
    B --> I["Folder"]
    C --> J["Audio file"]
    D --> K["Folder"]
    E --> L["Audio file"]
    F --> M["Folder"]
    G --> N["Audio file"]

Playbackorder:

●Thefoldernamesoffoldersnotcontainingcompressedaudiofilesarenot showninthedisplay.

- Ifthereisafileinthetoplevelofadisc/USB, "RootFolder" is displayed.

●The playbackorderistheorderinwhich thefileswerewrittenbythewriting software,sothefilesmightnotplayin thedesiredorder.

●Musicplaybackorderofcompressed audiofilesisasillustrated.

Specificationchart:

SupportedmediaCD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD-ROM*5,DVD±R*5,			DVD±RW*5,DVD±RDL*5,USB2.0
Supportedfilesystems			CD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD-ROM*5,DVD±R*5,DVD±RW*5,DVD±RDL*5:ISO9660LEVEL1,ISO9660LEVEL2,Romeo,Joliet*ISO9660Level3(packetwriting)isnotsupported.*FilessavedusingtheLiveFileSystemcomponent(onaWindowsVista-basedcomputer)arenotsupported.UDFBridge(UDF1.02+ISO9660),UDF1.5,UDF2.0*VDF1.5/VDF2.0(packetwriting)isnotsupported.
			USBmemory:FAT16,FAT32
Supported versions*1	MP3	VersionMPEG1AudioLayer3
		Samplingfrequency8kHz-48kHz
		Bitrate8kbps-320kbps,VBR*4
	WMA*2	VersionWMA7,WMA8,WMA9
		Samplingfrequency32kHz-48kHz
		Bitrate32kbps-192kbps,VBR(Ver.9)*4
	AAC*5	VersionMPEG-AAC
		Samplingfrequency8kHz-96kHz
		Bitrate16kbps-320kbps,VBR*4
Taginformation(SongtitleandArtistname)			ID3tagVER1.0,VER1.1,VER2.2,VER2.3,VER2.4(MP3only)
			WMAtag(WMAonly)
Folderlevels			Modelswithnavigationsystem:Folderlevels:8,Folders:512(includingrootfolder),Files:5,000Modelswithoutnavigationsystem:Folderlevels:8,Foldersandfiles:999(Max.255filesforonefolder)
Displayablecharactercodes*3			01:ASCII,02:ISO-8859-1,03:UNICODE(UTF-16BOMBigEndian),04:UNICODE(UTF-16Non-BOMBigEndian),05:UNICODE(UTF-8),06:UNICODE(Non-UTF-16BOMLittleEndian),07:SHIFT-JIS

*1Filescreatedwithacombinationof48kHzsamplingfrequencyand64kbpsbitratecannotbeplayed.
*2ProtectedWMAfiles(DRM)cannotbeplayed.

4-64Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

*3Availablecodesdependonwhatkindofmedia,versionsandinformationaregoingtobedisplayed.
*4WhenVBRfilesareplayed,theplaybacktimemaynotbedisplayedcorrectly.
*5Modelswithnavigationsystem

Troubleshootingguide:

SymptomCauseandCountermeasure
Cannotplay	CheckifthediscorUSBdevicewasinsertedcorrectly.
	Checkifthediscisscratchedordirty.
	Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.
	Ifthereisatemperatureincreaseerror,theplayerwillplaycorrectlyafteritreturnstothenormaltemperature.
	If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.
	Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)”, “.M4A (.m4a)”, or “.AA3 (.aa3)” cannot be played. In addition,thecharactercodesandnumberofcharactersforfoldernamesandfilenamesshouldbeincompliancewiththe specifications.
	Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressedaudiowritingapplicationsorothertexteditingapplications.
	Checkifthefinalizationprocess,suchassessioncloseanddiscclose,isdoneforthedisc.
	CheckifthediscorUSBdeviceisprotectedbycopyright.
PoorsoundqualityCheckifthediscisscratchedordirty.
Ittakesarelativelylongtimebefore themusicstartsplaying.	If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
Musiccutsofforskips	The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not matchthespecifications.Tryusingtheslowestwritingspeed.
SkippingwithhighbitratefilesSkipping	mayoccurwithlargequantitiesofdata,suchasforhighbitratedata.
Moveimmediatelytothenextsong whenplaying.	If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection,theplayerwillskiptothenextsong.
Thesongsdonot playbackinthe desiredorder.	The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
	Random/ShufflemaybeactiveontheaudiosystemoronaUSBdevice.

4-66Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

CompressedVideoFiles(models withnavigationsystem)

Explanationofterms:

- DivX ^® -DivX ^® referstotheDivX ^® codec ownedbyDivX,Inc.usedforalossy compressionofvideobasedonMPEG-4.

●AVI-AVIstandsforAudioVideo Interleave.Itisastandardfileformat originatedbyMicrosoftCorporation.A “.divx”encodedfilecanbesavedinto the“.avi”fileformatfor playbackon thissystemifitmeetstherequirements statedinthetableinthissection. However,notallthe“.avi”filesare playableonthissystemsincedifferent encodingscanbeusedthantheDivX codec.

- ASF-ASFstandsforAdvancedSystems Format.Itisafileformatowned by MicrosoftCorporation.Note:Only“. asf”filesthatmeettherequirements statedinthetableinthissectioncan beplayed.

- Bitrate—Bitratedenotesthenumber ofbitspersecondusedbyadigital videofile.Thesizeandqualityofa compresseddigitalaudiofileisdeter-

minedbythebitrateusedwhen encodingthefile.

RequirementforSupportingVideoPlayback:

MediaCD,CD-R,CD	-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RWDL,USB2.0Memory
FileSystemsCD,	CD-R,CD-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RWDL	ISO9660LEVEL1,ISO9660LEVEL2,Romeo,Joliet,UDFBridge(UDF1.02+ISO9660),UDF1.5,UDF2.0-ISO9660Level3(packetwriting)isnotsupported.-FilessavedusingtheLiveFileSystemcomponent(onaWindowsVista-basedcomputer)arenotsupported.-VDF1.5/VDF2.0(packetwriting)isnotsupported.
	USBMemory	FAT16,FAT32
FileTypes.divx,.avi		VideoCodecsDivX3,DivX4,DivX5,DivX6
		AudioCodecsMP3,MPEG2.5	AudioLayer3,AC3,LPCM
	.asf	VideoCodecISO-MPEG4
		AudioCodecG.726
BitRates.divx,.avi		MaximumAverage	4Mbps
		MaximumPeak	8Mbps
Resolution	.divx,.avi	Minimum	32 × 32
		Maximum	720 × 480
	.asf	Minimum	32 × 32
		Maximum	720 × 576

Bluetoothstreaming audio(models with navigation system)

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth ^® isatrademark ownedbyBluetoothSIG,Inc. andlicensedtoClarionCo.,Ltd.

• Some Bluetooth ^® audio devices may not be recognized by the in-vehicle audiosystem.
• It is necessary to set up the wireless connectionbetweenacompatibleBluetooth® audiodeviceandthein-vehicle Bluetooth® module before using the Bluetoothstreamingaudio.
• Operating procedure of the Bluetooth streamingaudiowillvarydependingon the device. Makes sureitis understood how to operate an audiodevice before using it with this system.
• TheBluetoothstreamingaudiomaybe stopped under the following conditions:
  — Receivingahands-freecall.
  — Checking the connection to the hands-freephone.
• DonotplaceaBluetooth ^® audiodevice in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle Bluetooth ^® module to prevent tone quality degra-

dationandwirelessconnectiondisruption.

●Whileanaudiodeviceisconnected throughaBluetooth ^® wirelessconnection,thebatterypowerofthedevice maydischargequickerthanusual.
●ThissystemsupportstheBluetooth Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).
- WirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth functionssharethesamefrequency band(2.4GHz).UsingtheBluetooth andthewirelessLANfunctionsatthe sametimemayslowdownordisconnectthecommunicationandcause undesirednoise.Itisrecommended thatyouturnoffthewirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth functions.

1 VOL 2 SCAN 3 RDM RPT 4 5 TUNE FOLDER 6 PUSH ON-OFF SEEK-CAT TRACK PUSH AUDIO ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 7 8 B

SAA2724

1.ON·OFF/VOL(volume)controlknob
2. RadioSCANbutton
3.RDM(random)RPT(repeat)playbutton
4. TRACKbutton
5.SEEK-TRACKbutton

1. Radiotuning/MP3/WMA/AACfolder selector/AUDIOcontrolknob
   7.DiscEJECTbutton
2. Radiostationpresetandbuttons

Nosatelliteradioreceptionisavailable

unlessaSiriusXMSatelliteRadiosubscriptionisactive.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-69

Theaudiocontrolbuttonsarealsolocated onthecentermulti-functioncontrolpanel.

CAMERA DEST ZOOM CUT ROUTE ZOOM IN MAP AM+FM SAT DISC AUX 1 2 BACK LV ENT JVH0138X

Modelswithnavigationsystem
1.AM·FM·SATradiobandselectbutton
2. DISC·AUXbutton

1 2 RADIO AM+FM AUX DISC STATUS 3 BACK SAA2922

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem
1.AUX/Satelliteradiobandselectbutton
2.RADIOAM·FMbandselectbutton
3.DISCbutton

FM-AM-SATRADIOWITHCOMPACT DISC(CD)PLAYER

Foralloperationprecautions,see"Audio operationprecautions"(P.4-54).

Thesatelliteradiomoderequiresanactive SiriusXMSatelliteRadiosubscription. The satelliteradioisnotavailableinAlaska, HawaiiandGuam.

Itmaytakesometimetoreceivethe

4-70Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

activationsignalaftersubscribingthe SiriusXMSatelliteRadio. Afterreceiving the activationsignal, an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio. Push the ignitionswitch from LOCK to ACCtoupdatethechannellist.

Audiomainoperation

Headunit:

Theautoloudnesscircuitenhancesthelow andhighfrequencyrangesautomaticallyin bothradioreceptionandCDplayback.

ON-OFF/Volumecontrol:

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position, and then push the ON-OFFbutton while the system is of to turn on the last audiosource, which was playing immediately before the system was turned off. While the system is on, pushing the ON-OFF button turn the system off.

TurntheVOLcontrolknobtoadjustthe volume.

Adjustingtonequalityandspeakerbalance:

ToadjustBass, Treble, BalanceandFade, pushtheAudiocontrolknob. When the displayshowsthesettingyouwantto change(Bass, Treble, BalanceandFade),

rotatetheAudiocontrolknobtosetthe desiredsetting.Fortheothersetting methods,see“HowtouseSETTINGbutton” (P.4-15).

Switchingthedisplay:

• Modelswithnavigationsystem PushingtheDISC·AUXbuttonwillswitch thedisplaysasfollows:
• Modelswithoutnavigationsystem Pushingthe AUXbutton willswitchthe displayasfollows:

$$ \begin{array}{l}\text { iPod } ^ {\text { ® }} / \text { USB } \rightarrow \text { CD } / \text { DVD } \rightarrow \text { Bluetooth }\\text { streamingaudio } \rightarrow \text { iPod } ^ {\text { ® }} / \text { USB }\end{array} $$

$$ \begin{array}{l} \text {USB / iPod} ^ {\circledast} \to \text {XM1} \to \text {XM2} \to \text {XM3} \to \ \text {USB / iPod} ^ {\circledast} \end{array} $$

FM-AM-SATradiooperation

Whentheradiobandselectbuttonis pushedwhiletheignitionswitchisinthe ACCorONposition,theradiowillcomeon atthechannellastplayed.

Thelastchannelplayedwillalsocomeon whentheON·OFFbuttonispushedtoON.

Thesatelliteradioisnotavailablein Alaska,HawaiiandGuam.

Ifanotheraudiosourceisplayingwhentheradio or satellite band select button is

turnedtoON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and the last radiochannel played will come on.

Whenthestereobroadcastsignalisweak, theradiowillautomaticallychangefrom stereotomonauralreception.

radio(AM/FM)or AM-FM SAT radio(FM/AM/SAT)bandselect:

PushingtheRADIOAM·FMorAM·FM·SAT radiobandselectbuttonwillchangethe bandasfollows:

- Modelswithnavigationsystem AM → FM1 → FM2 → XM1 → XM2 → XM3 →AM

- Modelswithoutnavigationsystem AM → FM1 → FM2 → AM

AUX radio(SAT)bandselect(models withoutnavigationsystem):

Pushthesatelliteradiobandselectbutton to select the satelliteradio modeXM1, XM2orXM3.

TUNE(Tuning):

●ForAMandFMradio

Turntheradiotuningknobformanual tuning.

●ForSiriusXMSatelliteRadio

Turntheradiotuningknobtoseek channelsfromallofthecategories whenanycategoryisnotselected.

SEEKtuning/CATEGORY(CAT):

●ForAMandFMradio

PushtheSEEK-CATorTRACKbutton to tunefromlowtohighorhightolow frequencies and to stop at then next broadcasting station.

●ForSiriusXMSatelliteRadio

PushtheSEEK-CATorTRACKbutton to tuneto the first channel of then ext or previous category.

Duringsatelliteradioreception, the following notices will be displayed under certain conditions.

●NOSIGNAL(Nosignalisreceivedwhile theSATtunerisconnected.)
- OFFAIR(Broadcastingsignedoff)
- CHECKANTENNA(Antennaconnection error)
- LOADING(When the initial setting is performed)
- UPDATING(Whenthesatelliteradio subscriptionisnotactive)

SCAN

SCANtuning:

PushtheradioSCANbuttontotunefrom lowtohighfrequenciesandstopateach broadcastingstation/channelfor5seconds.Pushingthebuttonagainduringthis 5secondsperiodwillstopSCANtuning andtheradiowillremaintunedtothat station/channel.

IftheradioSCANbuttonisnotpushed within5seconds, SCANtuningmovesto thenextstation/channel.

① to ⑥ Stationmemoryoperations:

12stations/channelscanbesetfortheFM band(6eachforFM1andFM2),18for SiriusXMSatelliteRadio(6eachforXM1, XM2andXM3)and6stationscanbeset fortheAMband.

1. Choosetheradiobandusingtheradio bandselectbutton.
2. Tunetothedesiredstation/channel usingtheSEEK·CAT, TRACK, radioSCAN buttonortheradiotuningknob.
   3.Pushandholdthedesiredstation presetbutton ① to ⑥ untiltheradio mutes.
3. Thestation indicator will then come on and the sound will resume. Memorizing

isnowcomplete.

1. Other button scan beset in the same manner.

If the batterycable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, theradiomemory will be erased. In that case, reset the desired stations/channels.

List(AMandFMradio)(modelswith navigationsystem):

Whenthe“List”keyonthedisplayis selectedwhiletheFMorAMradioisbeing played,thepresetstationlistwillbe displayed.

If1ofthe6presetstationslistedis touchedandheld, thecurrentstationwill bestoredasthenewpreset.

Menu(SiriusXMSatelliteRadio)(models withnavigationsystem):

When the "Menu" key on the display is selectedwhiletheSiriusXMSatelliteRadio isbeingplayed, themenulistwillbe displayed.

The following items are available.

●PresetList

Displaysthepresetchannellist.If1of the6presetstationslistedistouched andheld,thecurrent stationwillbe

storedasthenewpreset.

- CustomizeChannelList

Selectsspecificchannelstoskipwhile usingtheTUNE,SEEK/CATEGORYor Menu-Categoriesfeature.

●FavoriteArtists&Songs

Storesthecurrentartistsongthatis beingplayed.Touchthe"Alert"keyto beremindedwhenthestoredartistor songisplayingonastationwhile listeningtoSiriusXM.

- Categories

Selectingacategorywillgotothefirst channelinthatcategoryasdefinedby SiriusXMSatelliteRadio.

- DirectTune

Inputsthechannelnumberbyusinga keypad.

Text(modelswithoutnavigationsystem):

When the "Text" key is selected with the INFINIT controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satelliter radio is being played, the text information listed below will be displayed on the screen.

-CHName

Category

Name

•Title

●Other

CompactDisc(CD)playeroperation

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON positionandinserttheCompactDisc(CD) intotheslotwiththelabelsidefacingup. TheCDwillbeguidedautomaticallyinto theslotandstartplaying.

AfterloadingtheCD, thenumberoftracks ontheCDandtheplaytimewillappearon thedisplay.

Iftheradioisalreadyoperating, it will automatically turnoff and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will start the CD.

Donotuse3.1in(8cm)discs.

WhentheDISC·AUXorDISCbuttonis pushedwiththesystemoffandtheCD loaded,thesystemwillturnonandtheCD willstarttoplay.

WhentheDISC·AUXorDISCbuttonis pushedwiththeCDloadedandtheradio playing,theradiowillautomaticallybe

turnedoffandtheCDwillstarttoplay.

Menu(modelswithnavigationsystem):

Whenthe"Menu"keyonthedisplayis selectedwhiletheCDisbeingplayed,the menuscreenwillbedisplayed.Thefollowingmenuoptionsareavailable.

- FolderList(forCDwithcompressed audiofiles)

Displaysthefolderlist.

-TrackList

Displaysthetracklist.

●PlayMode

Selectaplaymodefromthefollowing items.

—Normal

—1FolderRepeat(forCDwithcompressedaudiofiles)

-1TrackRepeat

-1DiscRandom

— 1 FolderRandom(forCDwith compressedaudiofiles)

- TitleTextPriority(forCD)(ifso equipped)

SettheprioritytoCDDB(CompactDisc DataBase)toacquiretrackinformation fromtheGracenoteDatabase,orset theprioritytoCD-TEXTtoacquirethe

informationfromCDs.

Text(modelswithoutnavigationsystem):

When the "Text" key is selected in the screen using the INFINIT controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played, them music information below will be displayed on the screen.

CD:

• Disctitle
  -Tracktitle
  CDwithcompressedaudiofiles:
• Foldertitle
  -Filetitle
• Songtitle
• Albumtitle
  ●Artist

Next/PreviousTrackandFastwind:

PushtheFForREWbuttonformorethan 1.5secondswhileaCDisbeingplayedto fast-forwardorrewindthroughthetrack. Whenthebuttonisreleased,theCDwill returntonormalplayspeed.

WhentheFFbuttonispushedforlessthan 1.5secondswhileaCDisbeingplayed,the nexttrackontheCDwillbeplayed.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 second with 3 seconds after the current track started playing, the previous track will be played.

WhentheREWbuttonispushedforless than1.5secondsafter3secondsfrom whenthecurrenttrackstartedplaying,the beginningofthecurrenttrackwill be played.

REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

WhentheRPTbuttonispushedwhilethe CD is played, the play pattern can be changedasfollows:

(CD)

(CDwithcompressedaudiofiles)

CDEJECT:

WhenthediscEJECTbuttonispushedwith theCDloaded,theCDwillbeejected.

WhenthisbuttonispushedwhiletheCDis

beingplayed, theCDwillbeejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it.

DVD(DigitalVersatileDisc)PLAYER OPERATION(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Precautions

Start the enginewhen using the DVD entertainment system.

Movieswillnotbeshownonthefront displaywhilethevehicleisinanydrive positiontoreducedriverdistraction.Audio isavailablewhenamovieisplayed.To viewmoviesinthefrontdisplay,stopthe vehicleinasafelocation,movethe selectorlevertotheP(Park)positionand applytheparkingbrake.

WARNING

- Thedrivermustnotattempttooperate theDVDsystemorweartheheadphones whilethevehicleisinmotionsothatfull attentionmaybegiventovehicleoperation.

- Donotattempttomodifythesystemto displayamovieonthefrontscreenwhile thevehicleisbeingdriven.Doingsomay distractthedriverandmaycausea collisionandseriouspersonalinjuryor death.

CAUTION

• OnlyoperatetheDVDwhilethevehicle engineisrunning.OperatingtheDVDfor extendedperiodsoftimewiththe engineOFFcandischargethevehicle battery.
• Donotallowthesystemtogetwet. Excessive moistures such as spilled liquids may cause the system to function.
• WhileplayingVIDEO-CDmedia, thisDVD playerdoesnotguaranteecomplete functionalityofallVIDEO-CDformats.

VOL SCAN RCAI OFF 1 2 3 ① ① SAA3650

tint,colorandcontrast,selectthe"Display Adjustment"keyandthenselecteachkey.

Thenyoucanadjusteachitemusingthe INFINITIcontroller.Afterchangeshave beenmadepushtheBACKbuttontosave thesetting.

DVDdrive

TheDVDslotislocatedonthecenter INFINITlcontrolpanel.InsertaDVDintothe slotwiththelabelsidefacingup.TheDVD willbeguidedautomaticallyintotheslot.

WhenejectingtheDVD, pushtheEJECT button ▲①.

Displaysettings

Toadjustthefrontdisplaymode, pushthe SETTINGbuttonwhiletheDVDisbeing played, selectthe "Others" keyandthen selectthe "Display" key.

ToadjustthedisplayON/OFF,brightness,

DVD 1-1 0:00:00 Wide Pause Stop Skip Skip CM >> CM << Settings Top Menu SAA2497

PlayingaDVD

DISC-AUXbutton:

Parkthevehicleinasafelocationforthe frontseatoccupantstoooperatetheDVD drivewhilewatchingtheimages.

PushtheDISC·AUXbuttonontheinstrumentpanelandturnthedisplaytotheDVD mode.

WhenaDVDisloaded, it will bereplayed automatically.

The operations screen will be turned on when the DISC-AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played, and it will turn off auto-

maticallyafteraperiodoftime.Toturnit onagain,pushtheDISC·AUXbuttonagain.

DVDoperationkeys:

WhentheDVDisplayingwithoutthe operationscreenbeingshown,youmay usethetouchscreentoselectitemsfrom thedisplayedvideo.Youmayalsousethe INFINITIcontrollertoselectanitemfrom thedisplayedvideo.Whentheoperation screenisbeingshown,usetheINFINITI controllerortouchscreentoselectanitem fromthedisplayedmenus.

II PAUSE:

Selectthe“ || ”keytopausetheDVD.To resumeplayingtheDVD,usethe“PLAY” key.

PLAY:

Selectthe“ ▶ ”keytostartplayingthe DVD,forexample,afterpausingtheDVD.

STOP:

Selectthe" ■ "keytostopplayingthe DVD.

▶▶/Next/PreviousChapter:

Selectthe“ ▶▶”or“”keytoskipthe chapter(s)ofthediscforward/backward. Thechapterswilladvance/gobackthe numberoftimesthiskeyisselected.

|▶/CommercialSkip:

ThisfunctionisonlyforDVD-VIDEO,DVD-VR.Selectthe“ |►”or“”keytoskip forwardorbackwardsbythesetamountas definedintheDVDSettingsmenu.

TopMenu:

When the "TopMenu" key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played, the top menus specific to each disc will be displayed. Ford details, seethe instructions on the disc.

DVD > Setting Key Title Menu Title Search 1 + 10Key Search Angle Angle Mark ON 1/15 SAA2498

Example

DVDsettings

Selectthe"Settings"keytoadjustthe followingsettings.

Key(DVD-VIDEO):

KeysfortheDVDmenuoperationare displayed.

:MovethecursortoselectaDVD

Enter:Entertheselectedmenu.

Move: Changethedisplaylocationby movingtheoperationkey.

Back: Return to the previous screen.

Hide: Hidetheoperationkey.

TitleMenu(DVD-VIDEO):

Somemenusspecifictoeachdiscwillbe shown. Fordetails, seetheinstructionson thedisc.

TitleSearch(DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):

Thescenewiththespecifiedtitlewillbe displayed each time the “+” side or “-” sideisselected.

GroupSearch(VIDEOCD):

Asceneinthespecifiedgroupwillbe displayed each time the “+” side or “-” sideisselected.

10KeySearch(DVD-VIDEO,VIDEO-CD,CD-DA,DVD-VR):

Selectthe"10KeySearch"keytoopenthe numberentryscreen.Inputthenumberto besearchedandselectthe"OK"key.The specifiedTitle/ChapterorGroup/Trackwill beplayed.

SelectNo.(VIDEO-CD):

Selectthe"SelectNo."keytoopenthe numberentryscreen.Inputthenumberto besearchedandselectthe"OK"key.The specifiedscenewillbeplayed.

Angle(DVD-VIDEO):

If the DVD contains different angles (such as moving images), the current image angle can be switched to another one. Select the "Angle" key. The angle will change each time the "+" side or "-" side is selected.

AngleMark(DVD-VIDEO):

Whenthisitemisturnedon,ananglemark willbeshownonthebottomofthescreen ifthescenecanbeseenfromadifferent angle.

MenuSkip(DVD-VIDEO):

DVDmenusareautomaticallyconfigured andthecontentswillbeplayeddirectly whenthe"MenuSkip"keyisturnedon. Notethatsomediscsmaynotbeplayed directlyevenifthisitemisturnedon.

CMSkip(DVD-VIDEO):

Selectthe“CMSkip”key.Choosethe settingtimefrom15,30or60secondsby selecting the “+” side or “−” side.

DRC(DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):

DRC(DynamicRangeCompression) automatically adjust sthesoundtrack volume level to maintain more even sound to the speakers.

DVDLanguage(DVD-VIDEO,VIDEO-CD):

Selectthe“DVDLanguage”keytoopenthe numberentryscreen.Inputthenumber correspondingtothepreferredlanguage andselectthe“OK”key.TheDVDtopmenu languagewillbechangedtotheone specified.

Display:

Toadjusttheimagequalityofthescreen, selectthepreferredadjustmentitems.

Audio:

Select the preferred language for audio.

Subtitle(DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):

Select the preferred language for subtitles.

DisplayMode(DVD-VIDEO,VIDEO-CD,DVD-VR):

Select from the "Full", "Wide", "Normal" or "Cinema" modes.

TitleList(DVD-VR):

Selectthepreferredtitlefromthelist.

PlayMode:

Select the preferred playmode.

PG/PLMode(DVD-VR):

Select the "PG" or "PL" mode.

JVH0139X

USBMEMORYOPERATION

Audiomainoperation

OpentheconsolelidandconnectaUSB memory ① asillustrated. Then, pushthe DISC·AUXorAUXbuttonrepeatedlyto switchtotheUSBmemorymode.

If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing, pushing the ON-OFF/VOL control knob will start the USB memory.

CAUTION

- Depending on size and shape of USB device, the console lid may not fully close. Donot force console lid closed as this may damage USB device.

- DonotforcetheUSBdeviceintotheUSB port.InsertingtheUSBdevicetiltedor up-side-downintotheportmaydamage theUSBdeviceandtheport.Makesure thattheUSBdeviceisconnectedcorrectlyintotheUSBport.(SomeUSB devicescomewitha markasa guide.Makesurethatthemarkisfacing thecorrectdirectionbeforeinsertingthe device.)

- DonotlocateobjectsneartheUSB device to prevent the objects from leaning on the USB device and the port. Pressure from the objects may damage the USB device and the port.

USB This USB device contains multisession contents. Please select item to play. Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents SAA2500

Fileselection(modelswithnavigationsystem)

When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory, them do select screen is displayed. Select the preferred content to play.

When there is only one type off file, the audioormovie operations screen is displayed and start to play.

If playbackofavideofileisrestrictedtoa particularnumberoftimes,apop-up screenwillappeartoconfirmwhetheryou wanttoplaythefileornot.Answeryesor noasrequestedbythedisplay.

USB Artist XXXXXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXXXXX TUNE ● Folder Folder 1 of 3 Track 1 of 61 0:07 Menu SAA2501

Modelswithnavigationsystem

(XXXXXXXXX 0:00 Repeat All MP 3 Text Up 1XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 3XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 4XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 5XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 6XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 6/15 Down SAA2611

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

Audiofileoperation

WhentheDISC·AUXorAUXbuttonis pushedwiththesystemoffandtheUSB memoryinserted,thesystemwillturnon.

Ifanotheraudiosourceisplayinganda USB memory is inserted, push the DISC-AUXorAUXbutton repeatedly until thecenterdisplaychangestotheUSB memorymode.

Next/PreviousFileandFast-

Forward/Rewind:

PushtheFForREWbuttonformorethan 1.5secondswhileaUSBmemoryisbeing playedtofast-forwardorrewindthrough thetrack.Whenthebuttonisreleased,the USBmemorywillreturntonormalplay speed.

WhentheFFbuttonispushedforlessthan 1.5secondswhileaUSBmemoryisbeing played,thenexttrackontheUSBmemory willbeplayed.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 second within 3 seconds after the current track started playing, the previous track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing, the beginning of the current track will be played.

The INFINITI controller can also be used to select track when the USB memory is being played.

Folderselection:

TochangetoanotherfolderintheUSB memory,turnthefolderselectororchoose afolderdisplayedonthescreenusingthe INFINITIcontroller.

REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

WhentheRPTbuttonispushedwhilethe USBmemoryisplayed,theplaypattern canbechangeasfollows.

Tochangetheplaymode, pushtheRPT button repeatedly and themodewill changeasfollows.

Normal→1FolderRepeat→1Track Repeat→AllRandom→1FolderRandom →Normal

Text(modelswithoutnavigationsystem):

Whenthe"Text"keyisselectedonthe screenusingtheINFINITIcontrollerand

thentheENTERbuttonispushedwhilea USBmemoryisbeingplayed,themusic informationlistedbelowwillbedisplayed onthescreen.

• Foldertitle
• Filetitle
• Songtitle
• AlbumTitle
• Artist

USB ▶ Menu Movie Playback Folder List Track List Play Mode Normal 1/3 SAA2502

Menu(modelswithnavigationsystem):

Therearesomeoptionsavailableduring playback.Selectoneofthefollowing optionsthataredisplayedonthescreen ifnecessary.Refertothefollowinginformationforeachitem.

- MoviePlayback

Switchtothemovie playbackmode. Thisitemis displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files.

- FolderList/TrackList

Displaysthefolderortracklist.The "MoviePlayback" keyisalsodisplayed inthislistscreen, andenablesswitch-

ingtothemovieplaybackmode. ●PlayMode Selectthepreferredplaymode.

USB 1 - 1 0:00:00 Wide Play Stop Skip Skip Settings List SAA2503

Moviefileoperation(modelswith navigationsystem) Parkthevehicleinasafelocationforthe frontseatoccupantstoooperatetheUSB memorywhilewatchingtheimages.

DISC AUX PLAY:

WhentheDISC-AUXbuttonispushedwith thesystemoffandtheUSBmemory inserted,thesystemwillturnon. Ifanotheraudiosourceisplayinganda USB memory is inserted, push the DISC-AUXbuttonrepeatedlyuntilthecenterdisplaychangestotheUSBmemory

mode.

Operationkeys:

TooperatetheUSBmemory,selectthe desiredkeydisplayedontheoperation screenusingtheINFINITIcontroller.

Pause

Selectthe“ □”keytopausethemovie file.Toresumeplayingthemoviefile, selectthe“ ▶”key.

Play

Selectthe“ ▶”keytostartplayinga moviefile,forexample,afterpausinga moviefile.

STOP

Selectthe" moviefile.

■"keytostopplayinga

Skip(Nextchapter)

Selectthe“▶▶”keytoskipthecapter(s) ofthediscforward. Thechapterswill advancethenumberoftimestheENTER buttonispushed.

Skip(Previouschapter)

Selectthe“ [◀◀]”keytoskipthecapter(s) ofthediscbackward.Thechapterswillgo backthenumberoftimesthe“ [◀◀]”keyis selected.

List:

Selectthe"List"keyonthemoviefile operationscreentodisplaythefilelist.

USB > Settings Audio File Play Back Play Mode Normal 10Key Search Display DRC 1 + Audio 1/7 SAA2504 Example

Settings:

Selectthe"Settings"keytoadjustthe followingsettings.

●AudioFilePlayback

Switchtotheaudioplaybackmode. Thisitemisdisplayedonlywhenthe USBmemorycontainstheaudiofiles.

-PlayMode

Selectthe"Normal"or"1TrackRepeat"playmode.

-10KeySearch

Selectthe"10KeySearch"keytoopen thenumberentryscreen.

Inputthenumbertobesearched and select the "OK" key.

Thespecifiedfolder/filewillbeplayed.

•Display

Toadjusttheimagequalityofthe screen,selectthepreferredadjustment items.

•DRC

DRC(DynamicRangeCompression) automaticallyadjuststhesoundtrack volumeleveltomaintainamoreeven soundtothespeakers.

•Audio

Select the preferred language for audio.

- Subtitle

Select the preferred language for subtitle.

- DisplayMode

Select the "Normal", "Wide", "Cinema" or "Full" mode.

Bluetooth® STREAMINGAUDIO (modelswithnavigationsystem) YourINFINITlisequippedwithBluetooth® StreamingAudio.Ifyouhaveacompatible Bluetooth® devicewithstreamingaudio (A2DPprofile),youcansetupthewireless connectionbetweenyourBluetooth® deviceandthein-vehicleaudiosystem.This connectionallowsyoutolistentothe audiofromtheBluetooth® deviceusing yourvehiclespeakers.Italsomayallow basiccontrolofthedeviceforplayingand skippingaudiofilesusingtheAVRCP Bluetoothprofile.AllBluetooth® Devices donothavethesamelevelofcontrolsfor AVRCP.Pleaseconsultthemanualforyour Bluetooth® Deviceformoredetails. OnceyourBluetooth® deviceisconnected tothein-vehicleaudiosystem,itwill automaticallyreconnectwheneverthede-viceispresentinthevehicleandyouselect BluetoothAudiofromyouraudiosystem. Youdonotneedtomanuallyreconnectfor eachusage. WirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth® functionssharethesamefrequencyband (2.4GHz).UsingtheBluetooth® andthe wirelessLANfunctionsatthesametime mayslowdownordisconnectthecommu-

nicationandcauseundesirednoise.Itis recommendedthatyouturnoffthewirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth functions.

Regulatoryinformation

FCCRegulatoryinformation:

• CAUTION: Tomaintain compliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
  ●Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:
  1) This devicemay not cause interference and
  2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device

ICRegulatoryinformation:

●Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:
1) This devicemay not cause interference, and
2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that

®

maycauseundesiredoperationof thedevice.

- ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations. Bluetoothtrademark:

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth® isatrademark ownedbyBluetoothSIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

Settings Navigation Audio Phone Bluetooth Volume & Beeps Display Clock Others Adds or Edits the Bluetooth Phones and Audio Devices SAA2505

Connectingprocedure

1. Push the SETTING button and select the "Bluetooth" key.

Settings ▶ Bluetooth Bluetooth Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone 2/5 SAA2506

1. Selectthe"ConnectBluetooth"key.

Settings > Bluetooth Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handsfree phone system? For audio devices, please select "No." Yes No Cancel 2/5 SAA2507

3.Aconfirmationscreenwillbedisplayed.Select"No".

Note:Selecting"Yes"willonlyconnect thehandsfreephoneportionofa Bluetooth® device.

4-84Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Settings ▶ Connect Bluetooth XXXX_ 1 2 3 Delete 4 5 6 OK 7 8 9 0 Please input passkey SAA3005

1. Whenapasskeyappearsonthescreen, operatethecompatibleBluetooth® audiodevicetoenterthepasskey. The pairingprocedurefortheaudiodevice variesaccordingtoeachaudiodevice. SeetheBluetooth® audioOwner's Manualfordetails. Whenpairingis completed, thescreenwillreturntothe Bluetooth® setupdisplay.

Bluetooth Audio Artist XXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0:11 Menu ▶ Play ▶ Pause SAA2510

Audiomainoperation

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position.Then,pushtheDISC·AUXbutton repeatedlytoswitchtotheBluetoothaudio mode.Ifthesystemhasbeenturnedoff whiletheBluetoothaudiodevicewas playing,pushingtheON·OFF/VOLcontrol knobwillstarttheBluetoothaudiodevice. Theabilitytopause,changetracks,fast forward,rewind,randomizeandrepeat musicmaybedifferentbetweendeves. Someorallofthesefunctionsmaynotbe supportedoneachdevice.

SEEK-CAT TRACK Next/PreviousTrackandFast-Forward/Rewind:

PushtheFForREWbuttonformorethan 1.5secondswhileaBluetooth ^ audio deviceisbeingplayedtofast-forwardor rewindthroughthetrack.Whenthebutton isreleased,theBluetooth ^ audiodevice willreturntonormalplayspeed. WhentheFFbuttonispushedforlessthan 1.5secondswhiletheBluetooth ^ audio deviceisbeingplayed,thenexttrackwill beplayed.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 second within 3 seconds after the current track started playing, the previous track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from

whenthecurrenttrackstartedplaying, the beginningofthecurrenttrackwillbe played.

TheINFINITIcontrollercanalsobeusedto selecttrackswhentheBluetooth ^ audio playmodescreenisshownonthedisplay. ("Bluetoothaudio"willbeindicatedonthe headerofthescreen.)

RDM RPT REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

Tochangetheplaymode, push the button repeatedly and themode changes as follows.

Normal → ShuffleAllTracks → Shuffle Group → Repeat1Track → RepeatAll Tracks → RepeatGroup → Normal

Operationkeys:

TooperateaBluetooth ^ audiodevice, selectakeydisplayedontheoperation screenusingtheINFINITIcontroller.

Play

Selectthe“ ▶”keytostartplayingwhen pausing.Selectthiskeyagaintopausethe audioplay.

II Pause

Selectthe“ ☐”keytopausetheBluetooth® audiodevice.Selectthiskeyagain toresumeplaying.

PlayMode:

Theplaymodesettingdisplaywillappear whenthe"Menu"keyisselected.

Choosethepreferredplaymodefromthe followingitems.

●Shuffle

Choose"ShuffleOFF", "ShuffleAll Tracks" and "ShuffleGroup".

- Repeat

Choosefrom"RepeatOFF", "Repeat1 Track", "Repeat All Tracks" and "Repeat Group".

Settings ▶ Bluetooth Bluetooth ○ ON Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone 1/5 SAA2511

Bluetoothsettings

TosetuptheBluetoothdevicesystemto thepreferredsettings, pushtheSETTING buttonandselectthe"Bluetooth"key.

Bluetooth:

If this setting is turned off, the connection between the Bluetooth devices and their vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled.

ConnectBluetooth:

ConnectstotheBluetoothdevice.See "Connectingprocedure"(P.4-84).Upto5 devicescanberegistered.

ConnectedDevices:

Registereddevicesareshownonthelist. SelectaBluetoothdevicefromthelist, the followingoptionswillbeavailable.

Select

Select"Select"toconnecttheselected devicetothevehicle.Ifthereisa differentdevicecurrentlyconnected, theselecteddevicewillreplacethe currentdevice.

- Edit

RenametheselectedBluetoothdevice usingthekeypaddisplayedonthe screen.(See“Howtousetouchscreen (modelswithnavigationsystem)”(P.4-5).)

Delete

DeletetheselectedBluetoothdevice.

EditBluetoothInfo:

Changethenamebroadcastedbythis systemoverBluetooth.ChangethePIN codethatisenteredwhenconnectinga handsfreedevicetothissystem.

ReplaceConnectedPhone:

Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone. For details about Hands-Free Phone System,

see“Bluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystem (modelswithnavigationsystem)”(P.4-94).

Diagram of a device with an attached sensor and cable, no visible text or symbols

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-87

*iPod ^® isattrademarkofAppleInc., registeredintheU.S.andothercountries.

CAUTION

- DependingonsizeandshapeofiPod andiPod ^® cable,theconsolelidmaynot fullyclose.Donotforceconsolelid closedasthismaydamageiPod ^® and iPod ^® cable.

- DonotforcetheiPod ^ cableintothe USBport.InsertingtheiPod ^ cable tiltedorup-side-downintotheport maydamagetheiPod ^ cableandthe port.MakesurethattheiPod ^ cableis connectedcorrectlyintotheUSBport. (SomeiPod ^ cablecomewitha markasaguide.Makesurethatthe marksfacingthecorrectdirection beforeinsertingtheiPod ^ cable.)

- DonotlocateobjectsneartheiPod cabletopreventtheobjectsfromleaning ontheiPod ^ cableandtheport. Pressurefromtheobjectsmaydamage theiPod ^ cableandtheport.

Compatibility

The following models are available:

Modelswithnavigationsystem:

• FifthgenerationiPod ^ (version1.2.3or later)
• iPodClassic ^ (version1.1.1orlater)
• FirstgenerationiPodtouch ^ (version 2.0.0orlater)
• SecondgenerationiPodtouch ^ (version 1.2.3orlater)
• FirstgenerationiPodnano ^ (version 1.3.1orlater)
• SecondgenerationiPodnano ^ (version 1.1.3orlater)
• ThirdgenerationiPodnano ^ (version 1.1orlater)
• FourthgenerationiPodnano ^ (version 1.0.2orlater)

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem:

• Fifthgeneration iPod ^® (firmwareversion1.3)
• FirstgenerationiPodClassic ^® (firmware version1.1.2PC)
• SecondgenerationiPodClassic ^ (firmwareversion2.0PC)

• FirstgenerationiPodtouch ^ (firmware version2.1)

• SecondgenerationiPodtouch ^ (firmwareversion2.1.1)

• FirstgenerationiPodnano ^ (firmware version1.3.1)
• SecondgenerationiPodnano ^ (firmwareversion1.1.3)
• ThirdgenerationiPodnano ^ (firmware version1.1PC)
• ThirdgenerationiPhone ^® (firmware version2.1)

MakesurethattheiPod ^® versionis updated.

Audiomainoperation

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position. Then, pushtheDISC-AUXorAUX buttonrepeatedlytoswitchtotheiPod mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod ^ was playing, pushing the ON-OFF button will start the iPod ^ .

or AUX PLAY:

WhentheDISC·AUXorAUXbuttonis pushedwiththesystemoffandtheiPod connected, thesystemwillturnon.If anotheraudiosourceisplayingandthe iPod isconnected,pushtheDISC·AUXor AUXbuttonrepeatedlyuntilthecenter

displaychangestotheiPod ^® mode.

Interface:

TheinterfaceforiPod ^ operationshownon thevehiclecenterdisplayissimilartothe iPod ^ interface. UsetheINFINITIcontroller andtheENTERorBACKbuttontoplaythe iPod ^ withyourfavoritesettings.

The following item scan be chosen from the menulistscreen. For further information about each item, seetheiPod ^® Owner's Manual.

●NowPlaying
●Playlists
●Artists
•Albums
●Songs
- Podcasts
-Genres
- Composers
●Audiobooks
- ShuffleSongs

The followingtouch-panelbuttonsshown onthescreenarealsoavailable:

• MENU:returnstothepreviousscreen.
  • ▶II:plays/pausesthemusicselected.

SEEK-CAT TRACK Next/PreviousTrackandFast-Forward/Rewind:

PushtheFForREWbuttonformorethan 1.5secondswhileaiPod ^ isbeingplayed tofast-forwardorrewindthroughthetrack. Whenthebuttonisreleased, theiPod ^ will returntothenormalplayspeed.

WhentheFFbuttonispushedforlessthan 1.5secondswhiletheiPod ^ audiodevice isbeingplayed,thenexttrackwillbe played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track started playing, the previous track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing, the beginning of the current track will be played.

TheINFINITIcontrollercanalsobeusedto selecttrackswhentheiPod ^® isplaying.

RDM REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

graph TD
    A["Shuffle Off Repeat Off"] --> B["Shuffle Off Repeat One"]
    B --> C["Shuffle Off Repeat All"]
    C --> D["Shuffle Songs Repeat Off"]
    D --> E["Shuffle Songs Repeat All"]
    E --> F["Shuffle Albums Repeat All"]
    F --> G["Shuffle Albums Repeat Off"]
    G --> A

Four hand-drawn diagrams showing a hand holding a disc, with one being cut open and others holding the disc (no text or symbols)

CD/DVD/USBMEMORYCAREAND CLEANING

CD/DVD

• HandleaCD/DVDbyitsedges.Never touchthesurfaceofthedisc.Donot bendthedisc.
  ●Alwaysplacethediscsinthestorage casewhentheyarenotbeingused.
• Tocleanadisc, wipethesurface from thecentertotheouteredge using a clean, softcloth. Donotwipethedisc using acircular motion. Donotuseaconventional record cleaneroral alcohol intended for indus-

trialuse.

- Anewdiscmayberoughontheinner andouteredges.Removetherough edgesbyrubbingtheinnerandouter edgeswiththesideofapenorpencil asillustrated.

USBmemory

●Nevertouchtheterminalportionofthe USBmemory.

- DonotplaceheavyobjectsontheUSB memory.

- DonotstoretheUSBmemoryinhighly humidlocations.

- DonotexposetheUSBmemoryto directsunlight.

- DonotspillanyliquidsontheUSB memory.

RefertotheUSBmemoryOwner'sManual forthedetails.

1 2 3 4 ENTER SAA2157

Modelswithnavigationsystem

COUNCIL 1 2 - + 4 SAA2158

Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

4-90Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

1. Audiosourceswitch
2. Menucontrolswitch(modelswith navigationsystem) or audiotuning switch(modelwithoutnavigation system)
   3.Backswitch
3. Volumecontrolswitch

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTEDCON- TROLSFORAUDIO

Menucontrolswitch(modelswith navigationsystem)oraudiotuning switch(modelswithoutnavigation system)

While the display is showing a MAP (navigationsystemsonly), STATUS or Audio screen, tilt the switchup forward downward to select a station, track, CDor folder. For most audiosources, tilting the switchup/downform more than 1.5 seconds provides a different function that tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds.

AMandFMradio:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thepresetstations.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5 secondswillseekupordowntothe

nextstation.

- Pushingthe menucontrol switchwill showthelistofpresetstations.

SiriusXMSatelliteRadio:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thepresetchannels.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5 secondswillgotothenextorprevious category.
• Pushingthe menucontrol switchwill showtheXMMenu.

iPod®:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thetracknumbers.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5 secondswillskiptothenextor previousplaylist.
• Pushingthe menucontrol switchwill showtheiPodMenu.

CD:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thetracknumbers.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough

thefolders(ifplayingcompressed audiofiles).

- Pushingthe menucontrol switchwill showtheCDMenu.

DVD(modelswithnavigationsystem):

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thetracks.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thetitlenumbers.
• Pushingthe menucontrol switchwill selectanitemfromtheDVDdisplay.
• Whenthetransparentoperationmenu appears, the switch will control the menu.

USB:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thetracknumbers.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thefolders.
• Pushingthe menucontrol switchwill showtheUSBMenu.

Bluetoothstreamingaudio(modelswith navigationsystem):

- Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5 secondswillscrollupordownthrough thetracknumbers.

BACKswitch

Pushthisswitchtogobacktotheprevious screenorcanceltheselectionifitisnot completed.

Volumecontrolswitches

Pushtheupper(+)orlower(-)sideswitch toincreaseordecreasethevolume.

Audiosourceswitch

Pushthesourceselectswitchtochange themodetoavailableaudiosource.

Medianotconnected/insertedwillbe skipped.

ANTENNA

Windowantenna

Theantennapatternisprintedinsidethe rearwindow.

CAUTION

• Donotplacemetalizedfilmneartherear windowglassorattachanymetalparts toit. This may cause poor reception or noise.
• Whencleaningtheinsideoftherear window,becarefulnottoscratchor damagethe rearwindowantenna. Lightlywipealongtheantennawitha dampenedsoftcloth.

Line drawing of a hand holding a pen and a small object, no text or symbols present

Roofantenna

Removingtheantenna:

Youcanremovetheantennaifnecessary. Holdthebottomoftheantennaand removebyturningcounterclockwise. Toinstalltheantenna,turntheantenna clockwiseandtighten.

CAUTION

- To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna, besuretoremovetheantenna under the following conditions.

CARPHONEORCBRADIO

— Thevehicleentersanautomaticcar wash.
— Thevehicleentersagaragewithalowceiling.
— Thevehicleiscoveredwithacar cover.

●Alwaysproperlytightentheantennarod duringinstallation. Otherwise, theantennarodmaybreakduringvehicle operation.

WheninstallingacarphoneoraCBradio inyourvehicle,besuretoobservethe followingcautions,otherwisethenew equipmentmayadverselyaffecttheelectroniccontrolmodulesandelectroniccontrolsystemharness.

WARNING

• Acellularphoneshouldnotbeusedfor anypurposewhiledrivingsofullattentionmaybegiventovehicleoperation. Somejurisdictionsprohibittheuseof cellularphoneswhiledriving.
• If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extremecution at all times of full attention may begin to vehicle operation.
• Ifaconversationinamovingvehicle requiresyoutotakenotes,pulloffthe roadtoasafelocationandstopyour vehiclebeforedoingso.

CAUTION

• Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules.
• Keeptheantennawiremorethan8in (20cm)awayfromtheelectroniccontrol systemharness.Donotroutetheantennawirenexttoanyharness.
• Adjusttheantennastanding-waveratio asrecommendedbythemanufacturer.
• ConnectthegroundwirefromtheCB radiochassistothebody.
  ●Fordetails,consultanINFINITlretailer.

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREEPHONESYSTEM (modelswithnavigationsystem)

WARNING

• Useaphoneafterstoppingyourvehicle inasafelocation.Ifyouhavetousea phonewhiledriving,exerciseextreme cautionatalltimessofullattentionmay begiventovehicleoperation.
• If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pulloff heroad to as a location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.

YourINFINITlisequippedwithBluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem.Ifyouarean ownerofacompatibleBluetooth® enabled cellularphone,youcanetupthewireless connectionbetweenyourcellularphone andthein-vehiclephonemodule.With Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology,youcan makeorreceiveatelephonecallwithyour cellularphoneinyourpocket.

Onceacellularphoneisconnectedtothe in-vehiclephonemodule,nophoneconnectingprocedureisrequiredanymore. Yourphoneisautomaticallyconnected withthein-vehiclephonemodulewhen theignitionswitchispushedtotheON positionwiththeregisteredcellularphone turnedonandcarriedinthevehicle.

Youcanregisterupto5differentBluetooth® cellularphonesinthein-vehicle phonemodule. However, youcantalkon onlyonecellularphoneatatime.

The INFINITIVoiceRecognition system supports the phone commands, sodialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible. Formoredetails, see "INFINITI VoiceRecognition System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-119).

BeforeusingtheBluetooth ^® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refertothefollowingnotes.

- WirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth® functionssharethesamefrequency band(2.4GHz).UsingtheBluetooth® andthewirelessLANfunctionsatthe sametimemayslowdowndisconnectthecommunicationandcause undesirednoise.Itisrecommended thatyouturnoffthewirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth® func-

tions.

• Setupthewirelessconnectionbetween acompatiblecellularphoneandthein-vehiclephonemodulebeforeusingthe Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem.
• Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in-vehicle phonemodule. Please visit www.lnfinitiUSA.com/bluetoothforarecommendedphonelist.
• Youwillnotbeabletouseahands-free phoneunderthefollowingconditions: —Yourvehicleisoutsideofthetelephoneservicearea.
  —Yourvehicleisinanareawhereitis difficulttoreceiveradiowaves; such asinatunnel,inanunderground parkinggarage,behindatallbuildingorinamountainousarea.
  —Yourcellularphoneislockedin ordernottobedialed.
• Whentheradiowaveconditionisnot idealorambientsoundistooloud, it maybedifficulttoheartheother person'svoiceduringacall.

• Immediatelyaftertheignitionswitchis pushedtotheONposition,itmaybe impossibletoreceiveacallforashort periodoftime.

• Donotplacethecellularphoneinan areasurroundedbymetalorfaraway fromthein-vehiclephonemodule to preventtonequalitydegradation and wirelessconnectiondisruption.
  ●Whileacellularphoneisconnected throughtheBluetooth ^® wirelessconnection,thebatterypowerofthe cellularphonemaydischargequicker thanusual.

• IftheBluetooth ^ Hands-FreePhone Systemseemstobemalfunctioning, pleasevisitwww.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetoothfortroubleshootinghelp.
• Somecellularphonesorotherdevices maycauseinterferenceorabuzzing noisetocomefromtheaudiosystem speakers. Storingthe device in a different location may reduceoreliminatethenoise.

• RefertothecellularphoneOwner's Manualregardingthetelephonepairing procedures specific to your phone, batterycharging, cellularphoneantenna, etc.
  ●Theantennadisplayonthemonitorwill notcoincidewiththeantennadisplay ofsomecellularphones.

• Keeptheinteriorofthevehicleasquiet aspossibletohearthecaller'svoice clearlyaswellastominimizeits echoes.

• Ifreceptionbetweencallersisunclear, adjustingtheincomingoroutgoingcall volumemayimprovetheclarity.

REGULATORYINFORMATION

FCCRegulatoryinformation

• CAUTION: Tomaintain compliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.

• Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:

• this device may not cause interference and

• this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device

ICRegulatoryinformation

●Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:(1)thisdevicemaynot causeinterference,and(2)thisdevice

mustacceptanyinterference,including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

- ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.

Bluetoothtrademark:

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth ^® isatrademark ownedbyBluetoothSIG, Inc., and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

VOICECOMMANDS

Youcanusevoicecommandstooperate variousBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystemfeaturesusingtheINFINITIVoiceRecognitionsystem.

Formoredetails, see "INFINITIVoice RecognitionSystem(modelswithnavigationsystem)"(P.4-119).

1 2 SAA2248

CONTROLBUTTONS

1.TALKbutton

2.PHONESEND

button

graph TD
    A["Phone"] --> B["Vehicle Phonebook"]
    A --> C["Call History"]
    A --> D["Handset Phonebook"]
    A --> E["Dial Number"]
    A --> F["Volume"]
    A --> G["Connect Phone"]
    A --> H["Connected Phone"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#cff,stroke:#333

CONNECTINGPROCEDURE

1. Pushthebutton, and select the "ConnectPhone" key.

The system is searching for your phone. Using your handset, look for a Bluetooth device called MY-CAR. When requested by the handset, enter the PIN 1234. Exiting screen cancels search. Cancel Help Connects a phone using Bluetooth SAA2520

1. When a PIN code appears on the screen, operatethe compatible Bluetooth® cellular phonetoenter the PIN code.

Theconnectingprocedureofthecellularphonevariesaccordingtoeach cellularphone.Seethecellularphone Owner'sManualforthedetails.Youcan alsovisit

www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetoothorcall INFINITIConsumerAffairsDepartment forinstructionsonpairingINFINITI recommendedcellularphones.

When the connection process is completed, the screen will return to the

Phonemenudisplay.

PHONESELECTION

Upto5cellularphonescanberegistered tothesystem.Toswitchtoconnectanother cellularphone,push buttonandselect the"ConnectedPhones"key.Theregisteredcellularphonesareshownonthelist.Ifyouselectacellularphonethatis differentfromtheonecurrentlyconnected, thenewlyselectedphonewillbeconnectedtothesystem.

VEHICLEPHONEBOOK

Thisvehiclehastwophonebooksavailable forhands-freeuse. Depending on the phone, the system may automatically download the entire cellphone's phone-book into the "HandsetPhonebook". For the details about downloading a phonebook, see "Phonesetting" (P.4-102). If a phonebook does not automatically download, the vehicle phonebook may be set for up to 1000 entries. This phone book allows there cording of anametospeak while using voicerecognition.

Settings ► Edit Vehicle Phonebook Add New 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX 1/2 SAA2521

1. Push the button and select the "VehiclePhonebook" key.
2. Selectthe "AddNew" keyatthetopof thescreen.

Settings ► Vehicle Phonebook Copy from Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad 3/3 SAA2522

1. Choose themethod for entering the phonebookentry.Forthisexample, select"EnterNumberbyKeypad".

2. Enterthedigitsandselectthe"OK" key.(See"Howtousetouchscreen (modelswithnavigationsystem)("P.4-5).)

Settings ► Vehicle Phonebook OK Entry # 1 Name David Number 111-111-1111 Type H Voicetag 2/5 SAA2523

1. Select the "Voicetag" keytorecorda nametospeak when using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system.
2. Select the "Store" key and prepare to speak then a name after the tone.
3. Whenthevoicetagissuccessfully saved, selectthe"OK"keytosavethe phonebookentry.
4. After the phone book entry is saved, it will show a screen that is ready to call then number. Press the BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phone book.

Therearedifferentmethodstoinputa phonenumber.Selectoneofthefollowing

optionsinsteadof"EnterNumberbyKeypad"instep3.

- CopyfromCallHistory

Thesystemwillshowalistofincoming, outgoingormissedcallsthatwere downloadedfromtheconnectedcellularphone(dependingonthephone's compatibility).Selectoneofthese entriestosaveinthevehiclephonebook.

- CopyfromtheHandset

Thesystemwillshowtheconnected cellularphone'sphonebookthatwas downloaded (depending on the phone'scompatibility).Selectoneof theseentriestosaveinthevehicle phonebook.

Phone ▶ Vehicle Phonebook XXXX XXXXXXXXXX Call Edit Delete 2/3 SAA2620

EditingtheVehiclePhonebook

1. Push the button and select the "VehiclePhonebook" key.
2. Select the desired entry from the displayed list.
3. Selectthe"Edit"key.
4. Select the desired item to change.

4-98Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

Settings ► Vehicle Phonebook OK Entry # 1 Name David Number 111-111-1111 Type H Voicetag 2/5 SAA2523

The followingeditingitemsareavailable:

-Entry#

Changesthedisplayednumberofthe selectedentry.

Name

Editthenameoftheentryusingthe keypaddisplayedonthescreen.

●Number

Editthephonenumberusingthekey-paddisplayedonthescreen.

- Type

Selectaniconfromtheiconlist.

•Voicetag

Confirmandstorethevoicetag.Voice-

tagsalloweasydialingusingthe INFINITIVoiceRecognitionsystem. (See"INFINITIVoiceRecognitionSystem (modelswithnavigationsystem)("P.4-119).)

Todeleteanentry, select the "Delete" key atstep3.

Phone Vehicle Phonebook Call History Handset Phonebook Dial Number Volume Connect Phone Connected Phones Help Calls a phonebook entry saved to the vehicle SAA2524

MAKINGACALL

Tomakeacall, follow this procedure.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel. The "PHONE" screen will appear on the display.
2. Select the "HandsetPhonebook" key on the "PHONE" menu.
3. Select the desired entry from the list.
4. Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list.

Phone > Handset Phonebook 0:15 XXXX XXXXXXXXXX Call Phonebook Delete One Del Phone No. 1/4 SAA2621

1. Select the "Call" key to start dialing the number.

Therearedifferentmethodstomakeacall. Selectoneofthefollowingoptionsinstead of "HandsetPhonebook" instep2 above.

●VehiclePhonebook

SelectanentrystoredintheVehicle's Phonebook.

- CallHistory

Selectanoutgoing, incomingormissed calldownloadedfromyourcellphone (dependingonyourphone'scompatibility).

•DialNumber

Input the phonenumbermanually using the keypaddisplayed on the screen. (See "Howtousetouchscreen (modelswithnavigation system)" (P.4-5).)

Phone Incoming Call 0:00 XXXXXXXXXX Answer Hold Call Reject Call 1/3 SAA2525

RECEIVINGACALL

Whenyouhearaphonering, the display will changetotheincomingcallmode. To receive acall, performoneofthefollowing procedures listed below.

1. Selectthe"Answer"key.

2.Pushthe buttononthesteering wheel.

Therearesomeoptionsavailablewhen receivingacall.Selectoneofthefollowing displayedonthescreen.

-Answer

Acceptanincomingcalltotalk.

4-100Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

- HoldCall

Putanincomingcallonhold.

-RejectCall

Rejectanincomingcall. Tofinishthecall, performoneofthe followingprocedureslistedbelow.

1. Selectthe"Hangup"key.

2. Push the wheel. buttononthesteering

Phone Call in Progress 0:15 XXXXXXXXXX Hang up Use Handset Mute Keypad Switch Call 1/5 SAA3587

DURINGACALL

Therearesomeoptionsavailableduringa call.Selectoneofthefollowingdisplayed onthescreenifnecessary.

●Hangup

Finishthecall.

-UseHandset

Transferthecalltothecellularphone.

●Mute

Muteyourvoicetotheperson.

-Keypad

Usingthetouchtone, senddigitstothe connectedpartyforusingservicessuch asvoicemail.

- CancelMute

Thiswillappearafter"Mute"isselected.Mutewillbecanceled.

- SwitchCall\*

Select“SwitchCall”toansweranother incomingcall.Byselecting“Hangup”, youcanendacallandcanspeaktoa callerwhoisonholdagain.

*This function may not be usable, depending on the model of phone To adjust the person's voicetobelouder or quieter, push the volume control switch (+ or -) on the steering wheel to turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone. This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode.

Settings ► Phone Edit Vehicle Phonebook Delete Phonebook Download Handset Phonebook Volume & Ringtone Auto Downloaded ON 1/5 Add or edit phonebook entries JVH0136M

PHONESETTING

TosetuptheBluetooth ^® Hands-Free PhoneSystemtoyourpreferredsettings, pushtheSETTINGbuttonontheinstrument panelandselectthe“PHONE”key.

EditVehiclePhonebook

Toeditthevehiclephonebook, usethe same procedure as described in "Vehicle phonebook" (P.4-97).

DeletePhonebook

The vehicle phone book entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one.

DownloadHandsetPhonebook

Downloadthecontactsregisteredina Bluetooth® cellularphone.Availabilityof thisfunctiondependsoneachcellular phoneThememorydownloadingprocedurefromthecellularphonealsovaries accordingtoeachcellularphone.See cellularphoneOwner'sManualfordetails.

When "AutoDownload" is active, the system will automatically re-download the entries registered in the phone every time it is paired with the vehicle, even after you delete the entries from your vehicle's handset memory.

Volume&Ringtone

The following kindsof phonevolumecan beset.

●Ringtone/IncomingCall/OutgoingCall

Toincreaseordecreasethevolume, select the "Ringtone", "Incoming Call" or "OutgoingCall" keyandadjustit withtheINFINITIcontroller.

●AutomaticHold

Whenthisfunctionisactivated, an incomingphonecallisautomatically held.

- VehicleRingtone

Whenthisfunctionisactivated, a specificringtonethatisdifferentfrom thecellularphonewillsoundwhen receivingacall.

AutoDownload

Whenthisitemisactivatedandsupported byacompatiblephone,thephonebookof thehands-freephoneisautomatically downloadedatthesametimethatthe hands-freephoneisconnected.

Whenthisitemisactive,thesystemwill automaticallyre-downloadtheentriesregisteredintheconnectedphoneevenafter youdeletetheentriesfromyourvehicle's handsetmemory.

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions. Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

SymptomSolution
Thesystemfailstointerpretthecom-mandcorrectly.	1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “INFINITI Voice Recognition System (models with navigation system)” (P.4-119).)
	2.Ensurethatthecommandisspokenafterthetone.
	3.Speakclearlywithoutpausingbetweenwordsandatalevelappropriatetotheambientnoiselevelinthevehicle.
	4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to usethephone,itislikelythatthevoicecommandswillnotberecognized.
	5.Ifmorethanonecommandwassaidatatime,trysayingthecommandsseparately.
Thesystemconsistentlyselectsthe wrongvoicetag.	1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Vehicle phonebook” (P.4-97).)
	2.Replaceoneofthenamesbeingconfusedwithanewname.

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREEPHONESYSTEM (modelswithoutnavigationsystem)

WARNING

• Useaphoneafterstoppingyourvehicle inasafelocation.Ifyouhavetousea phonewhiledriving,exerciseextreme cautionatalltimessofullattentionmay begiventovehicleoperation.
• If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pulloff the road to as a location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.

YourvehicleisequippedwithBluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem.Ifyouarean ownerofaBluetooth® enabledcellular phone,youcansetupthewireless connectionbetweenyourcellularphone andthein-vehiclephonemodule.With Bluetooth® wirelessstechnology,youcan makeorreceiveatelephonecallwithyour cellularphoneinyourpocket.

Onceyourcellularphoneispairedtothe in-vehiclephonemodule,nophoneconnectingprocedureisrequired.Yourphone isautomaticallyconnectedwiththein-vehiclephonemodulewhentheignition switchispushedtothe“ON”positionwith theregisteredcellularphoneturnedon andcarriedinthevehicle.

Youcanregisterupto5differentBluetooth® cellularphonesinthein-vehicle phonemodule. However, youcantalkon onlyonecellularphoneatatime.

When acallisactive, the audiosystem and microphone (located in the ceiling in front of therear view mirror) are used for the hands free communications.

If the audiosystem is being used at the time, the audiomodewill mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended.

The INFINITIVoiceRecognition system supports the phone commands, sodialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible.

BeforeusingtheBluetooth ^® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refertothefollowingnotes.

●WirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth functionssharethesamefrequency band(2.4GHz).UsingtheBluetooth

andthewirelessLANfunctionsatthe sametimemayslowdownnordisconnectthecommunicationandcause undesirednoise.Itisrecommended thatyouturnoffthewirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth® functions.

• Setupthewirelessconnectionbetween acellularphoneandthein-vehicle phonemodulebeforeusingtheBluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem.
• SomeBluetooth ^ enabled cellular phonesmaynotberecognizedbythe in-vehiclephonemodule.Pleasevisit www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetoothforarecommendedphonelist.
• Youwillnotbeabletouseahands-free phoneunderthefollowingconditions: —Yourvehicleisoutsideofthetelephoneservicearea.

—Yourvehicleisinanareawhereitis difficulttoreceiveradiowaves; such asinatunnel,inanunderground parkinggarage,behindatallbuildingorinamountainousarea.

—Yourcellularphoneislockedin ordernottobedialed.

- Whentheradiowaveconditionisnot idealorambientsoundistooloud,it

maybedifficulttoheartheother person'svoiceduringacall.

- Immediatelyaftertheignitionswitchis pushedtothe"ON"position,itmaybe impossibletoreceiveacallforashort periodoftime.

- Donotplacethecellularphoneinan areasurroundedbymetalorfaraway fromthein-vehiclephonemodule to preventtonequalitydegradation and wirelessconnectiondisruption.

●Whileacellularphoneisconnected throughtheBluetooth ^® wirelessconnection,thebatterypowerofthe cellularphonemaydischargequicker thanusual.

- IftheBluetooth ^ Hands-FreePhone Systemseemstobemalfunctioning, pleasecontactanINFINITIretailer.

- Somecellularphonesorotherdevices may cause interference or buzzing noisetome from the audiosystem speakers. Storing the device in different location may reduce or eliminate thenoise.

- RefertothecellularphoneOwner's Manualregardingthetelephonepairing procedures specific toyourphone, batterycharging,cellularphoneanten-

na,etc.

●Theantennadisplayonthemonitorwill notcoincidewiththeantennadisplay ofsomecellularphones.

- Keeptheinteriorofthevehicleasquiet aspossibletohearthecaller'svoice clearlyaswellastominimizeits echoes.

- Ifreceptionbetweencallersisunclear, adjustingtheincomingoroutgoingcall volumemayimprovetheclarity.

- Thiswirelesshandsfreecarkitisbased onBluetooth® technology, - Frequency:2402MHz-2480MHz - OutputPower:4.14dBmE.I.R.P - Modulation:FHSSGFSK8DPSK,p/4DQPSK - NumberofChannel:79 - Thiswirelessequipmentcan'tbe usedforanyservicesrelatedto safetybecausethereisthepossibilityofradiointerference.

REGULATORYINFORMATION

FCCRegulatoryinformation

- CAUTION: Tomaintain compliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.

●Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:

1. this device may not cause interference and

2. this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device

ICRegulatoryinformation

●Operationissubjecttothefollowing twoconditions:(1)thisdevicemaynot causeinterference,and(2)thisdevice mustacceptanyinterference,including interferencethatmaycauseundesired operationofthedevice.

- ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth® isatrademark ownedbyBluetoothSIG,Inc., andlicensedtoVisteonCor-poration.

1 2 SAA2634

CONTROLBUTTONS

1.PHONESENDbuttons

PushthebuttontoinitiateaVoice Recognition(VR)sessionoransweran incomingcall.Youcanalsousethe buttontoskipthroughsystemfeed-backandtoentercommandsduringa call.

2.PHONEEND

PushthebuttontocancelaVR sessionorendacall.

VOICERECOGNITIONSYSTEM

YoucanalsousetheBluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystemwithVoiceRecognition System.

INFO

• Theavailablevoicecommandsareonly applicabletotherelevantlanguageset intheLANGUAGEsettingscreen.(See "HowtouseSETTINGbutton"(P.4-15).)
• Ifthevehicleisin motion, some commandsmaynotbeavailablesofull attentionmaybegiventovehicle operation.

Usingsystem

Initialization:

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,VoiceRecognitionSystemis initialized,whichmaytakeupto one minute.Whencompleted,the systemis readytoacceptvoice commands. Ifthe switchonthesteeringwheelispushed beforethe initialization completes,the systemwillnotacceptanycommand.

Beforestarting:

Togetthebestperformanceoutofthe VoiceRecognition System, observethe following:

• Keeptheinteriorofthevehicleasquiet aspossible.Closethewindowsto eliminatethesurroundingnoises(traffic noises,vibrationsounds,etc.), whichmaypreventthesystemfrom recognizingthevoicecommandscorrectly.
• Waituntilatonesoundsbeforespeakingacommand.
  ●Speakavoicecommandwithin5 secondsafterthebeepsound.Ifno voicecommandisgiven,thesystem willaskyouforanumber.Ifnofurther commandisgiven,thesessionends.
  ●Speakinanaturalvoicewithoutpausingbetweenwords.

SAA2635

Givingvoicecommand:

1. Push and releasetheswitch located on the steering wheel.

Telephone Menu 0:00 Call Connect Phone Phonebook Recent Calls Help Enter Manual Mode Exit SAA2574

2.Alistofcommandsappearsonthe screen, and the system announces, "Pleasesayacommandafterthebeep. Available commands are: Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls, ConnectPhoneor Help".
3. Afterthetonesoundsandtheiconon thescreenchangesfrom ☐ to ☐ speakacommand.Seethe"Listof voicecommands"(P.4-110)forthe voicecommandlist.Speak"Call"for example. INFO Voicecommandscannotberecognized aslongasthescreeniconisnotinthe

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-107

commandrecognitionmode.

1. Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandannouncesthenextsetof availablecommands.
2. Afterthetonesounds, speak the phone number.
3. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back and announce the available commands.
4. Aftersystemresponds, speak "Dial" and the system dialsthespoken numbers.

Operatingtips:

• Voicecommandscannotbeaccepted whentheiconis
• Ifthecommandisnotrecognized, the systemannounces, "Pleasesayagain". Repeatthecommandinaclearvoice.
• Pushthe switchortheBACKbutton oncetoreturntothepreviousscreen.
• Ifyouwanttocancelthecommand, pushthe switch.Themessage "Voice input is canceled" will be announced.Ifyouwanttoadjustthe volumeofthesystemfeedback,push thevolumecontrolbuttons[+]or[-]on thesteeringwheel or usetheaudio

systemvolumeknobwhilethesystem ismakinganannouncement.

Howtospeakcommands:

TheVoiceRecognitionSystemrequiresa certainwaytospeakvoicecommands. Speaknormallyandclearlyinthedirection ofthemicrophone(locatedinfrontofthe rearviewmirror).Everydigitofthenumber mustbespokenindividuallyandina normalmanner.Thehands-freemodewill workbestwhenthetelephonenumberis spoken in blocks of three to five digits. Aftereachspokenblockisterminated,the systemwillrepeatthethreetofivedigits andwaitforyoutospeakthenextdigitor blockofdigitsrequiredforthetelephone number.

See "Listofvoicecommands"(P.4-110) for the appropriate command that can be spoken for the hands - freemodesystem.

Example:

Inordertoinitiateacall, speak "Phonebook".

INFO

- If you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or donot know the appropriate voice command, speak "Help". The

systemannouncestheavailablecom- mands.

- Whenyouspeaknumbers, you can speak both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Personalvocabulary(voicetags):

VoiceRecognitionSystemisequipped with the function called "voicetags", which can be associated with the phonenumber and name in the phonebook. Using the voice tag will automatically generate as speed dialtotheregistered number.

See "Phonebookregistration"(P.4-112). Youcancalltheidentifiednumberusing thefollowingcommand:"Dial"followedby thevoicetag.

Diallinganamewithavoicetag:

Itispossibletocallupanameviaavoice taginsteadofanumber,providedthe nameandnumberofyourcorrespondent havebeenpreviouslystoredinthephonebook.

Dialviaavoicetag, according to the following procedure.

1. Push the switch.
2. Thesystem replies "pleasesaya commandafterthebeep. Available commands are: Call, Phonebook, Re-

centCalls, ConnectPhoneorHelp".

3.Giveyourinstructionstothesystemby saying: "Dial John" for example ("John" musthavebeenpreviouslysetasa voicetagforJohn'sphonenumber)or "DialOne"ifJohnisclassifiedasonein thephonebook. Ifthesystemcannotunderstandyour command,repeatitaccordingtothe recommendationsmentionedin"How tospeakcommands"(P.4-108).

1. If the given name (voicetag) is correct, the phones system will dial then number registered for "John".

INFO

Toendthevoicecommandphaseatany stageoftheprocedure, pushthe switchonceinordertoactivatethecancel command.

currentoperation, and then perform the first procedure of voice command.

Manualcommandselection:

Commandscanbeselectedmanually. Whilethecommandsaredisplayedonthe screen,selectacommandbyoperatingthe Tuneswitch,andthenpushthe button.Onceacommandismanually selected,thevoicecommandfunctionis cancelled.Toreturntovoicecommand mode,pushthe buttontocancelthe

Listofvoicecommands:

COMMANDACTION
“Call/Dial” “”	Dials the specified.
“Call/Dial”“Redial”Dialsthelastnumber.
“Call” “”	Dials the specified.
“Phonebook” “Number” “”	Displays the specifiedin the phonebook.
“Phonebook” “List Names”	Displays all the names in the phonebook.
“Phonebook” “Transfer Entry”	Transfers the phonebook data to the system.
“Phonebook” “Delete Entry”	Deletes the phonebook registered in the system.
“Connect Phone” “Add Phone”	Connects a cellular phone to the system.
“Connect Phone” “Select Phone”	Selects a registered cellular phone.
“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone”	Deletes a registered cellular phone.
“Connect Phone” “Bluetooth Off”	Turns the Bluetooth connection off.
“Connect Phone” “Replace Phone”	Changes the registered order of the cellular phones.
“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “All Phones”	Deletes all registered cellular phones.
“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “List Phones”	Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.

4-110 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Telephone Menu 0:00 Call Connect Phone Phonebook Recent Calls Help Enter Manual Mode Exit SAA2575

PAIRINGPROCEDURE

Upto5cellularphonescanberegistered.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel. Thesystem announces the available commands.
2. Speak: "ConnectPhone". Thesystem acknowledged the command and announced the next set of available commands.

Telephone Menu 0:00 Connect Phone Add Phone Replace Phone Select Phone Bluetooth On/Off Delete Phone Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2576

1. Speak: "AddPhone". Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandasks youtoinitiateconnectingfromthe phonehandset.

INFO:

TheAddPhonecommandisnotavailablewhenthevehicleismoving.

Telephone Menu 0:00 Connect Phone Please look for the Bluetooth device, My Car. The PIN is 1234. Go Back SAA2577

1. When asked to enter a PIN codeto connect a Bluetooth ^ cellular phone, enter the code "1234".

Thecodeisalways"1234"regardless ofthenumberofphonespaired.

Theconnectingprocedureofthecellularphonevariesaccordingtoeachcellularphone.SeethecellularphoneOwner'sManualforthedetails.Youcanalsovisitwww.InfinitiUSA.com/blu-toothorcallINFINITIConsumerAffairsDepartmentforinstructionsonpairingINFINITIrecommendedcellularphones.

Telephone Menu 0:00 (Phone Name) Go Back SAA2578

Telephone Menu 0:00 Phonebook (a name) List Names Transfer Entry Delete Entry Help SAA2579

book.

1. Thesystemaskstheusertospeaka nameforthephone.

Speak: "Yes". Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandregistersthe cellularphone.

If thenameistoolongortooshort, the systemtellstheuser, thenpromptsthe userforanameagain.

Also, if more than one phone is connected and then names soundstoom much like a name already used, the system tells the user, then prompts the user for name again.

PHONEBOOKREGISTRATION

Whenthecellularphoneisconnectedto thein-vehiclemodule,thedatastoredin thecellularphonesuchasphonebook, outgoingcalllogs,incomingcalllogsand missedcalllogsisautomaticallytrans- ferredandregisteredtothesystem.

The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone. The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone. Se cellular phone Owner's Manual form more information.

Upto1,000phonenumberperregistered cellularphonecanbestoredinthephone-

4-112 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Telephone Menu 0:00 Call (a name) Number Redial Callback Help SAA2580

call.

1. Oncethecallhasended, pressthe buttononthesteeringwheel.

RECEIVINGACALL

Whentheringtoneisheard, pressthe buttononthesteeringwheel.

Oncethecallhasended, press the button on the steering wheel.

NOTE:

Torejectacallwhentheringtoneisheard, pressthe buttononthesteering wheel.

Telephone Menu 0:00 (digits) Mute on/off Transfer Handset Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2581

MAKINGACALL

Tomakeacall, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel. A tonewillsound.
2. Speak: "Call". Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandannounces thenextsetofavailablecommands.
3. Speaktheregisteredperson'sname. Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandannouncesthenextsetof availablecommands.
4. Speak: "Yes". Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandmakesthe

DURINGACALL

During acallthereareseveralcommand optionsavailable.Pressthe buttonon thesteeringwheeltomutethereceiving voiceandentercommands.

- “(digits)”—Use the Send command to enternumbers during acall. Forex ample, if directed to dialan extension by an automated system: Speak: “Sending onetwothreefour.” Thesystemacknowledgeste command and send sthetones associated with thenumbers. Thesystemthen endsthe VR session and return stothe

call.

• “Muteon/off”—UsetheMutecommandtomutetheuser'svoicesothe otherpartycannothearit. Usethemutecommandagainto unmutetheuser'svoice.
• "TransferHandset"—UsetheTransfer Handsetcommandtotransferthecall fromtheBluetooth® Hands-FreePhone Systemtoacellularphonewhen privacyisdesired.Thesystemannounces,"TransferHandset.Thecall istransferredtothehandsetonly."The systemthenendstheVRsession. TheTransferCallcommandcanalsobe issuedagaintoreturntoahands-free callthroughthevehicle.
• "Help"—Thesystemannounce the available commands.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or the cellular phonenetwork connection is lost while the Mute feature is on, the Mute feature may need to be reset to "off."

Telephone Menu 0:00 Call (a name) Number Redial Callback Help SAA2582

PHONEOPERATION

Call

●(aname)

If there are entries stored in the Phone Book, an number associated with a name and location can be directed. See "Phonebook registration" (P.4-112) to learn how to store entries. When prompted by the system, say then a name of the phone book entry to call. Thesystemacknowledgesthename. If there are multiple locations associated with then a name, the system mask the usertochoosethelocation.

Oncethenameandlocationareconfirmed,thesystembeginsthecall.

●Number

When prompted by the system, speak thenumbertocall.

•Redial

UsetheRedialcommandto call thelast numberofoutgoingcalls.Thesystem acknowledgedgesthe command,repeats thenumberandbeginsdialing.Ifa redialnumberdoesnotexist,the systemannounces,"Thereisnonumbertoredial"andendstheVRsession.

-Callback

Use the Callback command to call the last number in incoming calls. The system acknowledges the command, repeat sthenumber and begins dialing. If an incoming call number does not exist, the system announces, "There is nonumbertocallback" and ends the VR session.

●Help

The systemannounces theavailable commands.

Telephone Menu 0:00 Phonebook (a name) Delete Entry List Names Transfer Entry Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2583

Phonebook

•(aname)

Usethenamecommandtoseekthe nameandlocationsregisteredinthe phonebookinalphabeticalorder.When thesystemacknowledgesthealphabet theuserspoke,thesystemannounces allregisterednamesandlocations beginningwiththatalphabet. Playbackofthelistcanbestoppedat anytimebypressingabuttononthe steeringwheel.ThesystemendstheVR session.

●ListNames

UsetheListNamescommandtohear thenamesandlocationsregistered in the phonebook. Whenthesystem acknowledgedsthecommand,thesystemannouncesallvoicetagsregistered inthesystem.

Playbackofthelistcanbestoppedat anytimebypressingabuttononthe steeringwheel.ThesystemendstheVR session.

- TransferEntry

UsetheTransferEntrycommandto transferthephonebookdatastoredina cellularphonetothesystem. Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandaskstheusertoinitiatea transferfromthephonehandset.The newcontactphonenumberwillbe transferredfromthecellularphonevia aBluetooth® communicationlink. Thetransferprocedurevariesaccording toeachcellularphone.Seethecellular phoneOwner'sManualformoreinformation.Thesystemrepeatsthenumber andpromptstheuserforthenext command.Afterenteringnumbers, choose"Store."

Thesystemconfirmsthename, location

andnumber.Thesystemthenasksif theuserwouldliketostoreanother locationforthesamename.Iftheuser doesnotwishtostoreanotherlocation, thesystemendstheVRsession.

- DeleteEntry

UsetheDeleteEntrycommandto deleteaspecificnumberorallnumbers inthephonebook.Thesystemannouncesthenamesofthephone numbersalreadystoredinthesystem. Thesystemthengivestheoptionto deleteaspecificnumberorallnumbers.Oncetheuserchoosestodeletea numberorallnumbers,thesystem askstheusertoconfirm.

•Help

Thesystemannouncestheavailable commands.

Telephone Menu 0:00 Pecent Calls Incoming Missed Outgoing Redial Callback Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2584

-Callback

UsetheCallbackcommandtodialthe lastincomingcall.

●Help

Thesystemannouncestheavailable commands.

Telephone Menu 0:00 Connect Phone Add Phone Replace Phone Select Phone Bluetooth On/Off Delete Phone Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2585

RecentCalls

- Incoming

UsetheIncomingcommandtomakea callviewingthelistofincomingcalls.

Missed

Use the Missed command to make a call viewing the list of missed calls.

Outgoing

UsetheOutgoingcommandtomakea callviewingthelistofoutgoingcalls.

•Redial

UsetheRedialcommandtodialthelast outgoingcall.

ConnectPhone

- AddPhone

UsethePairPhonecommandtoconnectacompatiblephonetotheBluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystem. WhenaskedtoenteraPINcodeto connectaBluetooth® cellularphone, enterthecode“1234”. Thecodeisalways“1234”regardless ofthenumberofphonesconnected.Up to5phonescanbeconnected.Ifthe usertriestoconnectasixthphone,the systemannouncesthattheusermust firstdeleteonephoneorreplacean

4-116Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

existingphone.Iftheusertriesto connectaphonethathasalreadybeen connectedtothevehiclesystem,the systemannouncesthenamethatthe phoneisalreadyusing.Theconnecting procedurewillthenbecancelled. TheAddPhonecommandisnotavailablewhenthevehicleismoving.

- SelectPhone

Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of less priority when two more phones connected with Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time. Thesystem mask the user on a home phone and confirm these selection. On each selection is confirmed, the selected phoner remains active until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or anewphone is selected.

- DeletePhone

UsetheDeletePhonecommandto deleteaspecificphoneorallphones fromBluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System. Thesystemannounce the namesofthephonesalreadypaired withthesystemandtheirprioritylevel. Thesystemthengivestheoption to deleteaspecificphone, allphones or

listentothelistagain.Oncetheuser choosestodeleteaphoneorall phones,thesystemaskstheuserto confirm.

NOTE:

Whentheuserdeletesaphone, the associatedphonebookforthatphonewill alsobedeleted.

-ReplacePhone

UsetheReplacePhonecommandto changetheactivephone.Thesystem willlistthenamesassignedtoeach phoneandthenpromptyouforthe phoneyouwishtoselect.Onlyone phonecanbeactiveatatime.

- BluetoothOn/Off

UsetheBluetoothOn/Offcommandto turnon/offBluetooth ^® Hands-Free PhoneSystem.

●Help

Thesystemannouncestheavailable commands.

Thespeakeradaptationmodeallowsupto twouserswithdifferentdialectstotrain thesystemtoimprovecognitionaccuracy.Byrepeatinganumberofcommands, theuserscancreateavoicemodeloftheir ownvoicethatisstoredinthesystem.The systemiscapableofstoringadifferent speakeradaptationmodelforeachconnectedphone.

Trainingprocedure

1. Position the vehicle in areasonably quiet outdoor location.
2. Sitinthedriver'sseat with the engine running, the parking brakeon, and the transmission in Park.
   3.Pressthe button.
3. Speak: "Help". Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandannounces thenextsetofavailablecommands.
4. Speak: "SPEAKERAdaptation". The systemacknowledgesthecommand anddisplaysthespeakeradaptation modescreen.
5. Voicememory AormemoryB is selected automatically. If both memory locations are already in use, the system

will prompt you to overwrite one. Follow the instructions provided by the system.

1. When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin, press the button.

2. Thespeaker adaptation modewill be explained. Follow the instructions provided by the system.

3. Whentrainingisfinished, thesystem willtellyouanadequatenumberof phraseshavebeenrecorded.

4. Thesystemwillaskyoutosayyour name.Followtheinstructionstoregistryourname.

5. Thesystemwillannouncethatspeaker adaptationhasbeencompleted and thesystemisready.

Thespeakeradaptationmodewillstopif:

●The buttonispressedinspeaker adaptationmode.

●Thevehicleisdrivenduringspeaker adaptationmode.

●TheignitionswitchisplacedintheOFF orLOCKposition.

Trainingphrases

DuringtheSAmode,thesysteminstructs youtosaythefollowingphrases.

(Thesystemwillpromptyouforeach phrase.)

- phonebooktransferentry

-dial30429

- deletecallbacknumber

- Incoming

●Transferentry

-8pause932pause7

- deleteallentries

•call72409

- phonebookdeleteentry

- nextentry

•dialstar2170

- yes

•no

- select

Missed

-dial85692

- Bluetooth

-Outgoing

- call31902

●97pausepause308

- cancel

- callbacknumber

- callstar2095

- deletephone

-dial83051

- RecordName

-43pause29pause0

●deleteredialnumber

- phonebooklistnames

- call80541

- correction

-connectphone

-dial74018

- previousentry

- delete

•dial97266

-call76301

•goback

-call56280

•dial66437

INFINITIVOICERECOGNITIONSYSTEM (modelswithnavigationsystem)

INFINITIVoiceRecognitionallowshands-freeoperationofthePhone,Navigation, InformationandAudiosystemsinoneoftwomodes,StandardModeorAlternateCommandMode.

InStandardMode, commandsthatare available are alwaysshownonthedisplay and announced by the system. You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompt given by the system. (See "INFINITiVoice Recognition Standard Mode" (P.4-119) for details.)

Foradvancedoperation,youcanusethe AlternateCommandMode.(See“INFINITI VoiceRecognitionAlternateCommand Mode”(P.4-131)fordetails.)Whenthis modeisactive,anexpandedlistof commandscanbespokenafterpushing theTALK switch,andthevoice commandmenupromptsareturnedoff. Reviewtheexpandedcommandlist,which isavailablewhenthismodeisactive.Note thatinthismodetherecognitionsuccess ratemaybeaffectedasthenumberof availablecommandsandthewaysof speakingeachcommandareincreased. Toswitchonemodetoanother,seeeach modedescriptionlaterinthissection. Toimprovetherecognitionsuccessrate

whenAlternateCommandModeisactive, tryusingtheSpeakerAdaptationFunction availableinthatmode. Otherwise, it is recommended that AlternateCommand Modebe turnedoff and StandardMode be used for the best recognition performance.

Forthevoicecommandsforthenavigation system, refertotheNavigationSystem Owner'sManualofyourvehicle.

INFINITIVOICERECOGNITIONSTANDARDMODE

The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated.

TheStandardModeenablesyoutocom- pletethedesiredoperationbysimply followingthepromptsthatappearonthe displayandalsoareannouncedbythe system.

Settings ▶ Others Comfort Clock Language & Units Voice Recognition Camera 4/6 Adjust voice recognition settings JVH0137M

ActivatingStandardMode

WhentheAlternateCommandModeis active, perform the following step to switch to the Standard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel.
2. Selectthe "Others" key.
3. Select the "Voice Recognition" key.

Settings ▶ Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode ○ ON Minimize Voice Feedback ○ ON 4/5 Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2530

1. Selectthe"AlternateCommandMode" key.
2. The indicator turn soff and the Standard Mode activates.

Displayinguserguide

IfyouusetheINFINITIVoiceRecognition systemforthefirsttimeoryoudonot knowhowtooperateit,youcandisplay theUserGuideforconfirmation.

YoucanconfirmhowtousevoicecommandsbyaccessingasimplifiedUser Guide,whichcontainsbasicinstructions andtutorialsforseveralvoicecommands.

Information ▶ User Guide Getting Started Let's Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1/6 SAA2531

1. PushtheINFObuttonontheinstrument panel.
2. Selectthe"Others"key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
4. Selectthe"UserGuide"key.
5. Selectapreferreditem.

Youcanskipsteps1and3aboveifyousay "Help".

Availableitems:

- GettingStarted

Describesthebasicsofhowtooperate theINFINITIVoiceRecognitionsystem.

• Let's Practice Modethatallowspracticingbyfollowingtheinstructionsofthesystemvoice.
  ●UsingtheAddressBook Tutorialforenteringadestinationby usingtheAddressBook.
  ●Finding a StreetAddress (if so equipped) Tutorialforenteringadestination by streetaddress.
• PlacingCalls Tutorialformakingaphonecallby voicecommandoperation.
• HelponSpeaking Displaysusefultipsofspeakingfor correctcommandrecognitionbythe system.

NotethattheCommandListfeatureisonly availablewhenAlternateCommandMode isactive.

Information ▶ User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition, you can use voice commands to control navigation, audio, phone and other functions. To start the voice recognition system, push the TALK switch on the steering wheel. Then say a command after the tone. TALK switch 1/0 SAA2532

VoiceRecognition.

GettingStarted

BeforeusingtheINFINITIVoiceRecognition systemforthefirsttime,youcanconfirm howtousecommandsbyviewingthe GettingStartedsectionoftheUserGuide.

1. Selectthe"GettingStarted"key.
2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINIT controller.

TutorialsontheoperationoftheINFINITI VoiceRecognitionsystem

If you choose "Using the Address Book", "Finding a Street Address" or "Placing Calls", you can view tutorial on how to perform these operations using INFINITI

Information ▶ User Guide 88066262200 Digits were not recognized correctly. Please check the analysis of your speech for possible improvements. Volume of voice Soft Good Load Speed Slow Good Fast Start of speaking Early Good Late Try Again Done SAA2534

Let's Practice

Thismodehelpslearnhowtousethe INFINITIVoiceRecognitionsystem.

1. Selectthe"Let'sPractice"key.
2. Afterthemessagescreenappears, pushtheTALK we switchonthe steeringwheel.
3. Speakthedisplayednumberafterthe tone. Theevaluationscreenwillbe displayedandtheresultcanbeconfirmed.

Information ▶ User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands - Say commands when there are minimal background sounds. - Say voice commands clearly. - Avoid talking slow or with long pauses. - Say commands after the tone. 1/3 SAA2533

Usefultipsforcorrectoperation

Youcandisplayusefulspeakingtipsto helpthesystemrecognizeyourvoice commandscorrectly.

Select“HelponSpeaking”tostartdisplay.

USINGTHESYSTEM

Initialization

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,INFINITIVoiceRecognitionis initialized,whichmaytakeuptone minute.Whencompleted,thesystemis readytoacceptvoicecommands.Ifthe TALK switchispushedbeforethe initializationcompletes,thedisplaywill showthemessage:"Systemnotready."or abeepsounds.

Beforestarting

Togetthebestrecognitionperformance fromINFINITIVoiceRecognition,observe thefollowing:

●Theinteriorofthevehicleshouldbeas quietaspossible.Closetehindowsto eliminatethesurroundingnoises(trafficnoiseandvibrationsounds,etc.), whichmaypreventthesystemfrom correctlyrecognizingthevoicecommands.
- Waituntilthetonesoundsbefore speakingacommand.
●Speakinanaturalconversationalvoice withoutpausingbetweenwords.

- If the air conditioner is set to "Auto", thefanspeedisautomaticallylowered sothatyourcommandscanberecognizedmoreeasily.

4-122 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

SAA2167

Givingvoicecommands

1. Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel.

Voice Recognition RACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Practice To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2535

2.Alistofcommandsappearsonthe screen, and the systemannounces, "WouldyouliketoaccessPhone, Navigation, Information, Audio or Help?".

1. Afterthetonesoundsandtheiconon thescreenchangesfrom to speakacommand. Selectingthe"Practice"keywillstart thepracticemode.See"Let'sPractice" (P.4-121).

2. Continuetofollowthevoicemenu promptsandspeakafterthetone soundsuntilyourdesiredoperationis completed.

Selectingthe"Help"keycandisplay thedetailedinformationoftheeach command.

Operatingtips:

●Sayacommandafterthetone.

- Commandsthatareavailableareal-waysshown on thedisplay andspoken throughvoicemenuprompts. Commandsotherthanthosethataredisplayedarenotaccepted.Pleasefollow thepromptsgivenbythesystem.

- If the command is not recognized, the system announces, "Please say again". Repeat the command in a clear voice.

- PushtheBACKbuttononcetoreturnto theprevioussscreen.

- Toexitthevoicerecognitionsystem, push and hold the TALK switch. The message, "Voice canceled" will be announced.

- To skip the voice guidance function and givethecommandimmediately, press theTALK switchtointerruptthe system.Remembertospeakafterthe tone.

- If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback, push the volume control buttons[+] or [-] on the

steeringswitchorusetheaudiosystem volumeknobwhilethesystemis makinganannouncement.

Howtospeaknumbers:

INFINITIVoiceRecognitionrequiresacertainwaytospeaknumberswhengiving voicecommands.Refertothefollowing examples.

Generalrule

Onlysingledigits0(zero)to9canbeused. (Forexample, ifyouwouldliketosay500, "fivezerozero" canbeused, but "five hundred" cannot.)

Examples

●1-800-662-6200

—“Oneeightzerozerosixsixtwosix twozerozero”

Improving Recognition of Phonenumbers

Youcanimprovetherecognitionofphone numbersbysayingthephonenumberin threegroups ofnumbers. For example, whenyoutrytocall800-662-6200,say "eightzerozero"first,andthesystemwill thenaskyouforthenextthreedigits. Then, say"sixsixtwo".Afterrecognition,the systemwillthenaskforthelastfourdigits. Say,"sixtwozerozero".Usingthismethod

ofphonedigitentrycanimprovecognitionperformance.

Whenspeakingahousenumber, speak the number "0" as "zero". If the letter "o (oh)" is included in the housenumber, it will not be recognized asthenumber "0(zero)" even if you speak "oh" instead of "zero". Pleasespeak "zero" forthenumber "0 (zero)", "oh" for the letter "o (oh)".

Senddigitsusingdialton:

- PresstheTALK phonecall.

switchduringa

- Themenuwillbelaunchedandyouwill be provided with the followingguidance: "Pleasesaythedigitstodial".

- Afterguidance, saythedigitsofthe numberyouwanttosend. Afterthis, thedigitsthathavebeenrecognized willbereadout.

- If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINIT controller, these selected digits will be sent.

CommandList

CategoryCommand:

CommandAction
PhoneOperatesthePhonefunction
NavigationOperatestheNavigationfunction
InformationDisplaysthevehicleInformationfunction
AudioOperatestheAudiofunction.
HelpDisplaysUserGuide

• PhoneCommand:

CommandAction
DialNumberMakesacalltoaspokenphonenumberupto10digits.
VehiclePhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstoredintheVehiclePhonebook.
HandsetPhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstoredinthemobilephone.
Call history	Incoming Calls	Makes a call to the incoming call number.
	OutgoingCalls	Makesacalltothedialednumber.
	MissedCalls	MakesacalltotheMissedcallsnumber.
InternationalCall		Makesaninternationalcallbyallowingmorethan10digitstobespoken.
ChangeNumber		Correctstherecognizedphonenumber(availableduringphonenumberentry).

●NavigationCommand:

CommandAction
DestinationHome	SetsaroutetoyourhomethatisstoredintheAddressBook.
Address	Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.
Places	Setsaroutetoafacilitynearthecurrentvehiclelocation.
AddressBook	SearchesforstoredinformationintheAddressBook.
PreviousDestinationsSetsaroutetoapreviousdestination.

●InformationCommand:

CommandAction
FuelEconomyDisplaysfueleconomyinformation.
MaintenanceDisplaysmaintenanceinformation.
TrafficInformationDisplaysthe[InfoOnRoute]screen	whenaroutetothedestinationisset.
	Displaysthe[NearbyTrafficInfo.]screenwhenaroutetothedestinationisnotset.
TirePressureDisplaystirepressureinformation.
Whereaml?Displaysyourcurrentlocation.

●AudioCommand:

CommandAction
AMTurnstotheAMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
FMTurnstotheFMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
XMTurnstotheSiriusXMSatelliteRadioband,selectingthechannellastplayed.
CDStartstoplayaCD.

• GeneralCommands

CommandAction
GobackCorrectsthelastrecognitionresulttoreturntothepreviousscreen
Exit	CancelsVoiceRecognition

4-126Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Voicecommandexamples

TousetheINFINITIVoiceRecognition function, speakingonecommandissometimesufficient, butatothertimesitis necessarytospeaktwoormorecommands. Asexamples, someadditional basicoperationsbyvoicecommandsare describedhere.

Fornavigationsystemcommands,seethe separateNavigationSystemOwner'sManual.

SAA2167

Example1-Placingacalltothephone number800-662-6200:

1. Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel.

Voice Recognition BACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Practice To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2535

1. Thesystemannounces, "Wouldyoulike toaccessPhone, Navigation, Information, AudioorHelp?"

3.Speak"Phone".

Voice Recognition ▶ Phone Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Call History International Call To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2536

1. Speak "DialNumber".

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number RACX Please say the entire number or groups of numbers Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2537

5.Speak"800".

Selectingthe"ManualControls"key switchesthescreentothekeypadto inputthephonenumbermanually.

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number 800 Dial Number Change Number Help Manual Controls Say the next three digits, "Dial", or say "Change Number" To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2538

1. Thesystemannounces, "Pleasesaythe nextthreedigitsordial, or saychange number."
   7.Speak"662".

4-128Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number 800-662 Change Number Help Manual Controls Say the last four digits or say "Change Number" To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2539

1. Thesystemannounces, "Pleasesaythe lastfourdigits" or saychangenumber.

9.Speak"6200".

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number 800-662-6200 Dial Change Number Please say "Dial" or say "Change Number" Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2540

1. Thesystemannounces, "DialorChange Number?"

11.Speak“Dial”.

1. Thesystemmakesacallto800-662-6200.

NOTE:

- Youcanalsospeak“800-662-6200” (10continuousdigits)or“662-6200” (7continuousdigits),iftheareacode isnotnecessary.However,the3-3-4 digitgroupingisrecommendedfor improvedrecognition.(See“Giving voicecommands”(P.4-123).)

• Youcanonlysayaphonenumberusing the3-3-4grouping,7digits,and10 digitsusingthiscommand.Pleaseuse the"InternationalCall"commandfor allotherformats.
• Ifyousay“ChangeNumber”during phonenumberentry,thesystemwill automatically request that you repeat thenumberusingthe3-3-4format.In thiscasepleasesaytheareacodefirst andthenfollowtheprompts.
• Do not add a "1" in front of the area codewhenspeakingphonenumbers.
• If the system does not recognize your command, pleasetryrepeatingthe commandusinganaturalvoice.Speakingtooslowortooloudlymayfurtherdecreaserecognitionperformance.

SOURCE ENTER - + SAA2167

Example2-Placinganinternationalcallto thephonenumber011-81-111-222-3333:

1. Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel.

Voice Recognition RACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Practice To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2535

1. Thesystemannounces, "Wouldyoulike toaccessPhone, Navigation, Information, AudioorHelp?"

3.Speak"Phone".

Voice Recognition ▶ Phone Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Call History International Call To exit, hold the TALK switch Help SAA2536

1. Speak "InternationalCall".

4-130Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Voice Recognition ▶ International Call RACK Say the entire number or groups of numbers. Say 0 - 9, pound (#), star (*) or plus (+). Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2541

5.Speak"011811112223333".

Voice Recognition ▶ International Call 011811112223333 Dial Change Number Please continue, or say "Dial" Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2542

6.Speak“Dial”.
7. Systemmakesacallto011-81-111-222-3333.

NOTE:

Anydigitinputformatisavailableinthe InternationalNumberinputprocess.

INFINITIVOICERECOGNITIONAL-TERNATECOMMANDMODE

The following section is applicable when AlternateCommandMode is activated.

WhenAlternateCommandModeisactivated,anexpandedlistofcommandscan beusedafterpressingtheTALK switch.Inthismode,availablecommands arenotfullyshownonthedisplayer prompted.Reviewtheexpandedcommand listwhenthismodeisactive.SeeexamplesofAlternateCommandModescreens.

Pleasenotethatinthismodetherecognitionsuccessratemaybeaffectedasthe numberofavailablecommandsandways ofspeakingeachcommandareincreased. Toimprovetherecognitionsuccessrate, tryusingtheSpeakerAdaptationFunction availableinthatmode.(See“Speaker adaptationfunction(forAlternateCommandMode)”(P.4-143).)Otherwiseitis recommendedthatAlternateCommand ModebeturnedOFFandStandardMode beusedforthebestrecognitionperformance.

Settings ▶ Others Comfort Clock Language & Units Voice Recognition Camera 4/6 Adjust voice recognition settings JVH0137M

ActivatingAlternateCommand Mode

WhentheStandardModeisactive, perform the following step to switch to the AlternateCommandMode.

1. PushtheSETTINGbuttonontheinstrumentpanel.
2. Highlight the "Others" key.
3. Highlightthe"VoiceRecognition"key.

Settings ▶ Voice Recognition SACK User Guide Alternate Command Mode ON 2/2 Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2543

1. Highlight the "Alternate Command Mode" key.
2. The confirmation message is displayed on the screen. Push the "OK" key to activate the Alternate Command Mode.

Displayingcommandlist

If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time, order not know the appropriate voice command, perform the following procedure for displaying the voice command list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).

Information ▶ Voice Recognition Command List User Guide 1/2 Display the commands of voice recognition SAA2544

1. PushtheINFObuttonontheinstrument panel.
2. Selectthe"Others"key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
4. Selectthe "CommandList" key.

Information ► Command List Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands 1/5 Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2545

1. Selectacategoryfromthelist.

Information ▶ Command List Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook International Call Incoming Calls Previous Next Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2546

1. Selectanitem.
2. If necessary, scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list.
   8.PresstheBACKbuttontoreturntothe previoussscreen.

CommandList

PhoneCommands:

CommandAction
DialNumberMakesacalltoaspokenphonenumber.
VehiclePhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstored		dinthvehiclePhonebook.
HandsetPhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstored		dinthemobilephone.
CallHistoryIncomingCalls	Makesacalltotheincoming	callnumber.
	OutgoingCallsMakesacalltothedialednumber.
	MissedCallsMakesacalltotheMissedcallsnumber.
InternationalCallMakesaninternationalcallbyallowingmorethan10digitstobespoken.
Call<named>		MakesacalltothecontactthatisstoredineithertheVehiclePhonebookorHandsetPhonebook.Pleasesay"Call"followedbyastoredname.
ChangeNumber		Correctstherecognizedphonenumber(availableduringphonenumberentry).

4-134Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

NavigationCommands:

CommandAction
DestinationHomeSetsaroutetoyourhomethatisstoredintheAddressBook.
AddressSearchesforalocationbythestreetaddressspecified,andsetsaroutetothelocation.
PlacesSetsaroutetoafacilitynearthecurrentvehiclelocation.
AddressBookSearchesforstoredinformationintheAddressBook.
PreviousDestinationsSetsaroutetoapreviousdestination.
PreviousStartPointSetsaroutetoapreviousstartingpoint.
DeleteDestinationDeletesadestination.

InformationCommands:

CommandAction
FuelEconomyDisplaysfueleconomyinformation.
MaintenanceDisplaysmaintenanceinformation.
Whereaml?Displaysyourcurrentlocation.
TrafficInformationDisplaysthe[InfoOnRoute]screenwhenaroutetothedestinationisset.	Displaysthe[NearbyTrafficInfo.]screenwhenaroutetothedestinationisnotset.
TirePressureDisplaystirepressureinformation.
WeatherInformationDisplaysweatherinformation.
WeatherMapDisplaysaweathermap.

4-136Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

AudioCommands:

CommandAction
CDStartstoplayaCD.
FMTurnstotheFMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
AMTurnstotheAMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
XMTurnstotheSiriusXMSatelliteRadioband,selectingthechannellastplayed.
USBTurnsontheUSBmemory.
BluetoothAudioTurnsontheBluetooth	^® audioplayer.

HelpCommands:

CommandAction
CommandListNavigation	commandsDisplaysthenavigationcommandlist.
	PhoneCommandsDisplaysthephonecommandlist.
	AudioCommandsDisplaystheaudiocommandlist.
	InformationCommandsDisplaystheinformationcommandlist.
	HelpCommandsDisplaysthehelpcommandlist.
UserGuideDisplaystheUserGuide.
SpeakerAdaptationThesystemcanmemorizethevoicesofuptothreepersons.

4-138Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

GeneralCommands:

CommandAction
GobackCorrectsthelastrecognitionresulttoreturntothepreviousscreen
ExitCancelsVoiceRecognition

Information ► User Guide Getting Started Let's Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1/8 SAA2547

Displayinguserguide

Youcan confirm how to use voice commands by accessing simplified User Guide, which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands.

1. PushtheINFObuttonontheinstrument panel.
2. Select the "Others" key using the INFINIT controller and push the ENTER button.

3. Highlightthe"VoiceRecognition"key usingtheINFINITIcontrollerandpush theENTERbutton.

4. Highlightthe"UserGuide"keyusing theINFINITIcontrollerandpushthe ENTERbutton.

5. HighlightanitemusingtheINFINITI controllerandpushtheENTERbutton.

Availableitems:

- GettingStarted Describethebasicsofhowtooperate theINFINITIVoiceRecognitionsystem.

• Let's Practice Modethatallowspracticingbyfollowingtheinstructionsofthesystemvoice.
• UsingtheAddressBook RefertoNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.
• Finding a StreetAddress (if so equipped) RefertoNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.
• PlacingCalls Tutorialformaking a phone callby voicecommandoperation.
• HelponSpeaking Displaysusefultipsforhowtocorrectly speakcommandsinorderforthemto beproperlyrecognizedbythesystem.

●VoiceRecognitionSettings Describestheavailablevoicerecognitionsettings.
- AdaptingtheSystemtoYourVoice Tutorial adaptingthesystem to your voice.

USINGTHESYSTEM

Initialization

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,INFINITIVoiceRecognitionis initialized,whichmaytakeuptoone minute.When completed,the system is readyto accept voicecommands.If the TALK switchispushedbeforethe initializationcompletesthedisplaywill showthemessage:"Systemnotready." orabeepsounds.

Beforestarting

TogetthebestperformancefromINFINITI VoiceRecognition,observethefollowing.

- Keeptheinteriorofthevehicleasquiet aspossible.Closethewindowsto eliminatethesurroundingnoises(traffic noises,vibrationsounds,etc.), which may prevent the system from recognizingthevoicecommandscorrectly.

• When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode, the fanspeed decreases automatically for easy recognition.
• Waituntilatonesoundsbeforespeakingacommand.
  ●Speakinanaturalvoicewithoutpausingbetweenwords.

COUNCIA ENTER - + - SAA2167

Givingvoicecommand

1. PushandreleasetheTALKswitch locatedonthesteeringwheel.

Voice Recognition RACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Alternate Command Mode ON To exit, hold the TALK switch Practice SAA2548

2.Alistofcommandsappearsonthe screen, and the system announces, "Pleasesayacommand".

1. Afterthetonesoundsandtl thescreenchangesfrom speakacommand.

to

Operatingtips:

• Voicecommandscannotbeaccepted whentheiconis
  ●Thelistdisplayedcanbescrolledby tiltingthemenucontrolswitchonthe steeringwheel.
• If the command is not recognized, the system announces, "Pleasesayagain".

Repeatthecommandinaclearvoice.

• PushtheBACKbuttononcetoreturnto theprevioussscreen.
• Ifyouwanttocancelthecommand, pushandholdtheTALK switchfor 1second.Themessage"Voicecan- celed"willbeannounced.
• Toskipthevoiceguidancefunctionand givethecommandimmediately,press theTALK switchtointerruptthe system.Remembertospeakafterthe tone.
• If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback, push the volume control switch (+ or - ) on the steering wheel or the audiosystem volume knob while the system is making an announcement.

Howtospeaknumbers:

INFINITIVoiceRecognitionrequiresacertainwaytospeaknumberswhengiving voicecommands.Refertothefollowing examples.

Generalrule

Onlysingledigits0(zero)to9canbeused. (Forexample, ifyouwouldliketosay500, "fivezerozero" canbeused, but "five hundred" cannot.

Phonenumbers

Speakphonenumbersaccordingtothe followingexamples:

●1-800-662-6200

—“Dialoneeightzerozerosixsixtwo sixtwozerozero.”

Note1: Forthebestvoicerecognition phonedialingresults, sayphonenumbers assingledigits.

Note2: You cannot say 555-6000 as "five five fivesix thousands".

Note3: Whenspeakingahousenumber, speak the number "0" as "zero". If the letter "o(oh)" is included in the house number, it will not be recognized as the number "0 (zero)" even if you speak "oh" instead of "zero". Please speak "zero" for the number "0 (zero)", "oh" for the letter "o(oh)".

Senddigitsusingdialtone:

●PresstheTALK phonecall.
switchduringa
- Themenuwillbelaunchedandyouwill beprovidedwiththefollowingguidance:"Pleasesaythedigitstodial".
- Afterguidance, saythedigitsofthe numberyouwanttosend. Afterthis,

thedigitsthathavebeenrecognized willbereadout.

- If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINIT controller, these selected digits will be sent.

Settings ▶ Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode ON Minimize Voice Feedback ON 3/5 System learning mode for recognition improvement SAA2549

Speakeradaptationfunction(for AlternateCommandMode)

Thevoicerecognitionsystemhasafunc- tiontolearntheuser'svoiceforbetter voicerecognitionperformance.Thesystem canmemorizethevoicesofuptothree persons.

Havingthesystemlearntheuser'svoice:

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the "Others" key.
2. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
3. Selectthe"SpeakerAdaptation"key.

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation User 1 None User 2 None User 3 None 1/3 Store, delete, or edit voice data for User 1 SAA2550

1. Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system.
2. Select the "StartSpeakerAdaptation Learning" key.

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands 1/5 SAA2551

1. Selectacategorytobelearnedbythe systemfromthefollowinglist.

2. PhoneCommands

3. NavigationCommands
   • InformationCommands
4. AudioCommands
5. HelpCommands

Thevoicecommandsinthecategory aredisplayed.

1. Selectavoicecommandandthenpush theENTERbutton.

Thevoicerecognitionsystemstarts.

Settings ▶ Speaker Adaptation RACX ① Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2552

"None" to "Stored".

1. Thesystemrequeststhatyourepeata commandafteratone.
2. After the tones sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to speak the command that the system requested.
3. Whenthesystemhasrecognizedthe voicecommand, thevoiceoftheuseris learned.

Pushthe 🐘 switchorBACKbutton to return to the previous screen.

If the system has learned the command correctly, the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation Edit User Name User 1 Delete Voice Data Continuous Learning ON 1/3 Identify voice data by adding a name SAA2553

SpeakerAdaptationfunctionsettings: EditUserName

Edittheusernameusingthekeypad displayedonthescreen.

DeleteVoiceData

Resetstheuser'svoicethatthevoice recognitionsystemhaslearned.

ContinuousLearning

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youcan havethesystemlearnthevoicecommands insuccession,withoutselectingcommandsonebyone.

4-144Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Minimizevoicefeedback(forAlternateCommandMode)

Tominimizethevoicefeedbackfromthe system,performthefollowingsteps.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel.
2. Selectthe"Others"key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
4. Select the "MinimizeVoiceFeedback" key.
5. ThesettingisturnedtoONandthe voiceguidancewillnowbereduced when usingtheVoiceRecognition system.

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in thisguidefortheappropriateerror.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/errormessageSolution
Thesystemfailstointerpretthecommandcorrectly.	1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” (P.4-125).
	2.Speakclearlywithoutpausingbetweenwordsandatalevelappropriatetotheambientnoiselevel.
	3.Ensurethattheambientnoiselevelisnotexcessive,forexample,windowsopenordefroston.NOTE:Ifitistoonoisytousethephone,itislikelythatvoicecommandswillnotberecognized.
	4.Ifoptionalwordsofthecommandhavebeenomitted,thenthecommandshouldbetriedwiththeseinplace.
Thesystemconsistentlyselectsthewrongvoicetagin thephonebook.	1.Ensurethatthevoicetagrequestedmatcheswhatwasoriginallystored.(See“Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System(modelswithnavigationsystem)”(P.4-94).)
	2.Replaceoneofthevoicetagsbeingconfusedwithadifferentvoicetag.

4-146Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

5Startinganddriving

Precautionswhenstartinganddriving 5-3

Exhaustgas(carbonmonoxide) 5-3

Three-waycatalyst 5-3

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS) .....5-4

Avoidingcollisionandrollover 5-6

On-pavementandoff-road

driving precautions 5-7

Off-roadrecovery 5-7

Rapidairpressureloss 5-8

Drinkingalcohol/drugsanddriving 5-8

Drivingsafetyprecautions 5-9

Push-buttonignitionswitch 5-11

Operatingrangeforenginestartfunction .....5-11

Push-buttonignitionswitchoperation ....5-12

Push-buttonignitionswitchpositions ....5-12

Emergencyengineshutoff 5-13

IntelligentKeybatterydischarge 5-13

Beforestartingtheengine 5-14

Starting the engine.... 5-14

Driving the vehicle.... 5-15

Automatictransmission 5-15

Parking brake 5-20

LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system/Lane

DeparturePrevention(LDP)system(if

Lanecameraunitmaintenance 5-29

Cruisecontrol(ifsoequipped) 5-30

Precautionsoncruisecontrol 5-30

Cruisecontroloperations 5-30

IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system

(FULLSPEEDRANGE)(ifsoequipped) 5-32

Selectingthevehicle-to-vehicledistance

controlmode 5-33

Vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrolmode .....5-33

Precautionsonvehicle-to-vehicledistance

controlmode 5-34

Vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol

modeoperation 5-35

Conventional(fixedspeed)cruise

controlmode 5-50

Previewfunction(forIntelligentCruise

Controlsystemequippedmodels) 5-54

DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system(if

so equipped) 5-54

Precautionsondistancecontrol

assistsystem 5-55

Distancecontrolassistoperation 5-56

ForwardCollisionWarning(FCW)system(if

so equipped) 5-67

PrecautionsonFCWsystem 5-68

IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)system(if

so equipped) 5-70

PrecautionsonIBAsystem 5-71

Break-in schedule.... 5-74

Increasingfueleconomy 5-74

All-WheelDrive(AWD)(ifsoequipped) 5-75

Parking/parkingonhills 5-76

Power steering.... 5-77

Continuousdampingcontrol(ifsoequipped) .....5-77

Brake system.... 5-78

Brakingprecautions 5-78

Europe and design brake pads (if

soequipped) 5-78

Parkingbrakebreak-in 5-79

Brake assist.... 5-79

Brakeassist 5-79

Previewfunction(IntelligentCruiseControl

systemequippedmodels) 5-79

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS) 5-82

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system 5-83

Rearactivesteersystem(ifsoequipped) .....5-85

Coldweatherdriving 5-85

Drainingofcoolantwater 5-85

Tireequipment 5-86

Specialwinterequipment 5-86

Drivingonsnoworice 5-86

Engineblockheater(ifsoequipped) .....5-87

PRECAUTIONSWHENSTARTINGAND DRIVING

WARNING

• Donotleavechildrenoradultswho wouldnormallyrequirethesupport of othersaloneinyourvehicle.Petsshould notbeleftaloneeither.Theycould accidentallyinjurethemselvesorothers throughinadvertentoperationofthe vehicle.Also,onhot,sunnydays, temperaturesinaclosedvehiclecould quicklybecomehighenoughtocause severeorpossiblyfatalinjuriesto peopleoranimals.
  •Properlysecureallcargotohelpprevent itfromslidingorshifting.Donotplace cargohigherthantheseatbacks.Ina suddenstoporcollision,unsecured cargocouldcausepersonalinjury.

EXHAUSTGAS(carbonmonoxide)

WARNING

- Donotbreatheexhaustgases;they containcolorlessandodorlesscarbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor

death.

• Ifyoususpectthatexhaustfumesare enteringthevehicle, drivewithall windowsfullyopen, and have the vehicleinspectedimmediately.
• Donotruntheengineinclosedspaces suchasagarage.
• Donotparkthevehiclewiththeengine runningforanyextendedlengthoftime.
• Keeptheliftgateclosedwhiledriving, otherwiseexhaustgasescouldbedrawn intothepassengercompartment.Ifyou mustdrivewiththeliftgateopen,follow theseprecautions:
  1)Openallthewindows.
  2) Setthe airrecirculationtooff and the fan control to highto circulatetheair.
• Ifelectricalwiringorothercableconnectionsmustpasstoatrailerthroughthesealontheliftgateorthebody,followthemanufacturer'srecommendationtopreventcarbonmonoxideentryintothevehicle.
  •Theexhaustsystemandbodyshouldbe inspectedbyaqualifiedmechanicwhenever:

— Thevehicleisraisedforservice.
— Yoususpectthatexhaustfumesare enteringintothepassengercompartment.
— Younoticeachangeinthesoundof theexhaustsystem.
— Youhavehadanaccidentinvolving damagetotheexhaustsystem, underbody,orrearofthevehicle.

THREE-WAYCATALYST

Thethree-waycatalystisanemission controldeviceinstalledintheexhaust system.Exhaustgasesinthethree-way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to helpreducepollutants.

WARNING

- The exhaustgasandtheexhaustsystem areveryhot.Keeppeople,animalsor flammablematerialsawayfromthe exhaustsystemcomponents.

- Donotstoporparkthevehicleover flammablematerialssuchasdrygrass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and

causeafire.

CAUTION

• Donotuseleadedgasoline.Deposits fromleadedgasolineseriouslyreduce thethree-waycatalyst'sabilitytohelp reduceexhaustpollutants.
• Keepyourenginetunedup.Malfunctions intheignition,fuelinjection,orelectricalsystemscancauseoverrichfuel flowintothethree-waycatalyst,causing ittooverheat.Donotkeepdrivingifthe enginemisfires,orifnoticeablelossof performanceorotherunusualoperating conditionsaredetected.Havethevehicle inspectedpromptlybyanINFINITlretailer.
• Avoiddrivingwithanextremelylowfuel level. Runningoutoffuelcouldcause theenginetomisfire,damagingthe three-waycatalyst.
• Donotracetheenginewhilewarmingit up.
• Donotpushortowyourvehicletostart theengine.

TIREPRESSUREMONITORINGSYSTEM(TPMS)

Eachtire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of different sizen the size indicated on the vehicle placard tire inflation pressure label, you should determin the property inflation pressure forthosetires.)

Asanadded safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates alow tire pressure telltale when none or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and in flat the them to the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire cause esthetire too overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

Pleasenote that the TPMSis nota substitute for propertire maintenance,

anditisthedriver's responsibility to maintaincorrecttirepressure, even if under-inflationhasnotreachedthelevel to triggerilluminationoftheTPMSlowtire pressuretelltale.

Yourvehiclehasalsobenequippedwitha TPMSmalfunctionindicatortoindicate whenthesystemisnotoperatingproperly. TheTPMSmalfunctionindicatoriscombinedwiththelowtirepressuretelltale. Whenthesystemdetectsamalfunction, thetelltalewillflashforapproximatelyone minuteand thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequencewillcontinue upon subsequent vehiclestart-upsaslong asthemalfunctionexists. Whenthemalfunctionindicatorisilluminated, thesystemmaynotbeabletodetectorsignallow tirepressureasintended. TPMSmalfunctionsmayoccurforvarietyofreasons, includingtheinstallationofreplacementor alternatetiresorwheelsonthevehiclethat preventtheTPMSfromfunctioningproperly. AlwayschecktheTPMSmalfunction telltaleafterreplacingoneormoretiresor wheelsonyourvehicletoensurethatthe replacementoralternatetiresandwheels allowtheTPMStocontinuetofunction properly.

Additional information

●TheTPMSdoesnotmonitorthetire pressureofthesparetire.
●TheTPMSwillactivateonlywhenthe vehicleisdrivenatspeedsabove16 MPH(25km/h).Also,thissystemmay notdetectasuddendropintire pressure(forexampleaflattirewhile driving).
- Thelowtirepressurewarninglightdoes notautomaticallyturnoffwhenthetire pressureisadjusted. Afterthetireis inflatedtotherecommendedpressure, thevehiclemustbedrivenatspeeds above16MPH(25km/h)toactivatethe TPMSandturnoffthelowtirepressure warninglight. Useatirepressuregauge tocheckthetirepressure.
- TheCHECKTIREPRESSUREwarningalso appearsonthedotmatrixliquidcrystal displaywhenthelowtirepressure warninglightisilluminatedandlow tirepressureisdetected.TheCHECK TIREPRESSUREwarningturnsoffwhen thelowtirepressurewarninglight turnsoff. TheCHECKTIREPRESSUREwarning appearseachtimetheignitionswitch isplacedintheONpositionaslongas

thelowtirepressurewarninglight remainsilluminated. TheCHECKTIREPRESSUREwarning doesnotappearifthelowtirepressure warninglightilluminateoindicatea TPMSmalfunction.

• Tirepressurerisesandfallsdepending ontheheatcausedbythevehicle's operationandtheoutsidetemperature. Lowoutsidetemperaturecanlowerthe temperatureoftheairinsidethetire whichcancausealowertireinflation pressure.Thismaycausethelowtire pressurewarninglighttoilluminate.If thewarninglightilluminatesinlow ambienttemperature,checkthetire pressureforallfourtires.
• Youcanalsocheckthepressureofall tires(exceptthesparetire)onthe displayscreen.Theorderofthetire pressurefiguresdisplayed onthe screendoesnotcorrespondwiththe actualorderofthetireposition.See "TIREPRESSUREinformation"(P.4-11).

For additional information, see "Lowtire pressure warning light" (P.2-15) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.6-3).

WARNING

• Ifthelowtirepressurewarninglight illuminatesorLOWPRESSUREinformationisdisplayedonthemonitorscreen whiledriving,avoidsuddensteering maneuverosarabruptbraking,reduce vehiclespeed,pullofftheroadtoasafe locationandstopthevehicleassoonas possible.Drivingwithunder-inflated tiresmaypermanentlydamagethetires andincreasethelikelihoodoftirefailure.Seriousvehicledamagecouldoccur andmayleadtoanaccidentandcould resultinseriouspersonalinjury.Check thetirepressureforallfourtires.Adjust thetirepressuretotherecommended COLDtirepressureshownontheTire andLoadingInformationlabeltoturn thelowtirepressurewarninglightOFF.If thelightstillilluminateswhiledriving afteradjustingthetirepressure,atire maybeflat.Ifyouhaveaflattire, replaceitwithasparetireassoonas possible.(See"Flattire"(P.6-3)for changingaflattire.)
• Whenasparetireismountedorawheel isreplaced, theTPMSwillnotfunction

andthelowtirepressurewarninglight willflashforapproximately1minute. Thelightwillremainonafter1minute. ContactyourINFINITlretailerassoonas possiblefortirereplacementand/or systemresetting.

●Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINIT could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
- Donotinjectanytireliquidoraerosol tiresealantintothetires,asthismay causeamalfunctionofthetirepressure sensors.

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.
• Donotplacemetalizedfilmoranymetal parts(antenna,etc.)onthewindows. Thismaycausepoorreceptionofthe signalsfromthetirepressuresensors, andtheTPMSwillnotfunctionproperly.

Somedevicesandtransmittersmaytemporarilyinterferewiththeoperationofthe

TPMSandcausethelowtirepressure warninglighttoilluminate.Someexamplesare:

●Facilitiesorelectricdevicesusingsimilarradiofrequenciesarenearthe vehicle.
- Ifatransmittersettosimilarfrequenciesisbeingusedinornearthe vehicle.
- Ifacomputer(orsimilarequipment)or aDC/ACconverterisbeingusedinor nearthevehicle.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:(1)Thisdevice maynotcauseharmfulinterference,and (2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethat maycauseundesiredoperation.

Note: Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsible forcompliancecouldvoidtheuser's authoritytooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

AVOIDINGCOLLISIONANDROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failuretooperatethisvehicleinasafeand prudentmannermayresult inloss ofcontrol oranaccident.

Bealertanddrivedefensivelyataltimes. Obeyalltrafficregulations.Avoidexcessivespeed,highspeedcornering,or suddensteeringmaneuvers,because thesedrivingpracticescouldcauseyouto losecontrolofyourvehicle.Aswithany vehicle,alossofcontrolcouldresultina collisionwithothervehiclesorobjects,or causethevehicletorollover,particularlyif thelossofcontrolcausesthevicieto slidesideways.Beattentiveataltimes,

andavoiddrivingwhentired. Neverdrive whenundertheinfluenceofalcoholor drugs(includingprescriptionover-the-counterdrugswhichmaycausedrowsiness). Alwayswearyourseatbeltas outlinedinthe"Seatbelts"(P.1-11)ofthis manual, andalsoinstructyourpassengers todos.

Seatbeltshelpreducetheriskofinjuryin collisionsandrollovers. Inarollovercrash, an unbeltedorimproperlybeltedpersonis significantlymorelikelytobeinjuredor killedthanapersonproperlywearinga seatbelt.

ON-PAVEMENTANDOFF-ROAD DRIVINGPRECAUTIONS

Utilityvehicleshaveasignificantlyhigher rolloverratethanothertypesofvehicles.

Theyhavehighergroundclearancethan passengercarstomakethemcapableof performinginavarietyofon-pavementand off-roadapplications. Thisgivesthema highercenterofgravitythanordinarycars. Anadvantageofhighergroundclearanceis abetterviewoftheroad,allowingyouto anticipateproblems. However,theyarenot designedforcorneringatthesamespeeds asconventionalpassengercarsanymore

thanlow-slungsportscarsaredesignedto performsatisfactorilyunderoff-roadconditions.Ifatallpossible,avoidsharpturns orabruptmaneuvers,particularlyathigh speeds.Aswithothervehiclesofthistype, failuretooperatethisvehiclecorrectlymay resultinlossofcontrolorvehiclerollover. Seatbeltshelpreducetheriskofinjuryin collisionsandrollovers.Inarollovercrash, an unbeltedorimproperlybeltedpersonis significantlymorelikelytobeinjuredor killedthanapersonproperlywearinga seatbelt.

Besuretoread"Drivingsafetyprecautions"(P.5-9).

OFF-ROADRECOVERY

Iftherightsdoorleftsidewheels unintentionallyleavetheroadsurface, maintaincontrolofthevehiclebyfollowing theprocedurebelow.Plesenotethatthis procedureisonlyageneralguide.The vehiclemustbedrivenasappropriate basedontheconditionsofthevehicle, roadandtraffic.

1. Remaincalmanddonotoverreact.
2. Donotapplythebrakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on theesteering wheel with both hands and try to hold a

straightcourse.

1. When appropriate, slowly releasethe acceleratorpedaltogradually slow the vehicle.

2. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicles speed is reduced. Don't attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto theroad surface until vehicles speed is reduced.

3. When it's safetodoso, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to other roads surface. When all tires are on other roads surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane.

- If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to other roads surface based on vehicle, road traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPIDAIRPRESSURELOSS

Rapidairpressurelossora"blow-out"can occurifthetireispuncturedorisdamaged duetohittingacurborpothole.Rapidair pressurelosscanalsobecasedby drivingonunder-inflatedtires.

Rapidairpressurelosscanaffectthe handlingandstabilityofthevehicle, especiallyathighwayspeeds.

Helppreventrapidairpressurelossby maintainingthecorrectairpressureand visuallyinspectthetiresforwearand damage.See"Wheelsandtires"(P.8-32)of thismanual.

Ifatirerapidlylosesairpressureor "blows-out"whiledrivingmaintaincontrol ofthevehiclebyfollowingtheprocedure below.Pleasenotethatthisprocedureis onlyageneralguide.Thevehiclemustbe drivenasappropriatebasedontheconditionsofthevehicle,roadandtraffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is sudden loss of software air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a

collisionandresultinpersonalinjury.

• Thevehiclegenerallymovesorpullsin thedirectionoftheflattire.
• Donotrapidlyapplythebrakes.
• Donotrapidlyreleasetheaccelerator pedal.
  • Donotrapidlyturnthesteeringwheel.

1.Remaincalmanddonotoverreact.
2. Maintainafirmgriponthesteering wheelwithbothhandsandtrytoholda straightcourse.
3. When appropriate, slowly releasethe acceleratorpedaltogradually slow the vehicle.
4. Graduallysteerthevehicletoasafe locationofftheroadandawayfrom trafficifpossible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedaltogradually stop the vehicle.
6. Turnonthehazardwarningflashers andeithercontact a roadsideemergencyservicetochangethetireorsee "Changingaflattire" (P.6-4)ofthis Owner'sManual.

DRINKINGALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNING

Neverdriveundertheinfluenceofalcoholor drugs. Alcoholinthebloodstreamreduces coordination, delaysreactiontimeandimpairsjudgement. Drivingafterdrinking alcoholincreasesthelikelihoodofbeing involvedanaccidentinjuringyourselfand others. Additionally, ifyouareinjuredinan accident, alcoholcanincreasetheseverity oftheinjury.

INFINITliscommittedtosafedriving. However, you must choose nottodrive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousand so people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Although the callaws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all peopled differently and most people underestimate the effect of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don't mix! And that ist rue for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).

Don't drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVINGSAFETYPRECAUTIONS

YourINFINITIisdesignedforbothnormal andoff-roaduse.However,avoiddrivingin deepwaterormudasyourINFINITIis mainlydesignedforleisureuse,unlikea conventionaloff-roadvehicle.

Remember that Two-WheelDrive(2WD) models are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, orthelike.

Pleaseobservethefollowingprecautions:

WARNING

- Drivecarefullywhenofftheroadand avoiddangerousareas.Everyperson whodrivesorridesinthisvehicleshould beseatedwiththeirseatbeltfastened. Thiswillkeepyouandyourpassengers inpositionwhendrivingoverrough terrain.

- Donotdriveacrosssteepslopes.Instead driveeitherstraightuporstraightdown

theslopes.Off-roadvehiclescantipover sidewaysmuchmoreeasilythanthey canforwardorbackward.

- Manyhillsaretoosteepforanyvehicle. Ifyoudriveupthem,youmaystall.If youdrivedownthem,youmaynotbe abletocontrolyourspeed.Ifyoudrive acrossthem,youmayrollover.

- Donotshiftrangeswhiledrivingon downhillgradesasthiscouldcauseloss ofcontrolofthevehicle.

- Stayalertwhendrivingtothetopofahill.Atthetoptherecouldbeadrop-offorotherhazardthatcouldcausean accident.

- If you're enginestallsory you cannot make it to the top of fasteephill, never attempt to turnaround. Your vehicle could tip or rollover. Always back straight down in R (Reverse) range. Never back down in N (Neutral), using only the brake, ast his could cause loss of control.

- Heavybrakinggoingdownahillcould causeyourbrakestooverheatandfade, resultinginlossofcontrolandan accident.Applybrakeslightlyanduse alowrangetocontrolyourspeed.

- Unsecuredcargocanbethrownaround whendrivingoverroughtterrain. Properlysecureallcargosoitwillnotbe thrownforwardandcauseinjurytoyou oryourpassengers.

- To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively, donot exceed therated capacity of the roof track (if so equipped) and evenly distributetheload. Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and slow as possible. Donot equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual. This could cause your vehicle rollover.

- Donotgriptheinsideorspokesofthe steeringwheelwhendrivingoff-road. Thesteeringwheelcouldmovesuddenly andinjureyourhands.Insteaddrivewith yourfingersandthumbsontheoutside oftherim.

- Beforeoperatingthevehicle,ensurethat thedriverandallpassengershavetheir seatbeltsfastened.

●Alwaysdrivewiththefloormatsinplace asthefloormaybecamehot.

- Loweryourspeedwhenencountering strongcrosswinds.Withahighercenter ofgravity,yourINFINITlismoreaffected

bystrongsidewinds.Slowerspeeds ensurebettervehiclecontrol.

• Donotdrivebeyondtheperformance capabilityofthetires,evenwithAWD engaged.
  -ForAWDequippedvehicles, donot attempttoraisetwowheelsoffthe groundandshiftthetransmissionto anydriveorreversepositionwiththe enginerunning.Doingsomayresultin drivetraindamageorunexpectedvehicle movementwhichcouldresultinserious vehicledamageorpersonalinjury.
• DonotattempttotestanAWDequipped vehicleona2-wheeldynamometer(such asthedynamometersusedbysome statesforemissionstesting),orsimilar equipmenteveniftheothertwowheels areraisedofftheground.Makesureyou informtestfacilitypersonnelthatyour vehicleisequippedwithAWDbeforeitis placedonadynamometer.Usingthe wrongtestequipmentmayresultin drivetraindamageorunexpectedvehicle movementwhichcouldresultinserious vehicledamageorpersonalinjury.(AWD models)
• Whenawheelisoffthegroundduetoan

unlevelsurface, donotspinthewheel excessively.

• Accelerating quickly, sharpsteering maneuvers sudden braking may cause loss of control.
• Ifatallpossible, avoidsharpturning maneuvers, particularlyathighspeeds. Yourvehiclehasahighercenterof gravitythanaconventionalpassenger car. The vehicleisnotdesignedfor corneringatthesamespeedsasconventionalpassengercars. Failureto operatethisvehiclecorrectlycould resultinlossofcontroland/orarollover accident.
  ●Alwaysusetiresofthesametype, size, brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Install tire chains on therear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully.
• Besuretocheckthebrakesimmediately afterdrivinginmudorwater.See"Brake system"(P.5-78)forwetbrakes.

• Avoidparkingyourvehicleonsteep hills.Ifyougetoutofthevehicleand itrollsforward,backwardorsideways, youcouldbeinjured.

• Whenever you drive off-road through sand, mudor water as deep pasthe wheel hub, more frequent maintenance may be required. Seethemaintenance information in the "INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide".

• Spinningtherearwheelsonslippery surfacesmaycausetheAWDwarning lighttoflashandtheAWDsystemto automaticallyswitchfromtheAWD modetothe2WDmode. This could reducetraction.Beespeciallycareful whentowingatrailer.(AWDmodels)

PUSH-BUTTONIGNITIONSWITCH

WARNING

Donotoperatethepush-buttonignition switchwhiledrivingthevehicleexceptinan emergency.(Theenginewillstopwhenthe ignitionswitchispushed3consecutive timesortheignitionswitchispushed heldformorethan2seconds.)Iftheengine stopswhilethevehicleisbeingdriven,this couldleadtoacrashandseriousinjury.

Beforeoperatingthepush-buttonignition switch, besuretomovetheselectorlever totheP(Park)position.

Top-down schematic of a car showing the roof and side panel, with no text or symbols present.

The Intelligent Keycanonlybeused for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range ①.

WhentheIntelligentKeybatteryisalmost dischargedorstrongradiowavesare presentneartheoperatinglocation,the IntelligentKeysystem'soperatingrange becomesnarrowerandmaynotfunction properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even

someonewhodoesnotcarrytheIntelligent Key,topushtheignitionswitchtostartthe engine.

• The cargo area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glovebox or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.
• IfthelIntelligentKeyisplacednearthe doororwindowoutsidethevehicle,the IntelligentKeymayfunction.

graph TD
    A["LOCK"] --> B["ACC"]
    B --> C["ON"]
    D["(OFF)"] --> B
    E["START STOP TIME"] --> F["STOP"]
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style_G["SSD1021"] --> H["Start"]
    style H fill:#fff,stroke:#333

PUSH-BUTTONIGNITIONSWITCH OPERATION

Whentheignitionswitchispushedwithout depressingthebrakepedal,theignition switchpositionwillchangeasfollows:

• PushcenteroncetochangetoACC.
• PushcentertwotimestochangetoON.
• Pushcenterthreetimestochangeto OFF.(Nopositionilluminates.)
• PushcenterfourtimestoreturntoACC.
• Openorcloseanydoortoreturnto LOCKduringtheOFFposition.

Theignitionlockisdesignedsothatthe ignitionswitchpositioncannotbeswitched

toLOCKuntiltheselectorleverismovedto theP(Park)position.

Whentheignitionswitchcannotbepushed towardtheLOCKposition,proceedas follows:

1. MovetheselectorleverintotheP(Park) position.
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. Theignitionswitchposition indicatorwillnotilluminate.
3. Openthedoor. Theignitionswitchwill changetotheLOCKposition.

TheselectorlevercanbemovedfromtheP (Park) position if the ignition switch is in theONpositionandthebrakepedalis depressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the push-buttonignitions switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position.

Someindicatorsandwarningsforoperationaredisplayedonthedotmatrixliquid crystaldisplaybetweenthespeedometer andtachometer.(See“Dotmatrixliquid crystaldisplay”(P.2-21).)

PUSH-BUTTONIGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK(Normalparkingposition)

The ignition switch can only be locked in this position.

Theignitionswitchwillbeunlockedwhen it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the IntelligentKeyinsertedintheport.

ACC(Accessories)

Thispositionactivateselectricalaccessories such as stheradio, when the engine is not running.

ON (Normaloperatingposition)

Thispositionturnson theignitionsystem andelectricalaccessories.

OFF

Theenginecanbeturnedoffinthis position.

Theignitionlockisdesignedsothatthe ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCKpositionuntiltheselectorleveris movedtotheP(Park)position.

CAUTION

Donotleavethevehiclewiththepush-buttonignitionswitchinACCorONpositionswhentheengineisnotrunningforan extendedperiod.Thiscandischargethe battery.

EMERGENCYENGINESHUTOFF

Toshutofftheengineinanemergency situationwhiledrivingperformthefollowingprocedure:

• Rapidlypushthepush-buttonignition switch3consecutivetimesinlessthan 1.5seconds,or
• Pushandholdthepush-buttonignition switchformorethan2seconds.

A ① SSD0731

INTELLIGENTKEYBATTERYDISCHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged, the guidelight the Intelligent Key port blinks and the indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. (See "Dot matrix liquid crystal display" (P.2-21).)

Inthiscase, inserting the Intelligent Key into the port ① allows you to start the engine. Makes sure that the key rings side faces backward as illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured.

ToremovethelIntelligentKeyfromtheport, pushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition andpulltheIntelligentKeyoutoftheport.

NOTE:

The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery. If you see the low battery indicator in the dot matrix liquid crystal display, replace the battery as soon as possible. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-27).)

CAUTION

• NeverplaceanythingexcepttheIntelligentKeyinthIntelligentKeyport. Doingsomaycausedamagetothe equipment.
• MakesurethIntelligentKeyisinthe correctdirectionwheninsertingittothe IntelligentKeyport.Theenginemaynot startifitisintheincorrectdirection.
• RemovethelIntelligentKeyfromthe IntelligentKeyportaftertheignition switchispushedtotheOFFposition.

BEFORESTARTINGTHEENGINE

●Makesuretheareaaroundthevehicle isclear.
- Checkfluidlevelssuchasengineoil, coolant, brakefluid and window washerfluidasfrequentlyaspossible, oraleastwheneveryourefuel.
- Check that all windows and lights are clean.
- Visuallyinspecttiresfortheirappearanceandcondition.Alsochecktiresforproperinflation.
- Lockalldoors.
- Positionseatandadjustheadrestraints.
-Adjustinsideandoutsidemirrors.
- Fastenseatbeltsandaskallpassengerstodolikewise.
- Checktheoperationofwarninglights whentheignitionswitchispushed to theONposition.(See“Warning/indicatorlightsandaudiblereminders”(P.2-12).)

STARTINGTHEENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake.
2. MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) orN(Neutral)position.(Pisrecommended.)
   Thestarterisdesignednottooperate unlesstheselectorleverisineitherof theabovepositions.
3. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON position. Depressthebrakepedaland pushtheignitionswitchtostartthe engine.
   Tostarttheengineimmediately, push and releasetheignitionswitchwhile depressingthebrakepedalwiththe ignitionswitchinanyposition.
4. Iftheengineisveryhardtostartin extremelycoldweatherorwhen restarting,depresstheaccelerator pedalalittle(approximately1/3to thefloor)andwhileholding,crank theengine.Releasetheaccelerator pedalwhentheenginestarts.
5. Iftheengineisveryhardtostart becauseitisflooded, depress the acceleratorpedalallthewaytothe floorandholdit. Pushtheignition switchtotheONpositiontostart crankingtheengine. After5or6 seconds, stopcrankingbypushing

theignitionswitchtoOFF. After crankingtheengine, releasethe acceleratorpedal. Cranktheengine withyourfootofftheaccelerator pedalbydepressingthebrakepedal andpushingthepush-buttonignitionswitchtostarttheengine.Ifthe enginestarts,butfails to run,repeat theaboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Donotoperatethestarterformorethan15 secondsatatime.Iftheenginedoesnot start,pushtheignitionswitchtoOFFand wait10secondsbeforecrankingagain, otherwisethestartercouldbedamaged.

4.Warm-up

Allowtheenginetoidleforatleast30 secondsafterstarting.Donotracethe enginewhilewarmingitup.Driveat moderatespeedforashortdistance first,especiallyincoldweather.Incold weather,keeptheenginerunningfora minimumof2-3minutesbefore shuttingtoff.Startingandstopping theengineoverashortperiodoftime maymakethevehiclemoredifficultto

DRIVINGTHEVEHICLE

start.

1. Tostoptheengine, shift the selector levertotheP(Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Careshouldbetakentoavoidsituations thatcanleadtopotentialbatterydischargeandpotentialno-startconditions suchas:

1. Installationorextendeduseofelectronicaccessoriesthatconsumebattery powerwhentheengineisnotrunning (Phonechargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only drivenshort distances.

Inthesecases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION

7speedautomatictransmission

The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation.

Shownonthefollowingpagesarethe recommendedoperatingproceduresfor thistransmission.Followtheseprocedures formaximumvehicleperformanceand drivingenjoyment.

Startingthevehicle

Afterstartingtheengine,fullydepress the footbrakepedalandpushtheselector leverbuttonbeforeshiftingtheselector levertotheR(Reverse),N(Neutral),D(Drive),DS(DriveSport)orManualshift modeposition.Besurethevehicleisfully stoppedbeforeattemptingtoshiftthe selectorlever.

This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P (Park) to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON.

Theselectorlevercannotbemovedoutof theP(Park)positionandintoanyofthe othergearpositionsiftheignitionswitch ispushedtotheLOCK,OFForACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push these selector lever button to shift into driving gear.
2. Releasetheparkingbrakeandfoot brake, thengraduallystartthevehicle inmotion.

WARNING

• Donotdepresstheacceleratorpedal while shifting from P(Park) or N(Neutral) to R(Reverse), D(Drive), DS(DriveSport) or manual shiftmode. Always depressthe brakepedal until shifting is completed. Failuretodoso could cause youtolose control and have an accident.
  ●Coldengineidlespeedishigh, souse cautionwhenshiftingintoaforwardor reversegearbeforetheenginehas warmedup.
• NevershifttoP(Park)orR(Reverse) whilevehicleismovingforward.Never

Startinganddriving

shifttoP(Park),D(Drive)orDS(Drive Sport)whilevehicleismovingrearward. Failuretodosocouldcauseyoutolose controlandhaveanaccident.

CAUTION

• Exceptinanemergency, donotshift to theN(Neutral)positionwhiledriving. CoastingwiththetransmissionintheN (Neutral)positionmaycauseserious damagetothetransmission.
• When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, donothold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrakes should be used for this purpose.
• Donotdownshiftabruptlyonslippery roads. This may cause all loss of control.

P ↓↑ R ↓↑ N ↓↑ + ↑ DS ⇌ D ↓ ↓ -

Selectorlever

Tomovetheselectorlever,

→:Pushthebuttonwhiledepressingthe brakepedal,
→:Pushthebutton,
→:Justmovetheselectorlever.

Shifting

Afterstartingtheengine,fullydepressthe brakepedalandshifttheselectorlever fromP(Park)toR(Reverse),N(Neutral),D(Drive),DS(DriveSport)orManualshift modeposition.

PushthebuttontoshiftintoP(Park)orR (Reverse).Allotherpositionscanbe selectedwithoutputpushingthebutton.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if these selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure todos could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is intheP (Park) position.

P(Park)position:

Usethisselectorpositionwhenthevehicle isparkedorwhenstarting theengine. Makesurethevehicleiscompletely stopped.Thebrakepedal must be depressed andthe selectorleverbutton pushedintomovetheselectorleverfrom theN(Neutral)positionor anydrive positiontotheP(Park)position.Apply theparkingbrake.Whenparkingonahill, apply the parking brake first, then move

theselectorlevertotheP(Park)position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.

R(Reverse):

Use this position to backup. Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R(Reverse) position.

Thebrakepedalmustbedepressedand theselectorleverbuttonpushedinto movetheselectorleverfromtheP(Park) position,theN(Neutral)positionorany drivepositiontotheR(Reverse)position.

N(Neutral):

Neitherforwardnorreversegearisengaged.Theenginecanbestartedinthis position.YoumayshifttotheN(Neutral) positionandrestartastalledenginewhile thevehicleismoving.

D(Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

DS(DriveSport)mode

When these selector lever is shifted from the D(Drive) position to the manual shift gate, the transmission enter the DS(Drive Sport) mode.

MovingtheselectorlevertotheDS(Drive Sport)positionallowsyoutoenjoycomfortabledrivingonawindingroadandfeel smoothaccelerationordecelerationona hillyroadbymovinginalowergear automatically.

WhencancelingtheDSmode, return the selectorlevertotheD(Drive)position. The transmissionreturnstothenormaldriving mode.

A B SSD0732

Paddleshifters(Ifsoequipped)

Manualshiftmode

When these selector lever is in the DS (Drive Sport) position, the transmission is ready for them an manual shift mode. Shiftrangescan be selected manually by moving the selector lever up or down, or pulling the right-side or left-side paddleshifter.

Whenshiftingup, movetheselectorlever tothe+(up)sideorpulltheright-side paddleshifter(+) A (ifsoequipped). The transmissionshiftstothehigherrange.

Whenshiftingdown, movetheselector levertothe-(down)sideorpulltheleft-sidepaddleshifter(-) Ⓑ (ifsoequipped).

Startinganddriving5-17

Thetransmissionshiftstothelowerrange.

Whencancelingthemanualshiftmode, returntheselectorlevertotheD(Drive) position. Thetransmissionreturnstothe normaldrivingmode.

When you pull the paddleshifter (if so equipped) while in the D(Drive) position, the transmission will shift to the upper or lower ranget temporarily. The transmission will automatically return to the D(Drive) position after a short period of time. If you want to return to the D(Drive) position manually, pull and hold the paddleshifter for about 1.5 seconds.

Inthemanualshiftmode, theshiftrangeis displayedonthepositionindicatorinthe meter.

Shiftrangesupordownonebyoneas follows:

^M 7(7th):

Use this position for all normal forward driving at highways speeds.

^M 6(6th)and ^M 5(5th):

Use this position when driving up long slopes, or forengine braking when driving

downlongslopes.

^M 4(4th), ^M 3(3rd)and ^M 2(2nd):

Usethesepositionsforhillclimbingor enginebrakingondownhillgrades.

^M 1(1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or drivings slowly through deep snow, or maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

- Remembernottodriveathighspeeds forextendedperiodsoftimeinlower than7thgear. This reducesfueleconomy.

- Movingtheselectorleverrapidlytothe samesidetwicewillshifttherangesin succession.

- Inthemanualshiftmode, the transmission may not shift to these selected gear or may automatically shift to the other gear depending on conditions. This helps maintain driving performance and reduce the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control.

- Whenthetransmissiondoesnotshift totheselectedgear,theAutomatic Transmission(AT)positionindicator light(onthedotmatrixliquidcrystal display)willblinkandthebuzzerwill

sound.

- In the manual shift mode, the transmission automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comesto stop. When accelerating again, it is necessary to shift up to the desired range.

Acceleratordownshift—InD(Drive) position—

Forpassingorhillclimbing,fullydepress theacceleratorpedaltothefloor.This shiftsthetransmissiondownintothelower gear,dependingonthevehiclespeed.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition.

Ifthevehicleisdrivenunderextreme conditions,suchasexcessivewheelspinningandsubsequenthardbraking,the fail-safesystemmaybeactivated.Thiswill occurevenifallelectricalcircuitsare functioningproperly.Inthiscase,push theswitchtotheOFFpositionandwaitfor 3seconds.Thenpushtheignitionswitch backtotheONposition.Thevehicle

5-18 Starting and driving

shouldreturntoitsnormaloperating condition.Ifitdoesnotreturntoits normaloperatingcondition,havean INFINITretailercheckthetransmission andrepairifnecessary.

A B C D SSD0775

Shiftlockrelease

If the battery charge is low word discharged, these actor lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedal depressed and these actor lever button pushed.

Tomovetheselectorlever, perform the following procedure:

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFor LOCKposition.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3.Removetheshiftlockcover ④ usinga suitabletool.

1. Pushdowntheshiftlock illustrated.

B as

1. Pushtheselectorleverbutton ⑤ and movetheselectorlevertoN(Neutral) position ⑥ whileholdingdownthe shiftlock.

PushtheignitionswitchtotheONposition.Nowthevehiclemaybemovedtothedesiredlocation.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park), have an INFINIT retailer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible.

Adaptiveshiftcontrol(ASC)

The adaptiveshiftcontrolsystemautomatically operates when the transmission is in the "D"(drive) and "DS"(DriveSport) position and selects an appropriate gear depending on the road conditions such as uphill, downhill or curving roads.

Controlonuphillandcurvingroads:

Alowgearismaintainedthatsuits the degreeoftheslopeorcurvetoallow smoothdrivingwithasmallnumberof shifts.

PARKINGBRAKE

Controlondownhillroads:

The adaptiveshift control system shiftsto alowgearthatsuits the degree of the slope, and use the engine braking to reduce the number of times that the brake must be used.

Controlonwindingroads:

Alowgearismaintainedoncontinuous curvesthatinvolverepeatedacceleration and deceleration, so that smooth acceleration is available instantly when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:

• Adaptiveshiftcontrolmaynotoperate whenthetransmissionoiltemperature islowimmediatelyafterthestartof drivingorwhenitisveryhot.
• Duringsomedrivingsituations, hard brakingforexample, the adaptiveshift control may automatically operate. The transmission may automatically shift to lower gear forengine braking. This increases enginespeed but not vehicle speed. Vehicles speed is controlled by the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is in the Adaptiveshift control mode.

- Whentheadaptiveshiftcontroloperates, the transmission sometimes

maintainsalowergearforalonger periodoftimethanwhenadaptiveshift controlisnotoperating. Enginespeed willbehigherfora specificvehicle speedwhileASCsystemisoperating thanwhenASCisnotoperating.

WARNING

• Be sure the parking brake is fully releasedbeforedriving.Failureretodoso cancausebrakefailureandleadtoan accident.
• Donotreleasetheparkingbrakefrom outsidethevehicle.
• Donotusethegearshiftinplaceofthe parkingbrake.Whenparking,besure theparkingbrakeisfullyengaged.
• Donotleavechildrenunattendedina vehicle. They could releasetheparking brake and cause an accident.

① ② SPA2331

Toapply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal ①.

Torelease:

1.Firmlyapplythefootbrake ②.
2.Depresstheparkingbrakepedal andtheparkingbrakewillbereleased. ①
3. Before driving, besure the brake warning light goes out.

LANEDEPARTUREWARNING(LDW) SYSTEM/LANEDEPARTUREPREVENTION (LDP)SYSTEM(ifsoequipped)

TheLaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system/LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)systemwilloperatewhenthevehicleisdrivenatspeedsofapproximately45MPH(70km/h)andabove,andwhenitistravelingclosetoeithertheleftortherightofatravelinglane.

Eachsystemfunctionsasfollows:

●LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system—warnsthedriverwithawarninglight andchimethatthevehicleisbeginning toleavethedrivinglane.
●LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)system—warnsthedriverwithawarninglight andchime, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center direction of the traveling lane by applying brake control to the left for right wheels individually (for short period of time).

Line drawing of a car front view with numbered label (1) and identifier JVS0123X at bottom right (no text or symbols on the car itself)

② ③ ④ ⑤ SSD1182

TheLDWandLDPsystemsmonitorthelane markersonthetravelinglaneusingthe cameraunit ① locatedabovetheinside mirror.Whenthecameraunitdetectsthat thevehicleistravelingclosetoeitherthe leftotherightofthetravelinglane,the lanedeparturewarninglight ② onthe instrumentpanelblinksinorangeanda warningchimesounds.WhentheLDP systemison,itwillautomaticallyapply thebrakesforashortperiodoftime,using thefunctionoftheVehicleDynamicControl (VDC)system.

ToturnontheLDWsystem, pushthe warningsystemsswitch ③. The warning systemsONindicatorlight ④ on the switchwillilluminate.

Whentehewarningsystemsswitchis pushed, theFCWsystemwillalsoturnon oroffsimultaneously.

See "ForwardCollisionWarning(FCW) system" (P.5-67).

ToturnontheLDPsystem, pushthe Dynamicdriverassistanceswitch ⑤. The LDPONindicatorlight ② willilluminatein green.

See "LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP) system" (P.5-24).

LANEDEPARTUREWARNING(LDW) SYSTEM

PrecautionsonLDWsystem

WARNING

• Thissystemisonlyawarningdeviceto informthedriverofapotentialunintendedlanedeparture.Itwillnotsteer thevehicleorpreventlossofcontrol.It isthedriver'sresponsibilitytostay alert,drivesafely,keepthevehiclein thetravelinglane,andbeincontrolof thevehicleatalltimes.
• Thesystemwillnotoperateatspeeds belowapproximately45MPHorifit cannotdetectlanemarkers.
• IftheLDWsystemmalfunctions, it will cancel automatically, and the lanede-parture warning light (orange) will illu-minate.
• Ifthelanedeparturewarninglight (orange)illuminates,pullofftheroad toasafelocationandstopthevehicle. Turntheengineoffandrestartthe engine.Ifthelanedeparturewarning light(orange)continuestoilluminate,

havethesystemcheckedbyanINFINITI retailer.

- Excessivenoisewillinterferewiththe warningchimesound,andthechime maynotbeheard.

Thesystemmaynotfunctionproperly underthefollowingconditions:

• Onroadswheretherearemultiple parallellanemarkers; lanemarkers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellowpaintedlanemarkers; non-standardlanemarkers; orlanemarkers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
• Onroadswherethediscontinuedlane markersarestilldetectable.
• Onroadswheretherearesharpcurves.
• Onroadswheretherearesharply contrastingobjects,suchasshadows, snow,water,wheelnuts, seamsorlines remainingafterroadrepairs.(TheLDW systemcoulddetecttheseitemsas lanemarkers.)
• Onroadswherethetravelinglane mergesorseparates.

• Whenthevehicle'stravelingdirection doesnotalignwiththelanemarker.

• Whentravelingclosetothevehiclein frontofyou, which obstructsthelane cameraunitdetectionrange.

• Whenrain, snowordirtadherestothe windshieldinfrontofthelanecamera unit.
• Whentheheadlightsarenotbrightdue todirtonthelensoriftheaimingisnot adjustedproperly.
• When strong light enter the thelane camera unit. (Forexample, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
• Whenasuddenchangeinbrightness occurs.(Forexample,whenthevehicle entersorexitsatunnelorundera bridge.)

SSD0672

Lanedeparturewarninglight(orange)

SSD1156

Warningsystemsswitch

LDWsystemoperation

The LDW system provides alanedeparture warning function when the vehicle is driven at speed so approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and above. When the vehicle approaches either the left or right side of the traveling lane, a warning which will sound and the alanedeparture warning light (orange) on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver.

Thewarningfunctionwillstopwhenthe vehiclereturnsinsideofthelanemarkers.

When you operate the helane changes signal and can get traveling lanes in the direction of the signal, the LDW system temporarily suspends operation. It will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane changes signal is turned off.

Whenthevehiclespeedlowerstolessthan approximately45MPH(70km/h),theLDW systemwillnotprovideawarning.

TheLDWsystemhasanautomaticsetting modeandamanualsettingmode.The settingmodecanbechanged.Inthe automaticsettingmode,theLDWsystem isautomaticallyturnedonwhentheignitionswitchispushedtotheONposition. WhentheLDWsystemison,thewarning

systemsONindicator ① onthewarning systemsswitchilluminates.Tocancelthe LDWsystem,pushthewarningsystems switch.ThewarningsystemsONindicator willturnoff.Toturnonthesystem,push thewarningsystemsswitchagain.

Whentehewarningsystemsswitchis pushed, theFCWsystemwillalsoturnon oroffsimultaneously. See "FCWsystem operation" (P.5-70)

Inthemanualsettingmode,youneedto pushthewarningsystemsswitchtoturn onthesystemaftertheignitionswitchis pushedtotheONposition.

Thesettingmodecanbechangedusing the warningsystemsswitch.Tochangethe settingmode,pushandholdthewarning systemsswitchformorethan4seconds whentewarningsystemsONindicatoris off.Whenthemodeischanged,achime soundsandthelanedeparturewarning light(orange)flashes.

Temporarydisabledstatusathigh temperature

If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under hight temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C) and then started, the LDW system may be deacti-

vatedautomatically. Thewarningsystems ONindicatorontheswitchwillflash.

When the interior temperature is reduced, the LDW system will resume operating automatically and the warnings systems ON indicator will stop flashing.

LANEDEPARTUREPREVENTION (LDP)SYSTEM

PrecautionsonLDPsystem

WARNING

●TheLDPsystemwillnotsteerthevehicle orpreventlossofcontrol.Itisthe driver'sresponsibilitytostayalert,drive safely,keepthevehicleinthetraveling lane,andbeincontrolofvehicleatall times.
- TheLDPsystemisprimarilyintendedfor useonwell-developedfreewaysorhighways.Itmaynotdetectthelanemarkers incertainroads,weatherordriving conditions.
- UsingtheLDPsystemundersome conditionsofroad,lanemarkeror weather,orwhenyouchangelanes withoutusingthelanechangesignal

couldleadtoanunexpectedsystem operation.Insuchconditions,youneed tocorrectthevehicle'sdirectionwith yoursteeringoperationtoavoidaccidents.

• When the LDP system is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could close control of the vehicle.
  ●TheLDPsystemwillnotoperateat speedsbelowapproximately45MPH (70km/h)orifitcannotdetectlane markers.
  ●TheLDPsystem may not function properly under the following conditions, and donotus theLDPsystem:

— Duringbadweather(rain,fog,snow, wind,etc.).

— Whendrivingonslipperyroads, suchasoniceorsnow,etc.

— Whendrivingonwindingoruneven roads.

— Whenthereisalaneclosuredueto roadrepairs.

— Whendrivinginamakeshiftlane.

— Whendrivingonroadswherethe lanewidthhistoonarrow.
— Whendrivingwithoutnormaltire conditions(forexample,tirewear, lowtirepressure,installationof sparetire,tirechains,non-standard wheels).
— Whenthevehicleisequipped with nonoriginalbrakepartsorsuspensionparts.
— Whenyouaretowingatrailer.

• If the LDP system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. Thelane departure warning light (orange) on the instrument panel will illuminate.
• Ifthelanedeparturewarninglight (orange)illuminates,pullofftheroad toasafelocationandstopthevehicle. Turntheengineoffandrestartthe engine.Ifthewarninglight(orange) continuestoilluminate,havetheLDP systemcheckedbyanINFINITlretailer.
• Excessivenoisewillinterferewiththe warningchimesound,andthechime maynotbeheard.

The function of the LDP system (warning and brake control assist) may inform not operate properly under the following conditions:

• Onroadswheretherearemultiple parallellanemarkers;lanemarkers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellowpaintedlanemarkers;non-standardlanemarkers;orlanemarkers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
  ●Onroadswherediscontinuedlane markersarestilldetectable.
  ●Onroadswheretherearesharpcurves.
• Onroadswheretherearesharply contrastingobjects,suchasshadows, snow,water,wheelruts,seamsorlines remainingafterroadrepairs.(TheLDP systemcoulddetecttheseitemsas lanemarkers.)
• Onroadswherethetraveling lane mergesorseparates.
• Whenthevehicle'stravelingdirection doesnotalignwiththelanemarker.
• Whentravelingclosetothevehiclein frontofyou,whichobstructsthelane cameraunitdetectionrange.

• Whenrain, snowordirtadheresto the windshieldinfrontofthelanecamera unit.

• Whentheheadlightsarenotbrightdue todirtonthelensoriftheaimingis not adjustedproperly.

• When stronglightentersthelane cameraunit.(Forexample,thelight directlyshinesonthefrontofthe vehicleatsunriseorsunset.)
• Whenasuddenchangeinbrightness occurs.(Forexample,whenthevehicle entersorexitsatunnelorundera bridge.)

While the LDP system is operating, you may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicate that the LDP system is operating properly.

SSD0672

LDPONindicatorlight(green)/Warning light(orange)

LDPsystemoperation

TheLDPsystemprovidesalanedeparture warningandbrakecontrolassistancewhen thevehicleisdrivenatspeedsofapproximately45MPH(70km/h)andabove. Whenthevehicleapproacheseithertheleft ortherightsideofthetravelinglane,a warningchimewillsoundandthelane departurewarninglight(orange)onthe instrumentpanelwillblinktoalertthe driver.Then,theLDPsystemwillautomaticallyapplythebrakesforashortperiod oftimetohelpassistthedrivertoreturn

thevehicletothecenterofthetraveling lane.

Thewarningandassistfunctionswillstop whenthevehiclereturnstoaposition insideofthelanemarker.

CANCE ACCE/RES COAST/SET CRUISE ON/OFF SSD0912

Dynamicdriverassistanceswitch

ToturnontheLDPsystem, pushthe dynamicdriverassistanceswitchonthe steeringwheelafterstartingtheengine. TheLDPONindicatorlight(green)onthe instrumentpanelwillilluminate. Pushthe dynamicdriverassistanceswitchagainto turnofftheLDPsystem. TheLDPON indicatorlightwillturnoff.

The dynamic driver assistances switch is used as both the LDP and DCAsystem. Whenth dynamic driver assistances switch is pushed, the DCAsystem will also turn on or off simultaneously. The LDP system can be individually set to on or off on the display. If the system is set to off, the

5-26 Starting and driving

systemwillnotturnonevenifthedynamic driverassistanceswitchispushedtoon.To setthesystemtoonoroffonthedisplay, see"SettingLDPsystemtoON/OFF"(P.5-27).

② ENTER SETTING ① SSD0884

Settings Navigation Audio Phone Bluetooth Volume & Beeps Driver Assistance Display Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD0885

SettingLDPsystemtoON/OFF:

1. PushtheSETTING ① buttonandhigh-lightthe"DriverAssistance"keyonthe displayusingtheINFINITIcontroller. ThenpushtheENTER ② button.

2. Highlightthe"DynamicAssistancesettings"key, and push the ENTER button. ②

Settings ▶ Dynamic Assistance Settings Distance Control Assist ○ ON Lane Departure Prevention ○ ON 1/2 SSD0886

3.TosettheLDPsystemtoonoroff, highlightthe"LaneDeparturePrevention"key,selectONorOFFandpush theENTER ② button.

If both the LDP and DCAsystems aresetto OFFonthedisplay, whenthedynamic driver assistance switch is pushed, the LDP ON indicator light and the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch indicator light will blink for approximately 2 seconds. See "Distance Control Assist (DCA) system" (P. 5-54).

Automaticdeactivation

ConditionA:

Thewarningandassistfunctionsofthe LDPsystemarenotdesignedtoworkunder thefollowingconditions:

- When you operate the helane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDP system will be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds after the helane change signal is turned off.)

- When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45MPH (70km/h).

Aftertheaboveconditionshavefinished andthenecessaryoperatingconditionsare satisfied,thewarningandassistfunctions willresume.

ConditionB:

TheassistfunctionoftheLDPsystem is not designedtoworkunderthefollowing conditions(warningis stillfunctional):

- When the brakepedalis depressed.

- Whenthesteeringwheelisturnedas farasnecessaryforthevehicleto changelanes.

- When the accelerator pedal is depressed while the brake control assist

isprovided.

• WhentheIntelligentCruiseControl(ICC) approach warning occurs.
• When the hazard warning flashers are operated.
• Whendrivingonacurveathighspeed. Aftertheaboveconditionshavefinished andthenecessaryoperatingconditionsare satisfied,theLDPbrakecontrolassist functionwillresume.

ConditionC:

Underthefollowingconditions, abeepwill soundandtheLDPsystemwillbecanceled automatically. TheLDPONindicatorlight willblinkinggreen, andtheLDPsystem cannotbeactivated:

• WhentheVDCsystem(exceptTCS function)orABS operates.
• When the VDC system is turned off.
• WhentheSNOWmodeswitchisturned on.

Actiontotake:

When the above conditions nolonger exist, turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on.

Temporarydisabledstatusathighttemperature:

If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104^ F( 40^ C)) and then the LDP system is turned on, the LDP system may be deactivated automatically. The LDP ON indicator (green) will blink.

When the interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operating automatically and the LDPON indicator will stop blinking.

① SSD0453

eraunit'scapabilityofdetectingthe lanemarkers.

- Donotstrikeordamagetheareas aroundthecameraunit.Donottouch thecameralensorremovethescrew locatedonthecameraunit.Ifthe cameraunitisdamagedduetoan accident,contactanINFINITlretailer.

LANECAMERAUNITMAINTENANCE

Thelanecameraunit ① fortheLDW/LDP systemislocatedabovetheinsidemirror. TokeeptheproperoperationoftheLDW/LDPsystemsandpreventasystemmal-function,besuretoobservethefollowing:

●Alwayskeepthewindshieldclean.
- Donotattachasticker(including transparentmaterial)orinstallan accessorynearthecameraunit.
- Donotplacereflectivematerials, such aswhitepaperoramirror, onthe instrumentpanel. Thereflection of sunlightmayadverselyaffectthecam-

CRUISECONTROL(ifsoequipped)

PRECAUTIONSONCRUISECONTROL

• If the cruise control system malfunction, it will cancel automatically. The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will then blink to warn the driver.
• If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the cruise control system will be canceled automatically.
• If the SET indicator blinks, turn the cruise control mains switch off and have the system checked by your INFINIT retailer.
  ●TheSETindicatormaysometimesblink whenthecruisecontrolmainswitchis turnedONwhilepushingtheACCELERATE/RESUME,COAST/SETorCANCEL switch.Toproperlysetthecruise controlsystem,performthesteps belowintheorderindicated.

WARNING

Donotusethecruisecontrolwhendriving underthefollowingconditions:

- whenitisnotpossibletokeepthe vehicleatsetspeed

5-30 Starting and driving

•inheavytrafficorintrafficthatvariesin speed
●onwindingorhillyroads
● onslipperyroads(rain, snow, ice, etc.)
•inverywindyareas
Doingsocouldcausealossofvehicle controlandresultinanaccident.

graph TD
    A["CRUISE ON/OFF"] --> B["COAST/SET"]
    B --> C["ACCEL/RES"]
    C --> D["CANCEL"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

1. ACCELERATE/RESUMEswitch
2. COAST/SETswitch
3. CANCELswitch
4. MAIN(ON·OFF)switch

CRUISECONTROLOPERATIONS

Thecruisecontrol allows drivingataspeed between25to89MPH(40to144km/h) withoutkeepingyourfootontheacceleratorpedal.

Toturnonthecruisecontrol, push the MAINswitchon. The CRUISE indicator will come on.

Tosetcruisingspeed,accelerateyour vehicletothedesiredspeed,pushthe

COAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.(The CRUISESETindicatorwillcomeoninthe instrumentpanel.)Takeyourfootoffthe acceleratorpedal.Yourvehiclewillmaintainthesetspeed.

- Topassanothervehicle, depress the acceleratorpedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously sets speed.

●The vehicle may not maintain the speed on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, drivewithout the cruise control.

Tocancelthepresetspeed, followany of these methods:

1. Push the CANCEL button. The SET indicator will go out.

2. Tapthebrakepedal. The SET indicator will go out.

3.MovetheselectorlevertotheN (Neutral)position.TheSETindicator willgoout.

1. TurntheMAINswitchoff. Both the CRUISEindicatorandSETindicatorwill goout.

- If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCELERATE/RESUME or COAST/SET switch and reset at the

cruisingspeed, thecruisecontrol will disengage. Turn the MAIN switchoff once and then turn it on again.

- Thecruisecontrolwillautomatically cancelifthevehicleslowsmorethan 8MPH(13km/h)belowthesetspeed.

- If you movetheselectorlevertotheN (Neutral) position, the cruise control will be canceled.

Toresetatafastercruisingspeed, useone of the following methods:

- Depresstheacceleratorpedal. When the vehicle attainsthedesiredspeed, push and releasethe COAST/SET switch.

- PushandholdtheACCELERATE/RE-SUMEswitch.Whenthevehicleattains thespeedyoudesire,releasethe switch.

- Push, then quickly releasethe ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Toresetataslowercruisingspeed, use oneofthefollowingmethods:

●Lightlytapthebrakepedal. When the vehicle attainsthedesiredspeed, push theCOAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.

- PushandholdtheCOAST/SETswitch. Releasetheswitchwhenthevehicle slowsdowntothedesiredspeed.

- Push, then quickly releasetheCOAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Toresumethepresetspeed, pushand releasetheACCELERATE/RESUMEswitch. The vehicle will resumethelastset cruisingspeed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

INTELLIGENTCRUISECONTROL(ICC) SYSTEM(FULLSPEEDRANGE)(ifso equipped)

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the sets speed. The speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels atsetspeed when the road ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes.

●Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

Formaintainingaselecteddistance betweenyourvehicleandthevehicle infrontofyouuptothepresetspeed.

●Conventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmode:

Forcruisingatapresetspeed.

WARNING

●Alwaysdrivecarefullyandattentively whenusingeithercruisecontrolmode. ReadandunderstandtheOwner'sManualthoroughlybeforeusingthecruise control.Toavoidseriousinjuryordeath, donotrelyonthesystemtoprevent

5-32 Startinganddriving

accidentsortocontrolthevehicle's speedinemergencysituations.Donot usecruisecontrolexceptinappropriate roadandtrafficconditions.

●Intheconventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmode,awarningchimewillnot soundtowarnyouifyouaretoocloseto thevehicleahead.Payspecialattention tothedistancebetween your vehicle and thevehicleaheadofyouoracollision couldoccur.

① CRUISE 60 MPH A CRUISE ON/OFFS

② CRUISE SET A CRUISE ON/OFF SSD0913

1. Vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol mode
2. Conventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmode

PushtheMAINswitch Ⓐ tochoosethe cruisecontrolmodebetweenthevehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrolmode ① and theconventional(fixedspeed)cruisecontrolmode ②.

Tochoosethevehicle-to-vehicledistance controlmode ① ,quicklypushandrelease theMAINswitch Ⓐ .Tochoosethe conventional(fixedspeed)cruisecontrol mode ② ,pushandholdtheMAINswitch Ⓐ forlongerthanapproximately1.5

seconds.

Onceacontrolmodeisactivated, it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode. To changethemode, push the MAIN switch on cetoturn the system off. Then push the MAIN switch againt oturn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode.

AlwaysconfirmthesettingintheIntelligent CruiseControlsystemdisplay.

Forthevehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol mode,seethefollowingdescription.For "Conventional(fixedspeed)cruisecontrol mode"(P.5-50).

SELECTINGTHEVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCECONTROLMODE

Tochoosethevehicle-to-vehicledistance controlmode ①,quicklypushandrelease theMAINswitch Ⓐ.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCE CONTROLMODE

Inthevehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol mode,theIntelligentCruiseControl(ICC) systemautomaticallymaintainsaselected distancefromthevehicletravelinginfront ofyouaccordingtothatvehicle'sspeed (uptothesetspeed),oratthesetspeed whentheroadaheadisclear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust these speed as you would with an normal cruise control system.

Line drawing of a car front view with labeled point A (no text or symbols on the car itself)

PRECAUTIONSONVEHICLE-TO-VE- HICLEDISTANCECONTROLMODE

Thesystemisintendedtoenhancethe operationofthevehiclewhenfollowinga vehicletravelinginthesamelaneand direction.

Ifthedistancesensor Ⓐ detectsaslower movingvehicleahead,thesystemwill reducethevehiclespeedsothatyour vehiclefollowsthevehicleinfrontatthe selecteddistance.

Thesystemautomaticallycontrolsthe throttleandappliesthebrakes(upto 25%ofvehiclebrakingpower)ifneces-

sary.

Thedetectionrangeofthesensoris approximately390ft(120m)ahead.

WARNING

• This system is only an aid to assist the driver and not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drives safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• Thesystemisprimarilyintendedforuse onstraight,dry,openroadswithlight traffic.Itisnotadvisabletousethe systemincitytrafficorcongestedareas.
• Thissystemwillnotadaptautomatically toroadconditions. Thissystemshould beusedinevenlyflowingtraffic. Donot usethesystemonroadswithsharp curves, oronicyroads, inheavyrainor infog.

Thedistancesensorwillnotdetectthe followingobjects:

• Stationaryandslowmovingvehicles
• Pedestriansorobjectsintheroadway

• Oncomingvehiclesinthesamelane
- Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane

WARNING

- Asthereisaperformancelimittothe distancecontrolfunction,neverrely solelyonthelIntelligentCruiseControl system.Thissystemdoesnotcorrect careless,inattentiveorabsent-minded driving,overcomepoorvisibilityin rain,fog,orotherbadweather.Decele-ratethevehiclespeedbydepressing the brakepedal,dependingonthedistance tothevehicleaheadandthesurround-ingcircumstancesinordertomaintaina safedistancebetweenvehicles.

- If the vehicle ahead comes to stop, the vehicle decelerate to east and still within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it just get that the vehicle has cometo east and still and sound warning chime. Top prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

- The system may not detect the vehicle in frontofyouincertainroadorweather

conditions.Toavoidaccidents,neveruse theIntelligentCruiseControlsystem underthefollowingconditions:

— Onroadswherethetrafficisheavy ortherearesharpcurves
— Onslipperyroadsurfacesuchas oniceorsnow,etc.
— Duringbadweather(rain,fog,snow, etc.)

Whenthewindshieldwiperisoperatedatthelowspeed(LO)orhigh speed(HI)position, the Intelligent CruiseControlsystemisautomatically canceled.

— Whenstronglight(forexample, at sunriseorsunset)isdirectlyshining onthefrontofthevehicle
— Whenrain, snowordirtadhereto thesystemsensor
— Onsteepdownhillroads(thevehiclemaygobeyondthesetvehicle speedandfrequentbrakingmay resultinoverheatingthebrakes)
— Onrepeateduphillanddownhill roads

— Whentrafficconditionsmakeit difficulttokeepapoperdistance betweenvehiclesbecauseoffrequentaccelerationordeceleration

• DonotusethelIntelligentCruiseControl systemifyouaretowingatrailer.The systemmaynotdetectavehicleahead.
• Insomeroadortrafficconditions, a vehicleorobjectcanunexpectedlycome intothesensordetection zone and cause automaticbraking.Youmayneedto controlthedistancefromothervehicles usingtheacceleratorpedal.Alwaysstay alertandavoidusingthelCCsystem whenitisnotrecommendedinthis section.

Line drawing of a car front view with labeled point A (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Alwayspayattentiontotheoperationof thevehicleandbereadytomanually control the proper following distance. The vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrolmodeof the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system may not be able to maintain the selected distancebetweenvehicles(followingdistance)orselectedvehiclespeedunder somecircumstances.

The vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol modeusesasensor ① located on the front of the vehicletodetect vehicles

travelingahead. Thesensorgenerally detectsthesignalsreturnedfromthe reflectorsonavehicleahead. Therefore,if thesensorcannotdetectthereflectoron thevehicleahead,thelCCsystemmaynot maintaintheselecteddistance.

The following aresome conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals:

• When thereflectorofthevehicleahead ispositionedhighonthevehicle (trailer,etc.)
• When thereflectoronthevehicleahead ismissing,damagedorcovered
• When thereflectorofthevehicleahead iscoveredwithdirt, snowandroad spray
• Whenthesnoworroadsprayfrom travelingvehiclesreducesthesensor's visibility
• Whendenseexhaustorothersmoke (blacksmoke)fromvehiclesreduces thesensor'svisibility
• Whenexcessivelyheavybaggageis loadedintherearseatortheluggage roomofyourvehicle

TheICCsystemisdesignedtoautomaticallycheckthesensor'soperationwithinthelimitationofthesystem.Whenthe

sensoriscoveredwithdirtorisobstructed, thesystemwillautomaticallybecanceled. If the sensoriscoveredwithice, a transparentortranslucentvinylbag, etc., the CCsystemmaynotdetectthem. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance controlmodemaynotcanceland may not be able to maintain these selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Besure to check and clean the sensor regularly.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead. The system will decelerate the vehicle is necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to stop, the vehicle decelerate to stand still. However, the CC system can only apply up to 25% of the vehicle total braking power. This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicles speed to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may become closer because the CC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly ough.Ifthisoccurs,thelCCsystemwill soundawarningchimeandblinkthe systemdisplaytonotifythedrivertotake necessaryaction.

Thesystemwillcancelandawarning chimewillsoundifthespeedisbelow approximately15MPH(24km/h)anda vehicleisnotdetectedahead.Thesystem willalsodisengagewenthevehiclegoes abovethemaximumsetspeed.

See "Approachwarning" (P.5-46).

The following items are controlled in the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode:

- When there are an overvehicle traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance controlmodemaintainsthespeedset bythedriver. Thesetspeedrangeis between approximately 20 and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h).

- When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol modeadjusts thespeed to maintain the distance, selected by driver, from the vehicle ahead. The adjustingspeed range is upto the sets speed. If the vehicle ahead comesto as top, the vehicle decelerate to stand still with - inthelimitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judges a

standstillwithawarningchime.

- Whenthevehicletravelingaheadhas movedoutfromitslaneoftravel,the vehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrol modeacceleratesandmaintainsvehiclespeeduptothesetspeed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.

SSD0252

ThedetectionzoneofthelCCsensoris limited.Avehicleaheadmustbeinthe detectionzoneforthevehicle-to-vehicle distancedetectionmodetomaintainthe selecteddistancefromthevehicleahead. Avehicleaheadmaymoveoutsideofthe detectionzoneduetoitspositionwithin thesamelaneoftravel.Motorcyclesmay notbedetectedinthesamelaneaheadif theyaretravelingoffsetfromthecenterline ofthelane.Avehiclethatisenteringthe laneaheadmaynotbedetecteduntilthe vehiclehascompletelymovedintothe lane.Ifthisoccurs,thelCCsystemmay warnyoubyblinkingthesystemindicator

andsoundingthechime. Thedrivermay havetomanuallycontrol the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

Diagram showing multiple cars on curved road surfaces with a shaded triangular area, no text or symbols present

Whendrivingonsomeroads,suchas winding,hilly,curved,narrowroads,or roadswhichareunderconstruction,the ICCsensormaydetectvehiclesina differentlane,ormaytemporarilylynot detectavehicletravelingahead.Thismay causethelICCsystemtodecelerateor acceleratethevehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually

control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0254

Whendrivingonthefreewayatasespeed andapproachingaslowertravelingvehicle ahead, the ICCwilladjustthespeed to maintainthedistance, selected by the driver, fromthevehicleahead. If the vehicleaheadchangeslanesorexitsthe freeway, the ICCsystemwillaccelerate and maintainthespeeduptothesetspeed. Payattentiontothedrivingoperation to maintaincontrolofthevehicleasit acceleratestothesetspeed.

The vehicle may not maintain the sets speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the vehicles speed.

5-38 Starting and driving

3 CANDELA ACCELRED COAST/SET 4 1 2 5 CRUISE CNOFF SSD0914

Intelligentcruisecontrolswitch

ThesystemisoperatedbyaMAINswitch andfourcontrolswitches,allmountedon thesteeringwheel.

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:
   Resumessetspeedorincreasespeed incrementally.
   2.COAST/SETswitch:
   Setsdesiredcruisespeed, reduces speedincrementally.
   3.CANCELswitch:
   Deactivate the system without erasing the setspeed.

4.DISTANCEswitch:

Changesthevehicle's following distance:

• Long
• Middle
• Short

5.MAIN(ON·OFF)switch:

Masterswitchtoactivatethesystem

1 2 3 4 CRUISE 60 MPH 5 CRUISE 6 SSD0606

Intelligentcruisecontrolsystem displayandindicators

Thedisplayislocatedbetweenthespeedometerandtachometer.

1. MAINswitchindicator: IndicatesthattheMAINswitchisON.

2. Vehicleaheaddetectionindicator: Indicateswhetheritdetectsavehiclein frontofyou.

3. Setdistanceindicator: Displaysthesetecteddistancebetween vehiclesetwiththeDISTANCEswitch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. Set vehiclespeedindicator:

Indicatesthesetvehiclespeed.

ForCanadianmodels,thespeedis displayedinkm/h.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light (orange):

Thelightcomesonifthereisa malfunctioninthelCCsystem.

CRUISE SET CRUISE SSD0607

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition,theindicatorscomeonas illustratedtocheckforaburned-outbulb, anditturnsoffwhentheengineisstarted.

CRUISE MPH A ON/OFF ACCUERES ACCRISSET CRUISE SSD0915

Operatingvehicle-to-vehicledistancecontrolmode
Toturnonthecruisecontrol, quicklypush and releasetheMAINswitch Ⓐ on. The cruiseindicatorlight, setdistanceindicator andsetvehiclespeedindicatorcomeon andinastandbystateforsetting.

CRUISE 60 MPH ACQUISER SPRING CAUSE DRIP SSD0916

Tosetcruisingspeed,accelerateyour vehicletothedesiredspeed,pushthe COAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.(Vehicle aheaddetectionindicator,setdistance indicatorandsetvehiclespeedindicator comeon.)Takeyourfootofftheaccelerator pedal.Yourvehiclewillmaintaintheset speed.

CRUISE MPH SSD0784

WhentheCOAST/SETswitchispushed underthefollowingconditions,thesystem cannotbesetandtheICCindicatorswill blinkforapproximately2seconds:

• Whentravelingbelow20MPH(32 km/h)andthevehicleaheadisnot detected
• WhentheselectorleverisnotintheD, DSorManualmode
• Whenthewindshieldwipersareoperatingatlow(LO)orhighspeed(HI).If the vehicleisequippedwitharain-sensing autowiper,thesystemmaycancel whenthewipersareoperatingatthe intermittent(INT)speed.

●Whentheparkingbrakeisapplied
- Whenthebrakesareoperatedbythe driver

SSD0614

When the COAST/SET switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set.

AwarningchimewillsoundandtheICC indicatorswillblink.

- WhentheSNOWmodeswitchisON(To usetheICCsystem,turnofftheSNOW modeswitch,pushtheMAINswitchto turnofftheIC CandresettheICCswitch bypassingtheMAINswitchagain.) FordetailsabouttheSNOWmode switch,see“Snowmodeswitch”(P.2-47).

- WhentheVDCsystemisoff(Tousethe ICCsystem,turnontheVDCsystem.

5-42 Starting and driving

PushtheMAINswitchtoturnofftheICC systemandresettheICCswitchby pushingtheMAINswitchagain.) FordetailsabouttheVDCsystem,see "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system"(P.5-83).

- WhenABSorVDC(includingthetractioncontrolsystem)isoperating

- Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

- Whenawheelisslipping(TousetheICC system, makesurethewheelsareno longerslipping. PushtheMAINswitch toturnofftheICC, andresettheICC systembypushingtheMAINswitch again.)

SSD0610

1. Systemsetdisplaywithvehicleahead
2. Systemsetdisplaywithoutvehicle ahead

Systemoperation

WARNING

Normallywhencontrollingthedistancetoa vehicleahead, thissystemautomatically acceleratesordeceleratesyourvehicle accordingtothespeedofthevehicleahead. Depresstheacceleratorortoproperlyaccelerateyourvehiclewhenaccelerationis requiredforalanechange.Depressthe

brakepedalwhendecelerationisrequiredto maintainasafedistancetothevehicle aheadduetoitssuddenbrakingorifa vehiclecutsin.Alwaysstayalertwhen usingthelCCsystem.

The driversetsthedesiredvehiclespeed basedontheroadconditions.TheICC systemmaintainsthesetvehiclespeed, similartostandardcruisecontrol,aslong asnovehicleisdetectedinthelaneahead.

The ICCsystemdisplaysthesetspeed.

Vehicledetectedahead:

Whenavehicleisdetectedinthelane ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakestomatch the speed of as lowerve vehicle ahead. Thesystem then control the vehicles speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance.

Thestoplightsofthevehiclecomeonand thebrakepedaldepresseswhenbrakingis performedbythelCCsystem.

Whenthebrakeoperates,anoisemaybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

Whenavehicleaheadisdetected,the vehicleaheaddetectionindicatorcomes on.TheICCsystemwillalsodisplaytheset speedandselecteddistance.

Vehicleaheadnotdetected:

When vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the CC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resumethepreviously set vehicles speed. The CC system then maintains the speed.

When a vehicle is nolonger detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turn soff. If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the vehicle speed or any time

the|CCsystemisinoperation,thesystem controlsthedistancetothatvehicle.

Whenavehicleisnolongerdetectedunder approximately15MPH(24km/h),the systemwillbecanceled.

SSD0611

Whenpassinganothervehicle,theset speedindicatorwillflashwhenthevehicle speedexceedsthesetspeed.Thevehicle detectindicatorwillturnoffwhenthearea aheadofthevehicleisopen.Whenthe pedalisreleased,thevehiclewillreturnto thepreviouslysetspeed.

Even though your vehicles speedisset in the ICC system, you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicler rapidly.

Howtochangethesetvehicle speed

Tocancelthepresetspeed, useanyof thesemethods:

●PushtheCANCELswitch.Thesetvehicle speedindicatorwillgoout.

- Tapthebrakepedal. Thesetvehicle speedindicatorwillgoout.

●TurntheMAINswitchoff.TheICC indicatorswillgoout.

Toresetatafaster cruisingspeed, useone of the following methods:

- Depresstheacceleratorpedal. When the vehicle attainsthedesiredspeed, push and release the COAST/SET switch.

- PushandholdtheACCELERATE/RE-SUMEswitch.Thesetvehiclespeed willincreasebyapproximately5MPH (5km/hforCanada).

- Push, then quickly releasethe ACCELERATE/RESUME switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

Toresetataslowercruisingspeed, use oneofthefollowingmethods:

●Lightlytapthebrakepedal. When the vehicle attainsthedesiredspeed, push theCOAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.
- PushandholdtheCOAST/SETswitch. Thesetvehiclespeedwilldecreaseby approximately 5MPH(5km/hfor Canada).
- Push, then quickly releasetheCOAST/ SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

Toresumethepresetspeed, pushand releasetheACCELERATE/RESUMEswitch. The vehicle will resumethelastset cruisingspeed when the vehiclespeed is over 20 MPH (32 km/h).

CANCE ACCEURES COAST/SLT CRUISE ON/OFF A SSD0917

Howtochangethesetdistanceto thevehicleahead

Thedistancetothevehicleaheadcanbe selectedatanytimedependingonthe trafficconditions.

EachtimetheDISTANCEswitch is pushed,thesetdistancewillchangeto long,middle,shortandbacktolongagain inthatsequence.

Distance	Display	Approximate distance at 60 MPH (100 km/h) [ft (m)]
Long		200 (60)
Middle		150 (45)
Short		100 (30)

SSD0613C

• Thedistancetothevehicleaheadwill changeaccordingtothevehiclespeed. Thehigherthevehiclespeed,the longerthedistance.
• If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes "long". (Each time the engine is started, the initial setting

becomes"long".)

Approachwarning

If your vehicle comes closerto the vehicle ahead, duetorapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warnsthed river with the chime

andICCsystemdisplay.Decelerateby depressingthebrakepedaltomaintaina safevehicledistanceif:

•Thechimesounds.
●Thevehicleaheaddetectionandset distanceindicatorblink.

Thewarningchimemaynotsoundinsome caseswhenthereisashortdistance betweenvehicles.Someexamplesare:

• When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing
• Whenthevehicleaheadistraveling fasterandthedistancebetweenvehiclesisincreasing
• Whenavehiclecutsinnearyourvehicle Thewarningchimewillnotsoundwhen:
  ●thevehicleapproachesothervehicles thatareparkedormovingslowly.
  ●theacceleratorpedalisdepressed, overridingthesystem.

5-46 Starting and driving

SSD0284A A

NOTE:

The approach warning chimemaysound and the system display may blink when the Ccsensor detect somereflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road. This may cause the Ccsystem to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The Ccsensor may detect the reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, hillyroads or when enteringorexiting arc curve. The Ccsensor may also detect reflector on narrow roads or in road construction zones. In these cases you will have to control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.

A

Also, the sensors sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (fore example, if a vehicle is being driven with somed damage).

Automaticcancellation

Achimesoundsunderthefollowingconditionsandthecontrolisautomatically canceled.

• When the vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)
• Whenthesystemjudgesthevehicleis atstandstill
• WhentheselectorleverisnotintheD, DSorManualmode
• Whenthewindshieldwipersareoperatingatlow(LO)orhighspeed(HI).Ifthe vehicleisequippedwitharainsensing auto-wiper,thesystemmaycancel whenthewipersaresettointermittent (INT).
  ●Whentheparkingbrakeisapplied
• WhentheSNOWmodeswitchisturned ON
• WhentheVDCsystemisturnedoff

• WhenABSorVDC(includingthetractioncontrolsystem)operates

• Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

• Whendistance measurement becomes impaired duetoadhesion of dirtor obstruction to the sensor
• Whenawheelslips

CRUISE MPH

SSD0614

Warninglightanddisplay

ConditionA:

Underthefollowingconditions, the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the system will not be able to be set.

• WhentheVDCsystemisturnedoff
• WhentheVDCorABS(including the tractioncontrolsystem)operates
• Whenatireslips
• WhentheSNOWmodeswitchisturned ON
• Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

5-48 Starting and driving

Actiontotake:

When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system of using the Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch. Turn the CC system back on the system.

CRUISE

CLEAN SENSOR

CRUISE

SSD0615

ConditionB:

Whenthesensorwindowisdirty, making it impossible to detect vehicle ahead, the ICC system is automatically canceled.

Thechimesoundsandthesystemwarning light(orange)willcomeonandthe"CLEAN SENSOR"indicatorwillappear.

Actiontotake:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place, turn the engine off. Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform these settings again.

CRUISE CRUISE SSD0621

anINFINITIretailer.

ConditionC:

WhenthelCCsystemisnotoperating properly, thechimesoundsandthesystem warninglight(orange)willcomeon.

Actiontotake:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resum driving and set the CC system again.

Ifitisnotpossibletosethesystemorthe indicatorstayson, itmayindicatethatthe systemismalfunctioning. Although the vehicleisstilldriveableundernormal conditions, havethevehiclecheckedat

Line drawing of a car's front bumper with a labeled sensor (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Sensormaintenance

ThesensorforthelCCsystem belowthefrontbumper.

Ⓐ islocated

TokeeptheICCsystemoperatingproperly, besuretoobservethefollowing:

●Alwayskeepthesensorclean.Wipe withasoftclothcarefullysoasnotto damagethesensor.

- Donotstrikeordamagetheareas aroundthesensor.Donottouchor removethescrewlocatedonthe sensor.Doingsocouldcausefailure ormalfunction.Ifthesensorisdamagedduetoanaccident,contactan

Startinganddriving5-49

INFINITlretailer.

- Donotattachasticker(including transparentmaterial)orinstallan accessorynearthesensor.Thiscould causefailureormalfunction.

CONVENTIONAL(fixedspeed) CRUISECONTROLMODE

Thismodeallowsdrivingataspeed between25to90MPH(40to144km/h) withoutkeepingyourfootontheacceleratorpedal.

WARNING

●Intheconventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmode,awarningchimdoesnot soundtowarnyouifyouaretoocloseto thevehicelahead,asneitherthepresenceofthevehicelaheadnorthe vehicle-to-vehicledistanceisdetected.
- Payspecialattentiontothedistance betweenyourvehicleandthevehicle aheadofyouoracollisioncouldoccur.
●AlwaysconfirmthesettingintheIntelligentCruiseControlsystemdisplay.
- Donotusetheconventional(fixed speed)cruisecontrolmodewhendriving

underthefollowingconditions:

— whenitisnotpossibletokeepthe vehicleatasetspeed
— inheavytrafficorintrafficthat variesinspeed
— onwindingorhillyroads
— on slippery roads(rain,snow,ice, etc.)
— inverywindyareas

- Doingsocouldcausealossofvehicle controlandresultinanaccident.

CANCEL ACCEL/RES COAST/SET 1 2 3 4 CRUISE ON/OFF SSD0736

Conventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlswitch

1.ACELERATE/RESUMEswitch:
Resumessetspeedorincreasespeed incrementally.
2.COAST/SETswitch:
Setsthedesiredcruisespeed, reduces speedincrementally.
3.CANCELswitch:
Deactivatesthesystemwithouterasing thesetspeed.
4.MAIN(ON·OFF)switch:
Masterswitchtoactivatethesystem.

graph TD
    A["CRUISE SET"] --> B["1"]
    A --> C["2"]
    A --> D["3"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

Conventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmodedisplayandindicators

Thedisplayislocatedbetweenthespeedometerandtachometer.

1. MAINswitchindicator:

IndicatesthattheMAINswitchisON.

1. Cruisesetswitchindicator:

Displayswhilethevehiclespeedis controlledbytheconventional(fixed speed)cruisecontrolmodeoftheICC system.

1. Cruisesystemwarninglight:

Comesonifthereisamalfunctionin thecruisecontrolsystem.

CRUISE A CRUISE CREASE SSD0918

Operatingconventional(fixed speed)cruisecontrolmode Toturnontheconventional(fixedspeed) cruisecontrolmode,pushandholdthe MAINswitch Ⓐ forlongerthanabout1. seconds.

WhenpushingtheMAINswitchon,the IntelligentCruiseControlsystemdisplay andtheCRUISEindicatoraredisplayed on the dot matrix crystal display. After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out. The CRUISE indicator stays lit. You can now

setyourdesiredcruisingspeed.Pushing theMAINswitchagainwillturnthesystem completelyoff.

Whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe OFFposition,thesystemisalsoautomaticallyturnedoff.TousethelIntelligent CruiseControlagain,quicklypushand releasetheMAINswitch(vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrolmode)orpushandholdit (conventionalcruisecontrolmode)againto turniton.

WhentheDistanceControlAssist(DCA) systemison, theconventional(fixed speed)cruisecontrolmodecannot be turnedoneventhoughtheMAINswitchis pushedandheld.

Toturnontheconventional(fixedspeed) cruisecontrolmode,turnofftheDCA system.See“DistanceControlAssist (DCA)system”(P.5-54).

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, makes sure to turn the ON/OFF switchchoff when not using the Intelligent Cruise Control.

CRUISE SET SSD0919

Tosetcruisingspeed,accelerateyour vehicletothedesiredspeed,pushthe COAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.(TheSET indicatorwillcomeoninthedisplay.)Take yourfootofftheacceleratorpedal.Your vehiclewillmaintainthesetspeed.

- Topassanothervehicle, depress the acceleratorpedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously sets speed.

●The vehicle may not maintain the speed when going up down steep hills. If this happens, manually maintain vehicles speed.

Tocancelthepresetspeed, useanyofthe followingmethods:

1. Push the CANCEL button. The SET indicator will go out.
2. Tapthebrakepedal. The SET indicator will go out.
3. TurntheMAINswitchoff. Both the CRUISEindicatorandSETindicatorwill goout.

Toresetatafastercruisingspeed, useone of the following three methods:

1. Depresstheacceleratorpedal. When the vehicle attainsthedesiredspeed, pushandrelease the COAST/SET switch.
   2.PushandholdtheACCELERATE/RE- SUMEsetswitch.Whenthevehicle attainsthespeedyoudesire,release theswitch.
   3.Push, then quickly releasetheACCEL-ERATE/RESUMEswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeedwillincrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Toresetataslowercruisingspeed, use oneofthefollowingthreemethods:

1. Lightlytap thebrakepedal. When the vehicleattainsthedesiredspeed, push

theCOAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.

1. PushandholdtheCOAST/SETswitch. Releasetheswitchwhenthevehicle slowsdowntothedesiredspeed.
   3.Push, then quickly releasethe COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Toresumethepresetspeed, pushand releasetheACCELERATE/RESUMEswitch. The vehicle will resumethelastset cruisingspeed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

- Whenawheelslips

Automaticcancellation

Underthefollowingcondition, achimewill soundandthesystemcontrolisautomatically canceled.

• When the vehicles slows down more than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below these speed
• Whenthevehiclespeedfallsbelow approximately20MPH(32km/h)
• WhentheselectorleverisnotintheD, DSorManualmode
  ●Whentheparkingbrakeisapplied
• WhentheVDC(includingthetraction controlsystem)operates

CRUISE CRUISE SSD0621

Warninglight

Whenthesystemisnotoperatingproperly, thechimesoundsandthesystemwarning light(orange)willcomeon.

Actiontotake:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resum driving and then perform the setting again.

Ifitisnotpossibletosetortheindicator stayson, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drive a undernormal conditions, have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI

Startinganddriving5-53

retailer.

PREVIEWFUNCTION(for Intelligent CruiseControlsystemequipped models)

The ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relatives speed from it, that applies the brake pre-pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedaland helps improve braker response by reducing pedal free play.

Formoredetails, see "Brakeassist" (P.5-79).

DISTANCECONTROLASSIST(DCA)SYSTEM (ifsoequipped)

TheDistanceControlAssist(DCA)system brakesandmovestheacceleratorpedal upwardaccordingtothedistancefromand therelativespeedofthevehicleaheadto helpassistthedrivertomaintaina followingdistance.

WARNING

●Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively when using the Distance Control Assist system. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the DCAsystem. To avoid serious injury or death, donotrely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Donotus the Distance Control Assist system except in appropriaten and traffic conditions.

- Ifthevehicleaheadcomestoastop, the vehicledeceleratestoastandstillwithin the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judge that the vehicle has cometoastandstill with awarning chime. Toprevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

- TheDCAsystemwillnotapplybrake controlwhilethedriver'sfootisonthe acceleratorpedal.

Line drawing of a car front view with labeled point A (no text or symbols on the car itself)

PRECAUTIONSONDISTANCECONTROLASSISTSYSTEM

Thesystemisintendedtoassistthedriver tokeepafollowingdistancefromthe vehicleaheadtravelinginthesamelane anddirection.

Ifthedistancesensor Ⓐ detectsaslower movingvehicleahead,thesystemwill reducethevehiclespeedtohelpassist thedrivertomaintainafollowingdistance. Thesystemautomaticallycontrolsthe throttleandappliesthebrakes(upto 25%ofvehiclebrakingpower)ifnecessary.

Thedetectionrangeofthesensoris approximately390ft(120m)ahead.

WARNING

• Thissystemisonlyanaidtoassistthe driverandisnotacollisionwarningor avoidancedevice.Itisthedriver's responsibilitytostayalert,drivesafely andbeincontrolofthevehicleatall times.
• This system will not adapt automatically toroad conditions. Donot us the system on road with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or infog.

Thedistancesensorwillnotdetectthe followingobjects:

●Stationaryandslowmovingvehicles
●Pedestriansorobjectsintheroadway
●Oncomingvehiclesinthesamelane
●Motorcyclestravelingoffsetinthetravel lane

WARNING

• Asthereisaperformancelimittothe distancecontrolfunction,neverrely solelyontheDistance ControlAssist system.Thissystemdoesnot correct careless,inattentiveorabsent-minded driving,orovercomeoporvisibilityin rain,fog,orotherbadweather.Decele-ratethevehiclespeedbydepressingthe brakepedal,dependingonthedistance tothevehcleaheadandthesurround-ingcircumstancesinordertomaintaina safedistancebetweenvehicles.
• Thesystemmaynotdetectthevehiclein frontofyouincertainroadorweather conditions.Toavoidaccidents,neveruse theDistanceControlAssistsystem underthefollowingconditions:

— Onroadswithsharpcurves

— Onslipperyroadsurfacessuchas oniceorsnow,etc.

— Duringbadweather(rain,fog,snow, etc.)

— Whenstronglight(forexample, at sunriseorsunset)isdirectlyshining onthefrontofthevehicle

— Whenrain, snowordirtadhereto thesystemsensor
— Onsteepdownhillroads(frequent brakingmayresultinoverheating thebrakes)
— Onrepeateduphillanddownhill roads

- DonotusetheDistanceControlAssist systemifyouaretowingatrailer.The systemmaynotdetectavehicleahead.

●Insomeroadortrafficconditions, a vehicleorobjectcanunexpectedlycome intothesensordetectionzoneandcause automaticbraking.Youmayneedto controlthedistancefromothervehicles usingtheacceleratorpedal.Alwaysstay alertandavoidusingtheDCAsystem whenitisnotrecommendedinthis section.

Line drawing of a car front view with a license plate and logo (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Alwayspayattentiontotheoperationof thevehicleandbereadytomanually deceleratetomaintaintheproperfollowing distance.TheDistanceControlAssist(DCA) systemmaynotbeabletodeceleratethe vehicleundersomecircumstances.

TheDCAsystemusesasensor ① located onthefrontofthevehicletodetect vehiclestravelingahead.Thesensorgenerallydetectsthesignalsreturnedfromthe reflectorsonavehicleahead.Therefore,if thesensorcannotdetectthereflectoron

thevehicleahead, theDCAsystemmaynot operate.

The following aresome conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals:

• When thereflectorofthevehicleahead ispositionedhighonthevehicle (trailer,etc.)
• Whenthereflectoronthevehicleahead ismissing,damagedorcovered
• When thereflectorofthevehicleahead is covered with dirt, snow and road spray
• Whenthesnoworroadsprayfrom travelingvehiclesreducesthesensor's visibility
• Whendenseexhaustorothersmoke (black smoke) fromvehicles reduces thesensor'svisibility
• Whenexcessivelyheavybaggageis loadedintherear seator the luggage roomofyourvehicle

TheDCA systemisdesignedtoautomaticallycheckthesensor'soperation. When thesensoriscoveredwithdirtoris obstructed,thesystemwillautomatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice,atransparentortranslucentvinylbag, etc.,theDCAsystemmaynotdetectthem.

Intheseinstances, theDistanceControl Assist(DCA)systemmaynotbeableto deceleratethevehicleproperly.Besureto checkandcleanthesensorregularly.

TheDCAsystemisdesignedtohelpassist thedrivertomaintinafollowingdistance fromthevehicleahead.Thesystemwill decelerateasnecessaryandifthevehicle ahead comesto a stop,thevehicle deceleratestoastandstill.However,the DCAsystemcanonlyapplyupto25%of thevehiclestotalbrakingpower.Ifa vehiclemovesintothetravelinglaneahead orifavehicletravelingaheadrapidly decelerates,thedistancebetweenvehicles maybecomecloserbecausetheDCA systemcannotdeceleratethevehicle quicklyenough.Ifthisoccurs,theDCA systemwillsoundawarningchimeand blinkthesystemdisplaytonotifythedriver totakenecessaryaction.

See "Approachwarning" (P.5-46).

This system only brakes and movesthe accelerator pedal upward to help assist the drivertomaintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead. Acceleration should be operated by the driver.

The DCAsystemdoesnotcontrolvehicle speedorwarnyouwhenyouapproach

stationaryandslowmovingvehicles.You mustpayattentiontovehicleoperationto maintainproperdistancefromvehicles ahead.

SSD0252

Thedetectionzoneofthesensorislimited. Avehicleaheadmustbeinthedetection zoneforthesystemtooperate.

Avehicleaheadmaymoveoutsideofthe detectionzoneduetoitspositionwithin thesamelaneoftravel.Motorcyclesmay notbedetectedinthesamelaneaheadif theyaretravelingoffsetfromthecenterline ofthelane.Avehiclehatisenteringthe laneaheadmaynotbedetecteduntilthe vehiclehascompletelymovedintothe lane.Ifthisoccurs,thesystemmaywarn youbyblinkingthesystemindicatorand soundingthechime.Thedrivermayhave tomanuallycontroltheproperdistance

awayfromvehicletravelingahead.

5-58 Starting and driving

Diagram showing multiple cars on curved road surfaces with two shaded triangular zones, no text or symbols present

Whendrivingonsomeroads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrowroads, or roads which are under construction, the sensormaydetect vehicles in indifferent lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to work in appropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to control the proper distance away from the

vehicletravelingahead.

DCA 1 2 CRUISE 3 SSD0770

DistanceControlAssistsystem displayandindicators

Thedisplayislocatedbetweenthespeedometerandtachometer.

1. DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system switchindicator: IndicatesthatthedynamicdriverassistanceswitchisON.

2. Vehicleaheaddetection indicator: Indicateswhetheritdetectsavehiclein frontofyou.

3. DistanceControlAssistsystemwarning light(Orange):

Startinganddriving5-59

Thelightcomesonifthereisa malfunctionintheDCAsystem.

DCA SSD1183

OperatingDistanceControlAssist (DCA)system

ToturnontheDCAsystem, push the dynamic driver assistances switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch indicator light in the dot matrix liquid crystal display willilluminate. Push the dynamic driver assistances switch again to turn off the DCAsystem. The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch indicator light will turn off.

Thesystemwillstarttooperateafterthe vehiclespeedbecomesaboveapproxi-

mately3MPH(5km/h).

WARNING

When the DCAsystem is not necessary, be sure to turn off the dynamic driver assistance switch. Using the system when it is not necessary may result in an accident.

The dynamic driver assistances switch is used for both the LDP and DCAsystem. When the dynamic driver assistances switch is pushed, the LDP system will also turn on or off simultaneously. The DCAsystem can be individually set to on or off on the display. If the system missetto off, the system will not turn one even if the dynamic driver assistances switch is pushed to on. To set the system to on or off on the display, see "Setting DCAsystem to ON/OFF" (P.5-61).

② ENTER SETTING ① SSD0884

SettingDCAsystemtoON/OFF:

1. PushtheSETTING ① buttonandhigh-lightthe"DriverAssistance"keyonthe displayusingtheINFINITIcontroller. ThenpushtheENTER ② button.
2. Highlightthe "DynamicAssistancesettings" key, and push the ENTER button. ②

Settings ▶ Dynamic Assistance Settings Distance Control Assist 0 ON Lane Departure Prevention 0 ON 1/2 SSD0886

graph TD
    A["Settings"] --> B["Navigation"]
    A --> C["Audio"]
    A --> D["Phone"]
    A --> E["Bluetooth"]
    A --> F["Volume & Beeps"]
    A --> G["Driver Assistance"]
    A --> H["Display"]
    A --> I["Others"]
    J["Adjust settings for driver assist"]

3.TosettheDCAsystemtoonoroff, highlightthe"DistanceControlAssist" key,selectONorOFFandpushthe ENTER ② button.

If both the LDP and DCAsystems areset to OFFonthedisplay, whenth dynamic driver assistance switch is pushed, the LDP ON indicator light and the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system switch indicator light will blink for approximately 2 seconds. See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/ Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system" (P. 5-21).

SSD0771

Underthefollowingconditions,theDistanceControlAssistsystemwillnotoperateandtheDistanceControlAssist(DCA)systemswitchindicatorlightwillblink:

- WhentheSNOWmodeswitchisON(To usetheDCAsystem,turnofftheSNOW modeswitch,thenturnonthedynamic driverassistanceswitch.) FordetailsabouttheSNOWmode switch,see“Snowmodeswitch”(P.2-47).

- WhentheVDCsystemisoff(Tousethe DCAsystem,turnontheVDC,then pushthedynamicdriverassistance switch.)

5-62 Starting and driving

FordetailsabouttheVDCsystem,see "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system"(P.5-83).

- WhenABSorVDC(includingthetrac- tioncontrolsystem)isoperating

- Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

WhentheConventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmodeisoperating, the DCAsystem will not operate. (TousetheDCAsystem, turntheConventional(fixedspeed)cruise controlmodeoff, thenpushthedynamic driverassistanceswitch.)

FordetailsabouttheConventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode, see "IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system(FULL SPEEDRANGE)"(P.5-32).

Whentheengineisturnedoff, thesystem is automatically turnedoff.

① DCA ② DCA SSD0746

1. Systemsetdisplaywithvehicleahead
2. Systemsetdisplaywithoutvehicle ahead

Systemoperation

WARNING

TheDistanceControlAssistsystemautomaticallydeceleratesyourvehicletohelp assistthedrivertomaintinafollowing distancefromthevehicleahead.Manually brakewhendecelerationisrequiredto maintainasafedistanceuponsudden brakingbythevehicleaheadorwhena

vehiclesuddenlyappearsinfrontofyou. AlwaysstayalertwhenusingtheDCA system.

TheDistanceControlAssist(DCA)system helps assist the drivertokeep following distancetothevehicleahead by braking and moving the accelerator pedal upward in thenormaldriving condition.

Whenavehicleisdetectedahead:

Thevehicleaheaddetectionindicator comeson.

Whenvehicleapproachesavehicleahead:

• If the driver's foot is not on the accelerator pedal, the system activates the brake stodecelerates smoothly as necessary. If the vehicle ahead comes to as top, the vehicle decelerate testa stand still within the limitations of the system.
• Ifthedriver'sfootisontheaccelerator pedal,thesystemmovestheacceleratorpedalupwardtoassistthedriverto releasetheacceleratorpedal.

Whenbrakeoperationbydriverisrequired:

Thesystemalertsthedriverbyawarning chimeandblinkingthevehicleahead detectionindicator.Ifthedriver'sfootis ontheacceleratorpedalafterthewarning, thesystemmovestheacceleratorpedal upwardtoassistthedrivertoswitchtothe brakepedal.

Thestoplightsofthevehiclecomeonand the brake pedal depresses when braking is performedbytheDCAsystem.

Whenthebrakeoperates,anoisemaybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

WARNING

• When the vehicle ahead detection indicator light is not illuminated, system will not control or warn the driver.
  ●Neverplaceyourfootunderthebrake pedal.Yourfootmaybecaughtwhenthe systemcontrolsthebrake.
• Depending on the position of the accelerator pedal, the system may not be able to assist the drivertoreleasethe accelerator pedal appropriately.
• If the vehicle ahead comestoastandstill, the vehicle decelerate to a standstill within the limitation of the system. Thesystem will release brake control with warning chime once it judges the vehicle is at a stand still. Top prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal. (Thesystem will resume control automatically once the system reaches 3 MPH (5 km/h)).

Overridingthesystem:

The following driver's operation overrides the system operation.

• Whenthedriverdepressestheacceleratorpedal even furtherwhile the systemismovingtheacceleratorpedal upward,theDCAsystemcontrolofthe acceleratorpedaliscanceled.
• Whenthedriver'sfootisontheacceleratorpedal,thebrakecontrolbythesystemisnotoperated.
• Whenthedriver'sfootisonthebrake pedal, neitherthebrakecontrolnorthe alertbythesystemoperates.
• Whenthe IntelligentCruiseControl systemisset, the DCAsystemwillbe cancelled.

Approachwarning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead, duetorapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warnsted river with the chime and DCAsystem display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:

• Thechimesounds.
- Thevehicleaheaddetectionindicatorblinks.

Thewarningchimemaynotsoundinsome cases whenthereis ashortdistance betweenvehicles.Someexamplesare:

• Whenthevehiclesaretravelingatthe samespeedandthedistancebetween vehiclesisnotchanging
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing
• When a vehicle cuts in nearly your vehicle. The warning chimewill not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicle that are parked or moving slowly.

SSD0284A A

Also, the sensors sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (fore example, if a vehicle is being driven with somed damage).

DCA SSD0771

NOTE:

Theapproachwarningchimemaysound andthesystemdisplaymayblinkwhen thesensordetectssomereflectors whicharefittedonvehiclesinotherlanes oronthesideoftheroad.Thismaycause theDCAsystemtooperateinappropriately. Thesensormaydetectthesereflectors whenthevehicleisdrivenonwinding roads,hillyroadsorwhenenteringor exitingacurve.Thesensormayalsodetect reflectorsonnarrowroadsorinroad constructionzones.Inthesecasesyou willhavetomanuallycontroltheproper distanceaheadofyourvehicle.

Automaticcancellation

ConditionA:

Underthefollowingconditions,theDistanceControlAssistsystemisautomatically canceled.Thechimewillsoundand theDistanceControlAssist(DCA)system switchindicatorlightwillblink.Thesystem willnotbeabletobeset.

●WhentheVDCsystemisturnedoff
- WhentheVDCorABS(including the tractioncontrolsystem)operates
- WhentheSNOWmodeswitchisturned ON

- Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

Actiontotake:

When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off with the dynamic driver assistance switch. Turn the DCAsystem back on the systems system.

DCA CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE SSD0772

ConditionB:

Whenthesensorwindowisdirty, making it impossible to detect vehicle ahead, the DCAsystem is automatically canceled.

Thechimesoundsandthesystemwarning light(orange)willcomeonandthe"CLEAN SENSOR"indicatorwillappear.

Actiontotake:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place, turn the engine off. Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform these settings again.

DCA CRUISE SSD0787

ConditionC:

When the DCAsystem is not operating properly, the chimesoundsandthesystem warninglight ("CRUISE" orange) will come on.

Actiontotake:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in as a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, and turn on the DCA system again.

Ifitisnotpossibletosethesystemorthe indicatorstayson, it may indicate that the systemismal functioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal

FORWARDCOLLISIONWARNING(FCW) SYSTEM(ifsoequipped)

conditions,havethevehiclecheckedatan INFINITlretailer.

Sensormaintenance

Howtohandlethesensor:

ThesensorfortheDCAsystemiscommon with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper.

Tohandle the sensor, see "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (FULLSPEED RANGE)" (P.5-32).

TheForwardCollisionWarning(FCW)systemwillwarnthedriverbyawarninglight andchimewhenyourvehicleisgetting closetothevehicleaheadinthetraveling lane.

TheFCWsystemwillfunctionwhenyour vehicleisdrivenatspeedsofapproximately10MPH(15km/h)andabove.

Line drawing of a car front view with a license plate and labeled point A (no text or symbols beyond label)

Simple black silhouette of a car on white background (no text or symbols)

Vehicleaheaddetectionlight

Startinganddriving5-67

SSD1156

Warningsystemsswitch

TheFCWsystemusesthedistancesensor ① locatedbelowthefrontbumperto measurethedistancetothevehicleahead Whenthesystemjudgesthatyourvehicle isgettingclosetothevehicleaheadinthe travellane,thevehicleaheaddetection indicatorlightontheinstrumentpanel blinksandawarningchimesounds.

TheFCWsystemwillbeturnedon/offby pushingthewarningsystemsswitch.The warningsystemsONindicatorlight ① on theswitchwillilluminatewhenthesystem turnson.

PRECAUTIONSONFCWSYSTEM

WARNING

- TheFCWsystemisintendedtowarnyou beforeacollisionbutwillnotavoida collision.Itisthedriver'sresponsibility tostayalert,drivesafelyandbein controlofthevehicleataltimes.

- Asthereisaperformancelimit, the systemmaynotprovideawarningin certainconditions.

- Thesystemwillnotdetectthefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animalsorobstaclesin theroadway
— Oncomingvehiclesinthesamelane

●Thesystemwillnotdetectanother vehicleunderthefollowingconditions:

— Whenthesensorgetsdirtyanditis impossibletodetectthedistance fromthevehicleahead.

— Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

- Thesensorgenerallydetectsthesignals returnedfromthereflectorsonavehicle

ahead.Therefore,thesystemmaynot functionproperlyunderthefollowing conditions:

— Whenthereflectorsofthevehicle aheadarepositionedhighorcloseto eachother(includingasmallvehicle suchasmotorcycles).

— Whenthesensorgetsdirtyoritis impossibletodetectthedistance fromthevehicleahead.

— Whenthereflectorsonthevehicle aheadaremissing, damagedor covered.

— Whenthereflectorsofthevehicle aheadarecoveredwithdirt, snowor roadspray.

— Whenvisibilityislow(suchasrain, fog,snow,etc.).

— Whensnoworroadsprayfrom travelingvehiclesissplashed.

— Whendenseexhaustorothersmoke (blacksmoke) from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor.

— Whenexcessivelyheavybaggageis loadedintherearseatorthe luggageroomofyourvehicle.

— When abruptly accelerating or decelerating.
— Onasteepdownhillslopeoron roadswithsharpcurves.
— Whenthereisahighlyreflective objectnearthevehicleahead(for example,beingveryclosetoanother vehicle,signboard,etc.)
— Whenyouaretowingatrailer.

- Depending on certain road conditions (curved or beginning of a curve), vehicle conditions (steering position or vehicle position), or the preceding vehicle's conditions (position in lane, etc.), the system may not function properly. The system may detect highly reflective object such as reflectors, signs, white markers, and other stationary objects on the road near the traveling lane and provide unnecessary warning.

• Thesystemmaynotfunctioninoffset conditions.
• Thesystemmaynotfunctionwhenthe distancetothevehicleaheadisextremelyclose.
• Thesystemisdesignedtoautomatically checkthesensor'sfunctionality.Ifthe

sensoriscoveredwithice,attransparent ortranslucentplasticbag,etc.,the systemmaynotdetectthem.Inthese instancesystemmaynotbeableto warnthedriverproperly.Besureto checkandcleanthesensorregularly.

• Excessivenoisewillinterferewiththe warningchimesound,andthechime maynotbeheard.
• Asuddenappearanceofvehiclein front(forexample,itabruptlycutsin) maynotbedetectedandthesystemmay notwarnthedriversoonenough.
• ThesystemwillbecancelledautomaticallywithabeepsoundandtheIBAOFF indicatorlightwillilluminateunderthe followingconditions:

— Whenthesensorwindowisdirty
— Whenthesystemmalfunctions

A IBA OFF B IBA OFF SSD0748

IfthelBAOFFindicatorlight Ⓐ illuminates withabeepsound,pullofftheroadtoa safelocation,stopthevehicleandturnthe engineoff.Checktoseeifthesensor windowisdirty.Ifthesensorwindowis dirty,cleanitwithasoftclothandrestart theengine.Ifthesensorwindowisnot dirty,restarttheengine.IfthelBAOFF indicatorlightcontinuestoilluminateeven ifthelBAsystemisturnedonwiththelBA OFFswitch Ⓐ, havethesystemchecked byanINFINITlretailer.

ToturnontheIBAsystem, see "Intelligent BrakeAssist(IBA)system" (P.5-70).

SSD1156

Warningsystemsswitch

FCWsystemoperation

TheFCWsystemwillfunctionatspeedsof approximately10MPH(15km/h)and above,whenthesystemturnson.

TheFCWsystemhasanautomaticsetting modeandamanualsettingmodetoturn thesystemon.Thesettingmodecanbe changed.Intheautomaticsettingmode, theFCWsystemisautomaticallyturnedon whentheignitionswitchispushedtothe ONposition.WhentheFCWsystemison, thewarningsystemsONindicatorlight onthewarningsystemsswitchilluminates. TocanceltheFCWsystem, pushthe

warningsystemsswitch. Thewarning systemsONindicatorlightwillturnoff. To turnonthesystem, pushthewarning systemsswitchagain.

Whenthe warningsystemsswitchis pushed, theLDWsystemwillalsoturnon oroffsimultaneously. See "LaneDeparture Warning(LDW)system/LaneDeparture Prevention(LDP)system" (P. 5-21).

Inthemanualsettingmode,youneedto pushthewarningsystemsswitchtoturn onthesystemaftertheignitionswitchis pushedtotheONposition.

The setting mode can be changed using the warnings system switch. To change the setting mode, push and hold the warning system switch form more than 4 seconds when the warnings systems ON indicator is off. When the mode is changed, achime sounds and the lane departure warning light (orange) flashes.

Forthesensormaintenance, see "IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system(FULL SPEEDRANGE)" (P.5-32).

INTELLIGENTBRAKEASSIST(IBA)SYSTEM (ifsoequipped)

The Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system warnsthedriver by awarning light and chimewhenthere is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane and the driver must take avoidance action immediately. The system helps reduce the rear-end collisions speed by applying the brakes when the system judge that the collision cannot be prevented.

TheIBAsystemwillfunctionwhenyour vehicleisdrivenatspeedsofapproximately10MPH(15km/h)andabove,and whenyourvehicleisdrivenatspeeds approximately10MPH(15km/h)faster thanthevehicleahead.

Line drawing of a car front view with a license plate and logo (no text or symbols on the car itself)

TheIBAsystemusesadistancesensor locatedbelowthefrontbumpertomeasure thedistancetothevehicleahead.When thesystemjudgesthatyourvehicleis gettingclosetothevehicleaheadinthe travelinglane,thevehicleaheaddetection indicatorlightontheinstrumentpanel blinksandawarningchimesounds.

TheIBAsystemwillbeturnedon/offby pushingtheIBAOFFswitch.TheIBAOFF indicatorlightdisplaywillilluminatewhen thesystemisturnedoff.

PRECAUTIONSONIBASYSTEM

Silhouette of a car icon with no text or symbols on the car itself

Vehicleaheaddetectionindicatorlight

WARNING

• TheIBAsystemisnotacollision avoidancesystem.Itisthedriver's responsibilitytostayalert,drivesafely andbeincontrolofthevehicleatall times.
• Asthereisaperformancelimit, the systemmaynotprovideawarningor brakingincertainconditions.
• Thesystemwillnotdetectthefollowing objects:
  — Pedestrians, animalsorobstaclesin

A

theroadway

— Oncomingvehiclesinthesamelane

- Thesystemwillnotdetectanother vehicleunderthefollowingconditions:

— Whenthesensorgetsdirtyanditis impossibletodetectthedistance fromthevehicleahead.

— Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

- Thesensorgenerallydetectsthesignals returnedfromthereflectorsonavehicle ahead.Therefore,thesystemmaynot functionproperlyunderthefollowing conditions:

— Whenthereflectorsofthevehicle aheadarepositionedhighorcloseto eachother(includingasmallvehicle suchasmotorcycles).
— Whenthesensorgetsdirtyanditis impossibletodetectthedistance fromthevehicleahead.
— Whenthereflectorsonthevehicle aheadaremissing,damagedor covered.
— Whenthereflectorsofthevehicle aheadarecoveredwithdirt,snowor

roadspray.

— Whenvisibilityislow(suchasrain, fog,snow,etc.).
— Whensnoworroadsprayfrom travelingvehiclesissplashed.
— Whendenseexhaustorothersmoke (blacksmoke)fromvehiclesreduces thevisibilityofthesensor.
— Whenexcessivelyheavybaggageis loaded in therearseator the luggageroomofyourvehicle.
— When abruptly accelerating or decelerating.
— Onasteepdownhillslopeoron roadswithsharpcurves.
— Whenthereisahighlyreflective objectnearthevehicleahead(for example,beingveryclosetoanother vehicle,signboard,etc.)
— Whenyouaretowingatrailer.

- Depending on certain road conditions (curvedor beginning of a curve), vehicle conditions (steering position or vehicle position), or the preceding vehicle's conditions (position in lane, etc.), the system may not function properly. The

systemmaydetecthighlyreflective objectssuchasreflectors,signs,white markers,andotherstationaryobjectson theroadorneathetravelinglaneand provideunnecessarywarning.

• Thesystemmaynotfunctioninoffset conditions.
• Thesystemmaynotfunctionwhenthe distancetothevehicleaheadisextremelyclose.

Illustration of a car on a road with two small blocks nearby (no text or symbols)

SSD0782

Reflectorsontheroad

WARNING

- Thesystemmaydetecthighlyreflective objectssuchasreflectors, signs, white markersandotherstationaryobjectson theroadornearthetravelinglane.

Inextremeconditions,detectionofthese objectsmaycausethesystemtofunc- tion.

- Thesystemisdesignedtoautomatically checkthesensor'sfunctionality. If the sensoriscoveredwithice, a transparent ortranslucentplasticbag, etc., the

systemmaynotdetectthem.Inthese instancesthesystemmaynotbeableto warnthedriverproperly.Besureto checkandcleanthesensorregularly.

• Excessivenoisewillinterferewiththe warningchimesound,andthechime maynotbeheard.
• Neverplaceyourfootunderthebrake pedalwhentheIBAsystemturnson. Yourfootmaybecaughtwhenthe systemcontrolsthebrake.
• Asuddenappearanceofvehiclein front(forexample,itabruptlycutsin) maynotbedetectedandthesystemmay notwarnthedriversoonenough.
• ThesystemwillbecancelledautomaticallywithabeepsoundandtheIBA warninglightwillilluminateunderthe followingconditions:

— Whenthesensorwindowisdirty

— Whenthesystemmalfunctions

IftheIBAOFFindicatorlightilluminates withabeepsound,pullofftheroadtoa safelocation,stopthevehicleandturnthe engineoff.Checktoseeifthesensor windowisdirty.Ifthesensorwindowis

dirty,cleanitwithasoftclothandrestart theengine.Ifthesensorwindowisnot dirty,restarttheengine.IfthelBAOFF indicatorlightcontinuestoilluminateeven ifthelBAsystemisturnedon,havethe systemcheckedbyanINFINITlretailer.

A IBA OFF B IBA OFF SSD0748

IBAsystemoperation

TheIBAsystemwillfunctionwhenyour vehicleisdrivenatspeedsofapproximately10MPH(15km/h)orabove,and whenthevehicle'sspeedisapproximately 10MPH(15km/h)fasterthanthatofthe vehicleahead.

Toturnthesystemoff/on,pushandhold theIBAOFFswitch ⑧ formorethan1 secondafterstartingtheengine.Whenthe IBAOFFindicatorlight ⑨ ontheinstrumentpanelturnsoffandtheIBAOFF switchispushed,thesystemwillturnoff andtheIBAOFFindicatorlightwill illuminate.WhentheIBAOFFswitchis

pushedagain, thesystemwillturnonand thelBAOFFindicatorlightwillturnoff.

TheIBAsystemwillremaininthelastON orOFFstateitwasleftinuntilitis manuallychangedbypassingtheIBA OFFswitch.

IlluminationofthelBAOFFindicatorlight withoutthewarningchimesoundisan indicationthatthelBAsystemistemporarilyunavailable.Itwilloccurunderthe followingconditions:

- Whendrivingintoastronglight(for example,sunlight)

TheIBAOFFindicatorlightwillturnoff whenthesystemreturnstoitsnormal operatingconditions.

Forthesensormaintenance,see"IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system(FULL SPEEDRANGE)"(P.5-32).

BREAK-INSCHEDULE

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow the recommendation to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the futurer reliability and economy of your new vehicle.

Failuretofollowtheserecommendations mayresultinshortenedenginelifeand reducedengineperformance.

• Avoiddrivingforlongperiodsatconstantspeed, eitherfastorslow.Donot runtheengineover4,000rpm.
• Donotaccelerateatfullthrottleinany gear.
• Avoidquickstarts.
• Avoidhardbrakingasmuchaspossible.
• Donottowatrailerforthefirst500 miles(805km).

INCREASINGFUELECONOMY

• Accelerateslowlyandsmoothly.Maintaincruisingspeedswithaconstant acceleratorposition.
• Driveatmoderatespeedsonthehighway.
• Avoidunnecessarystoppingandbraking.Keepasafedistancebehindother vehicles.
• Selectagearrangesuitabletoroad conditions.
• Avoidunnecessaryprolongedengine idling.
• Keepyourenginetunedup.
  ●Followthe recommended periodicmaintenanceschedule.
• Keepthetiresinflatedatthecorrect pressure.Impropertirepressurewill increasewearandwastefuel.
  ●Makesure thefrontwheels areproperly aligned. Improperalignmentwillcause prematuretirewearandlowerfuel economy.
  ●Climatecontroloperationlowersfuel economy. Usetheairconditioneronly whennecessary.
• Whencruisingathighwayspeeds,itis moreeconomicaltousetheairconditionerandleavethewindowsclosedto reducedrag.

ALL-WHEELDRIVE(AWD)(ifsoequipped)

Warning light	Comes on or blinks when
Comes on	There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system.
Blinks rapidly	The power-train oil temperature rises abnormally.
Blinks slowly	The difference in wheel rotation is large.SSD0336

TheAWDwarninglightislocatedinthe meter.

TheAWDwarninglightcomesonwhenthe ignitionswitchispushedtotheON position.Itturnsoffsoonaftertheengine isstarted.

IfanymalfunctionoccursintheAWD systemwhiletheengineisrunning,the warninglightwillcomeon.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle duetohigh power train oil temperature. The driving modemay change to two-whe eldrive. If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation, stop the vehicle with the engine idling in asafe place immediately. Then if the light goes off after awhile, you can continued driving.

Alargedifferencebetweenthediameters offrontandrearwheelswillmakethe warninglightblinkslowly(aboutonceper twoseconds).Pullofftheroadinasafe area, andidletheengine. Checkthatall tiresizesarethesame, tirepressureis correctandtiresarenotworn.

If the warning light is blinking after the above operation, have your vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer as soon as possible.

WARNING

- ForAWDequippedvehicles, donot attempttoraisetwowheelsoffthe

groundandshiftthetransmissiono anydriveorreversepositionwiththe engineerunning.Doingsomayresultin drivetraindamageorunexpectedvehicle movementwhichcouldresultinserious vehicledamageorpersonalinjury.

- DonotattempttotestanAWDequipped vehicleona2-wheeldynamometer(such asthedynamometersusedbysome statesforemissionstesting)orsimilar equipmenteveniftheothertwowheels areraisedofftheground.Makesurethat youinformthetestfacilitypersonnel thatyourvehicleisequippedwithAWD beforeitisplacedonadynamometer. Usingthewrongtestequipmentmay resultindrivetraindamageorunexpectedvehiclemovementwhichcould resultinseriousvehicledamageor personalinjury.

CAUTION

- Donotoperatetheengineonafree rollerwhenanyofthewheelsareraised.

- If the warning light comes on while driving theremaybeam malfunction in

PARKING/PARKINGONHILLS

theAWDsystem.Reducethevehicle speedandhaveyourvehiclecheckedby anINFINITlretailerassoonaspossible.

• If the warning light remains after the above operation, have your vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer as soon as possible.
• The powertrain may be damaged if you continued driving with the warning light blinking.

①
□ □ □ □

②

□ □ □ □

③

□ □ □ □

SD1006MA

WARNING

• Donotstoporparkthevehicleover flammablematerialssuchasdrygrass, wastepaperorrags. They may ignite and causefire.
  ●Neverleavetheenginerunningwhilethe vehicleisunattended.

• Donotleavechildrenunattendedinside thevehicle.Theycouldunknowingly activateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencouldbecomeinvolved inseriousaccidents.

• Safeparkingproceduresrequirethat boththeparkingbrakebeappliedand thetransmissionbeplacedintheP (Park)position.Failuretodosocould causethevehicletomoveunexpectedly orrollawayandresultinanaccident.

• Makesuretheautomatictransmission selectorleverhasbeenpushedasfar forwardasitcangoandcannotbe movedwithoutdepressingthefoot brakepedal.

• Firmly apply the parking brake.

• MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position.

• To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

• HEADEDDOWNHILLWITHCURB: ①

Turnthewheelsintothecurband movethevehicleforwarduntilthe curbsidewheelgentlytouchesthe curb.

• HEADEDUPHILLWITHCURB: ②

Turnthewheelsawayfromthecurb andmovethevehiclebackuntilthe curbsidewheelgentlytouchesthe curb.

- HEADEDUPHILLORDDOWNHILL, NO CURB: ③

Turnthewheelstowardthesideof theroadsothevehiclewillmove awayfromthecenteroftheroadifit moves.

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFF position.

POWERSTEERING

WARNING

If the engine is not running oristurned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be hard to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops orthedrive belt breaks, you will still have control of the vehicle. However, much greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.

CONTINUOUSDAMPINGCONTROL(ifso equipped)

AUTO SPORT A B SIC3848

TheContinuousDampingControloptimizes dampingforceandhelpsminimizethe movementofthevehiclebody.lthelps stabledrivingwhenthevehiclemovesup anddownonlargerollingroadsorwhen thevehiclebodyleansduringcornering withahighcentrifugalforce.

Thedampingforcewillautomaticallyadjustaccordingtotheroadsurfaceand drivingconditions.

Thedampingforceoftheshockabsorbers canbeadjustedtothelevyoudesire.Set theswitchtothepositionyoudesirewhile theignitionswitchisON.

BRAKESYSTEM

SettheContinuousDampingControlmode selectswitchtotheAUTOposition Ⓐ fora smoothride.

SettheswitchtotheSPORTposition whenyoudesireaquickresponseallthe time.

TheSPORTmodeindicatorlightwillilluminate.

BRAKINGPRECAUTIONS

Thebrakesystemhastwoseparatehydrauliccircuits.Ifonecircuitmalfunctions, youwillstillhavebrakingattwowheels.

Youmayfeelasmalclickandhearasound whenthebrakepedalisfullydepressed slowly. Thisisnotamalfunction and indicate that thebrakeassistmechanism isoperatingproperly.

Vacuumassistedbrakes

Thebrakeboosteraidsbrakingbyusing enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer.

Whenthebrakepedalisdepressedslowly and firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel as light pulsation. This is normal and indicate that the Brake Assist System is operating.

Wetbrakes

Whenthevehicleiswashedordriven throughwater,thebrakesmaygetwet. Asaresult,yourbrakingdistancewillbe longerandthevehiclemaypulltooneside

duringbraking.

Todrybrakes, drivethevehicleatasafe speedwhilelightlytappingthebrakepedal toheat-upthebrakes. Dothisuntilthe brakesreturntonormal. Avoiddrivingthe vehicleathighspeedsuntilthebrakes functioncorrectly.

EUROPEANDESIGNBRAKEPADS(if soequipped)

TheFX50Sport(only)isequipped with more aggressive European style brake pads which provide increased faderesistance when repeatedly braking from very high speeds. These pads are likely to experience increased brakedustandnoise as well as increased pad and rotor wear, with replacement interval soflessthan 20,000 miles (32,000 km) for some customers depending upon their driving patterns.

This procedure is described in the vehicle servicemanual and can be performed by an INFINIT retailer.

Usingthebrakes

Avoidrestingyourfootonthebrakepedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gasmileage.

Tohelpsavethebrakesandtopreventthe brakesfromoverheating, reducespeed anddownshifttoalowergearbeforegoing downaslopeorlonggrade. Overheated brakesmayreducebrakingperformance andcouldresultinlossofvehiclecontrol.

WARNING

- Whiledrivingonaslippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abruptbrakingoraccel-

eratingcouldcausethewheelstoskid andresultinanaccident.

- If the engine is not running oristurned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. Braking will be harder.

BRAKEASSIST

BRAKEASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake boost even with lightpedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidanced device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

PREVIEWFUNCTION(Intelligent CruiseControlsystemequipped models)

When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relatives speed from it, it applies the brake pre-pressure before the driver depresse the brake pedaland helps improve braker response by reducing pedalfree play.

Startinganddriving5-79

• This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h) or less.
  ●Thepre-pressurefunctionceaseswhen thefollowingconditionsaremet:
  1) Whenthedriverdepressesthe acceleratorpedalorthebrake pedal.
  2) If the driver does not operate the accelerator or brake pedal within approximately 1 second.

Top-down diagram of a road with vehicles and a shaded triangular area, no text or symbols present

●Thesensorwillnotdetect:

1) Pedestriansorobjectsintheroadway
2) Oncoming vehicles in the same amelane
3) Motorcyclestravelingoffsetinthe travellaneasillustrated

WARNING

- This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at

alltimes.

• Asthereisaperformancelimittothe PreviewFunction,neverrelysolelyon thissystem.Thissystemdoesnot correctcarelessinattentiveorabsent-mindeddriving,overcomepoorvisibilityinrain,fog,orotherbadweather. Reducevehiclespeedbydepressingthe brakepedal,inordertomaintainasafe distancebetweenvehicles.
• Thesystemmaynotdetectthevehiclein frontofyouincertainroadorweather conditions.ThePreviewFunctionmay notoperateproperlyunderthefollowing conditions.Thevehicleisstilldriveable undernormalconditionsandtheBrake Assistwilloperate.

— Whenrain, snowordirtadhereto thesystemsensor
— Whenstronglight(forexample, at sunriseorsunset)isdirectlyshining onthefrontofthevehicle
— Windingorhillyroadsmaycause thesensorotemporarilynotdetect avehicleinthesamelaneormay detectobjectsorvehiclesinother lanes.

— Vehiclepositioninthelanemay causethesensortotemporarilynot detectvehicleinthesamelaneor maydetectobjectorsorvehiclesin otherlanes.

CRUISE

SSD0471

Warninglightanddisplay

When the Preview Function is not operating properly, the chimesoundsandthesystem warninglight (orange) will come on.

Actiontotake:

Ifthewarninglightcomeson, parkthe vehicleinasafeplace. Turntheengineoff, restarttheengineandresumedriving.

If the indicator stay on, it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunctioning (the brake is operative). Although the Vehicle is still drive a unable normal conditions, have the vehicle checked at an INFINIT retailer.

Howtohandlethesensor

ThesensorforthePreviewFunctionis commonwithIntelligentCruiseControland islocatedbelowthefrontbumper.

TokeepthePreviewFunctionoperating properly, besuretoobservethefollowing:

●Alwayskeepthesensorclean.Wipe withasoftclothcarefullysoasnotto damagethesensor.

- Donotstrikeordamagetheareas aroundthesensor.Donottouchor removethescrewlocatedonthe sensor.Doingsocouldcausefailure ormalfunction.Ifthesensorisdamagedduetoanaccident,contactan INFINITlretailer.

- Donotattachasticker(including transparentmaterial)orinstallan accessorynearthesensor.Thiscould causefailureormalfunction.

ANTI-LOCKBRAKINGSYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from carelessor dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravelors now covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.

- Tiretypeandconditionmayalsoaffect brakingeffectiveness.

— Whenreplacingtires,installthe specifiedsizeof tireson allfour wheels.
- Wheninstallingasparetire, make surethatitisthepropersizeand typeasspecifiedontheTireand LoadingInformationlabel.See“Tire

andLoadingInformationlabel"(P.9-13)ofthismanual.

— Fordetailed information, see "Wheelsandtires"(P.8-32)ofthis manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) control the braking wheel wheels donotlock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotations speed at each wheeland varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheelfromlocking and sliding. By preventing each wheelfromlocking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and help to minimize werving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Usingthesystem

Depressthebrakepedalandholditdown. Depressthebrakepedalwithfirmsteady pressure, butdonotpumpthebrakes. The ABSwilloperatetopreventthewheels fromlockingup. Steerthevehicletoavoid obstacles.

WARNING

Donotpumpthebrakepedal.Doingsomay resultinincreasedstoppingdistances.

Self-testfeature

TheABSincludeselectronicsensors,electricpumps,hydraulicsolenoidsanda computer. Thecomputerhasabuilt-in diagnosticfeaturethatteststhesystem eachtimeyoustarttheengineandmove thevehicleatalowspeedinforwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may heara"clunk"noiseand/orfeelapulsationinthebrakepedal. Thisisnormal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches theABSoffandilluminatestheABS warning lightontheinstrumentpanel. Thebrakesystemthenoperatesnormally, butwithoutanti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer.

VEHICLEDYNAMICCONTROL(VDC)SYSTEM

Normaloperation

TheABSoperatesatspeedsabove3to6 MPH(5to10km/h).Thespeedvaries accordingtoroadconditions.

WhentheABSsensesthatoneormore wheelsareclosetolockingup,theactuator rapidlyappliesandreleaseshydraulic pressure.Thisactionissimilartopumping thebrakesveryquickly.Youmayfeel a pulsationinthebrakepedalandheara noisefromunderthehoodorfeela vibrationfromtheactuatorwhenitis operating.Thisisnormalandindicates thattheABSisoperatingproperly.However,thepulsationmayindicatethatroad conditionsarehazardousandextracareis requiredwhiledriving.

TheVehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system usesvarioussensorstomonitordriver inputsandvehiclemotion.Undercertain drivingconditions,theVDCsystemhelps toperformthefollowingfunctions.

●Controlsbrakepressuretoreducetire slipononeslippingdrivewheelso poweristransferredtoanonslipping drivewheelonthesameaxle.
●Controlsbrakepressureandengine outputtoreducedrivewheelslipbased onvehiclespeed(tractioncontrolfunction).
●Controlsbrakepressureatindividual wheelsandengineoutputtohelpthe drivermaintaincontrolofthevehiclein thefollowingconditions:
—understeer(vehicletendstonot followthesteeredpath despite increasedsteeringinput) —oversteer(vehicletendstospindue to certainroadordrivingconditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all drivings situations.

WhentheVDCsystemoperates,theVDC warninglight 📁 intheinstrumentpanel flashessonotethefollowing:

- Theroadmaybelipperyorthesystem maydeterminesomeactionisrequired tokeepthevehicleonthesteeredpath.

- Youmayfeelapulsationinthebrake pedalandhearanoiseorvibration fromunderthehood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC systemis working properly.

- Adjustyourspeedanddrivingtotheroadconditions.

See "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)warninglight"(P.2-18) and "VehicleDynamic Control(VDC)offindicatorlight"(P.2-20). Ifamalfunctionoccursinthesystem, the VDCwarninglight illuminates inthe instrumentpanel. The VDCsystemautomaticallyturnsoff.

TheVDCOFFswitchisusedtoturnoffthe VDCsystem.TheVDCoffindicator illuminatestoindicatetheVDCsystemis off. WhentheVDCswitchisusedtoturnoff thesystem,theVDCsystemstilloperates topreventonedrivewheelfromslippingby transferringpowertoanonslippingdrive wheel. TheVDCwarninglight flashesif thisoccurs.AllotherVDCfunctionsareoff, andtheVDCwarninglight willnot flash.TheVDCsystemisautomatically

Startinganddriving

resettoonwhentheignitionswitchis placedintheoffpositionthenbacktothe onposition.

See "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)warninglight"(P.2-18) and "VehicleDynamic Control(VDC)offindicatorlight"(P.2-20)

Thecomputerhasabuilt-indiagnostic featurethatteststhesystemeachtimeyou starttheengineandmovethevehicle forwardorinreverseataslowspeed. Whentheself-testoccurs,youmayheara

“clunk”noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

●TheVDCsystemisdesignedtohelpthe drivermaintainstabilitybutdoesnot preventaccidentsduetoabruptsteering operationathighspeedsorbycareless ordangerousdrivingtechniques.Reduce vehiclespeedandbeespeciallycareful whendrivingandcorneringonslippery surfacesandalwaysdrivecarefully.
- Donotmodifythevehicle'ssuspension. Ifsuspensionpartssuchasshock absorbers,struts,springs,stabilizer

bars,bushingsandwheelsarenot INFINITrecommendedforyour vehicle orare extremelydeteriorated,the VDC systemmay not operate properly.This couldadverselyaffect vehiclehandling performance,andtheVDCwarninglight mayilluminate.

• Ifbrakerelatedpartssuchasbrake pads, rotorsandcalipersarenotINFINITI recommendedorareextremelydeteriorated, theVDCsystemmaynotoperate properly and theVDCwarninglight mayilluminate.
• If engine control related parts are not INFINITIrecommendedorareextremely deteriorated,theVDCwarninglight mayilluminate.
• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. Donot drive on these types of roads.
• Whendrivingonanunstablesurface such asaturntable,ferry,elevatoror ramp,the VDCwarning light may illuminate.Thisisnotamalfunction. Restarttheengineafterdrivingontoa

stablesurface.

• If wheels sortires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.
  •TheVDCsystemisnotasubstitutefor wintertiresortirechainsonasnow coveredroad.

REARACTIVESTEERSYSTEM(ifso equipped)

TheRearActiveSteersystemisanelectronicallycontrolledfour-wheelsteeringsystem.

The angle of therear wheels are adjusted by the Rear Active Steersystem, depending on the vehicles speed and steering angle. Therear wheels are designed to turn momentarily in the opposite direction and then can get to the same direction as the front wheels.

Atlowspeeds, therearwheelswillnotturn andthesystemfunctionsasatwo-wheel steeringsystem.

Ifamalfunctionoccursinthesystem,the RearActiveSteerfunctionwillstopbutthe ordinarytwo-wheelsteeringsystemwill operatenormally.The“RAS”warninglight willilluminate.Ifthelightilluminateswhile driving,contactanINFINITlretailerfor repair.

WARNING

TheRearActiveSteersystem,although a sophisticated device,cannotprevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques.Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rest in the hand so the driver.Therefore only

throughattentiveandcarefuldrivingmethodscantheRearActiveSteersystembefullyappreciatedandsafetyassured.

COLDWEATHERDRIVING

FREEINGAFROZENDOORLOCK

Topreventadoorlockfromfreezing,apply deicerthroughthekeyhole.Ifthelock becomesfrozen,heatthekeybefore insertingitintothekeyholeorusethe IntelligentKeysystem.

ANTIFREEZE

Inthewinterwhenitisanticipatedthatthe outsidetemperaturewilldropbelow32°F (0°C),checkantifreezetoassureproper winterprotection.Foradditionalinformation,see"Enginecoolingsystem"(P.8-9).

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, see "Battery" (P.8-17).

DRAININGOFCOOLANTWATER

If the vehicle is the be left outsid without antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. Ford details, see "Engine cooling system" (P.8-9).

TIREEQUIPMENT

SUMMERtireshaveatreaddesignedto providesuperiorperformanceondrypavement. However, theperformanceofthese tireswillbesubstantiallyreducedinsnowy andicyconditions. If you operate your vehicleonsnowyoricyroads, INFINITI recommendstheuseofMUD&SNOWor ALLSEASONtiresonallfourwheels. ConsultantINFINITIretailerforthetire type, size, speedratingandavailability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires maybe used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.

Skidandtractioncapabilitiesofstudded snowtires,onwetordrysurfaces,maybe poorerthanthatofnon-studdedsnow tires.

Tirechainsmaybeused. Fordetails, see "Tirechains"(P.8-39) of this manual.

Forall-wheeldrive

If you install snowtires, they must also be the namesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.

5-86 Starting and driving

SPECIALWINTEREQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter:

• Ascraperandstiff-bristledbrushto removeiceandsnowfromthewindows andwiperblades.
  ●Asturdy, flatboardtobeplaced under thejacktogiveitfirmsupport.
• Ashoveltodigthevehicleoutof snowdrifts.
  ●Extrawindowwasherfluidto refill the reservoirtank.

DRIVING ONSNOWORICE

WARNING

• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snowor ice can beslick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will hav much less traction or "grip" under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.
• Whatever the condition, drive with caution.Accelerateandslowdownwith care.Ifacceleratingordownshiftingtoo fast,thedrivewheelswillloseeven

moretraction.

• Allowmorestoppingdistanceunder theseconditions.Brakingshouldbe startedsoonerthanondrypavement.
• Allowgreaterfollowingdistanceson slipperyroads.
• Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on another wise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of fice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
• Donotusethecruise control on slippery roads.
• Snowcantrapdangerousehaustgases underyourvehicle. Keepsnowclear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.

ENGINEBLOCKHEATER(ifso equipped)

Engineblockheatersareusedtoassist withcoldtemperaturestarting.

Theengineblockheatershouldbeused whentheoutsidetemperatureis20°F (-7°C)orlower.

Tousetheengineblockheater

1. Turntheengineoff.
2. Openthehood and unwrap the engine blockheatercord.
3. Plugtheengineblockheatercordintoa grounded3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord.
   4.PlugtheextensioncordintoaGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-voltAC(VAC)outlet.
4. The engine blockheater must be plugged in for at least 2-4 hours, depending on outsider temperatures, to properly warm the engine coolant. Use an appropriatetimertoturn the engine blockheateron.
5. Before starting the engine, unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts.

WARNING

• Donotuseyourengineblockheaterwith anungroundedelectricalsystemora2-prongedadapter.Youcanbeseriously injuredbyanelectricalshockifyouuse anungroundedconnection.
• Disconnectandproperlystoretheengineblockheatercordbeforestarting theengine.Damagetothecordcould resultinanelectricalshockandcan causeseriousinjury.
• Useaheavy-duty3-wire,3-pronged extensioncordratedforatleast10A. PlugtheextensioncordintoaGround FaultInterrupt(GFI)protected,grounded 110-VACoutlet.Failureretousetheproper extensioncordoragroundedoutletcan resultinafireorelectricalshockand causeseriouspersonalinjury.

MEMO

5-88 Starting and driving

6Incaseofemergency

Hazardwarningflasherswitch 6-2

Roadsideassistanceprogram 6-2

Emergencyengineshutoff 6-3

Flat tire.... 6-3

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS) ......6-3

Changingaflattire 6-4

Jump starting 6-9

Push starting 6-11

If your vehicle overheats 6-12

Towingyourvehicle 6-13

TowingrecommendedbyINFINITI 6-14

Vehiclerecovery(freeingastuckvehicle) .....6-16

HAZARDWARNINGFLASHERSWITCHROADSIDEASSISTANCEPROGRAM

Simple geometric diagram showing a triangle with an arrow pointing downward (no text or symbols)

Pushtheswitchontowarnotherdrivers whenyoumuststoporparkunder emergencyconditions.Allturnsignallights willflash.

WARNING

• Ifstoppingforanemergency,besureto movethevehiclewellofftheroad.
• Donotusethehazardwarningflashers whilemovingonthehighwayunless unusualcircumstancesforceyoutodrive soslowlythatyourvehiclemightbecomeahazardtoothertraffic.

- Turnsignalsdonotworkwhenthe hazardwarningflasherlightsareon.

Theflashercanbeactuatedwiththe ignitionswitchinanyposition. Somestatelawsmayprohibittheuseof thehazardwarningflasherswitchwhile driving.

Intheeventofaroadsideemergency, RoadsideAssistanceServiceisavailableto you.PleaserefertoyourWarrantyInformationBooklet(U.S.)orWarranty&Roadside AssistanceInformationBooklet(Canada) fordetails.

6-2 Incaseofemergency

EMERGENCYENGINESHUTOFF

Toshutofftheengineinanemergency situationwhiledrivingperformthefollowingprocedure:

●Rapidlypushthepush-buttonignition switch3consecutivetimesinlessthan 1.5seconds,or
- Pushandholdthepush-buttonignition switchformorethan2seconds.

FLATTIRE

TIREPRESSUREMONITORINGSYSTEM(TPMS)

ThisvehicleisequippedwiththeTire PressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS).It monitorstirepressureofalltiresexcept thespare.Whenthelowtirepressure warninglightislitandtheCHECKTIRE PRESSUREwarningappearsonthedot matrixliquidcrystaldisplay,oneormore ofyourtiresissignificantlyunder-inflated. Ifthevehicleisbeingdrivenwithlowtire pressure,theTPMSwillactivateandwarn youofitbythelowtirepressurewarning light.Thissystemwillactivateonlywhen thevehicleisdrivenatspeedsabove16 MPH(25km/h).Formoredetails,see "Warning/indicatorlightsandaudiblereminders"(P.2-12),"TIREPRESSUREinformation"(P.4-11) and "TirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS)("P.5-4).

WARNING

- Ifthelowtirepressurewarninglight illuminatesorLOWPRESSUREinformationisdisplayonthemonitorscreen whiledriving,avoidsuddensteering maneuverorabruptbraking,reduce vehiclespeed,pullofftheroadtoasafe

locationandstopthevehicleassoonas possible.Drivingwithunder-inflated tiresmaypermanentlydamagethetires andincreasethelikelihoodoftirefailure.Seriousvehicledamagecouldoccur andmayleadtoanaccidentandcould resultinseriouspersonalinjury.Check thetirepressureforallfourtires.Adjust thetirepressuretherecommended COLDtirepressureshownontheTire andLoadingInformationlabeltoturn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If thelightstillilluminateswhiledriving afteradjustingthetirepressure,atire maybeflat.Ifyouhaveaflattire, replaceitwithasparetireassoonas possible.

• Whenasparetireismountedorawheel isreplaced, theTPMSwillnotfunction andthelowtirepressurewarninglight willflashforapproximately1minute. Thelightwillremainonafter1minute. ContactyourINFINITretailerassoonas possiblefortirereplacementand/or systemresetting.
  ●Replacing tires with thosenotoriginally specified by INFINIT could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

- Donotinjectanytireliquidoraerosol tiresealantintothetires,asthismay causeamalfunctionofthetirepressure sensors.

CHANGINGAFLATTIRE

If you have a flattire, follow the instructions below.

Stoppingthevehicle

1. Safelymovethevehicleofftheroad andawayfromtraffic.
2. Turnonthehazardwarningflashers.
3. Parkonalevel surface and apply the parking brake. Movetheselector lever to the P(Park) position.
4. Turnofftheengine.
5. Raisethehoodtowarnothertraffic, andtosignalprofessionalroadassistancepersonnelthatyouneedassistance.
6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in as a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

●Makesuretheparkingbrakeissecurely appliedandtheautomatictransmission isintheP(Park)position.
●Neverchangetireswhenthevehicleis onaslope,iceorslipperyareas. This is hazardous.
●Neverchangetiresifoncomingtrafficis closetoyourvehicle.Waitforprofessionalroadassistance.

Diagram showing three car tire components with a numbered connection point, no text or symbols present

Blockingwheels

Placesuitableblocks ① at both the front and back of the wheeldiagonally opposite the flattiretoprevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Besuretoblockthewheelasthevehicle maymoveandresultinpersonalinjury.

6-4 Incaseofemergency

A B SCE0766

Gettingthesparetireandtools

1. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped). See "Cargocover" (P.2-56).

2. Raisetheluggageroomfloorcover using the handle Ⓐ, thenhangiton the edge of the luggageroom opening using the hook Ⓑ.

A B SCE0767

Removejackingtoolsandthesparetire locatedundertheluggageroom.

Turntheretainercounterclockwise A, removethesubwoofer B (ifsoequipped) and placeitonthesideoftheluggage room(withtheflatsurfacefacingdown), thenremovethesparetire.Becarefulnot toletthesubwooferfalldown.

Jackingupthevehicleandremovingthedamagedtire

WARNING

●Nevergetunderthevehiclewhileitis supportedonlybythejack.Ifitis necessarytoworkunderthevehicle, supportitwithsafetystands.
- Useonlythejackprovidedwithyour vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jackprovidedwithyourvehicleonother vehicles. Thejackisdesignedforlifting onlyyourvehicleduringatirechange.
- Use the correct jack-up points. Never use anyotherpartofthevehicleforjack support.
●Neverjackupthevehiclemorethan necessary.
●Neveruseblocksonorunderthejack.
- Donotstartorruntheenginewhile vehicleisonthejack,asitmaycause thevehicletomove. Thisisespecially trueforvehicleswithlimitedslipdifferentials.
- Donotallowpassengerstostayinthe vehiclewhileitisonthejack.

Carefullyreadthecautionlabelattachedto thejackbodyandthefollowinginstructions.

SCE0771

Jack-uppoint

1. Placethejackdirectlyunderthejack-up pointasillustratedsothetopofthe jackcontactsthevehicleatthejack-up point.Alignthejackheadbetweenthe twonotchesinthefrontortherearasshown.Alsofitthegrooveofthejack headbetweenthenotchesasshown. Thejackshouldbeusedonlevelfirm ground.

6-6 Incaseofemergency

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a car wheel and its mounting bracket being adjusted (no text or symbols present)

1. Looseneachwheelnutoneortwoturns byturningcounterclockwisewiththe wheelnutwrench.Donotremovethe wheelnutsuntilthetireisoffthe ground.
2. Carefullyraisethevehicleuntilthetire clearstheground.Toliftthevehicle, securelyholdthejackleverandrod withbothhandsasshownabove. Removethewheelnuts,andthen removethetire.

Technical diagram of a mechanical component with pin layout and cross-section view (no text or symbols)

Installingthesparetire

TheT-typesparetireisdesignedfor emergencyuse.(Seespecificinstructions undertheheading"Wheelsandtires"(P.8-32).)

1. Cleananymudordirtfromthesurface betweenthewheelandhub.
2. Carefullyputthesparetireonand tightenthewheelnutsfingertight.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated (①, ②, ③, ④, ⑤) until they are tight.

Incaseofemergency6-7

1. Lowerthevehicleslowlyuntilthetire touchestheground. Then, with the wheelnutwrench, tightenthewheel nutssecurelyinthesequenceas illustrated. Lowerthevehiclecompletely.

WARNING

• Incorrectwheelnutsorimproperlytightenedwheelnutscancausethewheeltobecomelooseorcomeoff.Thiscould causeanaccident.
• Donotuseoilorgreaseonthewheel studsornuts. This could cause then nuts to be comelose.
• Retightenthewheelnutswhenthe vehiclehasbeendrivenfor600miles (1,000km)(alsoincasesofaflattire, etc.).

- As soon as possible, tightent the wheelnut stothespecified torque withatorquewrench. Wheel nuttightening torque: 80ft-lb(108N·m)

Thewheelnutsmustbekepttigh- tenedtospecificationatalltimes.It

6-8 Incaseofemergency

isrecommendedthatwheelnutsbe tightenedtospecificationsateach lubricationinterval.

- AdjusttirepressuretotheCOLD pressure.

COLDpressure:

Afterthevehiclehasbeenparked forthreehoursormoreordriven lessthan1mile(1.6km).

COLDtirepressuresareshownon theTireandLoadingInformation labelaffixedtothedriversidecenter pillar.

AfteradjustingtirepressuretotheCOLD tirepressure, thedisplayofthetire pressureinformationmayshowhigher pressurethantheCOLDtirepressureafter thevehiclehasbeendrivenmorethan1 mile(1.6km). Thisbecausethetire pressurizesasthetiretemperaturerises. Thisdoesnotindicateasystemmalfunction.

Stowingthedamagedtireandtools

1. Securelystorethedamagedtire, jack and toolsinthestoragearea.
2. Closetheluggagefloorcover.
   3.Closetheliftgate.

WARNING

●Alwaysmakesurethatthesparetire and jackingequipmentareproperlysecured afteruse. Suchitemscan become dangerousprojectilesinanaccidentor suddenstop.
- TheT-typesparetireandsmallsize sparetirearedesignedforemergency use.Seespecificinstructionsunderthe heading"Wheelsandtires"(P.8-32).

JUMPSTARTING

Tostartyourenginewithaboosterbattery, theinstructionsandprecautionsbelow mustbefollowed.

WARNING

• Ifdoneincorrectly, jumpstarting can lead to abattery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.
• Explosivehydrogengasisalwayspresentinthevicinityofthebattery.Keep allsparksandflamesawayfromthe battery.
• Donotallowbatteryfluidtocomeinto contactwitheyes,skin,clothingor paintedsurfaces.Batteryfluidisa corrosivesulphuricacidsolutionwhich cancausesevereburns.Ifthefluid shouldcomeintocontactwithanything, immediatelyflushthecontactedarea withwater.

• Keepthebatteryoutofthereachof children.
  ●Theboosterbatterymustberatedat12 volts.Useofanimproperlyratedbattery candamageyourvehicle.

• Whenever working on near a battery, always wears suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles or industrials safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Donotlean over the battery when jump starting.

• Donotattempttojumpstartafrozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury.
• Yourvehiclehasanautomaticengine coolingfan.Itcouldcomeonatanytime. Keephandsandotherobjectsawayfrom it.

A ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬ ⑭ ⑮ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑳ SCE0772

VQ37VHRengine

A ①+ ②+ ③- ④- ①→②→③→④ SCE0770

VK50VEengine

WARNING

Alwaysfollowtheinstructionsbelow.Failure todosocouldresultindamagetothe chargingsystemandcausepersonalinjury.

1. Removetheenginecompartmentcover, if necessary. See "Enginecompartment checklocations" (P.8-7).
2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle ①, position the two vehicles (④ and ⑧) to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other. Donotallow the two vehicle rest of touch.
3. Applyparkingbrake. Movetheselector levertotheP(Park)position.Switchoff allunnecessaryelectricalsystems (light, heater, airconditioner, etc.).
4. Removeventcapsonthebattery(ifso equipped). Coverthebatterywitha firmlywrungoutmoistcloth reduceexplosionhazard. © to
5. Connectjumpercablesinthesequence asillustrated( ① → ② → ③ → ④).

CAUTION

• Alwaysconnectpositive(+)topositive (+)andnegative(-)tobodyground(as illustrated)—nottothebattery.
• Makesurethejumpercablesdonot touchmovingpartsintheenginecompartmentandthatclampsdonotcontact anyothermetal.

6.Starttheengineoftheboostervehicle Ⓐ andletitrunforafewminutes.

1. Keep the engines speed of the booster vehicle Ⓐ at about 2,000rpm, and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started Ⓑ.

CAUTION

Donotkeepthestartermotorengagedfor morethan10seconds.Ifthestartermotor doesnotstartbypushingtheignition switch,pushtheignitionswitchtothe "OFF"positionbeforetryingagain.

1. After starting you're engine, carefully disconnect then negative cable and then

PUSHSTARTING

thepositivecable( ④ → ③ → ② → ①).

1. Replacetheventcaps(ifsoequipped). Besuretodisposeoftheclothusedto covertheventholesasitmaybe contaminatedwithcorrosiveacid.

2. Putthebatterycoveron.

Donotattempttostarttheengineby pushing.

CAUTION

●Automatictransmissionmodelscannot bepush-startedortow-started.Attemptingtodosomaycausetransmission damage.
- Threewaycatalystequippedmodels shouldnotbestartedbypushingsince thethreewaycatalystmaybedamaged.
- Nevertrytostartthevehiclebytowing it;whentheenginestarts,theforward surgecouldcausethevehicletocollide withthetowvehicle.

IFYOURVEHICLEOVERHEATS

CAUTION

• Donotcontinuetodriveifyourvehicle overheats.Doingsocouldcauseengine damageoravehiclefire.
• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot. When the radiator cap is removed, pressurized hot water will spurt out, possibly causing serious injury.
• Donotopenthehoodifsteamiscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading), orify you feel alack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Movethe vehicles safely offtheroad, apply the parking brake and movethe selector levertothe P(Park) position.

Donotstoptheengine.

1. Turnofftheclimatecontrol.Openall thewindows,movetheheaterorair conditionertemperaturecontrolto maximumhotandfancontroltohigh

6-12 Incaseofemergency

speed.

1. If engine overheating is caused by climbing along hillonahot day, run the engine at a fastidle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until the temperature gauge indication returnstonormal.
   4.Getoutofthevehicle.Lookandlisten forsteamorcoolantescapingfromthe radiatorbeforeopeningthehood.(If steamorcoolantisescaping,turnoff the engine.) Do not open the hood furtheruntilnosteamorcoolantcanbe seen.
2. Opentheenginehood.

WARNING

Ifsteamorwateriscomingfromtheengine, standcleartopreventgettingburned.

1. Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is running. Theradiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fand does not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Becarefulnottoallowyourhands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with,orgetcaughtin,enginebeltsorthe enginecoolingfan.Theenginecoolingfan canstartatanytime.

1. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engineer running. Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary. Have your vehiclerepaired at the nearest INFINIT retailer.

TOWINGYOURVEHICLE

Whentowingyourvehicle, allState(ProvincialinCanada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from an INFINIT retailer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accident damage to your vehicle, INFINIT recommend that you have as service operator to your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.

WARNING

●Neverrideinavehiclethatisbeing towed.
●Nevergetunderyourvehicleafterithas beenliftedbyatowtruck.

CAUTION

- Whentowing, makesurethatthetransmission, axles, steeringsystem and powertrainareinworkingcondition. If anyunitisdamaged, dolliesmustbe

used.

●Alwaysattachsafetychainsbeforetowing.

Forinformationabouttowingyourvehicle behindarecreationalvehicle(RV),see "Flattowing"(P.9-27)ofthismanual.

Three line drawings of a flatbed truck and two cars with different shapes, no text or symbols present.

Diagram showing two scenarios of a truck crossing with a cross symbol, indicating no collision or restriction in the scenario.

SCE0768

Two-wheeldrivemodels

TOWINGRECOMMENDEDBYINFINITI

Two-WheelDrive(2WD)models

INFINITIrecommendsthatyourvehiclebe towedwiththedriving(rear)wheelsoffthe groundorplacethevehicleonaflatbed truckasillustrated.

CAUTION

- Nevertowautomatictransmissionmodelswiththerearwheelsontheground orfourwheelsontheground(forwardor backward),asthismaycauseserious

andexpensivedamagetothetransmission.Ifitisnecessarytotowthevehicle withthefrontwheelsraised,alwaysuse towingdolliesundertherearwheels.

- Whentowingrearwheeldrivemodels withthefrontwheelsonthegroundor ontowingdollies:Pushtheignition switchtotheACCorONposition,and securethesteeringwheelinastraight-aheadpositionwitharopeorsimilar device.

6-14 Incaseofemergency

Diagram showing six scenarios of car collision rules with no crossing, including a truck and a tow truck.

All-wheeldrivemodels

All-WheelDrive(AWD)models

INFINITIrecommendsthattowingdolliesbe usedwhentowingyourvehicleorthe vehiclebeplacedonaflatbedtruckas illustrated.

CAUTION

NevertowAWDmodelswithanyofthe wheelsonthegroundasthismaycause seriousandexpensivedamagetothe powertrain.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with labeled components and a cross symbol indicating a specific part.

VEHICLERECOVERY(freeingastuck vehicle)

WARNING

●Standclearofastuckvehicle.
- Donotspinyourtiresathighspeed. This could causethemtoexplodeandresult inseriousinjury. Partsofyourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

Pullingastuckvehicle

If your vehicle is stuckins and, snow, mud, etc., use atowstrap or other device designed specifically for vehiclerecovery. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for the recovery device.

Securelyinstallthevehiclerecoveryhook ① storedwithjackingtoolsasillustrated. Attachthetowstraptotherecoveryhook. Makesurethatthehookisproperly securedintheoriginalplaceafteruse.

Donotusethetiedownhooks ② for towingorvehiclerecovery.

CAUTION

• Towchainsorcablesmustbeattached onlytothevehiclerecoveryhooksor mainstructuralmembersofthevehicle. Otherwise,thevehiclebodywillbedamaged.
• Donotusethevehicletiedownstofree avehiclestuckinsand,snow,mud,etc.
• Nevertowavehicleusingthevehicletie downsorrecoveryhooks.
  ●Alwayspullthecablestraightoutfrom thefrontofthevehicle.Neverpullonthe vehicleatanangle.
• Pullingdevicesshouldberoutedsothey donottouchanypartofthesuspension, steering,brakeorcoolingsystems.
• Pullingdevicessuchasropesorcanvas strapsarenotrecommendedforusein vehicletowingorrecovery.

Rockingastuckvehicle

If your vehicle is stuckins and snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure:

1. TurnofftheVehicleDynamicControl (VDC)system.

2. Makesuretheareainfrontandbehind thevehicleisclearofobstructions.

3. Turnthesteeringwheelrightandleftto clearanareaaroundthefronttires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward.

5. Shiftback andforthbetweenR (reverse)andD(drive).

6. Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain therocking motion.
7. Releasetheacceleratorpedalbefore shiftingbetweenRandD.

8. Donotspinthetiresabove35MPH (55km/h).

9. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional to using servicetoremovethe vehicle.

7Appearanceandcare

Cleaning exterior 7-2

Washing.... 7-2

Waxing 7-2

Removingspots 7-3

Underbody 7-3

Glass.... 7-3

Wheels.... 7-3

Chromeparts 7-4

Tire dressing 7-4

Cleaning interior 7-4

Airfresheners 7-5

Floor mats 7-5

Seat belts.... 7-6

Corrosion protection.... 7-7

Mostcommonfactorscontributingto vehiclecorrosion 7-7

Environmentalfactorsinfluencetherate of corrosion 7-7

Toprotectyourvehiclefromcorrosion .....7-7

CLEANINGEXTERIOR

Inordertomaintaintheappearanceof yourvehicle,itisimportanttotakeproper careofit.

Toprotectthepaintsurface, wash your vehicle as soon as you can:

●afterarainfalltopreventpossible damagefromacidrain
●afterdrivingoncoastalroads
- whencontaminantssuchassoot,bird droppings,treesap,metalparticlesor bugsgetonthepaintsurface
-whendustormudbuildsuponthe surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle insideagarage or in covered area.

Whenitisnecessarytoparkoutside, park inashadyareaorprotectthevehiclewith abodycover.

Becarefulnottoscratchthepaintsurface whenputtingonorremovingthebody cover.

WASHING

Washdirtoffthevehiclewithawetsponge andplentyofwater.Cleanthevehicle thoroughlyusingamildsoap,aspecial vehiclesoaporgeneralpurposedishwashingliquidmixedwithclean,lukewarm (neverhot)water.

CAUTION

• Donotusecarwashesthatuseacidin thedetergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, uses some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car was shot confirm that acid is not used.
• Donotwashthevehiclewithstrong householdsoap,strongchemicaldetergents,gasolineorsolvents.
• Donotwashthevehicleindirectsun-lightorwhilethevehiclebodyishot,as thesurfacemaybecomewater-spotted.
  ●Avoidusing tight-nappedor rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care

mustbetakenwhenremovingcaked-on dirtorotherforeignsubstancessothe paintsurfaceisnotscratchedorda- maged.

Rinsethevehicleagainwithplentyofclean water.

Insideflanges, seamsandfoldsonthe doors, hatchesandhoodareparticularly vulnerabletotheeffectsofroadsalt. Therefore, theseareasmustberegularly cleaned. Makesurethatthedrainholesin theloweredgeofthedoorareopen. Spray waterunderthebodyandinthewheel wellstoloosenthedirtandwashaway roadsalt.

Avoidleavingwaterspotsonthepaint surfacebyusingadampchamoistodry thevehicle.

WAXING

Regularwaxingprotectsthepaintsurface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid weathered appearance before applying wax.

AnINFINITlretailercanassistyouin choosingtheproperproduct.

●Waxyourvehicleonlyafterathorough washing.Followtheinstructionssuppliedwiththewax.
- Donotuseawaxcontainingany abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaner that may damage the vehicle finish.

Machinecompoundoraggressivepolishingonabasecoat/clearcoatpaintfinishmaydullthefinishorleaveswirlmarks.

REMOVINGSPOTS

Removetarandoilspots,industrialdust, insects,andtreesapasquicklyaspossible fromthepaintsurfacetoavoidlasting damageorstaining.Specialcleaning productsareavailableatanINFINITI retaileroranyautomotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODY

Inareaswhereroadsaltisusedinwinter, theunderbodymustbecleanedregularly. Thiswillpreventdirtandsaltfrombuilding upandcausingtheaccelerationofcorrosionontheunderbodyandsuspension. Beforethewinterperiodandagaininthe spring,theundersealmustbechecked and,ifnecessary,re-treated.

GLASS

Useglasscleanertoremovesmoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normalforglasstobecomecoated with a filmafterthevehicleisparkedinthehot sun. Glasscleanerandasoftclothwill easilyremovethisfilm.

CAUTION

Whencleaningtheinsideofthewindows, donotusesharp-edgedtools, abrasive cleanersorchlorine-baseddisinfectantcleaners. Theycoulddamagetheelectrical conductors, radioantennaelementsorrear windowdefrosterelements.

WHEELS

Washthewheelswhenwashingthevehicle tomaintaintheirappearance.

• Cleantheinnersideofthewheelsswhen thewheelischangedortheunderside ofthevehicleiswashed.
• Inspectwheelrimsregularlyfordents orcorrosion.Suchdamagemaycause lossofpressureorpoorsealatthetire bead.

- INFINITIrecommendsthattheroad wheels bewaxed toprotectagainst road saltin areaswhereit isused duringwinter.

CAUTION

Donotuseabrasivecleanerswhenwashing thewheels.

Aluminumalloywheels

Washregularlywithaspongedampenedin amildsoapsolution,especiallyduring wintermonthsinareaswhereroadsaltis used.Saltcoulddiscolorthewheelsifnot removed.

CAUTION

Followthedirectionsbelowtoavoidstainingordiscoloringthewheels:

• Donotuseacleanerthatusesstrong acidoralkalicentstocleanthe wheels.
• Donotapplywheelcleanerstothe wheelswhentheyarehot. Thewheel temperatureshouldbethesameas

ambienttemperature.

- Rinsethewheeltocompletelyremove thecleanerwithin15minutesafterthe cleanerisapplied.

CHROMEPARTS

Cleanchrome parts regularly with an on-abrasive chromopolishtomaintain the finish.

TIREDRESSING

INFINITI does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the rest of help reduced coloration of the rubber. If tiredressings is applied to the tretires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to eat tired dressing, take the following precautions:

- Useawater-basedtiredressing. The coatingonthetiredissolvesmore easilywithanoil-basedtiredressing.

- Applyalightcoatoftiredressingto helppreventitfromenteringthetire tread/grooves(whereitwouldbedifficulttoremove).

7-4 Appearance and care

- Wipeoffexcesstiredressingusinga drytowel.Makesurethetiredressing iscompletelyremovedfromthetire tread/grooves.

- Allowthetiredressingtodryas recommendedbytiredressingmanufacturer.

CLEANINGINTERIOR

Occasionallyremoveloosedustfromthe interiortrim,plasticpartsandseatsusing avacuumcleanerorsoftbristledbrush.

Wipethevinylandleathersurfaceswitha clean,softclothdampenedinmildsoap solution,thenwipecleanwithadrysoft cloth.

Regularcareandcleaningisrequiredin ordertomaintaintheappearanceofthe leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer's recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemical that may stain or bleach these at material.

Useaclothdampenedonlywithwater,to cleanthemeterandgaugelens.

WARNING

Donotusewateroracidiccleaners(hot steamcleaners)ontheseat.Thiscan damagetheseatoroccupantclassification sensors.Thiscanalsoaffecttheoperation oftheairbagsystemandresultinserious personalinjury.

CAUTION

●Neverusebenzine, thinner, orany similarmaterial.
- Smalldirtparticlescanbeabrasiveand damagingtotheleathersurfacesand shouldberemovedpromptly.Donotuse saddlesoap,carwaxes,polishes,oils, cleaningfluids,solvents,detergentsor ammonia-basedcleanersastheymay damagetheleather'snaturalfinish.
- Onlyusefabricprotectorsapprovedby INFINITI.
- Donotuseglassorplasticcleaneron meterorgaugelenscovers.Itmay damagethelenscover.

AIRFRESHENERS

Mostairfreshenersuseasolventthat could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, takethefollowing precautions:

●Hanging-typeairfreshenerscancause permanentdiscolorationwhenthey contactvehicleinteriorsurfaces. Place theairfreshenerinalocationthat allowsittohangfreeandnotcontact

aninteriorsurface.

- Liquid-typeairfreshenerstypicallyclip ontheventilators. Theseproductscan causeimmediatedamageanddiscolorationwhenspilledoninteriorsurfaces.

Carefullyreadandfollowthemanufac-turer'sinstructionsbeforeusingairfresh-eners.

FLOORMATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury:

• NEVERplaceafloormatontopof anotherfloormatinthedriverfront position.
• UseonlygenuineNISSANfloormats specificallydesignedforuseinyour vehiclemodel.SeeyourINFINITIretailer formoreinformation.
• Properlypositionthematsinthefloor-wellusingthefloormatpositioningaid. See“Floormatpositioningaid”(P.7-6).

TheuseofgenuineNISSANfloormatscan

extendthelifeofyourvehiclecarpetand makeiteasiertocleantheinterior.Mats shouldbemaintainedwithregularclean-ingandreplacediftheybecomeexcessivelyworn.

Line drawing of a car's seat and dashboard area (no text or symbols)

Floormatpositioningaid

Thismodelincludesfrontfloormatbracketstoactasfloormatpositioningaid. NISSANfloormatshavebeenspecially designedforyourvehiclemodel.Thefront floormatshavegrommetholesinthem.To install,simplypositionthematbyplacing thefloormatbracketthroughthefloormat grommetholewhilecenteringthematin thefloorwell.

Periodicallychecktomakecertainthatthe matsareproperlypositioned.

Top-down line drawing of a car showing front, rear, and side views (no text or symbols)

Bracketpositions

The illustrations show sthelocation of the floormatbrackets.

SEATBELTS

Theseatbeltscanbecleanedbywiping themwithaspongedampenedinamild soapsolution.Allowthebeltstodry completelybeforeusingthem.

See"Seatbelts"(P.1-11).

WARNING

Donotallowwetseatbeltstorollupinthe retractor.NEVERusebleach,dye,orchemi-

calsolventstocleantheseatbelts, since thesematerialsmayseverelyweakenthe seatbeltwebbing.

CORROSIONPROTECTION

MOSTCOMMONFACTORSCONTRIBUTINGTOVEHICLECORROSION

●The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.
- Damagetopaintandotherprotective coatingscausedbygravelandstone chipsorminortrafficaccidents.

ENVIRONMENTALFACTORSINFLU-ENCETHERATEOFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relativehumidity

Corrosionwillbeacceleratedinareas of highrelativehumidity,especiallythose areaswherethetemperaturesstayabove freezingwhereatmosphericpollutionexists,orwhereroadsaltisused.

Temperature

Atemperatureincreasewillacceleratethe rateofcorrosiontothosepartswhichare notwellventilated.

Airpollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy roads salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Roads salt will also accelerate the integration of paints surfaces.

TOPROTECT YOURVEHICLEFROM CORROSION

• Washandwaxyourvehicleoftento keepthevehicleclean.
  ●Alwayscheckforminordamagetothe paintandrepairitassoonaspossible.
• Keepdrainholesatthebottomofthe doorsopentoavoidwateraccumulation.
• Checktheunderbodyforaccumulation ofsand, dirtorsalt. If present, wash with waterassoonas possible.

CAUTION

• NEVERremovedirt, sandorotherdebris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Removedirt with a vacuum cleaner.
  ●Neverallowwaterorotherliquidsto comeincontactwithelectroniccomponentsinsidethevehicleasthismay damagethem.

Chemicalsusedforroadsurfacedeicing areextremelycorrosive. Theyaccelerate corrosionanddeteriorationofunderbody componentssuchastheexhaustsystem, fuelandbrakelines,brakecables,floor panandfenders.

Inwinter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.

For additional protection against trust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consultant INFINIT retailer.

MEMO

7-8 Appearance and care

8Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself

Maintenancerequirement 8-2

Scheduledmaintenance 8-2

Generalmaintenance 8-2

Wheretogoforservice 8-2

Generalmaintenance 8-2

Explanationofmaintenanceitems 8-2

Maintenance precautions 8-5

Enginecompartmentchecklocations 8-7

VQ37VHRengine 8-7

VK50VEengine 8-8

Enginecoolingsystem 8-9

Checkingenginecoolantlevel 8-10

Changingenginecoolant 8-11

Engine oil 8-11

Checkingengineoillevel 8-12

Changingengineoilandfilter 8-12

Automatictransmissionfluid 8-15

Power steering fluid.... 8-15

Brake fluid.... 8-16

Brake fluid 8-16

Windowwasherfluid 8-16

Battery 8-17

Jumpstarting 8-19

Variablevoltagecontrolsystem 8-19

Drive Belts 8-19

Spark plugs 8-20

Replacingsparkplugs 8-21

Air cleaner 8-21

Windshieldwiperblades 8-22

Cleaning 8-22

Replacing.... 8-23

Rearwindowwiperblades 8-24

Brakes 8-24

Self-adjustingbrakes 8-24

Brakepadwearwarning 8-24

Fuses 8-25

Enginecompartment 8-25

Passengercompartment 8-26

IntelligentKeybatteryreplacement 8-27

Lights.... 8-29

Headlights 8-30

Exteriorandinteriorlights 8-30

Wheels and tires.... 8-32

Tirepressure 8-32

Tirelabeling 8-36

Typesoftires 8-38

Tire chains.... 8-39

Changingwheelsandtires 8-39

MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENT

Someday-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your INFINITI's fine mechanical condition, as well as its mission and engine performance.

Itistheowner's responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed.

Asthevehicleowner,youaretheonlyone whocanensurethatyourvehiclereceives thepropermaintenancecare.Youarea vitallinkinthemaintenancechain.

Foryourconvenience, bothrequired and optionalscheduledmaintenanceitems are described and listed in your "INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide". You must referto that guideto ensure that necessary maintenance is performed by your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERALMAINTENANCE

Generalmaintenanceincludesthoseitems whichshouldbecheckedduringnormal day-to-dayoperation.Theyareessentialfor propervehicleoperation.Itisyourresponsibilitytoperformtheseproceduresregularlyasprescribed.

Performinggeneralmaintenance checks

requiresminimalmechanicalskillandonly afewgeneralautomotivetools.

These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician, if you prefer, an INFINIT retailer.

WHERETOGOFORSERVICE

Ifmaintenanceserviceisrequiredoryour vehicleappearstomalfunction,havethe systemschecked andservicedbyan INFINITlretailer.

INFINITltechniciansarewell-trainedspecialistsandarekeptuptodatewiththe latestserviceinformationthroughtechnicalbulletins,servicetips,andin-retailershipinformationsystems. They are completelyqualifiedtoworkonINFINITI vehiclesbeforeworkbegins.

YoucanbeconfidentthatanINFINITI retailer'sservicedepartmentperformsthe bestjobtomeethemaintenancerequirementsonyourvehicle.

GENERALMAINTENANCE

During thenormalday-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenances should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly. In addition, you should notify an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance work, see "Maintenance precautions" (P.8-5).

EXPLANATIONOFMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the following items with“*”isfoundlaterinthis section.

Outsidethevehicle

Themaintenanceitemslistedhereshould beperformedfromtimetotime,unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsandtheenginehood, operate properly. Also ensure that all latcheslock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that these secondary latch keep the hood from opening when the primary latch

isreleased.

Whendrivinginareasusingroadsaltor othercorrosivematerials, checklubrication frequently.

Lights*:Cleantheheadlightsonaregular basis.Makesurethattheheadlights,stop lights,taillights,turnsignallights,and otherlightsarealloperatingproperlyand installedsecurely.Alsocheckheadlight aim.

Roadwheelnuts(lugnuts)*:Whencheckingthetires,makesurenowheelnutsare missing,andcheckforanyloosewheel nuts.Tightenifnecessary.

Tirerotation*:Tiressshouldberotated every7,500miles(12,000km).

Tires*:Checkthepressurewithagauge oftenandalwayspriortolongdistance trips.Ifnecessary,adjustthepressurein alltires,includingthespare,tothe pressurespecified.Checkcarefullyfor damage,cutsorexcessivewear.

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS) transmittercomponents:ReplacetheTPMS transmittergrommetseal,valvecoreand capwhenthetiresarereplaceddueto wearorage.

Tire, wheelalignmentandbalance: If the

vehicles should pull to either side while driving on a straight level road, or if you detect one even nor abnormal tire wear, ther may be needed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highways speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Cleanthewindshieldona regularbasis. Checkthewindshieldat least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshieldwiperblades*:Checkfor cracksorweariftheydonotwipeproperly.

Insidethevehicle

Themaintenanceitemslistedhereshould becheckedonaregularbasis,suchas whenperformingperiodicmaintenance, cleaningthevehicle,etc.

Acceleratorpedal: Checkthepedalfor smoothoperationandmakesurethepedal doesnotcatchorrequireuneveneffort.

Keepthefloormatawayfromthepedal.

AutomatictransmissionP(Park)mechanism:Onafairlysteephill,checkthatyour vehicleisheldsecurelywiththeselector leverintheP(Park)positionwithout applyinganybrakes.

Brakepedal: Check the pedalforsmooth operation. If the brake pedals suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feel spongy or the vehicle seem st o take longertostop, see an INFINIT retailer immediately. Keep the floormataway from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes donot pull the vehicle to onesidewhen applied.

Parkingbrake:Checktheparkingbrake operationregularly. The vehicles should be securely held on a fairly steephill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brakeneeds adjusted, see an INFINITI retailer.

Seatbelts:Checkthatallpartsoftheseat beltsystem(forexample,buckles,anchors,adjusterandretractors)operate properlyandsmoothly,andareinstalled securely.Checkthebeltwebbingforcuts, fraying,wearordamage.

Seats: Checkseatpositioncontrolssuchas

seatadjusters,seatbackrecliner,etc.to ensuretheyoperatesmoothlyandthatall latcheslocksecurelyineveryposition. Checkthattheheadrestraintsmoveup anddownsmoothlyandthatthelocks(if soequipped)holdsecurelyinalllatched positions.

Steeringwheel: Checkforchangesinthe steeringconditions, suchasexcessivefree play, hardsteeringorstrangenoises.

Warninglightsandchimes: Makesurethat all warninglightsandchimesareoperating properly.

Windshielddefroster: Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and insufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.

Windshieldwiperandwasher*:Checkthat thewipersandwasheroperateproperly and thatthewipersdonotstreak.

Underthehood and vehicle

Themaintenanceitemslistedhereshould becheckedperiodically(forexample,each timeyouchecktheengineoilorrefuel).

Battery*:Checkthefluidlevelineachcell. It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Vehicles operated in hightempera-

turesorundersevereconditionrequire frequentchecksofthebatteryfluidlevel.

NOTE:

Careshouldbetakentoavoidsituations thatcanleadtopotentialbatterydischargeandpotentialno-startconditions suchas:

1. Installationorextendeduseofelectronicaccessoriesthatconsumebattery powerwhentheengineisnotrunning (Phonechargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only drivenshort distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

Brakefluidlevel*: Makesurethatthe brakefluidlevelisbetweentheMAXand MINlinesonthereservoir.

Enginecoolantlevel*:Checkthecoolant levelwhentheengineiscold.

Enginedrivebelts*: Makesurethatnobelt isfrayed, worn, crackedorily.

Engineoillevel*:Checkthelevelafter parkingthevehicleonalevelspotand turningofftheengine.Waitmorethan15 minutesfortheoiltodrainbackintotheoil

pan.

Exhaustsystem: Makesurethereareno loosesupports, cracksorholes. If the soundoftheexhaustseemsunusualor thereisasmellofexhaustfumes, im- mediatelyhavetheexhaustsystemin- spectedbyan INFINITlretailer. (See "Precautionswhenstartinganddriving" (P.5-3)sectionforexhaustgas(carbon monoxide).)

Fluidleaks: Checkunderthevehiclefor fuel, oil, waterorotherfluidleaksafterthe vehiclehasbeenparkedforawhile. Water drippingfromtheairconditionerafteruse isnormal. If you should notice anyleaksor if gasolinefumesareevident, checkforthe cause and have it corrected immediately.

Powersteeringfluidlevel*andlines:

Checkthelevelwhenthefluidiscold, withtheengineoff.Checkthelinesfor properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiatorandhoses: Checkthefrontofthe radiatorandcleanoffanydirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Makesurethehoseshavenocracks, deformation, rotorlooseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosives substance such as

MAINTENANCEPRECAUTIONS

thoseusedonicyroadsortocontroldust. Itisveryimportanttoremovethese substances,otherwiserustwillformon thefloorpan,frame,fuellinesandaround theexhaustsystem.Attheendofwinter, theunderbodyshouldbethoroughly flushedwithplainwater,beingcarefulto cleanthoseareaswheremudanddirtmay accumulate.Foradditionalinformation, see“Cleaningexterior”(P.7-2).

Windshieldwasherfluid*:Checkthatthere isadequatefluidinthereservoir.

When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accident in injury to yourself for damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

• Parkthevehicleonalevelsurface,apply theparkingbrakesecurelyandblockthe wheelstopreventthevehiclefrom moving.MovetheselectorlevertoP (Park).
• BesuretheignitionswitchisintheOFF orLOCKpositionwhenperformingany partsreplacementorrepairs.
• Neverconnectordisconnectthebattery or any transistorizedcomponent while theignitionswitchisintheONposition.
• Neverleavetheengineorautomatic transmissionrelatedcomponentharnessesdisconnectedwhiletheignition switchisintheONposition.

• If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.

• Itisadvisabletosecureorremoveany looseclothingandremoveanyjewelry, suchasrings,watches,etc.before workingonyourvehicle.
  ●Alwaysweareyeprotectionwhenever youworkonyourvehicle.

• Ifyoumustruntheengineinan enclosedspacesuchasa garage, be surethereisproperventilation for exhaustgasestoescape.
• Nevergetunderthevehiclewhileitis supportedonlybyajack.Ifitis necessarytoworkunderthevehicle, supportitwithsafetystands.
• Keepsmokingmaterials, flameand sparksawayfromfueltankandthe battery.
  -Yourvehicleisequippedwithanautomaticenginecoolingfan.Itmaycomeon atanytimewithoutwarning,evenifthe ignitionkeyisintheOFFpositionand theengineisnotrunning.Toavoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cablebefore working nearthe fan.
• Ongasolineenginemodels, thefuel filterorfuellinessshouldbeserviced by anINFINITretailerbecausethefuellines

areunderhighpressureevenwhenthe engineisoff.

thatitbedonebyanINFINITretailer.

CAUTION

• Donotworkunderthehoodwhilethe engineishot.Turntheengineoffand waituntilcoolsdown.
• Avoiddirectcontactwithusedengineoil andcoolant. Improperlydisposedengine oil,coolant,and/orothervehiclefluids candamagetheenvironment. Always conformtolocalregulationsfordisposal ofvehiclefluid.

This "8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself" section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an ownertoperform.

AgenuineINFINITIServiceManualisalso available.(See"Owner'sManual/Service Manualorderinformation"(P.9-32).)

Youshouldbeawarethatincompleteor improperservicingmayresultinoperating difficultiesorexcessiveemissions,and couldaffectyourwarrantycoverage. Ifin doubtaboutanyservicing, werecommend

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ENGINECOMPARTMENTCHECKLOCATIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 SDI2262

VQ37VHRENGINE

1.Fuse/fusiblelinkholder
2.Battery
3.Radiatorfillercap
4. Engineoildipstick
5. Engineoilfillercap

1. Brakefluidreservoir
2. Windowwasherfluidreservoir
   8.Powersteeringfluidreservoir
   9.Aircleaner
   10.Drivebelts
   11.Coolantreservoir

① ② A A A A SDI2263

VK50VEENGINE

Toremovetheenginecompartmentcovers, unhooktheclips ① locatedasillustrated.

Toremovetheenginecover, pullthecover upwardfirst ① andthentowardthefront ofthevehicle ②.

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 SDI2264

1.Fuse/fusiblelinkholder
2.Battery
3. Engineoilfillercap
4. Radiatorfillercap
5. Engineoildipstick
6.Brakefluidreservoir

1. Windowwasherfluidreservoir
2. Powersteeringfluidreservoir
   9.Aircleaner
   10.Drivebeltlocation
   11.Coolantreservoir

ENGINECOOLINGSYSTEM

Theenginecoolingsystemisfilledatthe factorywithapre-dilutedmixtureof50% GenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)and50%watertoprovideyear-roundanti-freezeandcoolantprotection. Theantifreezesolutioncontainsrustand corrosioninhibitors.Additionalengine coolingsystemadditivesarenotnecessary.

WARNING

• Neverremovetheradiatororcoolant reservoircapwhentheengineishot. Waituntiltheengineandradiatorcool down.Seriousburnscouldbecausedby highpressurefluidescapingfrom the radiator.Seeprecautionsin"Ifyour vehicleoverheats"(P.6-12)ofthismanual.
• Theradiatorisequippedwithapressure typeradiatorcap.Topreventengine damage,useonlyagenuineNISSAN radiatorcap.

CAUTION

• Neveruseanycoolingsystemadditives suchasradiatorsealer.Additivesmay clogthecoolingsystemandcause damagetotheengine,transmission and/orcoolingsystem.
• Whenaddingorreplacingcoolant, be suretouseonlyGenuineNISSANLong LifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)orequivalent.GenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)ispre-dilutedto provideantifreezeprotectionto-34°F (-37°C).Ifadditionalfreezeprotectionis neededduetoweatherwhereyou operateyourvehicle,add Genuine NISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue)concentratefollowingthedirectionsonthecontainer.Ifanequivalent coolantotherthanGenuineNISSANLong LifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)isused, followthecoolantmanufacturer'sinstructionstomaintainminimumanti-freeze protection to -34°F (-37°C). The useofothertypesofcoolantsolutions otherthanGenuineNISSANLongLife Antifreeze/Coolant(blue)orequivalent maydamagetheenginecoolingsystem.

- Thelifeexpectancyofthefactory-fill coolantis105,000miles(168,000km) or7years.Mixinganyothertype of coolantotherthanGenuineNISSANLong LifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue),including GenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/ Coolant(green),ortheuseofnon-distilledwaterwillreducethelife expectancyofthefactory-fillcoolant. RefertotheINFINITIServiceandMaintenanceGuideformoredetails.

① ② MAX MIN SDI2198

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below MIN ②, open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant upto the MAX level. If the reservoir tank is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant upto the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank upto the MAX level ①.

Tightenthecapsecurelyafteradding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system requires coolant frequently, have it checked by an INFINITE retailer.

CHANGINGENGINECOOLANT

Majorcoolingsystemrepairsshouldbe performedbyanINFINITIretailer.The serviceprocedurescanbefoundinthe appropriateINFINITIServiceManual.

Improperservicingcanresultinreduced heaterperformanceandengineoverheating.

WARNING

• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never changethe coolant when the engine is shot.
• Neverremovetheradiatorcapwhenthe engineishot.Seriousburnscouldbe causedbyhighpressurefluidescaping fromtheradiator.
• Avoiddirectskincontactwithused coolant.Ifskincontactismade,wash thoroughlywithsoaporhandcleaneras soonaspossible.
• Keepcoolantoutofthereachofchildren andpets.

Enginecoolantmustbedisposedof properly.Checkyourlocalregulations.

ENGINEOIL

SDI2045

VQ37VHRengine

① ② ③ SDI2265

VK50VEengine

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-11

CHECKINGENGINEOILLEVEL

1. Parkthevehicleonalevelsurface and applytheparkingbrake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turnofftheengine. Waitmorethan15 minutesfortheoiltodrainbackinto theoilpan.
4. Removethedipstickandwipeitclean. Reinsertitalltheway.
5. Removethedipstickagainandcheck theoillevel.Itshouldbewithinthe range ①. If theoillevelisbelow ②, removetheoilfillercapandpour recommendedoilthroughtheopening. Donotoverfill ③.
6. Recheckoillevelwiththedipstick. Itisnormaltoaddsomeoilbetweenoil maintenanceintervalsorduringthebreak-inperiod,dependingontheseverity of operatingconditions.

CAUTION

Oillevelshouldbecheckedregularly. Operatingtheenginewithaninsufficient amountofoilcandamagetheengine,and

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

suchdamageisnotcoveredbywarranty.

CHANGINGENGINEOILANDFILTER

Vehicleset-up

1. Parkthevehicleonalevelsurface and applytheparkingbrake.
2. Runtheengine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turntheengineoffandwaitmorethan 15minutes.
4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.
5. Placethesafetyjackstandsunder thevehiclejack-uppoints.

6. Asuitableadaptersshouldbeat- tachedtothejackstandsaddle.

7. Removetheplasticengineundercover.

a. Removethesmallplasticclipatthe centerpointoftheundercover.

b. Then removetheotherboltsthat hold the undercoverinplace.

CAUTION

Makesurethecorrectliftingandsupport pointsareusedtoavoidvehicledamage.

① ② SDI2335

VQ37VHRengine—2WDmodels

① ② SDI2266

VK50VEengine

① ② SDI2047

VQ37VHRengine—AWDmodels

Engineoilandfilter

1. Placealargedrainpanunderthedrain plug.
   2.Removetheoilfillercap.
   3.Removethedrainplug ① witha wrenchandcompletelydraintheoil.

CAUTION

Becarefulnottoburnyourself,asthe engineoilishot.

• Wasteoilmustbedisposedof properly.
• Checkyourlocalregulations.

4.(Performsteps4to7onlywhenthe engineoilfilterchangeisneeded.)

Loosentheoilfilter ② withanoilfilter wrench. Removetheoilfilterbyturning itbyhand.

1. Wipetheengineoilfiltermounting surface with acleanrag.

CAUTION

Besuretoremoveanyoldrubbergasket remainingonthemountingsurfaceofthe engine.Failureretodosocouldleadtoengine damage.

1. Coatthegasketonthenewfilterwith cleanengineoil.
2. Screwintheoilfilterclockwiseuntila slightresistanceisfelt, thentighten additionallymorethan2/3turn.

Oilfiltertighteningtorque:

11to15ft-lb

(14.7to20.5N·m)

1. Cleanandre-installthedrainplugwith anewwasher.Securelytightenthe drainplugwithawrench.

Drainplugtighteningtorque: 22to29ft-lb (29to39N·m)

Donotuseexcessiveforce.

1. Refillenginewithrecommendedoiland installtheoilfillercapsecurely.

CAUTION

Thedipstickmustbeinsertedinplaceto preventoilspillagefromthedipstickhole whilefillingtheenginewithoil.

See "Capacitiesandrecommended fuel/lubricants"(P.9-2)fordrainand refillcapacity. Thedrainandrefill capacitydependsontheoiltemperatureanddraintime. Usethesespecificationsforreferenceonly. Alwaysuse thedipsticktodeterminetheproper amountofoilintheengine.

10.Starttheengineandcheckforleakage aroundthedrainplugandtheoilfilter. Correctasrequired.

1. Turntheengineoffandwaitmorethan 15minutes. Checktheoillevelwiththe dipstick.Addengineoilifnecessary.

Aftertheoperation

1. Install the engine undercover into position asthe following steps.

a. Pullthecenterofthesmallplastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into position.

c. Insert theclip through the under-cover into the hole in the frame, then push the center of the clip into lock the clip in place.

d.Installtheotherboltsthatholdthe undercoverinplace.Becarefulnot tostriptheboltsorover-tighten them.

1. Lowerthevehiclecarefully to the ground.

2. Disposeofwasteoilandfilterproperly.

WARNING

- Prolongedandrepeatedcontactwith usedengineoilmaycauseskincancer.

- Trytoavoiddirectskincontactwithused oil.Ifskincontactismade,wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soonaspossible.

- Keep used engine oil out of reach of children.

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFLUIDPOWERSTEERINGFLUID

ContactanINFINITretailerifreplacement isrequired.

CAUTION

• UseonlyGenuineNISSANMaticSATF. Donotmixwithotherfluids.
• Usingautomatictransmissionfluidother thanGenuineNISSANMaticSATFwill causedeteriorationindriveabilityand automatictransmissiondurability, and maydamagetheautomatictransmission,whichisnotcoveredbytheINFINITI newvehiclelimitedwarranty.

① HOT MAX COLD MAX ② HOT MIN COLD MIN ③ ④ ① ③ ② ④ SDI1765A

Checkthefluidlevelinthereservoir.

Thefluidlevelshouldbecheckedusingthe HOTrange( ①:HOTMAX., ②:HOTMIN.) atfluidtemperaturesof122to176°F(50 to80°C)orusingtheCOLDrange( ③:COLDMAX., ④:COLDMIN.)atfluid temperaturesof32to86°F(0to30°C).

IfthefluidisbelowtheMINline,add GenuineNISSANPSForequivalent. Removethecapandfillthroughtheopening.

CAUTION

• Donotoverfill.
  ●UseGenuineNISSANPSForequivalent.

BRAKEFLUID

For further brake fluid specification information, see "Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants" (P.9-2) of this manual.

WARNING

• Useonlynewfluidfromasealed container.Old,inferiororcontaminated fluidmaydamagethebrakesystem.The useofimproperfluidscandamagethe brakesystemandaffectthevehicle's stoppingability.
• Besuretocleanthefillercapbefore removing.
  ●Brakefluidispoisonousandshouldbe storedcarefullyinmarkedcontainersout ofthereachofchildren.

CAUTION

Donotspillthefluidonpaintedsurfaces. Thiswilldamagethepaint.Iffluidisspilled, washthesurfacewithwater.

WINDOWWASHERFLUID

① ② SDI2025

BRAKEFLUID

Checkthefluidlevelinthereservoir.Ifthe fluidisbelowtheMINline ② orthebrake warninglight comes on,add Genuine NISSANSuperHeavyDutyBrakeFluidor equivalentDOT3fluiduptotheMAXline ①. Iffluidmustbeaddedfrequently,the systemshouldbecheckedbyanINFINITI retailer.

Diagram of a car intake manifold with an arrow indicating upward motion, no text or symbols present

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of thereachofchildren.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add window washer fluid whethelow washer fluid warning on the dot matrix liquid crystal display comes on.

Tofillthewindowwasherfluidreservoir, liftthecapoffthereservoirtankandpour the window washer fluid into the tank opening.

Addawashersolventtothewasherfor bettercleaning.Inthewinterseason,adda windshieldwasherantifreeze.Followthe manufacturer'sinstructionsforthemixture ratio.

Refillthereservoirmorefrequentlywhen drivingconditionsrequireanincreased amountofwindowwasherfluid.

RecommendedfluidisGenuineNISSAN WindshieldWasherConcentrateCleaner& Antifreezeorequivalent.

CAUTION

• Donotsubstituteengineanti-freeze coolantforwindowwashersolution. This mayresultindamagetothepaint.
• Donotfillthewindowwasherreservoir tankwithwasherfluidconcentratesat fullstrength. Somemethylalcohol basedwasherfluidconcentratesmay permanentlystainthegrilleifspilled whilefillingthewindowwasherreservoirtank.
• Pre-mixwasherfluidconcentrateswith watertothemanufacturer'srecommendedlevelsbeforepouringthefluid intothewindowwasherreservoirtank.

Donotusethewindowwasherreservoir tanktomixthewasherfluidconcentrate andwater.

BATTERY

• Keepthebatterysurfacecleananddry. Cleanthebatterywithasolution of bakingsodaandwater.
• Make certaintytheterminalconnections arecleanandsecurelytightened.
• If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect then negative (-) battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it.

NOTE:

Careshouldbetakentoavoidsituations thatcanleadtopotentialbatterydischargeand potentialno-start conditions suchas:

1. Installationorextendeduseofelectronicaccessoriesthatconsumebattery powerwhentheengineisnotrunning (Phonechargers,GPS,DVDplayers, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only drivenshort distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

WARNING

- Donotexposethebatterytoflamesorelectricalsparks.Hydrogengasgener-

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself

atedbythebatteryisexplosive.Donot allowbatteryfluidtocontactyourskin, eyes,fabrics,orpaintedsurfaces.After touchingabatteryorbatterycap,donot touchorrubyoureyes.Thoroughlywash yourhands.Iftheacidcontactsyour eyes,skinorclothing,immediatelyflush withwaterforatleast15minutesand seekmedicalattention.

• Donotoperatethevehicleifthefluidin thebatteryislow.Lowbatteryfluidcan causeahigherloadonthebatterywhich cangenerateheat,reducebatterylife, andinsomecasesleadtoanexplosion.
• When working on or near a battery, always wears suitable eyeprotection and remove all jewelry.
  ●Batteryposts,terminalsandrelated accessoriescontainleadandleadcompounds.Washhandsafterhandling.
• Keepthebatteryoutofthereachof children.

A ① ②

DI0137MA

Checkthefluidleveleachcell(Remove thebatterycoverifitisnecessary).It should be between the UPPER LEVEL ① andLOWERLEVEL ② lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwatertobringtheleveltothe indicatorineachfilleropening.Donot overfill.

① ② SD11480C

1.Removethecellplugs Ⓐ.

2.Adddistilledwater uptotheUPPER LEVEL ① line. Ifthesideofthebatteryisnotclear, checkthedistilledwaterlevelby lookingdirectlyabovethecell; the condition ① indicatesOKandthe conditions ② needsmoretobeaded.

3.Tightencellplugs A. Vehiclesoperatedinhightemperaturesor undersevere conditionsrequire frequent checksofthebatteryfluidlevel.

JUMPSTARTING

Ifjumpstartingisnecessary,see"Jump starting"(P.6-9).Iftheenginedoesnot startbyjumpstarting,thebatterymay havetobereplaced.ContactanINFINITI retailer.

VARIABLEVOLTAGECONTROLSYSTEM

CAUTION

• Donotgroundaccessoriesdirectlytothe batteryterminal.Doingsowillbypass thevariablevoltagecontrolsystemand thevehiclebatterymaynotcharge completely.
• Useelectricalaccessorieswiththeen-ginerunningtoavoiddischargingthe vehiclebattery.

The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and control voltage generated by the generator.

DRIVEBELTS

1 2 3 4 5 SDI2119

VQ37VHRengine

1. Powersteeringfluidpump
2. Alternator
   3.Crankshaftpulley
3. Airconditionercompressor
   5.Drivebeltauto-tensioner

graph TD
    1 --> 2
    1 --> 3
    1 --> 4
    1 --> 5
    2 -.-> 3
    3 -.-> 4
    3 --> 5
    style 1 fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style 2 fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style 3 fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style 4 fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style 5 fill:#cff,stroke:#333

VK50VEengine

1. Waterpump
2. Alternator
   3.Crankshaftpulley
   4.Powersteeringfluidpump
3. Airconditionercompressor

WARNING

BesuretheignitionswitchisintheOFFor

LOCKpositionbeforeservicingdrivebelts.

Theenginecouldrotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for sign of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-
   8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ess.Ifthebeltisinpoorconditionor loose,haveitreplacedoradjustedby anINFINITlretailer.

1. Havethebelts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with them maintenances schedule in your "INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide".

SPARKPLUGS

WARNING

Besuretheengineandtheignitionswitch areoffandthattheparkingbrakeis engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Besuretousethecorrectsockettoremove thesparkplugs.Anincorrectsocketcan damagethesparkplugs.

SDI2020

Alwaysreplacesparkplugswithrecommendedorequivalentones.

REPLACINGSPARKPLUGS

Ifreplacementisrequired,seeanINFINITI retailerforservicing.

Iridium-tippedsparkplugs

Itisnotnecessarytoreplacetheiridium-tippedsparkplugsasfrequentlyasthe conventionaltypesparkplugssincethy willlastmuchlonger.Followthemaintenanceschedulein"INFINITiServiceand MaintenanceGuide",butdonotreuse thembycleaningorregapping.

AIRCLEANER

① ② ① SDI2033

Removetheretainers ① asillustrated and pullout the filter element ②.

Thefilterelementsshouldnotbecleaned and reused. Replaceitaccordingtothe maintenanceintervals.See"INFINITIServiceandMaintenanceGuide"formaintenanceintervals.Whenreplacingthefilter,

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-21

WINDSHIELDWIPERBLADES

wipetheinsideoftheaircleanerhousing andthecoverwithadampcloth.

WARNING

• Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only clean the air, it stops flame if the engine back fires. If it isn't there, and the engine back fires, you could be burned. Donot drivewith the air cleaner removed, and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed.
• Neverpourfuelintothethrottlebodyor attempttostarttheenginewiththeair cleanerremoved.Doingsocouldresult inseriousinjury.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material maybe on the blade or windshield.

Cleantheoutsideofthewindshieldwitha washersolutionoramilddetergent.Your windshielddiscleanifbeadsdonotform whenrinsingwithclearwater.

Cleaneachbladebywipingitwithacloth soakedinawashersolutionoramild detergent. Thenrinsethebladewithclear water. If your windshield disstill not clear aftercleaningtheblades and using the wiper, replacetheblades.

Wornwindshieldwiperbladescandamage thewindshieldandimpairdrivervision.

A ① A SDI2048

REPLACING

Replacethewiperbladesiftheyareworn.

1.Pullthewiperarm.
2. Pushthereleasetab ①, and then movethewiperbladedownthewiper arm ① whilepushingthereleasetab to remove.
3. Insertthenewwiperbladeontothe wiperarmuntilaclicksounds.
4. Rotatethewiperbladesothedimpleis inthegroove.

CAUTION

• Afterwiperbladereplacement, return thewiperarmtoitsoriginalposition; otherwiseitmaybedamagedwhenthe hoodisopened.
• Makesurethewiperbladescontactthe glass;otherwisethearmmaybedamagedfromwindpressure.

Simple line drawing of a container with two arrows pointing downward (no text or symbols)

SDI2362

Becarefulnottoclogthewashernozzle A. This may cause improper windshield washer operation. If thenozzle is clogged, remove any object with an needle or small pin B. Becarefulnottodamagethe nozzle.

REARWINDOWWIPERBLADES

ContactanINFINITIretailerifcheckingor replacementisrequired.

BRAKES

If the brakes donot operate properly, have the brakes checked by an INFINIT retailer.

SELF-ADJUSTINGBRAKES

Yourvehicleisequippedwithself-adjustingbrakes.

Thedisc-typebrakesself-adjusteverytime thebrakepedalisapplied.

WARNING

SeeanINFINITIretailerforabrakesystem checkifthebrakepedalheightdoesnot returntonormal.

BRAKEPADWEARWARNING

Thediscbrakepadshaveaudiblewear warnings. When abrakepad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. This scrapingsound will first occur only when the brake pad is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the soundwill always be heard even if the brake pad is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warnings sound is heard. Undersomedriving or climate conditions,

occasionalbrakesqueak, squealorother noisemaybeheard. Occasionalbrake noiseduringlighttomoderatestopsis normalanddoesnotaffectthefunctionor performanceofthebrakesystem.

Properbrakeinspectionintervalsshould befollowed.Foradditionalinformation, seethemaintenanceclogsectionofyour "INFINITIServiceandMaintenanceGuide" formaintenanceintervals.

FUSES

Technical diagram of an engine compartment with directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text labels)

ENGINECOMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Neveruseafuseofahigherorlower amperageratingthanthatspecifiedonthe fuseboxcover.Thiscoulddamagethe electricalsystemorcauseafire.

If any electricalequipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

1. Besuretheignitionswitchispushed to theOFFForLOCKpositionandtheheadlightswitchisturnedtoOFF.

2. Opentheenginehood and remove the cover on the battery.

3. Removethefuse/fusiblelinkholder cover.
4. Removethefusewiththefusepuller.

SDI1754

1. If the fuse is open (A), replace it with a new fuse (B). Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box.
2. Ifanewfusealsoopens, havethe electricalsystemcheckedandrepaired byanINFINITlretailer.

Fusiblelinks

Ifanyelectrical equipment does not operate and fuses are good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine INFINIT parts.

SDI2034

PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Neveruseafuseofahigherorlower amperageratingthanthatspecifiedonthe fuseboxcover.Thiscoulddamagethe electricalsystemorcauseafire.

Ifanyelectricalequipmentdoes not operate,checkforanopenfuse.

1. Besuretheignitionswitchispushed to theOFFForLOCKpositionandtheheadlightswitchisturnedtoOFF.

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

1. Openthefuseboxlid.
2. Removethefusewiththefusepuller (A).
3. If the fuse is open, replace it with an new fuse.
4. Ifanewfusealsoopens, havethe electricalsystemcheckedandrepaired byanINFINITlretailer. Sparefusesare storedinthefusebox.

① ② ① ② SD12704

Extendedstorageswitch(ifso equipped)

Toreducebatterydrain, the extended storageswitchcomes from the factory switched off. Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is pushed in (switched on) and should always remain on.

If any electricalequipment does not operate, removethe extended storage switch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storages switch malfunctions, or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the switch. In this

INTELLIGENTKEYBATTERYREPLACEMENT

case,removetheextendedstorageswitch andreplaceitwithanewfuseofthesame rating.

Howtoremovetheextendedstorage switch:

1. Toremovetheextendedstorageswitch, besuretheignitionswitchisintheOFF orLOCKposition.
2. Besuretheheadlightswitchisinthe OFFposition.
3. Removethefuseboxcover.
   4.Pinchthelockingtabs ① foundon eachsideofthestorageswitch.
4. Pullthestorageswitchstraightout fromthefusebox ②.

CAUTION

Becarefulnottoallowchildrenoswallow thebatteryandremovedparts.

graph TD
    A["Start: Laparoscopic"] --> B{Condition}
    B -->|Yes| C["Endoscopy"]
    B -->|No| D["Endoscopy with polarity indicators"]
    D --> E["End"]

Replacethebatteryasfollows:

1. Releasethelockknobatthebackofthe IntelligentKeyandremovethemechanicalkey.
2. Insert a flat-bladescrewdriver wrapped with cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate

A B

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-27

theupperpartfromthelowerpart.

1. Replacethebattery with anewone.

Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent.

• Donottouchtheinternalcircuitand electricterminalsasitcouldcausea malfunction.
• Holdthebatterybytheedges. Holdingthebatteryacrossthecontactpointswillseriouslydepletethe storagecapacity.
• Makesurethatthe+sidefacesthe bottomofthecase.

① ② SDI2452

1. Alignthetipsoftheupperandlower parts, and thenpushthemtogether untilitissecurelyclosed.
2. Push the button two worth treetimesto check its operation.

SeeanINFINITIretailerifyouneedany assistanceforreplacement.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:(1)Thisdevice maynotcauseharmfulinterference,and (2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterfer-

encereceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changesormodificationsnotexpressly approvedbythepartyresponsiblefor compliancecouldvoidtheuser'sauthority tooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

LIGHTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 JVM0156X

1. Headlight(high-beam, low-beam)

2.Frontturnsignallight

3.Maplight

4.Frontsidemarkerlight

1. Rearpersonallight

6.Foglight

1. Parkinglight

8.Puddlelight

1. Steplight

2. High-mounted stoplight

11.Cargolight(sidewall)

12.Cargolight(liftgate)

1. Licenseplatelight

2. Back-uplight

3. Rearcombinationlight(tail/stop/turn signal/sidemarkerlight)

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

Fogmaytemporarilyforminsidethelensof theexteriorlightsintherainorinacar wash.Atemperaturedifferencebetween theinsideandtheoutsideofthelens causesthefog. Thisisnotamalfunction.If largedropsofwatercollectinsidethelens, contactanINFINITretailer.

Xenonheadlightbulb:

Ifreplacementisrequired,seeanINFINITI retailer.

WARNING

HIGHVOLTAGE

When xenonheadlights are on, they produce a high voltage. Top prevent an electric shock, never attempt to modify disassemble. Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINIT retailer. For additional information, see "Headlight and turn signals switch" (P.2-37).

EXTERIORANDINTERIORLIGHTS

ItemWattage(W)BulbNo.
Headlight*
High/Lowbeams(Xenon)	35	D2S
Frontturnsignallight*	21	WY21W
Foglight*	35	H8
Parkinglight*	5	W5W
Frontsidemarkerlight*	5	W5W
Rearcombinationlight*
back-up	21	W21W
stop/tail	LED	—
sidemarker	5	W5W
turnsignal*	21	W21W
Licenseplatelight*	5	W5W
Puddlelight*	LED	—
Maplight	8	—
Rearpersonallight	8	—
Cargolight	8	—
Vanitymirrorlight	1.4	—
Steplight*	5	—
High-mountedstoplight*	LED	—

*:SeeanINFINITlretailerforreplacement.
NOTE: AlwayscheckwiththePartsDepartmentatanINFINITIretailerforthelatest informationaboutparts.

Replacementprocedures

AllotherlightsareeithertypeA,B,C,D,E orF.Whenreplacingabulb,firstremove thelensand/orcover.

graph TD
    A["Light Bulb"] -->|REMOVE| B["Light Bulb"]
    B -->|INSTALL| C["Light Bulb"]
    C --> D["Light Bulb"]
    D --> E["Light Bulb"]
    E --> F["Light Bulb"]
    F --> G["Light Bulb"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

Diagram of a car interior showing a hand holding a tool, with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

Maplight

Hand holding a device with an arrow indicating rotation or change (no text or symbols)

Rearpersonallight

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-31

WHEELSANDTIRES

SDI1500B

Cargolight

SDI1839

Vanitymirrorlight

If you have a flattire, see "Flattire" (P.6-3).

TIREPRESSURE

TirePressureMonitoringSystem (TPMS)

ThisvehicleisequippedwiththeTire PressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS).It monitorstirepressureofalltiresexcept thespare.Whenthelowtirepressure warninglightislitandtheCHECKTIRE PRESSUREwarningappearsonthedot matrixliquidcrystaldisplay,oneormore ofyourtiresissignificantlyunder-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect as undendropintire pressure (for example a flattire while driving).

Formoredetails, see "Lowtirepressure warninglight" (P.2-15), "TirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.5-4) and "TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.6-3).

Tireinflationpressure

Check the pressure of the tissues (including the spare) often and al-

wayspriortolongdistancetrips. The recommended tirepressurespecificationsareshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabelunderthe "ColdTirePressure"heading.The TireandLoadingInformationlabelis affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tirepressuresshouldbechecked regularlybecause:

• Mosttiresnaturallyloseairover time.
• Tirescanloseairsuddenlywhen drivenoverpotholesorother objects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhileparking.

The tirepressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including underinflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

• Improperlyinflatedtirescanfail suddenlyandcauseanaccident.
  ●TheGrossVehicleWeightrating (GVWR)islocatedontheF.M.V.S. S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel. Thevehicleweightcapacityis indicatedontheTireandLoading Informationlabel.Donotload yourvehiclebeyondthiscapacity. Overloadingyourvehiclemayresultinreducedtirelife,unsafe operatingconditionsduetoprematuretirefailure,orunfavorable handlingcharacteristicsandcould alsoleadtoaseriousaccident. Loadingbeyondthespecifiedcapacitymayalsoresultinfailureof othervehiclecomponents.
• Beforetaking alongtrip,or whenever you heavily load your vehicle,use atire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures

areatthespecifiedlevel.

- For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs. Le poda total des occupants et du chargement de doit jamais dépasser XX kg ou XX lb.

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT STATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLADES VITAL X FRONT AVANT X ARRIERE X The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs. Made total des occupants et du chargement ne clos jamais degener XX kg ou XX lb. TIRE PNEUS SIZE TABLE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOR LE MANUEL DE LUCADOR DE REACHAGE POUR PLUDE RENSEIGNEMENTS FROUNT AVANT P XXX / XX R XX XXX KPa, XX PSI PASSÉ ARRIÈRE P XXX / XX R XX XXX KPa, XX PSI SPACE ES SECTIONS T XXX / XX R XX XXX KPa, XX PSI

TireandLoadingInformationlabel

① Seatingcapacity: Themaximum numberofoccupantsthatcanbe seatedinthevehicle.

② Vehicleloadlimit: See "Vehicle loadinginformation" (P.9-15).

③ Originalsize: Thesizeofthetires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.

④ Coldtirepressure:Inflatethe tirestothispressurewhenthe tiresarecold.Tiresareconsid-

eredCOLDafterthevehiclehas beenparkedfor3ormorehours, ordrivenlessthan1mile(1.6 km)atmoderatespeeds.The recommendedcoldtireinflation issetbythemanufacturerto providethebestbalanceoftire wear,vehiclehandling,driveability,tirenoise,etc.,uptothe vehicle'sGVWR.

⑤ Tiresize—see“Tirelabeling”(P.8-36).

⑥ Sparetiresizeorcompactspare tiresize(ifsoequipped)

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with a central component and surrounding components (no text or symbols)

Checkingthetirepressure

1. Removethevalvestemcapfrom thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyontothevalvestem.Do notpresstoothardorforcethe valvestemsideways,orairwill escape.Ifthehissingsoundofair escapingfromthetireisheard whilecheckingthepressure,repositionthegaugetoeliminate thisleakage.

3. Removethegauge.

4. Readthetirepressureonthe gaugestemandcompareitto thespecificationshownonthe TireandLoadingInformationlabel.
5. Addairtothetireasneeded.If toomuchairisadded,pressthe coreofthevalvestembrieflywith thetipofthegaugestemto releasepressure.Recheckthe pressureandaddorreleaseair asneeded.
6. Installthevalvestemcap.
7. Check the pressure of all other tires, including the spare.

	SIZE	COLDTIRE INFLATION PRESSURE
FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE	P265/60R18 109V	230kPa, 33PSI
	P265/50R20 106V	230kPa, 33PSI
	P265/45R21 104V	230kPa, 33PSI
REARORI- GINAL TIRE	P265/60R18 109V	230kPa, 33PSI
	P265/50R20 106V	230kPa, 33PSI
	P265/45R21 104V	230kPa, 33PSI
SPARE TIRE	T175/90D18 110M	420kPa, 60PSI

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ Example SDI1575

TIRELABELING

Federallawrequirestiremanufacturerstoplacestandardizedinformationonthesidewallofalltires.This informationidentifiesanddescribes thefundamentalcharacteristicsof thetireandalsoprovidesthetire identificationnumber(TIN)forsafety standardcertification.TheTINcanbe usedtoidentifythetireincaseofa recall.

P215/60R16 94H P 215 60 R 16 94 H ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SDI1606

Example

① Tiresize(example:P215/60R16 94H)

1. P:The“P”indicatesthetireis designedforpassengervehicles. (Notalltireshavethisinformation.)
2. Three-digitnumber(215):This numbergivesthewidthinmillimetersofthetirefromsidewall edgetosidewalledge.
3. Two-digitnumber(60):Thisnumber, knownastheaspectratio,

givesthetire's ratio of height to width.

1. R:The“R”standsforradial.
2. Two-digitnumber(16):Thisnumberisthewheelorrimdiameterin inches.
3. Two-orthree-digitnumber(94): This numberisthetire'sload index. It is a measurement of how much weight each time can support You may not find this information all tires because it is not required by law.
4. H:Tirespeedrating.Youshould notdrivethevehiclefasterthan thetirespeedrating.

1. DOT:Abbreviationforthe"DepartmentofTransportation".Thesymbolcanbeplacedabove,belowor totheleftorrightoftheTire IdentificationNumber.
2. Two-digitcode: Manufacturer's identificationmark

3. Two-digitcode:Tiresize

4. Three-digitcode: Tiretypecode (Optional)

5. Three-digitcode:DateofManufacture
6. Fournumbersrepresenttheweek andyearthetirewasbuilt. For example, the numbers 3103 meansthe31stweekof2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the othersidewallofthe tire.
   ③ Tireplycompositionandmaterial Thenumberoflayersorpliesof rubber-coatedfabricinthetire. Tiremanufacturersalsomust indicatethematerialsinthetire, whichincludesteel, nylon, polyester,andothers.
   ④ Maximumpermissibleinflation pressure Thisnumberisthegreatest amountofairpressurethat shouldbeputinthetire.Do notexceedthemaximumper-

missibleinflationpressure.

⑤ Maximumloadrating Thisnumberindicatethemax-imumloadinkilogramsand poundsthatcanbecarriedby thetire.Whenreplacingthetires onthevehicle,alwaysuseatire thatasthesameloadratingas thefactoryinstalledtire.
⑥ Termof“tubeless”or“tube type” Indicateswhetherthetirere- quiresaninnertube(“tube type”)ornot(“tubeless”).
⑦ Theword“radial” Theword“radial”isshown,if thetirehasradialstructure.
⑧ Manufacturerorbrandname Manufacturerorbrandnameis shown.

Othertire-relatedterminology:

Inadditiontothemanytermsthat aredefinedthroughoutthissection, IntendedOutboardSidewallis(1)the sidewallthatcontainsawhitewall,

bearswhiteletteringorbearsmanufacturer,brandand/ormodelname moldingthatishigherordeeperthan thesamemoldingontheothersidewallofthetire,or(2)theoutward facingsidewallofanasymmetrical tirethathasaparticularsidethat mustalwaysfaceoutwardwhen mountedonavehicle.

TYPESOFTIRES

WARNING

• Whenchangingorreplacingtires, be sureallfourtiresareofthesametype (Example:Summer,AllSeasonorSnow) andconstruction.AnINFINITlretailer may be able to help you with information abouttire type,size, speed ratingand availability.
• Replacementtiresmayhavealower speedratingthanthefactoryequipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed them maximum speed rating of the tire.
  ●Replacingtireswiththosenotoriginally

specifiedbyINFINITIcouldaffectthe properoperationoftheTPMS.

- Foradditionalinformation regarding tires,referto"ImportantTireSafety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information"(Canada)intheWarrantyInformationBooklet.

Allseasontires

INFINITIspecifiesallseasonontiresonsome modelstoprovidegoodperformanceall year, includingsnowyandicyroadconditions.AllSeasontiresareidentifiedbyALL SEASONand/orM&S(MudandSnow)on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtractionthanAllSeasontiresand maybemoreappropriateinsomeareas.

Summertires

INFINITlspecifiessummertiresonsome models toprovidesuperiorperformance on dryroads.Summertireperformanceis substantiallyreducedinsnowandice. Summertiresdonothavethetiretraction ratingM&Sonthetiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricyconditions, INFINITI recommend the use of SNOW tiresor ALL SEASON tireson

allfourwheels.

Snowtires

Ifsnowtiresareneeded,itisnecessaryto selecttiresequivalentinsizeandload ratingtothe originalequipmenttires.If youdonot,itcanadverselyaffectthe safetyandhandlingofyourvehicle.

Generally, snowtireswillhavelowerspeed ratingsthanfactoryequippedtiresand maynotmatchthepotentialmaximum vehiclespeed.Neverexceedthemaximum speedratingofthetire.

If you install snowtires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires maybe used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snowtires, on wetordry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

TIRECHAINS

Useoftirechainsmaybeprohibited accordingtolocation.Checkthelocallaws beforeinstallingtirechains.Wheninstallingtirechains,makesuretheyarethe propersizeforthetiresonyourvehicleand areinstalledaccordingtothechainmanufacturer'ssuggestions.UseonlySAE ClassSchains.Class“S”chainsareused onvehicleswithrestrictedtiretovehicle clearance.VehiclesthatcanuseClass“S” chainsaredesignedtomeettheSAE standardminimumclearancesbetween the tire and the closest vehicles suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of awintertraction device (tire chainsor cables).The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tiresize. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Usechaintensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end link so the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the defenders or under body. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling

andperformancemaybeadverselyaffected.

Tirechainsmustbeinstalledonlyonthe rearwheelsandnotonthefrontwheels.

NeverinstalltirechainsonaTEMPORARY USEONLYsparetire.

Donotusetirechainsondryroads. Driving withtire chainsinsuch conditionscan causedamagetothevariousmechanisms ofthevehicleduetosomeoverstress.

SDI1662

CHANGINGWHEELSANDTIRES

Tirerotation

INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See "Flattire" (P.6-3) fortirereplacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnutsto thespecifiedtorque withatorquewrench.

Wheelnuttighteningtorque: 80ft-lb(108N·m)

Thewheelnutsmustbekepttigh- tenedtothespecificationatall times.Itisrecommendedthatwheel nutsbetightenedtothespecifica- tionateachtirerotationinterval.

WARNING

●Afterrotatingthetires,checkand adjustthetirepressure.
- Retightenthewheelnutswhen thevehiclehasbeendrivenfor 600miles(1,000km)(alsoin casesofaflattire,etc.).
- DonotincludetheT-typespare tireoranyothersmallsizespare tireinthetirerotation.
- For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Diagram showing two labeled curved layers with directional arrows indicating flow or movement, marked with numbers ① and ②.

SDI1663

1. Wearindicator
2. Wearindicatorlocationmark

Tirewearanddamage

WARNING

- Tiresshouldbeperiodicallyin- spectedforwear, cracking, bul- gingorobjectscaughtinthe tread. Ifexcessive wear, cracks, bulgingordeepcutsarefound, thetire(s)shouldbereplaced.

●Theoriginaltireshavebuilt-in treadwearindicators.Whenwear indicatorsarevisible,thetire(s) shouldbereplaced.
●Tiresdegradewithageanduse. Havetires,includingthespare, over6yearsoldcheckedbya qualified technician, because sometiredamagemaynotbe obvious. Replacethetiresas necessarytopreventtirefailure andpossiblepersonalinjury.
-Improperserviceofthesparetire mayresultinseriouspersonal injury.Ifitisnecessarytorepair thesparetire,contactanINFINITI retailer.
- For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Replacingwheelsandtires

When replacing atire, usethes a mesize, treaddesign, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. (See "Specifications" (P.9-8) for recommended types and sizes softires and wheels.)

WARNING

• Theuseoftiresotherthanthose recommendedorthemixeduseoftires ofdifferentbrands,construction(bias, bias-beltedorradial),ortreadpatterns canadverselyaffecttheride,braking, handling,groundclearance,body-to-tire clearance,tirechainclearance,speed-ometercalibration,headlightaimand bumperheight.Someoftheseeffects mayleadtoaccidentsandcouldresultin seriouspersonalinjury.
• For Two-WheelDrive(2WD) models, if your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the four tires, install thenew tires on there are axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause lossof vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an

accidentandpersonalinjury.

• If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheel of different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the braked discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/ shoewear. See "Wheelsand tires" (P.9-9) of this manual for wheel off-set dimensions.
• Whenasparetireismountedorawheel isreplaced, theTPMSwillnotfunction andthelowtirepressurewarninglight willflashforapproximately1minute. Thelightwillremainonafter1minute. ContactyourINFINITretailerassoonas possiblefortirereplacementand/or systemresetting.
  ●Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINIT could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
• Donotinstalladamagedordeformed wheelortireevenifithasbeenrepaired. Suchwheelsortirescouldhavestructuraldamageandcouldfailwithout

warning.

•Theuseofretreadtireisnotrecommended.
- For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

All-WheelDrive(AWD)models

CAUTION

●Alwaysusetiresofthesametype,size, brand,construction(bias,bias-beltedor radial),andtreadpatternonallfour wheels.Failureretodosomayresultina circumferencedifferencebetweenires onthefrontandrearaxleswhichwill causeexcessivetirewearandmay damagethetransmission,transfercase anddifferentialgears.
- ONLYusesparetiressspecifiedforthe AWDmodel.

Ifexcessivetirewearisfound,itis recommendedthatallfourtiresbere-

placedwithtiresofthesamesize,brand, constructionandtreadpattern.Thetire pressureandwheelalignmentsshouldalso becheckedandcorrectedasnecessary. ContactanINFINITIretailer.

Wheelbalance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheelbalanceservices should be performed with the wheel soff the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheel son the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Careofwheels

See "Cleaningexterior" (P.7-2) fordetails about care of theewheels.

Sparetire(TEMPORARYUSEONLY (T-type)sparetire)

Whenasparetireismounted(TEMPORARY USEONLYorconventional),theTPMSwill

notfunction.

ObservethefollowingprecautionsiftheT-typesparetiremustbeused,otherwise yourvehiclecouldbedamagedorinvolved inanaccident.

WARNING

• TheT-typesparetireshouldbeusedfor emergencyuse.Itshouldbereplaced withthe standardtreat thefirst opportunitytoavoidpossibletireor differentialdamage.
• Drivecarefullywhile the TEMPORARY USEONLYsparetireisinstalled.Avoid sharpturnsandabruptbrakingwhile driving.

• Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure of the full sizes spare tire (if so equipped) at there recommended pressure for standard tires, as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. For Tire and Loading Information label location, see "Tire and Loading Information label" in the index of this manual.

• With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed on the drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

• Whendrivingonroads coveredwith snoworice, the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tires should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on therear wheels (drivewheels). Usetirechains only on the worear original tires.
• TiretreadoftheTEMPORARYUSEONLY sparetirewillwearatafasterratethan thestandardtire. Replacethesparetire assoonasthetreadwearindicators appear.
• Donotusethesparetireonother vehicles.
• Donotusemorethanonesparetireat thesametime.
• DonottowatrailerwhentheTEMPORARYUSEONLYsparetireisinstalled.

CAUTION

- DonotusetirechainsonaTEMPORARY USEONLYsparetire.Tirechainswillnot fitproperlyandmaycausedamageto thevehicle.

- Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, donot drive over obstacles. Also on not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-43

MEMO

8-44 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

9Technicalandconsumerinformation

Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants .....9-2

Fuelrecommendation 9-4

Engineoilandoilfilterrecommendation .....9-6

Airconditioningsystemrefrigerantand lubricantrecommendations 9-7

Specifications 9-8

Engine.... 9-8

Wheelsandtires 9-9

Dimensions 9-10

Whentravelingorregisteringyourvehiclein

another country 9-11

Vehicle identification 9-11

VehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)plate .....9-11

Vehicleidentificationnumber

(chassisnumber) 9-11

Engineserialnumber 9-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel .....9-12

Emissioncontrolinformationlabel 9-13

TireandLoadingInformationlabel 9-13

Airconditionerspecificationlabel 9-13

Installingfrontlicenseplate 9-14

Vehicleloadinginformation 9-15

Terms 9-15

Vehicleloadcapacity 9-17

Securingtheload 9-18

Loadingtips 9-18

Measurementofweights 9-19

Towing a trailer 9-19

Maximumloadlimits 9-19

MaximumGrossVehicleWeight(GVW)/ MaximumGrossAxleWeight(GAW) ......9-21

Towingload/specification 9-23

Towingsafety 9-23

Flat towing.... 9-27

Uniformtirequalitygrading 9-28

Treadwear 9-28

TractionAA,A,BandC 9-28

TemperatureA,BandC 9-28

Emissioncontrolsystemwarranty 9-29

Reportingsafetydefects 9-30

ReadinessforInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test 9-31

EventDataRecorders(EDR) 9-31

Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information 9-32

CAPACITIESANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the "8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself" section to determine the proper refill capacity.

		Capacity(Approximate)			Recommendedspecifications
		USmeasureImpmeasureLiter
Fuel23-3/4gal19-3/4gal90See"Fuelrecommendation"(P.9-4).
Engineoil*1Drainandrefill
Withoilfilterchange	VK50VE	7-1/8qt5-7/8qt	6.7		EngineoilwithAPICertificationMark*2ViscositySAE5W-30
	VQ37VHR	5-1/8ql4-3/8ql	4.9
Withoutoilfilterchange	VK50VE	6-1/8qt5-1/8qt	5.8
	VQ37VHR	4-7/8qt	4qt	4.6
Coolingsystem
Withreservoir	VK50VE	11-5/8qt	9-5/8qt	11	Pre-dilutedGenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)orequivalent
	VQ37VHR	10qt	8-3/8qt	9.5
	VQ37VHR(modelswithlowing packageforCanada)	10-5/8qt	8-3/4qt	10
Reservoir	VK50VE	7/8qt	3/4qt	0.8
	VQ37VHR	7/8qt	3/4qt	0.8
Automatic transmission fluid		—	—	—	GenuineNISSANMaticSATF*3
Front differential gear oil		—	—	—	GenuineNISSANDifferentialOilHypoidSuperGL-580W-90orAPIGL-5ViscositySAE80W-90*4
Reardifferentialgearoil	VQ37VHRwithouttowingpack-age	—	—	—	GenuineNISSANDifferentialOilHypoidSuperGL-580W-90orAPIGL-5,ViscositySAE80W-90*4
	VK50VE/VQ37VHRwithtowing package	—	—	—	API GL-5 synthetic gear oil, Viscosity SAE 75W-90*5
Transfer fluid		—	—	—	Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF*6
Powersteeringfluid(PSF)		Refilltotheproperoilevelaccordingtotheinstructionsinthe"8.			GenuineNISSANPSForequivalent*7
Brakefluid		Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself"section.			GenuineNISSANSuperHeavyDutyBrakeFluid*8orequivalentDOT3
Multi-purpose grease		—	—	—	NLGINo.2(Lithiumsoapbase)
Air conditioning system refrigerant		—	—	—	HFC-134a(R-134a)*9
Air conditioning system lubricants		—	—	—	NISSANA/CSystemOilTypeSorexactequivalent
Window washer fluid		—	—	—	GenuineNISSANWindshieldWasherConcentrateCleaner&Antifreezeorequivalent

9-2 Technical and consumer information

*1: For additional information, see "Engine oil" (P.8-11) for changing engine oil.
*2: INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSANEster Engine Oil available at INFINITI retailers.
*3: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the INFINIT new vehicle limited warranty.
*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32^ (0°C).
*5: SeeanINFINITretailerforserviceforsyntheticoil.
*6: Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability, and may damage the transfer, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimitedwarranty.
*7: DEXRON™VltypeATFmayalsobeused.
*8: AvailableinmainlandU.S.A.throughanINFINITretailer.
*9: For additional information, see "Vehicle identification" (P.9-11) for air conditioner specification label.

Technicalandconsumerinformation9-3

FUELRECOMMENDATION

Useunleadedpremiumgasolinewithan octaneratingofatleast91AKI(Anti-Knock Index)number(Researchoctanenumber 96).

If premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasolinewith an octane rating of 87AK Inumber (Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following precautions:

●Havethefueltankfilledonlypartially withunleadedregulargasoline,andfill upwithunleadedpremiumgasolineas soonaspossible.
- Avoidfullthrottledrivingandabrupt acceleration.

Useunleadedpremiumgasolineformax- imumvehicleperformance.

CAUTION

• Usingafuelotherthanthatspecified couldadverselyaffecttheemission controlsystem,andmayalsoaffect warrantycoverage.
  ●Undernocircumstances should leadaded gasoline beused, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.

9-4 Technical and consumer information

• DonotuseE-15orE-85fuelinyour vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in vehiclenots specifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and system of the vehicle. Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINIT new vehicle limited warranty.
• U.S. government regulations require ethanoldispensingpumpstobeidentified by a small, square, orange and black labelwiththecommonabbreviationor theappropriatepercentagefor that region.

Gasolinespecifications

INFINITI recommends using gasolin that meet the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emissions system and vehicle performance. Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Somefuelsuppliers arenow producing reformulatedgasolines. These gasolines arespeciallydesignedtoreducevehicle emissions.INFINITIsupportseffortstowardscleanerairandsuggeststhatyou usereformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasolinecontainingoxygenates

Some fuelsuppliersell gasolinecontainingoxygenatessuchasethanol,MTBEand methanol with or without advertising their presence. INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot bereadilydetermined. Ifindoubt, askyour service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetakethe following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and/or fuel system damage.

• Thefuel should be unleaded and have an octanerating nolower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
• Ifanoxygenate-blend, excepting a methanol blend, is used, it should contain no more than 10% oxygenate. (MTBEmay, however, be added upto

15%.)

●E-15fuelcontainsmorethan10% oxygenate.E-15fuelwilladversely affecttheemissioncontroldevices andsystemsofthevehicleandshould notbeused.Damagecausedbysuch fuelisnotcoveredbytheINFINITInew vehiclelimitedwarranty.

- Ifamethanolblendisused, it should containnomorethan5% methanol (methylalcohol, woodalcohol). It should also contain suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems. Atthistime, sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITE vehicles.

Ifanyundesirabledriveabilityproblems suchasenginestallingorhardhotstarting areexperiencedafterusingoxygenateblendfuels,immediatelychangetoa non-oxygenatefuelorafuelwithalow blendofMTBE.

Takecarenottospillgasolineduring refueling. Gasolinecontainingoxygenates cancausepaintdamage.

E-15fuel

E-15fuelisamixtureofapproximately 15%fuelethanoland85%unleaded gasoline.E-15canonlybeusedinvehicles designedtorunonE-15fuel.DonotuseE-15inyourvehicle.U.S.government regulationsrequirefuelethanoldispensing pumpstobeidentifiedwithsmall,square, orangeandblacklabelwiththecommon abbreviationortheappropriatepercentage forthatregion.

E-85fuel

E-85fuelisamixtureofapproximately 85%fuelethanoland15%unleaded gasoline.E-85canonlybeusedina FlexibleFuelVehicle(FFV).DonotuseE-85fuelinyourvehicle.U.S.government regulationsrequirefuelethanoldispensing pumpstobeidentifiedbyasmall,square, orangeandblacklabelwiththecommon abbreviationortheappropriatepercentage forthatregion.

Aftermarketfueladditives

INFINITdoesnotrecommendtheuseof anyaftermarketfueladditives(Example: fuelinjectorcleaner, octane booster, intake valvedepositremovers, etc.)whichare soldcommercially.Manyoftheseadditives intendedforgum, varnishordeposit removalmaycontainactivesolventor similaringredientsthatcanbeharmfulto thefuelsystemandengine.

Octaneratingtips

Usingunleadedgasolinewithanoctane ratinglowerthanrecommendedabovecan causepersistent, heavysparkknock. (Sparkknockisametallicrappingnoise.) Ifsevere, thiscanleadtoenginedamage. Ifyoudetectapersistentheavyspark knockevenwhenusinggasolineofthe statedoctanerating, orifyouhearsteady sparkknockwhileholdingasteadyspeed onlevelroads, haveanINFINITlretailer correctthecondition. Failuretocorrectthe conditionmisuseofthevehicle, for whichINFINITlisnotresponsible.

Incorrectignitiontimingwillresultin knocking,after-runoroverheating.Thisin turn maycauseexcessive fuelconsumption ordamagetotheengine.Ifanyofthe

abovesymptomsareencountered, have yourvehiclecheckedatanINFINITretailer orothercompetentservicefacility.

However, now and then you may notice light sparkknock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is no cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light sparkknock for a short time under heavy engine load.

①

AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE FOR GASOLINE ENGINES CERTIFIED

②

API SERVICE SN SAE 5W-30 ENERGY CONSERVING

JVT0116X

1. APlcertificationmark

2. APIservicesymbol

ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selectingthecorrectoil

Itisessentialtochoosethecorrectgrade, quality,andviscosityengineoiltoensure satisfactoryenginelifeandperformance, see"Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants"(P.9-2).INFINITI recommends theuseofanenergyconservingoilin ordertoimprovefueleconomy.

Selectonlyengineoilsthatmeetthe

AmericanPetroleumInstitute(API)certificationorInternationalLubricantStandardizationandApprovalCommittee(ILSAC)certificationandSAEviscositystandard. TheseoilshavetheAPlcertificationmark on the front of the container. Oils which do not have the specified quality label should notbeusedastheycouldcauseengine damage.

Oiladditives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives. Theuseofanoiladditiveisnot necessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenanceintervalsarefollowed.

Oilwhichmaycontainforeignmatteror hasbeenpreviouslyusedshouldnotbe used.

Oilviscosity

Theengineoilviscosityorthickness changeswithtemperature.Becauseofthis, itisimportantthattheengineoilviscosity beselectedbasedonthetemperaturesat whichthevehiclewillbeoperatedbefore thenextoilchange.Choosinganoil viscosityotherthanthatrecommended couldcauseseriousenginedamage.

Selectingthecorrectoilfilter

Yournewvehicleisequippedwithahigh-qualitygenuineNISSANoilfilter.When replacing,usethegenuineoilfilterorits equivalentforthereasondescribedin changeintervals.

Changeintervals

Theoilandoilfilterchangeintervalsfor yourenginearebasedontheuseofthe specifiedqualityoilsandfilters.Oiland filterotherthanthespecifiedquality,oroil andfilterchangeintervalslongerthan recommendedcouldreduceenginelife. Damagetoenginescausedbyimproper maintenanceoruseofincorrectoiland

filterqualityand/orviscosityisnotcovered bythenewINFINITlvehiclelimitedwarranties.

Yourenginewasfilledwithahighquality engineoilwhenitwasbuilt.Youdonot havetochangetheoilbeforethefirst recommendedchangeinterval.Oiland filterchangeintervalsdependuponhow youuseyourvehicle.Operationunderthe followingconditionsmayrequiremore frequentoilandfilterchanges.

• repeatedshortdistancedrivingatcold outsidetemperatures,
  ●drivingindustyconditions,
  -extensiveidling,
• towingatraler,
• stopandgo"rushhour"traffic, Refertothe"INFINITIServiceandMaintenanceGuide"forthemaintenanceschedule.

AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMREFRIGERANTANDLUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioningsysteminyour INFINITvehiclemustbechargedwiththe refrigerantHFC-134a(R-134a)andthe lubricant,NISSANA/CsystemoilTypeS ortheexactequivalents.

CAUTION

Theuseofanyotherrefrigerantorlubricant willcauseseveredamagetotheairconditioningsystemandwillrequirethereplacementofallairconditionersystem components.

TherefrigerantHFC-134a(R-134a)inyour INFINITvehiclewillnotharmtheearth's ozonelayer.Althoughthisrefrigerantdoes notaffecttheearth'satmosphere,certain governmentalregulationsrequiretherecoveryandrecyclingofanyrefrigerant duringautomotiveairconditioningsystem service.YourINFINITretailerhasthe trainedtechniciansandequipmentneeded torecoverandrecycleyourairconditioning systemrefrigerant.

SPECIFICATIONS

ContactanINFINITIretailerwhenservicing yourairconditioningsystem.

ENGINE

ModelVK50VEVQ37VHR
TypeGasoline,4-cycleGasoline,4-cycle
Cylinderarrangement		8-cylinder,V-slantedat90°6-cylinder,V-slantedat60°
Bore × Strokein(mm)		3.760 × 3.453(95.5 × 87.7)	3.760 × 3.385(95.5 × 86.0)
Displacementcuin(cm	^3) 306.7(5,026)225.54(3,696)
Firingorder		1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2	1-2-3-4-5-6
IdlespeedIgnitiontiming(B.T.D.C.)	rpmdegree/rpm	Seethemissioncontrolinformationlabelontheundersideofthehood.
Spark plug	Standard	FXE22HR-11	FXE24HR-11
Sparkplug gap (Normal)	in(mm)	0.043(1.1)	0.043(1.1)
Camshaftoperation		Timingchain	Timingchain

ThissparkignitionsystemcomplieswiththeCanadianstandardICES-002.

2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 STI0397B

WHEELSANDTIRES

Roadwheel

TypeSizeOffsetin(mm)
	18 × 8J
Conventional	20 × 8J	1.97(50)
	21 × 9-1/2J
Spare	18 × 4-1/2T1.18(30)/0.98(25)*

*:Aluminum

Tire

TypeSizePressurePSI(kPa)[Cold]
Conventional	P265/60R18	33(230)
	P265/50R20
	P265/45R21
Spare(T-type)	T175/90D1860(420)

VK50VEengine 1 3 5 2 4 6 ST10425

VQ37VHRengine

DIMENSIONS

Overalllength(Withfrontlicenseplate)in(mm)191.3(4,860)
Overallwidthin(mm)75.9(1,925)
Overallheight	in(mm)65.0(1,650)*1	66.1(1,680)*2
Fronttreadin(mm)64.4(1,635)
Reartread	in(mm)64.6(1,640)
Wheelbasein(mm)113.6(2,885)

*1: Modelwithoutroofrack
*2:Modelwithroofrack

WHENTRAVELINGORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLEINANOTHERCOUNTRY

If you plant to travel in another country, you should first find out the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle's engine.

Usingfuelwithtoolowanoctanerating maycauseenginedamage.Allgasoline vehiclesmustbeoperatedwithunleaded gasoline.Therefore,avoidtakingyour vehicletoareaswhereappropriatefuelis notavailable.

Whentransferringtheregistrationofyour vehicletoanothercountry,state,province ordistrict,itmaybenecessarytomodify thevehicletomeetlocalawsandregulations.

Thelawsandregulationsformotorvehicle emissioncontrolandsafetystandardsvary accordingtothecountry,state,provinceor district;therefore,vehiclespecifications maydiffer.

Whenanyvehicleistobetakeninto anothercountry,state,provinceordistrict andregistered,itsmodifications,transportation,andregistrationaretheresponsibilityoftheuser.INFINITIisnot responsibleforanyinconveniencethat mayresult.

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATION

STI0431

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)PLATE

Thevehicleidentificationnumberplateis attachedasshown. Thisnumberisthe identificationforyourvehicleandisused inthevehicleregistration.

Technical line drawing of a car engine bay with no visible text or symbols

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (chassisnumber)

Thenumberisstampedasshowninthe enginecompartment.

Technical line drawing of an internal combustion engine (no text or labels)

ENGINESERIALNUMBER

Thenumberisstampedontheengineas shown.

VK50VEngine STI0509

VQ37VHRengine

9-12 Technical and consumer information

Diagram of a car door frame with an arrow pointing to the side panel (no text or symbols present)

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATIONLABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

Technical line drawing of a vehicle chassis frame with no visible text or symbols

EMISSIONCONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is attached as shown.

Diagram showing a mechanical assembly with a belt buckle and attached bracket, no text or symbols present

TIREANDLOADINGINFORMATION LABEL

ThecoldtirepressureisshownontheTire andLoadingInformationlabelaffixedto thepillarasillustrated.

Technical line drawing of a car dashboard frame with a small sensor or sensor component (no text or symbols)

AIRCONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

Theairconditionerspecificationlabelis attachedasshown.

INSTALLINGFRONTLICENSEPLATE

Step 2 License plate bracket B B Step 4 Mounting holes Rear surface of the license plate bracket C Flat-blade screwdriver Step 6 Bumper E Grommet E Step 5 Screw grommets Step 3 D Fell-tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole. Step 8 Screws Step 7 J nut JVT0147X

Usethefollowingstepstomountthe licenseplate.

Beforemountingthelicenseplate, confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag.

Only usetherecommended mounting position, otherwise Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sensor obstruction (if so equipped) may result.

●Licenseplatebracket

J-nut × 2

●Screw × 2

●Screwgrommet × 2

1. Parkthevehicleonflat, levelground.

2. Locatethecenterpositionindicator onthelowerpartofthegrille.Lineup themarksunderthetopofthefront bumper Ⓑ withthetabs Ⓓ onthe licenseplatebracket.Holdthelicense platebracketinplace.

3.Markthecenterofthehole felt-tippen. D witha

1. Carefullydrilltwopilotholesusinga 0.39in(10mm)drillbitatthemarked locations.(Besurethatthedrillonly goesthroughthebumperfascia.)

VEHICLELOADINGINFORMATION

1. Insertgrommetsintotheholeonthe fascia.
2. Insertaflat-bladescrewdriver into the grommetholetoadd90 ^™ turnontothe part Ⓔ.
3. Insertal-nutintothelicenseplate bracketbeforeplacingthelicenseplate bracketonthefascia.
4. Install the license plate bracket with screws.
5. Install the license plate with bolt sthat arenolonger than 0.55 in (14mm).

WARNING

• Itisextremelydangeroustoride inacargoareainsidethevehicle. Inacollision,peopleridingin theseareasaremorelikelytobe seriouslyinjuredorkilled.
• Donotallowpeopletorideinany area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
• Besureeveryoneinyourvehicleis inaseatandusingaseatbelt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle:

- CurbWeight(actualweightofyour vehicle)-vehicle weight including:standardandoptionalequipment,fluids,emergencytools,andsparetireassembly. This

weightdoesnotincludepassengersandcargo.

• GVW(GrossVehicleWeight)-curb weightplusthecombinedweight ofpassengersandcargo.
• GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating)- maximumtotal combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.
• GAWR(GrossAxleWeightRating)-maximumweight(load)limitspecifiedforthe frontorrearaxle. Thisinformationislocatedonthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
• GCWR(GrossCombinedWeight Rating)-Themaximumtotal weightratingofthevehicle,passengers,cargo,andtrailer.
• VehicleCapacityWeight, Load limit, Totalloadcapacity-maximumtotalweightlimitspecified

oftheload(passengersandcargo)forthevehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargothat can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used toowatrailer, the trail is tongue weight must be included as part of the cargoload. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label.

- Cargo capacity-permissible weightofcargo, theweightof totaloccupantsweightsubtracted fromtheloadlimit.

Example

$$ \boxed {\text { Load limit }} - \left( \begin{array}{c c} \text { Occupants } & \text { Luggage } \ 1 5 0 \text { lb } \times 2 = 3 0 0 \text { lb } & 3 0 \text { lb } \times 2 = 6 0 \text { lb } \ (7 0 \text { kg }) & (1 3 5 \text { kg }) \end{array} + \begin{array}{c} \text { Trailer Tongue } \ \text { Weight } \ (1 4 \text { kg }) & (2 7 \text { kg }) \end{array} + \begin{array}{c} \bullet \ 3 0 0 \text { lb } \ (1 3 5 \text { kg }) \end{array} \right) = \begin{array}{l} \text { Remaining available } \ \text { cargo and luggage } \ \text { load capacity } = \ 7 4 0 \text { lb } \ (3 3 6 \text { kg }) \end{array} $$

$$ \boxed {\text { Load limit }} - \left( \begin{array}{c c} \text { Occupants } & \text { Luggage } \ 1 5 0 \mathrm{lb} \times 2 = 3 0 0 \mathrm{lb} & 3 0 \mathrm{lb} \times 2 = 6 0 \mathrm{lb} \ (7 0 \mathrm{kg}) & (1 3 5 \mathrm{kg}) \ (1 4 \mathrm{kg}) & (2 7 \mathrm{kg}) \end{array} \right) = \begin{array}{l} \text { Remaining available } \ \text { cargo and luggage } \ \text { load capacity } = \ 1, 0 4 0 \mathrm{lb} \ (4 7 2 \mathrm{kg}) \end{array} $$

$$ \boxed {\text { Load limit }} - \left( \begin{array}{c c} \text { Occupants } & \text { Luggage } \ 1 5 0 \text { lb } \times 5 = 7 5 0 \text { lb } & 3 0 \text { lb } \times 5 = 1 5 0 \text { lb } \ (7 0 \text { kg }) (3 4 0 \text { kg }) & (1 4 \text { kg }) (7 0 \text { kg }) \end{array} \right) = \begin{array}{l} \text { Remaining available } \ \text { cargo and luggage } \ \text { load capacity } = \ 5 0 0 \text { lb } \ (2 2 7 \text { kg }) \end{array} $$

STI0445

VEHICLELOADCAPACITY

Donotexceedtheloadlimitofyour vehicleshownas"Thecombined weightofoccupantsandcargo"on theTireandLoadingInformation label.Donotexceedthenumberof occupantsshownas"SeatingCapacity"ontheTireandLoadingInformationlabel.

Toget "thecombinedweightof occupantsandcargo", add the weightofallooccupants, then add the totalluggageweight. Examples are shown in the illustration.

Stepsfordeterminingcorrectload limit

1. Locatetheatement "The combined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXXkg or XXXlbs" on your vehicle's placard.

2. Determinethecombinedweightof thedriverandpassengersthat willberidinginyourvehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXXkgorXXXlbs.

4. Theresultingfigureequalsthe availableamountofcargo and luggageeloadcapacity.Forexample,iftheXXXamountequals 1400lbs.andtherewillbefive 150lb.passengersinyourvehicle,theamountofavailablecargo andluggageloadcapacityis650 lbs.(1400-750(5x150)=650 lbs)or(640-340(5x70)=300 kg.)
5. Determinethecombinedweightof luggageandcargobeingloaded onthevehicle.Thatweightmay notsafelyexceedtheavailable cargoandluggageloadcapacity calculatedinStep4.
6. If your vehicle will betowing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available

cargoandluggageloadcapacity of your vehicle.

Beforedrivingloadedvehicle, confirmthatyoudonotexceedthe GrossVehicleWeightRating(GVWR) ortheGrossAxleWeightRating (GAWR)foryourvehicle.(See"Measurementofweights"(P.9-19).)

Alsochecktiresforproperinflation pressures.SeetheTireandLoading Informationlabel.

Technical line drawing of a vehicle rear panel with no visible text or symbols

SECURINGTHELOAD

There are tied down hooks located in the cargo area as shown. Theied down hooks can be used to secure cargowithropesor othertypes of straps.

Donotapplyatotalloadofmorethan22 lb.(98N)toasinglehookwhensecuring cargo.

WARNING

•Properlysecureallcargowithropesor strapstohelppreventitfromslidingor shifting.Donotplacecargohigherthan

9-18 Technical and consumer information

theseatbacks.Inasuddenstopor collision,unsecuredcargocouldcause personalinjury.

- Thechildrestrainttoptetherstrapmay bedamagedbycontactwithitemsinthe cargoarea.Secureanyitemsinthe cargoarea.Yourchildcouldbeseriously injuredorkilledinacollisionifthetop tetherstrapisdamaged.

- Do not load your vehicle any heavier thantheGVWRorthemaximumfront andrearGAWRs.Ifyoudo,partsofyour vehiclecan break,tire damagecould occur,or itcan changethe wayyour vehiclehandles.Thiscouldresultinloss ofcontrolandcausepersonalinjury.

LOADINGTIPS

• TheGVWmustnotexceedGVWR orGAWRassspecifiedontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel.
• Donotloadthefrontandrearaxle totheGAWR.Doingsowillexceed theGVWR.

WARNING

•Properlysecure allcargoto help preventitfromslidingorshifting. Donotplacecargohigherthanthe seatbacks.In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could causepersonalinjury.
- Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, part sof your vehicle can break, tired damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.
•Overloadingcouldnotonlyshort-enthelifeofyourvehicleandthe tires, but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and longbrakingdistance. Thismay causea prematureiremalfunction, which could result in a

TOWING ATRAILER

seriousaccidentandpersonalinjury.Failurescausedbyoverloading are not covered by the vehicle'swarranty.

MEASUREMENTOFWEIGHTS

Securelooseitemstopreventweight shiftsthatcouldaffectthebalanceof yourvehicle.Whenthevehicleis loaded,drivetoascaleandweigh thefrontandtherearwheelsseparatelytodetermineaxleloads.Individual axle loadsshould not exceedeitherofthegrossaxle weightratings(GAWR).Thetotalof theaxleloadsshouldnotexceedthe grossvehicleweightrating(GVWR). Theseratingsaregivenonthe vehiclecertificationlabel.Ifweight ratingsareexceeded,moveorremoveitemstobringallweights belowtheratings.

WARNING

Overloadingorimproperloadingofatrailer anditscargocanadverselyaffectvehicle handling,braking andperformanceand may leadtoaccidents.

CAUTION

• Donottowatrailerorhaulaheavyload forthefirst500miles(800km).Your engine,axleorotherpartscouldbe damaged.
• For the first 500 miles (800 km) that you towatrailer, donotdriveover50MPH (80km/h) and donotmakestartsatfull throttle. This helpstheengine and other partsof your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

Yournewvehiclewasdesignedtobeused primarilytocarrypassengersandcargo. Rememberthattowingatrailerplaces additionalloadsonyour vehicle'sengine, drivetrain,steering,brakingandother systems.

AnINFINITITowingGuide(U.S.only)is available on the website at www.InfinitiU-SA.com. This guide includes information on trailertowingcapabilityandthespecial equipmentrequiredforpropertowing.

MAXIMUM LOADLIMITS

Maximum trailerloads

Neverallowthetotaltrailerloadtoexceed thevaluespecifiedinthe“TowingLoad/Specification” chart. Thetotaltrailerload equalstrailerweightplusitscargoweight.

- Whentowingatrailerloadof1,000lbs (454kg)ormore,trailerswithabrake systemMUSTbeused.

ThemaximumGCWR(GrossCombined Weight Rating) should not exceed the value specified in the following "TowingLoad/Specification" chart.

Simple line drawing of a car and a van on a balance scale with a speedometer (no text or symbols)

STI0541

TheGCWRequalsthecombinedweightofthetowingvehicle(includingpassengersandcargo)plusthetotaltrailerload.

Towingloadsgreaterthantheseorusing impropertowingequipmentcouldadverselyaffectvehiclehandling, braking and performance.

Theabilityofyourvehicletotowatraileris notonlyrelatedtothemaximumtrailer loads,butalsotheplacesyouplantotow. Towweightsappropriateforlevelhighway drivingmayhavetobereducedonvery steepgradesorforlowtractionsituations (forexample,onslipperyboatramps).

Temperatureconditionscanalsoaffect

9-20Technicalandconsumerinformation

towing. Forexample, towingaheavytrailer inhighoutsidetemperaturesongraded roadscanaffectengineperformance and causeoverheating. Thetransmissionhigh fluidtemperatureprotectionmode, which helpsreducethechanceoftransmission damage, couldactivateandautomatically decreaseenginepower. Vehiclespeedmay decreaseunderhighload. Planyourtrip carefullytoaccountfortrailerandvehicle load, weatherandroadconditions.

WARNING

Overheatingcanresultinreducedengine powerandvehiclespeed.Thereducedspeed maybelowerthanothertraffic,whichcould increasethechanceofacollision.Be especiallycarefulwhendriving.Ifthe vehiclecannotmaintainasafedriving speed,pulltothesideoftheroadinasafe area.Allowtheenginetocoolandreturnto normaloperation.See"Ifyourvehicleoverheats"(P.6-12)ofthismanual.

CAUTION

Vehicledamageresultingfromimproper towingproceduresarenotcoveredby INFINITIwarranties.

Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load /Total trailer load x 100 = 10 to 15% STI0542

Tongueload

When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch, keep the tongue load between 10 to 15% of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following "Towing Load/Specification" chart. If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargoto allow for propertongue load.

Gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight TI1012M

MAXIMUMGROSSVEHICLEWEIGHT (GVW)/MAXIMUMGROSSAXLE WEIGHT(GAW)

TheGVWofthetowingvehiclemustnot exceedtheGrossVehicleWeightRating (GVWR)shownontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.TheGVWequalsthe combinedweightoftheunloadedvehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch,trailertongue loadandanyotheroptionalequipment.In addition,frontorrearGAWmustnot exceedtheGrossAxleWeightRating (GAWR)shownontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

Towingcapacitiesarecalculatedassuming abasevehiclewithdriverandanyoptions requiredtoachievetherating.Additional passengers,cargoand/oroptionalequipment,suchasthetrailerhitch,willadd weighttothevehicleandreduceyour vehicle'smaximumtowingcapacityand trailertongueload.

Thevehicleandtrailerneedtobeweighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

Allvehicleandtrailerweightscanbe measuredusingplatformtypescalescommonlyfoundattruckstops,highwayweigh stations,buildingsupplycentersorsalvageyards.

Todeterminetheavailablepayloadcapacityfortongueload, usethefollowing procedure.

1. LocatetheGVWRontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M. V.S.S.certificationlabel.

2. Weighyourvehicleonthescalewithall ofthepassengersandcargothatare normallyinthevehiclewhentowinga trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR. Theremaining amount is the

availablemaximumtongueload.

Todeterminetheavailabletowingcapacity, usethefollowingprocedure.

1. FindtheGCWRforyourvehicleonthe "TowingLoad/Specification" chart foundlaterinthissection.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR. Theremaining amount is the available maximum towing capacity.

TodeterminetheGrossTrailerWeight, weighyourtraileronascalewithall equipmentandcargo,thatarenormally inthetrailerwhenitistowed.Makesure theGrosstrailerweightisnotmorethan theGrossTrailerWeightRatingshownon thetrailerandisnotmorethanthe calculatedavailablemaximumtowingcapacity.

Alsoweighthefrontandrearaxlesonthe scaletomakesuretheFrontGrossAxle WeightandRearGrossAxleWeightarenot morethanFrontGrossAxleWeightand RearGrossAxleWeightontheF.M.V.S.S./C. M.V.S.S.certificationlabel.Thecargointhe trailerandvehiclemayneedtobemoved orremovedtomeetthespecifiedratings.

Example:

• GrossVehicleWeight(GVW)asweighed onascale-includingpassengers, cargoandhitch-5,073lb.(2,301kg).
• GrossVehicleWeightRating(GVWR) from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label-5,301lb.(2,404kg).
• GrossCombinedWeightRating(GCWR) from "TowingLoad/Specification" chart -7,355lb.(3,336kg).
• MaximumTrailertowingcapacityfrom "TowingLoad/Specification"chart-2,000lb.(907kg).

5,301lb.(2,404kg)	GVWR
-5,073lb.(2,301kg)	GVW
=228lb.(103kg)	Availablefortongue weight
7,355lb.(3,336kg)	GCWR
-5,073lb.(2,301kg)	GVW
=2,282lb.(1,035kg)	Capacityavailablefor towing
228lb.(103kg)/2,282lb.(1,035kg)	AvailabletongueweightAvailablecapacity=10%tongueweight

Theavailabletowingcapacitymaybeless thanthemaximumtowingcapacitydueto

thepassengerandcargoloadinthe vehicle.

Remembertokeeptrailertongueweight between10to15%ofthetrailerweight.If thetongue loadbecomes excessive,re- arrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongueload.Donotexceedthe10to15% tongue weightspecification even ifthe calculatedavailabletongueweightis greaterthan15%.Ifthecalculatedtongue weightislessthan10%,reducethetotal trailerweighttomatchtheavailable tongueweight.

Alwaysverifythatavailablecapacitiesare withintherequiredratings.

TOWINGLOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWINGLOAD/SPECIFICATIONCHARTUnit:lb(kg)
	VQ37VHRVK50VE
	Two-WheelDrive(2WD) model	All-WheelDrive(AWD) model	All-WheelDrive(AWD) model
MAXIMUMTRAILERWEIGHT*1	—	2,000(907)*33,500(1,588)*4	3,500(1,588)
MAXIMUMTONGUELOAD	—	200(91)*3350(159)*4	350(159)
GROSSCOMBINEDWEIGHTRATING—		7,355(3,336)*38,825(4,003)*4	9,109(4,128)*39,098(4,127)*4
RECOMMENDEDEQUIPMENT*2SwayControlDevice(SCD)

1: Alltowingabove1,000lb(454kg)requirestheuseoftrailerbrakes.INFINITI recommendstheuseofatandemaxletrailerwhenevertowingabove3,000lb(1,361 kg).
2: Aswaycontroldeviceisrecommendedforalltowingabove2,000lb(907kg).Sway controldevicesarenotofferedbyINFINITI.Seeaprofessionaltrailer/hitchoutletfora properlydesignedswaycontroldeviceforyourtrailer.
3:ForUSA
4:ForCanada

TOWINGSAFETY

Trailerhitch

Chooseaproperhitchforyourvehicleand trailer.AgenuineINFINITltrailerhitchis availablefromanINFINITlretailer.Make surethetrailerhitchissecurelyattachedto thevehicletohelpavoidpersonalinjuryor property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds,roughroadsurfacesorpassingtrucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specific weightratings. Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components. Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components. Doing socancauses serious personal injury or property damage.

Hitch ball

Chooseahitchballofthepropersizeand weightratingforyourtrailer:

- Therequiredhitchballsizeis stamped on most trailer couplers. Most hitch ballsalsohavethe sizeprintedon top

Technicalandconsumerinformation

oftheball.

• Choosetheproperclasshitchball basedonthetrailerweight.
• Thediameterofthethreadedshankof thehitchballmustbematchedtothe ballmountholediameter.Thehitchball shankshouldbenomorethan1/16 smallerthantheholeintheballmount.
• Thethreadedshankofthehitchball mustbelongenoughtobeproperly securedtotheballmount.Thereshould beatleast2threadsshowingbeyond thelockwasherandnut.

Swaycontroldevice

Suddenmaneuvers, windgustsandbuffetingcausedbyothervehiclescanaffect trailerhandling. Swaycontroldevices may beusedtohelpcontroltheseaffects. If you choosetouseone, contactareputable trailerhitchsuppliertomakesurethesway controldevicewillworkwiththevehicle, hitch, trailerandthetrailer'sbrakesystem. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the swaycontroldevice.

Classlhitch

Classltrailerhitchequipment(receiver, ballmountandhitchball)canbeusedto towtrailersofamaximumweightof2,000 lb(907kg).

ClassIIhitch

ClassII trailerhitchequipment(receiver, ballmountandhitchball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 3,500 lb(1,588kg).

CAUTION

• Specialhitches whichincludeframe reinforcementsarerequiredfortowing above2,000 lb(907 kg).Suitable genuineINFINITI hitchesforpickup trucks andsportutilityvehicles are availableatanINFINITIretailer.
• Thehitchshouldnotbeattachedtoor affecttheoperationof theimpact-absorbingbumper.
• Donotuseaxle-mountedhitches.
• Donotmodify thevehicleexhaust system, brakesystem, etc. to install a trailerhitch.

- Toreducethepossibilityofadditional damageifyourvehicleisstruckfromthe rear,wherepractical,removethehitch and/orreceiverwhennotinuse.After thehitchisremoved,sealtheboltholes topreventexhaustfumes,waterordust fromenteringthepassengercompartment.

- Regularly check that all trailer hitch mountingboltsaresecurelymounted.

Tirepressures

• Whentowingatrailer,inflatethe vehicletirestotherecommended coldtirepressureindicatedonthe TireandLoadingInformationlabel.
• Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and proper inflation pressures should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers' specifications.

Safetychains

Alwaysuseasuitablechainbetweenyour vehicleandthetrailer.Thesafetchains shouldbecrossedandshouldbeattached

tothehitch, nottothevehiclebumperor axle. Thesafetychainscanbeattached to thebumperifthehitchballismounted to thebumper. Besuretoleaveenoughslack inthechainstopermitturningcorners.

Trailerlights

CAUTION

Whensplicingintothevehicleelectrical system,acommerciallyavailablepower-typemodule/convertermustbeusedto providepowerforalltrailerlighting.This unitusesthevehiclebatteryasadirect powersourceforalltrailerlightswhile usingthevehicletaillight,stoplightand turnsignalcircuitsasasignalsource.The module/convertermustdrawnomorethan 15milliampsfromthestopandtaillamp circuits.Usingamodule/converterthat exceedsthesepowerrequirementsmay damagethevehicle'selectricalsystem. Seeareputabletrailerretailertoobtain theproperequipmentandtohaveit installed.

Trailerlightsshouldcomplywithfederal and/orlocalregulations.Forassistancein

hookinguptrailerlights,contactan INFINITlretailerorreputabletrailerretailer.

Trailerbrakes

If your trailerise equipped with abraking system, makes sure it conform stofederal and/or local regulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Neverconnectatralerbrakesystemdirectly tothevehiclebrakesystem.

Pre-towingtips

• Becertainyourvehiclemaintainsalevel positionwhenloadedorunloaded trailerishitched.Donotdrivethe vehicleifithasanabnormalnose-up ornose-downcondition;checkfor impropertongueload,overload,worn suspensionorotherpossiblecausesof eithercondition.
  ●Alwayssecureitemsinthetrailerto preventloadshiftwhiledriving.
• Keepthecargoloadaslowaspossible inthetrailertokeepthetralercenterof gravitylow.

- Loadthetrailersoapproximately 60% of the trailer load is in the fronthalf and 40% is in the back half. Also makes sure the load is balanced sidetoside.

- Checkyourhitch,trailertirepressure, vehicletirepressure,trailerlightoperation,andtrailerwheellignutsevery timeyouattachatrailertothevehicle.

- Becertainyourrearviewmirrorsconformtoallfederal,state or local regulations.Ifnot,installanymirrors requiredfortowingbeforedrivingthe vehicle.

- Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so therequired clearance is known.

Trailertowingtips

Inordertogainskillandanunderstanding of the vehicle's behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic. Steering stability, and braking performance will besomewhat different than undernormal driving conditions.

●Alwayssecureitemsinthetrailerto preventloadshiftwhiledriving.

- Lockthetrailerhitchcouplerwithapin orlocktopreventthecouplerfrom

Technical and consumer information

inadvertentlybecomingunlatched.

• Avoid abruptstarts, acceleration or stops.
• Avoidsharpturnsorlanechanges.
  ●Alwaysdriveyourvehicleatamoderate speed. Some states or provinces have specificspeed limits for vehicle that are towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.
• Whenbackingup, holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand. Moveyourhandinthedirectionin whichyouwantthetrailertogo. Make smallcorrectionsandbackupslowly. If possible, havesomeoneguideyou whenyouarebackingup.

Alwaysblockthewheelsonbothvehicle andtrailerwhenparking.Parkingona slopeisnotrecommended;however,ifyou mustdoso:

CAUTION

If you movetheshift selector levertothe P (Park) position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake, transmission damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
   2.Havesomeoneplaceblocksonthe downhillsideofthevehicleandtrailer wheels.
2. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly releasethe brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load.
3. Apply the parking brake.
   5.ShiftthetransmissionintoP(Park).
   6.Turnofftheengine.

Todriveaway:

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
   2.Starttheengine.
   3.Shiftthetransmissionintogear.
2. Releasetheparkingbrake.
3. Driveslowlyuntilthevehicleandtrailer areclearfromtheblocks.
   6.Applyandholdthebrakepedal.
4. Havesomeoneretrieveandstorethe blocks.
5. Whengoingdownahill, shiftintoa lower gear and usethe engine braking effect. Whengoingupalonggrade, downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduces speed to reduce chances of engine overloading and/or

overheating.

• If the engine coolant an tris to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner. Cool an the at can be additionally invented by opening the windows, switching the fan control to high hand setting the temperature control to the HOT position.
  ●Trailertowingrequiresmorefuelthan normalcircumstances.
• Avoidtowingatralerforthefirst500 miles(800km).
  ●Haveyourvehicleservicedmoreoften thanatintervalsspecifiedinthe recommendedmaintenanceschedule intheINFINITIServiceandMaintenance Guide.
• Whenmakingaturn, your trailerwheels will be closertothe inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels. Tocompensate for this, make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn.
• Crosswindsandroughroadswilladverselyaffectivevehicle/trailerhandling, possiblycausingvehiclesway.When beingpassedby larger vehicles,be preparedforpossiblechangesincrosswindsthatcouldaffectvehiclehand-

ling.Ifswayingdoesoccur,firmlygrip thesteeringwheel,steerstraight ahead,andimmediately(butgradually) reducevehiclespeed.Thiscombination willhelpstabilizethevehicle.Never increasespeed.

Dothefollowingifthetrailerbeginsto sway:

1. Take your footoff the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead of a head, astheroad conditions allow. This combination will help stabilize the vehicle.

- Donotcorrecttrailerswaybysteeringorapplyingthebrakes.

1. Whenthetrailerswaystops, gently applythebrakesandpulltothesideoftheroadinasafearea.

2. Trytorearrangethetrailerloadsoitis balancedasdescribedearlierinthis section.

- Becarefulwhenpassingothervehicles. Passingwhiletowingatrailerrequires considerablymoredistancehannormalpassing.Rememberthelengthof thetrailermustalsopasstheother vehiclebeforeyoucansafelychange lanes.

- Downshiftthetransmissiontoalower gearforenginebrakingwhendriving downsteeporlonghills. Thiswillhelp slowthevehiclewithoutapplyingthe brakes.

- Avoidholdingthebrakepedaldowntoo longortoofrequently.Thiscouldcause thebrakestooverheat,resultingin reducedbrakingefficiency.

- Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

- Donotusecruisecontrolwhiletowinga trailer.

- Somestatesorprovinceshavespecific regulationsandspeedlimitsforvehiclesthataretowingtrailers. Obeythe localspeedlimits.

- Checkyourhitch, trailerwiringharness connections, and trailerwheellugnuts after 50 miles (80 km) of travelandate every break.

- When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

- When launching a boat, don't allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper.

●Makesureyoudisconnectthetrailer lightsbeforebackingthetrailerintothe waterorthetrailerlightsmayburnout.

Whentowingatrailer, the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently. For additional information, seethe "8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself" section earlier in this manual.

FLATTOWING

Towingyourvehiclewithallfourwheelson thegroundissometimescalledflattowing. Thismethodissometimesusedwhen towingavehiclebehindarecreational vehicle,suchasamotorhome.

CAUTION

• Failuretofollowtheseguidelinescan resultinseveretransmissiondamage.
• Whenever flattowing your vehicle, al- waystowforward, never backward.
• DONOTtowanyautomatictransmission vehiclewithallfourwheelsonthe ground(flattowing).DoingsoWILL DAMAGEinternaltransmissionparts duetolackoftransmissionlubrication.

UNIFORMTIREQUALITYGRADING

• DONOTtowanAll-WheelDrive(AWD) vehiclewithanyofthewheelsonthe ground.Doingsomaycauseseriousand expensivedamagetothepowertrain.
• Foremergencytowingproceduresrefer to "TowingrecommendedbyINFINITI" (P.6-14)ofthismanual.

Automatictransmission

All-WheelDrive(AWD)models:

DonottowanAWDvehiclewithanyofthe wheelsontheground.

Two-WheelDrive(2WD)models:

Totowavehicleequippedwithanautomatictransmission,anappropriatevehicle dollyMUSTbeplacedunderthetowed vehicle'sdrivewheels.Alwaysfollowthe dollymanufacturer'srecommendations whenusingtheirproduct.

DOT(DepartmentOfTransportation)QualityGrades: Allpassengercartiresmustconformtofederalsafetyrequirementsinadditiontothesegrades.

Qualitygradescanbefoundwhereapplicableonthetiresidewallbetweentread shoulderandmaximumsectionwidth. For example:

Treadwear200TractionAATemperatureA

TREADWEAR

Thetreadweargradeisacomparative ratingbasedonthewearrateofthetire whentestedundercontrolledconditions onaspecifiedgovernmenttestcourse. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one andone-half(11/2)timesaswellonthe governmentcourseasatiregraded100. Therelativeperformanceoftiresdepends uponactualconditionsoftheiruse,however,andmaydepartsignificantlyfromthe normduetovariationsindrivinghabits, servicepracticesanddifferencesinroad characteristicsandclimate.

TRACTIONAA,A,BANDC

Thetractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, Band C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions specified by government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. Atire marked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING

Thetractiongradeassignedtothistireis based onstraight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATUREA, BANDC

ThetemperaturegradesA(thehighest),B, andC, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause them at material of the tire to generate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden

tirefailure. ThegradeCcorrespondstoa levelofperformancewhichallpassenger cartiresmustmeetundertheFederal MotorVehicleSafetyStandardNo.109. GradesBandArepresenthigherlevelsof performanceonthelaboratorytestwheel thanheminimumrequiredbylaw.

WARNING

Thetemperaturegradeforthistireis establishedforatirethatisproperly inflatedandnotoverloaded.Excessive speed,under-inflation,orexcessiveloading, eitherseparatelyorincombination,can causeheatbuild-upandpossibletirefailure.

EMISSIONCONTROLSYSTEMWARRANTY

Your INFINIT is discovered by the following emission warranties.

ForUSA:

●EmissionDefectsWarranty

- EmissionsPerformanceWarranty Detailsofthesewarrantiesmaybefound withothervehiclewarrantiesinyour WarrantyInformationBookletthatcomes withyourINFINITI.Ifyoudidnotreceivea WarrantyInformationBooklet,orithas becomelost,youmayobtainareplacementbywritingto:

●INFINITIDivision

NissanNorthAmerica, Inc.

ConsumerAffairsDepartment

P.O.Box685003

Franklin, TN37068-5003

ForCanada:

EmissionControlSystemWarranty Detailsofthesewarrantiesmaybefound withothervehiclewarrantiesinyour WarrantyandRoadsideAssistanceInfor- mationthatcomeswithyourINFINITI.Ifyou didnotreceiveaWarrantyandRoadside AssistanceInformation,orithasbecome lost,youmayobtainareplacementby writingto:

●NissanCanadInc.

5290OrbitorDrive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W4Z5

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

ForUSA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause acrashor could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying INFINITI.

IfNHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, itmayopenaninvestigation,andifit findsthatasafetydefectexistsina groupofvehicles,itmayordera recallandremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolved inindividualproblemsbetweenyou, yourretailer,orINFINITI.

TocontactNHTSA,youmaycallthe VehicleSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat1-888-327-4236(TTY:1-800-424-9153);gotohttp://www.safercar.gov;orwriteto:Administrator, NHTSA,400SeventhStreet,SW., Washington,D.C.20590.Youcan alsoobtainotherinformationabout motorvehiclesafetyfromhttp://

www.safercar.gov.

YoumaynotifyINFINITIbycontacting ourConsumerAffairsDepartment, toll-free, at1-800-662-6200.

ForCanada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause acrashor could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada addition to notifying INFINITI.

If Transport Canadareceives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that INFINITI conduct are recall campaign. However, Transport Canadac cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your retailer, or INFINITI.

YoumaycontactTransportCanada's DefectInvestigationsandRecalls Divisiontollfreeat1-800-333-0510. You mayalso reportsafety defects

onlineat:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motor vehicles safety maybe obtained from Transport Canada's Road Safety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/road-safety(Englishspeakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(Frenchspeakers).

TonotifyINFINITlofanysafetyconcerns please contact our Consumer InformationCentretollfreeat1-800-361-4792.

READINESSFORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE(I/M)TEST

AvehicleequippedwithAll-WheelDrive (AWD)shouldneverbetestedusingatwo wheeldynamometer(suchasthedynamometersusedbysomestatesforemissions testing),orsimilarequipment.Makesure youinformtestfacilitypersonnelthatyour vehicleisequippedwithAWDbeforeitis placedonadynamometer.Usingthe wrongtestequipmentmayresultintransmissiondamageorunexpectedvehicle movementwhichcouldresultinserious vehicledamageorpersonalinjury.

Duetolegalrequirementsinsomestates/areasorprovinces, your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the "ready condition" for an inspection / Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the "ready condition" when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the "ready condition" can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

Ifapowertrainsystemcomponentis repairedorthebatteryisdisconnected, thevehiclemayberesettoa“notready condition”.Beforetakingthel/Mtest, checkthevehicle'sinspection/maintenancecetestreadinesscondition. Placethe ignitionswitchintheONpositionwithout

startingtheengine.IftheMalfunction IndicatorLight(MIL)comesonsteadyfor 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds, thel/Mtestconditionis "not ready". IftheMIL does not blink after 20 seconds, thel/Mtestconditionis "ready".

ContactanINFINITIretailertosetthe "readycondition" ortopreparethevehicle fortesting.

EVENTDATARECORDERS(EDR)

ThisvehicleisequippedwithanEventData Recorder(EDR).Themainpurposeofan EDRistorecord,incertaincrashornear crash-likesituations,suchasanairbag deploymentorhittingaroadobstacle,data thatwillassistinunderstandinghowa vehicle'ssystemsperformed.TheEDRis designedtorecorddatarelatedtovehicle dynamicsandsafetysystemsforashort periodoftime,typically30secondsor less.TheEDRinthisvehicleisdesignedto recordsuchdataas:

• Howvariousystemsinyourvehicle wereoperating;
• Whetherornotthedriverandpassengersafetybeltswerebuckled/fastened;
  ●Howfar(ifatall)thedriverwas depressingtheacceleratorand/or brakepedal;and,
  ●Howfastthevehiclewastraveling.
  ●Soundsarenotrecorded.

Thesedatacanhelpprovideabetter understandingofthecircumstancesin whichcrashesandinjuriesoccur.

NOTE:EDRdataarerecordedbyyour vehicleonlyifanontrivialcrashsituation occurs;nodataarerecordedbytheEDR undernormaldrivingconditionsandno personaldata(e.g.name,gender,ageand

Technicalandconsumerinformation9-31

crashlocation)arerecorded. However, otherparties,suchaslawenforcement, could combinetheEDRdatawiththetype ofpersonallyidentifyingdataroutinely acquiredduringacrashinvestigation.

ToreaddatarecordedbyanEDR, special equipmentisrequiredandaccesstothe vehicleortheEDRisneeded.Inadditionto thevehiclemanufacturerandINFINITI retailer,otherparties,suchaslawenforcement,thathavethespecialequipment,can readtheinformationiftheyhaveaccessto thevehicleortheEDR.EDRdatawillonly beaccessedwiththeconsentofthevehicle ownerorlesseeorasotherwiserequiredor permittedbylaw.

OWNER'SMANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDERINFORMATION

GenuineINFINITIServiceManualforth this modelandpriormodelscanbepurchased. AgenuineINFINITIServiceManualisthe bestsourceofserviceandrepairinformationforyourvehicle.Thismanualisthe sameoneusedbythefactorytrained techniciansworkingatanINFINITIretailer. GenuineINFINITIOwner'sManualcanalso bepurchased.

ForUSA:

Forcurrentpricingandavailabilityof genuineINFINITIServiceManuals,contact:

1-800-450-9491 www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITIOwner's Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

ForCanada:

TopurchaseacopyofagenuineINFINITI ServiceManualorOwner'sManualforth this modelyearandprior,contactanINFINITI retailer.Forthephonenumberandlocation ofanINFINITIretailerinyourareacallthe INFINITISatisfactionCenterat1-800-361-4792andabilingualINFINITIrepresentativewillassistyou.

10Index

A

ABS(Anti-lockBrakingSystem) 5-82

Adaptivefrontlightingsystem(AFS) 2-41

Adaptiveshiftcontrol(ASC) 5-19

Advancedairbagsystem 1-43

Aimingcontrol, Adaptivefrontlighting

system (AFS) 2-41

Airbagsystem

Advancedairbagsystem 1-43

Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight .....1-45

Front-seatmountedside-impact

supplementalairbagsystem 1-48

Roof-mountedcurtainside-impactand

rolloversupplementalairbagsystem .....1-48

Airbagwarninglabels 1-51

Airbagwarninglight 1-51,2-17

Aircleanerhousingfilter 8-21

Airconditioner

AdvancedClimateControlSystem(ACCS) .....4-52

Airconditionerservice 4-54

Airconditionerspecificationlabel 9-13

Airconditioningsystemrefrigerantand

lubricantrecommendations 4-54,9-7

Automaticclimatecontrol 4-48,4-51

In-cabinmicrofilter 4-54

Alarm, Howtostopalarm(seevehicle

security system).... 2-31

Alcohol,drugsanddriving 5-8

All-wheeldrive(AWD) 5-75

All-wheeldrive(AWD)warninglight 2-13

Antenna 4-92

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS) 5-82

Anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)warninglight ....2-13

Appearancecare

Exteriorappearancecare 7-2

Interiorappearancecare 7-4

Armrest.... 1-10

AroundView ^TM Monitor(AVM) 4-31

Audiblereminders 2-21

Audiooperationprecautions 4-54

Audio system 4-54

Steeringwheelaudiocontrols 4-91

Auto closure 3-23

Autolight system 2-38

Automatic

Automatictransmissionfluid(ATF) 8-15

Climatecontrol 4-48,4-51

Door locks 3-5

Drivepositioner 3-32

Drivingwithautomatictransmission .....5-15

Moonroof 2-61

Seatpositioner 3-32

Averagefuelconsumptionandspeed 2-28

Avoidingcollisionandrollover 5-6

B

Backdoor(Seeliftgate) 3-18

Battery 8-17

Batterysaversystem 2-39

IntelligentKey 8-27

Variablevoltagecontrolsystem 8-19

Beforestartingtheengine 5-14

Belts (See drive belts).... 8-19

Bluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystem

(modelswithnavigationsystem) 4-94

Bluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystem

(modelswithoutnavigationsystem) 4-104

Bluetoothstreamingaudio 4-68,4-83,4-92

Booster seats.... 1-34

Brake

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS) 5-82

Brake fluid 8-16

Brakesystem 5-78

Parkingbrakeoperation 5-20

Warninglight 2-13

Break-in schedule 5-74

Brightnesscontrol

DisplayON/OFFbutton 4-9

Instrumentpanel 2-42

Bulbcheck/instrumentpanel 2-12

Bulb replacement.... 8-29

C

Cabin air filter 4-54

Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants .....9-2

CarphoneorCBradio 4-93

Cargo(Seevehicleloadinginformation) .....2-55

Cargo cover 2-56

Cargo light.... 2-65
Cargo net 2-55
Catalyticconverter, Threewaycatalyst .....5-3
CD/CF/USBmemorycareandcleaning 4-90
Centermulti-functioncontrolpanel 4-3
Child restraints 1-20
Boosterseats 1-34
LATCHsystem 1-22
Precautionsonchildrestraints 1-20
Child safety 1-18
Childsafetyreardoorlock 3-6
Chimes
Audiblereminders 2-21
Seatbeltwarninglightandchime 2-17
Circuitbreaker,Fusiblelink 8-25
Cleaningexteriorandinterior 7-2,7-4
Climatecontrol
Automaticclimatecontrol 4-48,4-51
Clock 2-49
Coat hooks 2-54
Cockpit 2-3
Coldweatherdriving 5-85
CompactDisc(CD)player(Seeaudiosystem) ...4-73
Compactsparetire 8-42
Compass.... 2-9
Console box 2-53
ContinuousDampingControl 5-77
Controller, Centermulti-functioncontrol panel ....4-5
Controls
Controlpanelbutton 4-3
INFINITIController 4-5

Coolant
Capacitiesandrecommended
fuel/lubricants 9-2
Changingenginecoolant 8-11
Checkingenginecoolantlevel 8-10
Corrosion protection 7-7
Cover, Cargo cover 2-56
Cruise control 5-30
Fixedspeedcruisecontrol(onICCsystem) ...5-50
Cup holders 2-50
Currentfuelconsumption 2-28

D

Daytimerunninglightsystem 2-40

Defrosterswitch, Rearwindowandoutsidemirror

defroster switch 2-36

Dimensions 9-10

DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system 5-54

DistanceControlAssist(DCA)system

warning light 2-14

Distance to empty 2-28

Door/liftgateopenwarning 2-25

Dotmatrixliquidcrystaldisplay 2-21

Drive belts 8-19

Drive positioner 3-32

Driving

All-wheeldrive(AWD) 5-75

Coldweatherdriving 5-85

Drivingwithautomatictransmission .....5-15

On-pavementandoff-roaddriving 5-7

Precautionswhenstartinganddriving .....5-3

Safetyprecautions 5-9

DS(DriveSport)mode 5-17

DVDplayeroperation 4-74

E

Economy, Fuel 5-74

Elapsed time.... 2-28

Elapsed time and tripodometer 2-28

Emissioncontrolinformationlabel 9-13

Emissioncontrolsystemwarranty 9-29

Engine

Beforestartingtheengine 5-14

Break-inschedule 5-74

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants 9-2

Changingenginecoolant 8-11

Changingengineoilandfilter 8-12

Checkingenginecoolantlevel 8-10

Checkingengineoillevel 8-12

Coolanttemperaturegauge 2-8

Emergencyengineshutoff 5-13

Engineblockheater 5-87

Enginecompartmentchecklocations ....8-7

Enginecoolingsystem 8-9

Engine oil 8-11

Engineoilandoilfilterrecommendation .....9-6

Engineoilreplacementindicator 2-26

Engineoilviscosity 9-7

Engineserialnumber 9-12

Engine specifications 9-8

Enginestartoperationindicator 2-24

Ifyourvehicleoverheats 6-12

Startingtheengine 5-14

Entry/exitfunction,Automaticdrivepositioner ...3-32

EventDataRecorders(EDR) 9-31

Exhaustgas(carbonmonoxide) 5-3

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel .....9-12

Filter

Aircleanerhousingfilter 8-21

Changingengineoilandfilter 8-12

Flashers(Seehazardwarningflasherswitch) .....6-2

Flat tire 6-3

Flat towing.... 9-27

Floor mat cleaning 7-5

Fluid

Automatictransmissionfluid(ATF) 8-15

Brake fluid 8-16

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants 9-2

Enginecoolant 8-9

Engine oil 8-11

Powersteeringfluid 8-15

Windowwasherfluid 8-16

FM-AM-SATradiowithCompactDisc

(CD) player 4-70

Fog light switch 2-43

ForwardCollisionWarning(FCW)system .....5-67

Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight .....1-45

Frontpowerseatadjustment 1-3

Frontseat, Frontseatadjustment 1-3

Front-seataactiveheadrestraint 1-9

Fuel

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants 9-2

Fueleconomy 5-74

Fueleconomyinformation(display) 4-11

Fueloctanerating 9-4

Fuelrecommendation 9-4

Fuel-filler cap 3-24

Fuel-fillerdoor 3-24

Gauge 2-8

LOOSEFUELCAPwarning 3-26

Fuses 8-25

Fusible links 8-25

G

Garagedooropener, HomeLink ^®

UniversalTransceiver 2-66

Gas cap 3-24

Gauge

Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge 2-8

Fuel gauge 2-8

Odometer 2-6

Speedometer 2-6

Tachometer 2-7

Tripcomputer 2-28

General maintenance 8-2

Glove box 2-52

H

Hands-freephonesystem,Bluetooth ^®

(modelswithnavigationsystem) 4-94

Hands-freephonesystem,Bluetooth

(modelswithoutnavigationsystem) ....4-104

Hazard warning flasher switch 6-2

Head restraints 1-6

Headlightaimingcontrol 2-40

Headlights

Aimingcontrol(Seeadaptivefrontlighting

system(AFS)) 2-41

Bulb replacement.... 8-30

Headlight switch 2-37

Xenonheadlights 2-37

Heater

Automatic climate control 4-48, 4-51

Engine block heater 5-87

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver 2-66

Hood release 3-18

Hook

Coathooks 2-54

Luggagehook 2-54

Horn 2-43

|

Ignitionswitch(Push-button) 5-11

Immobilizersystem 2-32

In-cabin microfilter 4-54

Indicator

Dot matrix display 2-21

Lights 2-18

INFINITIVehicleImmobilizerSystem 2-32

INFINITlvoicerecognitionsystem 4-119

INFO button 4-9

Inside mirror 3-29

Inspection/maintenance(I/M)test 9-31

Instrumentbrightnesscontrol 2-42

Instrument panel 2-5

IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)offindicatorlight ...2-19

IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)system 5-70

IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system(Full

Speed Range) 5-32

IntelligentCruiseControl(ICC)system

warning light 2-15

Intelligentcruisecontrol(ICC)system,

Preview function 5-54

Intelligent Key 3-2

IntelligentKeybatterydischargeindicator .....2-24

IntelligentKeyinsertionindicator 2-24

IntelligentKeyremovalindicator 2-24

Intelligent Key system 3-6

Batteryreplacement 8-27

IntelligentKeywarninglight 2-15

Keyoperatingrange 3-8

Keyoperation 3-9

Warningsignals 3-12

Interiorlightcontrolswitch 2-64

Interiorlightreplacement 8-30

Interior lights 2-63

iPod ^® playeroperation 4-87

ISOFIX child restraint 1-22

J

Jump starting 6-9

K

Keylessentry(Seeremotekeyless

entry system).... 3-14

Keys 3-2

For Intelligent Keysystem 3-6

L

Labels

Airbagwarninglabels 1-51

Airconditionerspecificationlabel 9-13

Emissioncontrolinformationlabel 9-13

Engineserialnumber 9-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel .....9-12

TireandLoadinginformationlabel .....8-34,9-13

Vehicleidentificationnumber(VIN) 9-11

LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)ON

indicator light 2-19

LaneDeparturePrevention(LDP)system .....5-24

Lanedeparturewarning(LDW)system ....5-22

LaneDepartureWarning(LDW)system/Lane

DeparturePrevention(LDP)system 5-21

Lanedeparturewarningchime 2-21

Lanedeparturewarninglight 2-15

LATCH system 1-22

Licenseplate,Installingfrontlicenseplate .....9-14

Lift gate 3-18

Light

Airbagwarninglight 1-51

Bulbreplacement 8-29

Cargo light 2-65

Foglightswitch 2-43

Headlightswitch 2-37

Headlightsbulbreplacement 8-30

Indicatorlights 2-18

Interiorlightcontrolswitch 2-64

Interior lights 2-63

Maplights 2-63

Personallights 2-64

Replacement 8-29

Vanitymirrorlights 2-65

Warning/indicatorlightsand

audiblereminders 2-13

Xenonheadlights 2-37

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ...8-30

Loadinginformation(Seevehicle

loadinginformation) 9-15

Lock

Automatic door locks 3-5

Door locks 3-4

Lift gate lock 3-18

Powerdoorlock 3-4

Lockingwithmechanicalkey 3-4

Low fuel warning 2-25

Lowtirepressurewarninglight 2-15

Lowtirepressurewarningsystem

(Seetirepressuremonitoringsystem(TPMS)) .....5-4

Lowwasherfluidwarning 2-25 Luggage hooks 2-54

M

Maintenance

Battery 8-17

Generalmaintenance 8-2

Indicatorsformaintenance 2-26

Insidethevehicle 8-3

Maintenance precautions 8-5

Maintenancerequirements 8-2

Outsidethevehicle 8-2

Seatbeltmaintenance 1-17

Malfunctionindicatorlight(MIL) 2-19

Map lights 2-63

Masterwarninglight 2-17

Mechanicalkey(IntelligentKeysystem) ......3-3

Memorystorage, Automaticdrivepositioner .....3-34

Meter, Tripcomputer 2-28

Metersandgauges 2-6

Instrumentbrightnesscontrol 2-42

Mirror

Insidemirror 3-29

Outsidemirrors 3-30

Vanitymirror 3-32

Monitor,Rearviewmonitor 4-24

Moonroof 2-61

N

Net, Cargo net 2-55

Newvehiclebreak-in 5-74

No key warning.... 2-24

0

Odometer 2-6

Off-road recovery 5-7

Oil

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants 9-2

Changingengineoilandfilter 8-12

Checkingengineoillevel 8-12

Engine oil 8-11

Engineoilviscosity 9-7

Oilfilterreplacementindicator 2-26

Operation, Indicators for operation 2-24

Outsideairtemperature 2-29

Outside mirrors.... 3-30

Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ....6-12

Owner's Manual/ServiceManual

order information.... 9-32

P

Panic alarm 3-16

Parking

Brakebreak-in 5-79

Parkingbrakeoperation 5-20

Parkingbrakereleasewarning 2-24

Parkingonhills 5-76

Personal lights.... 2-64

Phone

Bluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystem

(modelswithnavigationsystem) 4-94

Bluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystem

(modelswithoutnavigationsystem) .....4-104

CarphoneorCBradio 4-93

Power

Frontseatadjustment 1-3

Powerdoorlock 3-4

Poweroutlet 2-49

Powersteeringfluid 8-15

Powersteeringsystem 5-77

Powerwindows 2-59

Precautions

Audiooperation 4-54

Brakingprecautions 5-78

Childrestraints 1-20

Cruisecontrol 5-30

Driving safety.... 5-9

Lanedeparturewarning(LDW)system .....5-22

Maintenance 8-5

On-pavementandoff-roaddriving 5-7

Seatbeltusage 1-11

Supplementalrestraintsystem 1-37

Whenstartinganddriving 5-3

Pre-crashseatbeltswithcomfortfunction .....1-13

Preview function 5-79

Previewfunction(forIntelligentcruise

PreviewFunctionwarninglight 2-17
Push starting 6-11
"PUSH" warning 2-24
Push-buttonignitionswitch 5-11,5-12

R

Radio 4-54

CarphoneorCBradio 4-93

FM-AM-SATradiowithCompactDisc

(CD) player 4-70

Rain-sensingautowipersystem 2-35

Rapidairpressureloss 5-8

Readinessforinspection/maintenance

(I/M) test 9-31

RearActiveSteersystem 5-85

RearActiveSteerwarninglight 2-17

Rear center seat belt.... 1-17

Reardoorlock,Childsafetyreardoorlock ....3-6

Rear seats 1-5

Rearwindowandoutsidemirror

defroster switch 2-36

Rearwindowwiperblades 8-24

Rearview monitor 4-24

Recorders,Eventdata 9-31

Registeringyourvehicleinanothercountry .....9-11

Remotekeylessentrysystem 3-14

Reportingsafetydefects 9-30

Roadsideassistanceprogram 6-2

Rollover 5-6

Roof

Moonroof 2-62

Roof rack 2-58

s

Safety

Childseatbelts 1-18

Towingsafety 9-23

Satelliteradiooperation 4-71

Seatadjustment

Frontpowerseatadjustment 1-3

Front seats.... 1-3

Seatbelt(s)

Childsafety 1-18

Infants 1-19

Injuredpersons 1-13

Largerchildren 1-19

Precautionsonseatbeltusage 1-11

Pre-crashseatbeltswithcomfortfunction ...1-13

Pregnantwomen 1-13

Rearcenterseatbelt 1-17

Seatbeltcleaning 7-6

Seatbeltextenders 1-17

Seatbeltmaintenance 1-17

Seatbeltwarninglightandchime 2-17

Seat belts 1-11

Seatbeltswithpretensioners 1-50

Shoulderbeltheightadjustment 1-16

Smallchildren 1-19

Three-pointtype 1-14

Seatsynchronizationfunction 3-33

Seat(s)

Climatecontrolledseats 2-45

Driver-sidememory 3-32

Heatedseats 2-43

Seats 1-2

Securitysystem(INFINIT|VehicleImmobilizer

System),Enginestart 2-32

Securitysystem,Vehiclesecuritysystem ......2-30

Selectorlever

Shiftlockrelease 5-19

Servicingclimatecontrol 4-54

SETTING button 4-15

Shiftlockrelease

Transmission 5-19

SHIFT "P" warning 2-24

Shifting, Automatic transmission 5-15

Shoulderbeltheightadjustment, For

front seats 1-16

Snowmodeswitch 2-47

Spare tire 9-9

Spark plugs 8-20

Speedometer 2-6

Starting

Beforestartingtheengine 5-14

Jumpstarting 6-9

Precautionswhenstartinganddriving ....5-3

Pushstarting 6-11

Startingtheengine 5-14

STATUS button 4-9

Status light, Front passenger air bag 1-45

Steering

Powersteeringfluid 8-15

Powersteeringsystem 5-77

RearActiveSteersystem 5-85

Steering-wheel-mountedcontrols

for audio.... 4-91

Tilt/telescopicsteering 3-27

Storage 2-50

Sun visors 3-28

Sunglassesholder 2-51

Supplementalairbagwarninglabels 1-51

Supplementalairbagwarninglight .....1-51,2-17

Supplementalrestraintsystem 1-37

Precautionsonsupplemental

restraintsystem 1-37

Switch

Autolightswitch 2-38

ContinuousDampingControlmode

selectswitch 2-47

Foglightswitch 2-43

Hazardwarningflasherswitch 6-2

Headlightswitch 2-37

Ignitionswitch 5-15

IntelligentBrakeAssist(IBA)OFFswitch .....2-48

Vehicledynamiccontrol(VDC)offswitch .....2-48

Warningsystemsswitch 2-46

T

Tachometer 2-7

Temperaturegauge,Enginecoolant

temperature gauge.... 2-8

Theft(INFINITIVehicleImmobilizerSystem),

Engine start 2-32

Thigh extension 1-5

Three-way catalyst 5-3

Tilt/telescopic steering.... 3-27

Tire

Pressure, Lowtirepressurewarninglight ....2-15

Tirereplacementindicator 2-26

Tires

Flat tire 6-3

Lowtirepressurewarningsystem 5-4

Spare tire 8-42

TireandLoadinginformationlabel .....8-34,9-13

Tire chains 8-39

Tire dressing.... 7-4

Tirepressure 8-32

Tirepressureinformation(display) 4-11

Tirepressuremonitoring

system (TPMS) 5-4, 6-3

Tire rotation 8-39

Typesoftires 8-38

Uniformtirequalitygrading 9-28

Wheel/tiresize 9-9

Wheels and tires 8-32

Tonneaucover(seecargocover) 2-56

Touchscreensystem 4-6

Towing

Flat towing.... 9-27

Towtrucktowing 6-13

Towingatraler 9-19

Towingsafety 9-23

TPMS, Tirepressuremonitoringsystem ....5-4

TPMS,Tirepressurewarningsystem 6-3

Trailer towing.... 9-19

Transceiver, HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver ...2-66

Transmission

Automatictransmissionfluid(ATF) 8-15

Drivingwithautomatictransmission .....5-15

Transmissionselectorleverlockrelease .....5-19

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system)... 3-14

Travelingorregisteringyourvehiclein

another country 9-11

Trip computer 2-28

Trip odometer 2-28

Turn signal switch.... 2-42

U

Underbodycleaning 7-3

Uniformtirequalitygrading 9-28

USBmemoryoperation 4-78

V

Vanity mirror 3-32

Vanity mirror lights 2-65

Variable voltage control system 8-19

Vehicle

Dimensions 9-10

Vehicledynamiccontrol(VDC)offswitch .....2-48

Vehicledynamiccontrol(VDC)system .....5-83

Vehicleinformationandsettings(display) .....4-9

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)warninglight .....2-18

Ventilators 4-48

Voicecommand(Bluetooth ^® Hands-Free

Phone System).... 4-110

Voicecommand(INFINITvoice

recognitionsystem) 4-125,4-134

Voicerecognitionsystem 4-119

Voicerecognition,Alternatecommandmode ...4-131

Voicerecognition,Standardmode 4-119

W

Warning

Dotmatrixdisplay 2-21

Hazardwarningflasherswitch 6-2

Lanedeparturewarning(LDW)system .....5-22

Lights 2-13

Tirepressuremonitoring

system(TPMS) 5-4,6-3

Warning/indicatorlightsand

audiblereminders 2-12

Warninglabels, Airbagwarninglabels ....1-51

Warninglight

Airbagwarninglight 1-51,2-17

All-wheeldrive(AWD)warninglight 2-13

Anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)

warninglight 2-13

Brakewarninglight 2-13

IntelligentKeywarninglight 2-15

Lanedeparturewarninglight 2-15

Lowtirepressurewarninglight 2-15

RearActiveSteerwarninglight 2-17

Seatbeltwarninglightandchime 2-17

Warranty, Emissioncontrolsystemwarranty .....9-29

Washerswitch, Windshieldwiperand

washer switch.... 2-33

Washing 7-2

Waxing 7-2

Welcome light 2-63

Wheel/tire size 9-9

Wheels and tires.... 8-32

Careofwheels 7-3

Cleaningaluminumalloywheels 7-3

Wheels,RearActiveSteersystem 5-85

Windowwasherfluid 8-16

Window(s)

Cleaning 7-3

Powerwindows 2-59

Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch 2-33

Wiper

Rain-sensingautowipersystem 2-35

Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch .....2-33

Wiperblades 8-22

X

Xenon headlights.... 2-37

MEMO

GASSTATIONINFORMATION

FUELRECOMMENDATION:

Useunleadedpremiumgasolinewithan octaneratingofatleast91AKI(Anti-Knock Index)number(Researchoctanenumber 96).

If premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasolinewith an octane rating of 87AK Inumber (Research octane number 91) may be temporarily used, but only under the following precautions:

●Havethefueltankfilledonlypartially withunleadedregulargasoline,andfill upwithunleadedpremiumgasolineas soonaspossible.
- Avoidfullthrottledrivingandabrupt acceleration.

Useunleadedpremiumgasolineformax- imumvehicleperformance.

CAUTION

- Usingafuelotherthanthatspecified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect warranty coverage.

• Undernocircumstances should lead a gasoline beused, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.
• DonotuseE-15orE-85fuelinyour vehicle.Yourvehicleisnotdesignedto runonE-15orE-85fuel.UsingE-15orE-85fuelinavehiclenotspecifically designedforE-15orE-85fuelcan adverselyaffecttheemissioncontrol devicesandsystemsofthevehicle. Damagecausedbysuchfuelisnot coveredbytheINFINITInewvehicle limitedwarranty.
  •U.S. government regulations require ethanoldispensingpumpstobeidentifiedbyasmall,square,orangeandblack labelwiththecommonabbreviationor theappropriatepercentageforthat region.

ENGINEOILRECOMMENDATION:

●EngineoilwithAPICertificationMark
- ViscositySAE5W-30
See "Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants"(P.9-2)forengineoilandoil filterrecommendation.

COLDTIREPRESSURES:

Thelabelistypicallylocatedonthedriver sidecenterpillaroronthedriver'sdoor. Foradditionalinformation,see "Wheels andtires"(P.8-32).

NEWVEHICLEBREAK-INPROCEDURE SRECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicle use, follow there recommendations outlined in the "Break-inschedule" (P.5-74) of this Owner's Manual. Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle.

Image containing a series of horizontal black-and-white striped patterns on white background.

INFINITI.